Appts. comprises container (13) contg. primarily high purity liq. heavy water and an electrolyte contg. Li6OD in the liq. (14). Electrically insulated electrode (15) is immersed in the heavy water (14). Electrically insulated electrode (17) is immersed in liq. (14) and spaced apart from the first electrode (17). Alternating voltage source (19) is connected between the electrode (15) and electrode (17) to supply an alternating voltage between the two electrodes. This causes the deuterium ions to alternatingly move from electrode (15) to electrode (17). Accumulator (21,23,25,27) is immersed in liq. (14) between electrodes (15,17) to intercept a fraction of the deuterons and lithons during each pass through the accumulator, as both ions move alternatingly between electrode (15) and electrode (17).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Prodn. of energy through accumulation of deuterons and lithons. Suppresses the tendency of electron pick up by deuterium and lithium ions as they approach the accumulator. Suppresses the prodn. of unwanted deuterium and oxygen gas which consumes energy and creates bubbles that disrupt ion flow. Surface area is greatly increased to increase the rate of fusion.@(35pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Solar heat roof collector has a translucent and insulating cover plate (6) and an absorber plate (1) in direct contact with a channelled heat exchange plate (2). The cross-section of the channels, roof inclination, surface nature of the heat exchange plate in the channels and the supply rate of the heat carrying medium are adapted to provide a stable flow rate below the rate at which the medium surface tension is broken.    Pref. the absorber plate is of black coated Al. Pref. the cover plate is of polycarbonate.    ADVANTAGE -   The medium flows in a winding and travelling pattern and up to the side walls of the channels whilst the absorber plate prevents medium vapour from reaching the cover. @(18pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Solid state electrolytic sheet (SSES) comprises (a) a Li ion conductive electrolyte powder (LiE) and/or Ag ion conductive electrolyte (Age) powder and (b) a mixt. of a bismaleimide homogeneously dispersed in a polymer elastomer (PEM).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The sheet is suitable for a sec. cell, with improved temp. characteristics, storage property and cycle life.    In an example, PEM was prepd. as follows: 1 pt.wt. styrene ethylenee butylene styrene block copolymer (SEBS) of ''Kraton G1650'' (RTM) was dissolved in toluene, 4,4'-bis-maleimidil diphenyl methane of formula (I) was added to the soln. at rate of 35 pts.wt. to 100 pts.wt. SEBS, 70 vol.% for total of Ag6I4WO4 powder was added to the PEM and mulled for 3 hrs. to form a mixt., the mixt. was impregnated into a polyester fabrics, dried in N2 to form SSES. A test of a cell using the SSES showed that ion conductivity = 1.0 x 10 power(-3), self discharge characteristics = 1300 hrs., life cycle 1300 and discharge capacity after 1000 hours discharge at 100 deg.C. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/0
Gas diffusion electrode comprises a reaction layer contg. a catalyst laminated on a hydrophobic, porous, gas transmission layer having a collector. PbO2 is used as catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Treatment of waste water contg. organic material (claimed). The electrode is easy to produce at lower cost compared with Pt electrode. The catalyst is not easily poisoned.    In an example, a 32 mesh Cu net was used as a collector for an electrode. The hydrophobic porous gas transmission layer (RFT) was prepd. by coating 0.5 g of 40 wt.% PTFE and 60 wt.% hydrophobic acetylene black on the collector, forming a 0.5 mm layer. A reactor layer (RFR) on the RFT was prepd. by coating mix of 0.3 g of equal wts. of PbO2 powder contg. 20 wt.% PTFE and hydrophobic acetylene black contg. 30 wt.% PTFE, forming a layer 0.5 mm thick. The electrode was moulded at 300 deg.C under 600 kg/sq.cm pressure. An electrolysis device of cycle fluid type was prepd. with the electrode as an anode and stainless steel plate as a cathode. A fluid contg. 100 mg/l phenol cycled at rate of 1/min. was electrolysed, as the result concn. of the phenol was reduced to 0.2 mg/l at 90th minute. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Photoconducting type uv sensor has a Zn-oxide thin film, and electrodes for detecting the changes of resistivity resulting from irradiation of uv onto the thin film layer, formed on a substrate.    USE -   Used for ultraviolet sensors utilising photoconducting effect. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Tube comprises the fluorescent screen formed of luminescent elements of minute dots or of minute width stripes which consist kind(s) of fluorescent materials and luminesce respectively in one of the three prim. colours. Colour luminescence elements are made to have same duration of persistence of each.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Colour cathode-ray tube is used for the television receiver of inofrmation processor. Fidelity of reproduction of colour signals is improved.    In an example, for green fluorescent material, P1(Zn2SiO4:Mn) (100%) or mixt. of P32(ZnS:Cu) (60 wt.%) and P39(Zn2SiO4:Mn,As) (40 wt.%) were pref. used. For blue fluorescent material, mixt. of ZnS:Ag,Ga (80 wt.%) and P22B(ZnS:Ag) (20wt.%) are pref. For red fluorescent material, mixt. of P27(Zn3(PO4)2:Mn) (30 wt.%) and P22R(Y2O2:Eu) (70 wt.%) were pref. used. Duration of persistence of each material was made to 30 minutes even. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Polymer is prepd. by plasma polymerising a substd. 5-membered heterocyclic cpd. of formula (I). In (I) Z is -S- or = NR - where R is H atom or a lower alkyl gp., and R1-R4 are each H, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl gp. or a halogen-substd. lower alkyl gp., provided that at least one of R1-R4 is a halogen atom or a halogen substd. lower alkyl gp. to provide an electroconductive polymer.    Plasma polymerisation of monomer gas seems to entrap the halogen atom introduced in the heterocyclic cpd. as a dopant and is introduced into the plasma chamber solely as its vapour or supported by a carrier gas (e.g. Ar, He, N2, etc.). It is pref. a halogenated thiophene of e.g. formula (II)-(IV).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Plasma polymerisation provides an electroconductive polymer prod. or thin film of electroconductive polymer on any substrate. Polymer is used in batteries, electrochromic display elements, etc. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
In the battery, a negative polar current collecting layer, a negative polar active substance layer, a polymer solid electolytic layer, a positive polar active substance layer, and a positive polar current collecting layer are coated or printed on a supporter, e.g. Al plate. The positive and negative polar current collecting layers are formed by dispersing a conductor e.g. C or graphite particles, etc., in a polymer e.g. acrylic resins, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, etc. As the polymer solid electrolytic layer, a cpd. of formula (-CHCH3-CH2-Om or CH2-CH2-O (where n and m is more than 1) e.g. a bridged resin composed of acryloyl-modified polyalkylene oxide and an organic cpd. with double bonds and at least one functional gp. e.g. copolymer consisting of triethylene glycol monoacrylate, etc., and acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, etc., in a proportion of 99.9 : 0.1 - 10 : 90, contg. a metal salt, e.g., LiClO4, LiSCN, NaClO4, etc. are used. The negative active substance layer is formed by dispersing metal particles, e.g. Al, Li, Zn, Na, etc., into a polymer solid electrolyte. The positive active substance layer is also obtd. by dispersing a positive polar active substance particle e.g. MnO2, etc., in a polymer solid electrolyte e.g. polyethylene glycol, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thin-type battery to be used in time piece, IC card, etc., has prim. battery portion having opt. battery capacity and has an opt. shape to be matched with any position.
Ion conductive polymer solid state electrolyte (ICSPE) comprises a crosslinked resin which is formed by crosslinking a polymer (A) of copolymerised acryloyl treated polyalkyleneoxide (1) and an organic cpd. (2) having intramolecular double bond and at least a functionality gp., and an metal salt (B).    Pref. ICSPE comprises a crosslinkage type resin of which is formed by crosslinkage of (A) and a crosslinking agent (C), and (B).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   ICPSE is suitable for prim cell, cell, ECD ands etc.. ICPSE shows improved ion conductivity and not fused at least 60 deg.C.    In an example, A copolymer was prepd. by a mixt of 60g methoxy polyethyleneglycol-monoacrylate, 4 g glycidyl-methacrylate, 3 g methacrylate, 4 g benzoyl peroxide 31 g MEK was dropped into MEK heated at 80 deg. C while stirred for 4 hours, 10 g of the copolymer was mixed with 1.25 cc of MEK soln. of Li-perchlorate, then heat cured for 10 minutes at 140 deg.C to form a film. As the result the film showed 9.0x10power-5 S/cm of electric conductivity by exchange impedance method and had solid state at 70 deg.C. where as conventional one was 1.0X10power-6 S/cm and fused at 70 deg.C. 91154065
The electrochemical battery comprises a cathode of alkaline metal, an anode of solid active substance, and an organic electrolyte. The organic electrolyte comprises electrolyte dissolved in the organic solvent contg. at least one kind of organic silicon ether cpd's organic silicon ketone cpd's organic silicon sulphoxide cod's, organic silicon nitrile cpd's, organic silicon amide cpd's, and organic silicon imide cpd's, which contain silicon.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrochemical battery is used as in high energy density chemical battery. The electrolyte of the battery is flame-resistant. Electromotive force and discharge capacity of the battery are improved.
Battery comprises a negative electrode of hydrogen absorbing alloy (HAA) and an electrolyte of an aq. alkaline soln. (AES). A benzotriazole gp. antioxidant of formula (I) or (II) is added to at least one of HAA or AES. (R = alkyl gp).    Pref. the oxidant is at least one of benzotriazole, methyl benzotriazole, benzotriazole salt or methyl benzotriazole salt.    ADVANTAGE -   The battery capacity does not decrease after repeated charge/discharge and has improved life.    In an example, HAA of LaNi4.7A10.3 was prepd. by conventional method, heat treated under vacuum and pulverised to 400 mesh. A mixt. of 100 pts. wt. HAA and 0.5 pts. wt. benzotriazle and a binder of methyl cellulose was filled in a foamed Ni substrate to form a negative electrode. A battery of 100 mAh capacity was fabricated with the electrode, a Ni-sinter positive electrode, Nylon non-woven separator and NaOH aq. soln. (density = 1.3) of AES. A test of the battery charged at 0.2C and 13% and discharged 0.5C at 1.0V final voltage showed that no lowering of capacity was found up to 200 cycles whereas a conventional one was lowered from 70 cycles. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Forming nozzle comprises inserting a synthetic resin parison between a pair of sectional moulds to form a water tank and driving insert rods or inner surface defining rods through the parison, just before the moulds are closed.    USE -   Used for making solar heat collectors. (J60082754-A) @(6pp Dwg.No.0/18)
Cell has O2 or a gas contg. O2 sealed inside it. The cell is pref. sealed with a pressure of at least 400 Torr. The cell pref. has a partial pressure proportion of O2 of at least 0.5 to the sealed pressure of the gas contg. O2.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The cell can be used as an organic photoelectric transducer. Photoelectric conversion efficiency of the cell is improved. Stable organic solar cell can be obtd..    In an example, between the light transmissible In203 electrode (2) and the opposing Al electrode (4), a dispersion thin film (3), 2 microns in thickness, composed of 4 pts.wt. butylal resin and 10 pts. wt. charge generating substance of the following formula (I) was prepd.. In (I), Cp1 = gp. of formula (II). The prepd. solar cell was left in vacuum at up to 10 power (-3) Torr for 10 hrs., then O2 was introduced until the pressure reached 760 Torr. The cell was sealed with the Pyrex glass. Test result of photoelectric conversion efficiency was 0.17% for the prepd. cell. @(10pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
To conduct dry etching for a substrate in a semiconductor mfg. process, discharge is controlled by changing either the chamber inner pressure or the radio frequency power intensity. The first discharge condition able to start stable discharge and the second discharge condition able to attain stable continuation of discharge are combined in turn to conduct dry etching.    ADVANTAGE -   Unstableness of discharge state is eliminated and precise control for working shape is attained. @(4pp)@
The cathode active substance for the alkaline cell comprises Zn alloy powder or amalgamated Zn alloy powder of 3.7-4.1 in apparent specific gravity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The cathode active substance is used for the alkaline cell. H2 gas generation in the cell can be improvedly reduced, holding discharge characteristic at high level. In an example a Zn base metal of at least 99.997% in purity was melted at 500 deg deg. In the molten Zn, required amt of Pb was added, and stirred to form alloy of them. Then the alloy was atomised to form powder in the atmos of 02 concn at 1-3 vol%. The powder was classified into the powder of 35-200 mesh in size. The obtd powder was composed of 0.05 wt% of Pb and balance of Zn. Apparent specific gravity of the powder was 3.8. Cathode agent was prepd with the cathode active substance, gelator, and electrolyte of 10% K hydroxide satd with Zn oxide. Anode agent was prepd with Mn02 and conduction agent. Alkaline manganese cell was prepd with the cathode agent and the anode agent. H2 generation in the cell was 1.60 ml/cell at 60 deg C for 20 days as opposed tp 1.90 ml/cell fro the conventional cell. Discharge time of the cell was at index of 102 as opposed to the index of 85 for the conventional type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/1)@
Claimed are: (A) material (I) for space vehicle parts comprising a material of construction (II) with a protective coating consisting of a polymer (III) contg one of the elements (IV), Si, Ge, Sn or Pb of Gp IVB. III may esp be a) a polysiloxane of formula (V) where, R1 = hydrocarbon; R2 = H or hydrocarbon; n = at least 100; or b) a polystyrene deriv of formula (VI) where M = IV. (B) fabrication of I by coating at least part of the surface of II with a 0.1-100 micron thick layer of a) a 26% soln of V (mol wt = 100,000) in anisole and, heating at 150 deg C under nitrogen for 30 mins and drying, or b) a 20% soln of VI (M = Ge, mol wt = 50,000) or a 25% soln of VI (M = Sn, mol wt = 60,000), and heating at 120 deg C under nitrogen for 30 mins.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Claimed are use of I in the construction of solar panels with III on the upper surface; and as a conductor coated with III connecting solar batteries used in space vehicles. III prevents the degradation of surfaces by reaction with atomic oxygen present in space: it remains effective for several decades. @(21pp Dwg.No.3A/4)@
Mfr. of a zinc-alkaline battery is claimed. It comprises dispersing a zinc alloy powder as an active material in a gel-like alkaline electrolyte to prepare a gel-like anode. The zinc ally contains at least one alloying element of indium, lead, bismuth, lithium, calcium or aluminium. The alkaline electrolyte contains indium hydroxide or indium sulphide prepd. by neutralising an aq. soln. of an indium salt, the indium hydroxide or sulphide is contained in an amt. 0.005-0.5 wt.% based on wt. of zinc alloy. Opt. the battery also contains a hydrophilic part of polyethylene oxide and an oleophilic part of a fluoroalkyl gp. in amt. 0.001-0.1 wt.% based on wt. of the ' zinc alloy.    ADVANTAGE -   The batteries have no adverse effect on the environment and have a good shelf stability and discharge property. @(25pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
(A) A novel Zn-Mn battery has a negative electrode in the form of a thin Zn foil (4) and a positive electrode in the form of a large effective surface thin carbon foil (2) with a MnO2 layer (3), both electrodes being sepd. by a separator (5) and being arranged in a highly packed stack. (B) Prodn. of the battery involves (i) applying a thin MnO2 layer to both sides of an elongate rectangular thin foil of pressed and opt. sintered graphite powder with large effective surface, (ii) applying a similarly sized sheet of an electrolyte-permeable separator, (iii) placing a similarly sized thin Zn foil on the separator, (iv) applying a further electrolyte-permeable separator layer on the free outer side of one of the two electrodes and (v) winding the structure on a core, inserting in a cylindrical housing and providing external connection contacts. The electrodes have edges which project at opposite sides of the stack and which are (partially) metallised and connected to axially arranged electrode plates. The separator may consist of a cellophane foil (5) which swells in the electrolyte. The electrolyte may be KOH or (NH4)2SO4.    ADVANTAGE -   The battery is capable of multiple recharging, has higher capacity than conventional Zn-MN batteries and has a dense layer sequence of the electrodes and the separator. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The most outer layer of a strand is an Sn-plated wire. The inner strand has at least one non-Sn-plate bare wire. The strands are hoisted and Sn is coated on the twisted wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in wiring cables, medical cables, or robot cables. The wire has flexibility and no looseness. @(4pp Dwg.No.1-6/6)@
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
The method comprises: preparing ceramic material or its precursor having superconducting character covering the ceramic material with metallic sheath; repeating the dia. redn. work and uni-directional solidifying work alternately several times on the ceramic material covered with the metallic sheath; and heat-treating the ceramic material covered with the metallic sheath.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For prepn. of ceramic superconductive wire material for the magnet and cable. Critical current density of the superconductive wire is improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Polyphosphazene is of formula (I) and has a structure of a combination of polymer and salts solvated with ligand. In the formula (I), (N=P(Z)2) = polymer of formulae (1)-(6) arranged in any order or their mixt.. M = alkali (ne earth) metal cation, transition metal, lanthanide atom or onium ion; X = anion; h and k each = number of ethylene oxide units; k = 0-15 and h = 0-22.5; a = ratio of ((M.Yb)) to (N=P(Z)2) = 0.0001-10; b = coordination number of solvated substance Y to M; l, m and n each = 0 or l+m+n = 32,000; Y = ligand e.g. solvent having high coordination capability.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For prepg. electrolyte for electrochemical battery. As high performance sec. battery working in ordinary environmental condition normally. The battery gives no trouble due to liq. leakage, short of efficiency declination caused by the formation of dendrite or decrease of conductivity and interlayer impedance. @(10pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An electric storage battery comprises a container (22) and cover (23) enclosing the electrolyte and other electrochemical components of battery, and a state-of-charge indicating device for monitoring the acid concn. of electrolyte during charge and discharge cycles of the battery. The charge indicator comprises a porous solid support (31), carrying at least one dye which is sensitive to the acid concn. of the electrolyte and changes colour as a result of a change in the acid concn. A means is provided for viewing the colour of the dye from the exterior of the battery.    The battery is pref. a lead-acid battery having alternate electrodes (24) of Pb and PbO2 in an electrolyte contg. H2SO4.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Provides a means to determine charge level of a battery during storage or use by means of a simple visual indicator. Requires no removal or handling of hazardous electrolyte and is suitable for starved electrolyte batteries or sealed, maintenance-free batteries. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/8)@
Films have polymer (I) in which is uniformly distributed an epoxidised vegetable oil (II), and a plasticiser (III) contg. a dissociatingly solubilised electrolyte (IV). (I) is selected from PVC (pref.), polyurethane, polystyrene, chlorinated polyethylene, poly(vinylidene chloride), poly(ethylene terephthalate), chlorinated butyl rubber and isoprene-styrene-butadiene block copolymers. (II) is epoxidised linseed, safflower, soybean, corn, cotton or rape seed oil. Epoxidised soybean oil (ESBO) is pref., used at 2-10 (5) wt.%. (III) are selected from alkylene glycol alkanoic diesters etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Films can be used as static dissipative material; or current collectors can be connected on each of the two sides of the film to form a sec. battery. Batteries can have thin cross-section and low wt. (See US 4,714,665 and 4,728,588 for batteries using prior art polymeric film electrolytes). @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A thin flexible totally internally reflecting film (10) is produced fromm a suitable transparent polymer such as polycarbonate or acrylic. The film has a smooth surface (14) and a profiled surface (12) which is composed of contiguous linear microprisms (16) of right-angled isosceles form, arranged at an angle of 45deg to the smooth surface, resulting in a series of sharp peaks (17), valleys (18) and prism surfaces (20) running across the film (P). Film thickness depends on the polymer and use; typically. an acrylic film will be 0.015 inch thick, with 70 prisms per inch. Depending on the refractive index of the polymer, light striking either surface (12,14) within a certain angular range, will be totally internally reflected (A,A'L1,B,B',L2) and this effect is substantially unaffected by smoothly curving the film in the axis of the prisms.    The prisms are formed on the film by known art. Both thickness and polymer may be varied to derive self and non self supporting films capable of differing deg of curvature.    In another embodiment, the peaks (17) of the prism (16) may be rounded to a desired deg. to obtain a chosen amt of light leakage.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Reflective performance does not deteriorate. Uses include light conduits and solar collectors.
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
The device comorises a photoelectric converting element, a connector for installing the element, and an electromagnetic wave shielding case.    USE -   The performance and reliability of the module is improved. @(5pp Dwg.No.4/4)@
Substrate consists of an electroconductive supporting body, and an active layer composed of novel polysilane cpd. of formula (I) having a wt. average mol. wt. of 6000 - 200000, and having a rough surface with the height of the roughness of 0.1 micron m or more on the electroconductive supporting body. In (I), R1 = 1-2C alkyl gp.; R2 = 3-8C alkyl gp. cyclo alkyl gp. aryl gp. or aralkyl gp.; R3 = 1-4C alkyl gp.; R4 = 1-4C alkyl gp.; A, A' = 4-12C alkyl gp. cycloalkyl, aryl gp. or aralkyl gp.; n + m = 1; n = 0-1; and m = 0-1.    The supporting body e.g. consists of Mo, W, Ti, Co, Cr, Fe, Cu, Ta, Nb, Zr, Al, stainless steel, or Ni-Cr alloy, and the supporting body may be formed on a film or sheet of polyester, polyethylene, polycarbonate, cellulose acetate, polypropylene, PVC, polyvinylidene chloride or polystyrene etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solar battery has improved power generation efficiency. @(19pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
A tool for determining colour density of a test paper coloured by the reaction with a given component in sample comprises arranging a translucent colour filter which has a colour tone complementary to the colour tone of the test paper and pts. of different colour densities prescribed at multi-steps. The method of determining colour density comprises determining the colour density after colouring of the test paper by using the tool, overlaying the coloured pt. of the test paper on each colour filter, selecting a colour filter by which the overlaid pt. becomes almost black, and determining the colour density of the test paper based on it.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The tool and the method are useful for determining the colour density of a test paper for detecting a given component (e.g., glucose or cholesterol in blood or glucose or haemoglobin in urine). The determn. of the colour density of the test paper can be carried out with improved accuracy by simple operation. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
An array of photovoltaic cells, interconnected and packaged using tape carrier, comprises many cells having a mass: surface area ratio of less than 60 mg cm -2 (10) and supported on the carrier surface of a dielectric tape (24) which also supports a cell interconnect (22) including an electrical circuit (26) including many contact fingers (44,46). Many prim openings (28) are defined in the dielectric tape, each positioned so that a contact finger can be directed from below the carrier surface towards each cell to connect with it, with part of both sides of the finger being free of the dielectric tape.    Also claimed is the array as above in which the dielectric tape has a carrier support surface and interconnect surface on opposite sides of the tape.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Photovoltaic cell arrays, packages, methods of prodn and substrates for them (claimed) are provided. The arrays are useful for spacecraft power and as alternative power sources on Earth. The interconnections are isolated form the space environment including atomic 0 and space plasma, array fabrication is simplified giving higher yield and operational reliability, and the interconnection is adaptable to a wide range of configurations as well as giving dense packing.
Lightweight solderless connector (10) for an alkali(ne earth) metal battery for an internal connection comprises an alkali(ne earth) metal core (11); an outer insulating cover (12); and an adhesive coating (14) between core and cover.    Pref adhesive is anhydrous, pref an acrylic material or rubber material. Pref the core is Li metal and the cover is plastic, pref polyester. The connector is attached by applying pressure.    ADVANTAGE -   Connector is effective, simple, low cost and durable. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
A polyimide cpd., has a carbazole skeleton in a repeating unit, pref. of formula (I). In (I), R1 = 5-13C tetravalent organic gp.    Also claimed are prodn. of the polyimide cpd; an organic polymer film of the polyimide cpd.; and a photoconductive device comprising the organic film.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyimide is useful for a photoelectro-transducing device in a solar cell or a photosensor. It has superior environmental stability and thin film workability. The polyimide also has satisfactory heat resistance and workability. @(19pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
A mixt. of nonionic surfactant plus a 1-3C alkyl nitrile or 8-11C aliphatic alcohol solvent is added to an aq. soln. of zirconium and yttrium carboxylates to ppte. a colloidal zirconium and yttrium mixed oxide precursor at pH 5-7 and ambient temp.. Ppte. is sepd. and calcined to effect conversion into a cubic crystal form prod. of ZrO2 (Y2O3) mixed oxide. Prod. contains 15-21 wt.% Y and comprises 0.1-2 micron size spherical particles. Carboxylates are pref. acetates. Solvent is e.g. acetonitrile or n-octanol and surfactant is pref. Brij 30 (RTM). Pref. reaction mixt. is held at temp. for 1-60 minutes and pH is adjusted with NaOH or butylamine. Calcination is e.g. at 900-1400 deg.C. for 1-10 hrs..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Prod. is a solid electrolyte for fuel flow cells. Morphology of prods. is reproducible. Reactants are cheap. @(7pp Dwg.No0/0)
Battery comprises a stack of cells each having a positive electrode pellet of MnO2, conductive material and electrolyte, a cupped separator around the positive electrode absorbing and holding the electrolyte, and a Zn-C bonded electrode formed of a conductive C coat bonded to a flat Zn negative electrode facing the positive electrode with the separator sandwiched in between. The Zn-C electrode has surface protrusions on the conductive C coat.    ADVANTAGE -   The bonded electrodes do not stick together when press punched; contact resistance between the C coat and the positive electrode is reduced; and excellent current collection is provided esp. under high load discharging. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
An ionically conductive solid electrolyte comprises (A) a block copolymer of polyalkylene glycol and polystyrene (deriv.); (B) an inorganic ionic salt; and opt. (C) polyalkylene glycol (deriv.).    The polyalkylene glycol is of formula: HO(CH2CHRO)nH where R is H or a lower alkyl and n = 5-1000 (e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, poly-1,3-butylene glycol, etc.). (A) is prepd. e.g. by polymerising a styrenic monomer (e.g. styrene, methylstyrene, alpha-methylstyrene, dichlorostyrene, etc.) in the presence of a polymerisation initiator of azobiscyanopentanoic acid chloride and polycondensation reacting the formed polyalkylene glycol contg. terminal reactive acid chloride gps. with polyethylene glycol; (B) is e.g. LiClO4, LiSCN, LiBF4, LiAsF6, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solid electrolyte has high ionic conductivity, moulding workability and mechanical strength. It is used as the solid electrolyte for primary cells, secondary cells, fuel cells, electrochromatic display elements, etc. type. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
The electrolyte is prepd. by hardening a compsn. comprising (A) polyalkylene oxide modified by acryloyl gp., (B) a block copolymer comprising polyalkylene and polystyrene or polystyrene deriv. and (C) an inorganic ionic salt and opt. (D) polyalkylene glycol or its deriv.    (A) is prepd. by modifying polyethylene glycol in polyethylene oxide polymer or polypropylene glycol in polypropylene oxide polymer with a (meth)acrylate ester. It has a mol. wt. = 200-30000. (B) is prepd. by polymerising a styrenic monomer of formula (I) where R1 - R3 are each independently H, a lower alkyl, a halogen or an alkoxy gp. in the presence of a polymerisation initiator comprising azobiscyanopentanoic acid chloride and polycondensation reacting the terminal reactive acid chloride gps. of the styrenic polymer with polyethylene glycol or polymerising radically styrene or a styrenic monomer in the presence of a polymerisation initiator. (C) is e.g. LiClO4, LiSCN, LiBF4, LiAsF6, LiCF3SO3, LiPF6, NaI, NaSCN, NaBr, KI, CsSCN, AgNO3, CuCl2, Mg(ClO4)2, etc. and used in a mol. ratio/alkylene oxide in (A) and/or (B) = 0.05-50 mol.    .    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solid electrolyte has high ionic conductivity, moulding workability and mechanical strength. It is used as solid electrolytes for primary cells, secondary cells, fuel cells, electrochromic display elements, etc. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
Battery cell including a solid electrolyte is mfd. by dispersing in the electrolyte a first material so that there is a zero concn of the material in the vicinity of a second material in the cell with which it would react.    Pref. the first material is ethylene carbonate and propylene carbonate (EC/PC) which contains moisture; and the second material is Li (alloy) negative electrode material.    ADVANTAGE -   Moisture in the EC/PC mixt. dispersed in the solid electrolyte is prevented from contacting and determinating the Li (alloy) electrode, so that separate drying steps, in which the EC/PC might alos be driven off, are not required.
Colour solid camera element comprises: a) providing a levelling layer of transparent material on a semiconductor having a light accepting part for photoelectric conversion; b) a scanning part for taking out electric signal generated at the light accepting part; c) a passivation film for protecting the light accepting part and the scanning part; and d) forming colour filter patterns of a desired colour number protected by organic Si material on the levelling layer.    A method of making the colour solid camera element is also claimed. Pref. the levelling material is organic Si material such as partially hydrolysed alkoxysilane oligomer. At the top layer of the position corresponding to the light accepting part, convex microlens of e.g. polyvinyl-phenol is formed. Levelling material is that formed by coating organic high polymer material (e.g. transparent polyimide) with organic Si material.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   According to the invention, a colour solid camera element of high sensitivity, high resolving power, stable spectral characteristics and no colour blurr can be obtd. by simple process.@(12pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Solar heating system, esp. for a home, consists of an outer glass panel (1), esp. on the side of the house exposed to the sun's rays, and an inner main wall (2), forming a greenhouse effect vol. (3) between them.    The outer panel can be in more than one layer, either transparent or translucent, and instead of glass can be made from a plastic such as metacrylate or polycarbonate, set at a distance of 0.5 - 1.5 from the inner wall. The inner wall can be constructed from hollow blocks which are filled at least partly from a materia, which has a high thermal absorption capacity, such as dry sand or a lightweight mortar, and one of the glass/plastic panels can be set close to the wall, e.g. 1 - 5 cm from. it, to create an insulating air layer against the wall. In a variant the wall can have an outer layer of an insulating material based on polystyrene or polyurethane.    ADVANTAGE -   Improved heating at low cost, storing heat in walls and releasing it when house is cold. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Monitoring an electrolyte to determine a change in the concn. of a chemical species in the electrolyte, or of monitoring the presence of an electrolyte comprising a chemical species, comprises (I) providing a source of electrical power, (II) providing an appts. comprising (a) a first electrode connectable to the source of power, (b) a second electrode connectable to the source of power and spaced apart from the first electrode, (a) and (b) are positioned so that when an electrolyte contg. a chemical species is between the electrodes and the source is connected to the electrodes, current passes between the electrodes through the electrolyte, and (c) an ion exchange material which (i) is in electrical and physical contact and entirely surrounds the surface of one of the electrodes and (ii) has an ionic resistance to the passage of the current, this resistance depends on the concn. of the chemical species in the electrolyte; (III) connecting the source of electrical power to the electrodes so that when the electrolyte is between the electrodes, an electrochemical reaction takes place at the interface of the ion exchange material and the electrode contacted to it, generating an ionic species which pass through the ion exchange material, and (IV) monitoring a votlage change between the electrodes or along at least one of the electrodes, associated with a change in the ionic resistance of the ion exchange material.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used to detect chemical species in a number r of environments e.g. the electrodes may be placed adjacent a pipe or receptacle contg. a liq. contg. chemical species. The concn. of the chemical species can be measured. @(24pp Dwg.No.1/15)@
Electric storage battery (10) comprising closed container (12) contg. electrode elements (18) and electrolyte beneath a head space, is improved by inserting loosely and randomly distributed pillows (26) of needle punched polypropylene in the head space, each pillow having at least one bonded segment.    The pillows are pref. randomly enclosed within a netting, also of polypropylene, before being inserted in the head space, the netting facilitating insertion in the head space and becoming anchored to terminal posts, etc. The pillows are typically formed by needle punching 15 denier polypropylene fibres in a 0.5 inch thick mat at a density of 19 oz. per yd2. The bonded segments are produced by ultrasonically bonding the mat at preselected intervals e.g. every 0.9 inch, so that the pillows are 0.9 inch square in cross-section.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The pillows of polypropylene are able to attenuate any explosion of combustible gases which have accumulated in the head space because they divide the space into minute, interconnected cells in which weak and inconsequential explosions will occur. In normal circumstances, however, because the pillows are loosely packed, they allow venting of gases, generated within the battery, to atmos. and drain back of any electrolyte, the polypropylene fibres being unaffected by sulphuric acid etc.
The method comprises forming a micropattern mask from a nonsublimative metal or organic resin film, and irradiating a pulse laser beam of 400 microns or less through the mask on a main face of a substrate.    USE -   For solar cells and liq. crystal display panels. (J60260393-A)
Forming insulation film for inter multilayer circuit of semiconductor devices comprises contg. soln. contg. polyamic acid silicone intermediate on substrate, heat treating at 100-200 deg.C to form silicon contg. polyimide film, fluoro resin film is formed on it then heat treated at 300-400 deg.C. Intermediate is prepd. by reaction of mixt. of aromatic tetra-carboxylic acid di-anhydride (1), amine NH2-R2-NH3 (2) and amino silicon (3). (R1 is four valent C cyclic aromatic gp., R2 is 6-30C aromatic gp., R3 and R4 are 1-6C alkyl or phenyl and k is 1-3).    ADVANTAGE -   Improved prodn. yield, since no exfoliaation is generated at semiconductor prodn. process. Semicodnuctor device has high speed work for signal. @(4pp DWg.No.1/1)@
The Schottky junction photoelectromotive force device comprises an organic semiconductor layer of polysilane cpd. of 6,000-200,000 wt. average mol. wt. of formula (I) where R1 = Me or Et; R2 = 3-8C alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or aralkyl; R3 and R4= 1-4C alkyl; n andm m are mol ratios which represent respective proportions of monomer number to the total monomers in the polymer. n+m=1; n= positive number up to 1; m= 0-1 than 1.    ADVANTAGE -   The photoelectromotive force device has improved sensitivity to short wave light and improved photoelectric conversion efficiency. Change in photoelectric conversion efficiency with time is reduced. @(16pp DWg.No.1/1)@
Large scale solar cells are made by bonding a number of modular solar laminates into a common frame using a silicone rubber adhesive as bonding agent.    Pref. the adhesive used is a single component silicone adhesive/sealant with a non-corrosive curing system.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process allows prodn. of large scale solar power units having outputs in the kilowatt range. The silicone adhesive/sealant used provides the required good adhesion to glass and metal or plastics frames, good flexibility, resistance to weathering, and resistance to temp. cycling between -40 and +90    deg.C, including at a relative humidity of 85% and in frosty conditions, whilst allowing dismantling of the cell when necessary. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A rechargeable electrochemical cell, giving recombination of evolved O2, comprises metal oxide cathode (12), metal anodic material (14) and current collector (24), separator (16), and a contacting electrolyte in which cell O2-may evolve on charge, overcharge or polarity reversal. There is transfer anode material (29) which is porous, wetted by electrolyte, in electronic and ionic contact with the anodic material and contg a catalyst which accelerates anodic consumption of material gas. The transfer anode and current collector are in intimate physical contact and O2 evolved within the cell is thus recombined.    Pref the anodic material is a metal hydride or Zn. Pref the current collector is a rectangular plate to which the anode and transfer anode materials are intimately bonded with PTFE. Pref the catalyst is of particles or powder of graphite, Cu, Cd, Ag, Ni or Zn particles plated with one of these metals; pref it is a gelled Zn anode material mixed with graphite or metal-plated Zn particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A rechargeable electrochemical cell is provided in which any evolved O2 catalytically recombined with the anode. This avoids the loss of water and reduces pressure build-up in the cell and is esp useful in sealed rechargeable alkaline cells such as Zn/MnO2/KOH. The cell is economic and effective. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly.
Solid electrolyte has a matrix obtd. by vinyl-polymerisation of (1) polyfunctional monomer of formula (I) and opt. polyfunctional monomer (II) and/or mono-functional monomer(s) of formula (III)-(V) which are contained in a porous film. The polymer is treated in (1) polar neutral solvent, with (ii) salt of metal ion belonging to Ia or IIa of periodic table.    X and Y = -O-, or -NR7-; R7 = H or alkyl; R = H, alkyl, chlorine, or cyano; R2 and R4 = lower alkylene; L = binding radical with -valency z; z = 2 or more; q = 1-30; l1 and l2 = 0 or 1. R3 = H, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, -COR6 or -SO2; R6 = alkyl, alkenyl, aryl or aralkyl; R12 = H, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy; A1-A3 = O or S; L2 = di-valent binding radical; r = 0 or 1; R22 and R23 = H, lower alkyl or lower alkoxy; s = 0 or 1.    The porous film is pref. polyolefin and solvent is one or more of carbonates, lactones, cyclic ethers, cyclic diethers, ethers, glycols, nitriles, esters, amides, nitromethanes, thionylchloride or sulpholane.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solid electrolyte is useful for battery or electrochemical device. @(29pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
The flow conduit has inlet and outlet connections for a heat-bearing medium in the housing, and is in heat exchange relationship with a heat accumulating body in the housing. This body is of a material which by heat absorption repeatedly changes from a solid to at least a softened state, and by emitting of a corresp. amt. of heat returns to the solid state.    The transparent surface layer is of a material which for the main part is transparent to radiation energy. It has very low heat transmission properties, and is reflectant to infra-red radiation. Both these characteristics are in evidence at softening temp. The accumulator body material has a softening temp. of at least 100 deg.C and a melting heat of at least 50 kWh/m3. The material transparent to radiation energy has low heat transmission characteristics which at most are the same as those of stationary air, and comprises silica aerogel in sheet or block form.    USE -   For captivation of solar energy, using equipment functioning at comparatively high collector temps.. (Provisional basic previously advised in week 9131) @(19pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
A housing comprises a hollow cylindrical body (50) extending forwardly of a base (48) which flares radially outwardly w.r.t. the body, which has a light-transparent window (58) and sensor electronics (16) mounted to a shelf oriented horizontally w.r.t. the window. The body has a rear opening leading into the electronics chamber and at least as large in area as the shelf.    A plug fits into the to the opening to close the chamber and the shelf outer perimeter is sandwiched between a rearwardly facing peripheral recess in an inner sidewall of the body and part of the plug so that the shelf is firmly secured. The window may be a Fresnel lens, and the base may have a flat annular mounting surface surrounding the plug and carrying adhesive.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Partic. used for a photocell sensor for controlling artificial indoor and outdoor lighting depending on the level of natural light, is of smaller size, less obtrusive and easier to install. @(15pp Dwg.No.2/18)@
An electrode examination process of biosensor having an insulating substrate is claimed. Substrate has electrode system comprising at least a measuring electrode and a counter electrode. An enzyme reaction layer made of a redox enzyme, a hydrophilic polymer and an oxidised body and a reduced body of an electron acceptor are provided on the surface. The substance conc. change caused by the reaction between the enzyme, electron acceptor and the sample soln. is electrochemically detected by electrode system so that the substance conc. is measured. A component of the enzyme reaction layer is dropped on the electrode system than electric voltage is applied to it and the resulting running current is measured to check the electrode condition.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   After the electrode system is printed on the insulating substrate, condition of the electrode system is simply checked by dropping the component of the enzyme reaction layer and by applying the voltage. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
An electrode examination process of biosensor having an insulating substrate is claimed. Substrate has electrode system comprising at least a measuring electrode and a counter electrode. An enzyme reaction layer made of a redox enzyme, a hydrophilic polymer and an oxidised body and a reduced body of an electron acceptor are provided on the surface. The substance conc. change caused by the reaction between the enzyme, electron acceptor and the sample soln. is electrochemically detected by electrode system so that the substance conc. is measured. A component of the enzyme reaction layer is dropped on the electrode system than electric voltage is applied to it and the resulting running current is measured to check the electrode condition.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   After the electrode system is printed on the insulating substrate, condition of the electrode system is simply checked by dropping the component of the enzyme reaction layer and by applying the voltage. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
An electrode examination process of biosensor having an insulating substrate is claimed. Substrate has electrode system comprising at least a measuring electrode and a counter electrode. An enzyme reaction layer made of a redox enzyme, a hydrophilic polymer and an oxidised body and a reduced body of an electron acceptor are provided on the surface. The substance conc. change caused by the reaction between the enzyme, electron acceptor and the sample soln. is electrochemically detected by electrode system so that the substance conc. is measured. A component of the enzyme reaction layer is dropped on the electrode system than electric voltage is applied to it and the resulting running current is measured to check the electrode condition.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   After the electrode system is printed on the insulating substrate, condition of the electrode system is simply checked by dropping the component of the enzyme reaction layer and by applying the voltage. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
A method of forming a solid polymeric electrolyte comprising a network contg. an ionically conducting liq. for use in solid state electrochemical cells is claimed comprising: a) mixing a crosslinkable polysiloxane (I) or crosslinkable polyethylene oxide, an ionically conducting liq. (II) and an ionizable ammonium or alkali metal salt (III); and b) irradiating this mixt. with actinic light to crosslink (I) to form a solid matrix through which (II) interpenetrates to provide continuous paths of high conductivity in all directions through the matrix. Pref. the mixt. also includes a crosslinkable polyethylenically unsatd. cpd. (IV). Opt. it may include a radiation curable comonomer (V).    Pref. the mixt. contains at least 45 (partic. at least 70) wt.% (II). Pref. (I) is a polyethylene oxide grafted polysiloxane. Pref. (II) is selected from polyethylene glycol dimethyl ether, propylene carbonate, gamma-butyrolactone, 1,3-dioxolane, 2-methyl-tetrahydrofuran, tetraglyme, hexaglyme, heptaglyme and polyethylene oxide grafted polysiloxane. Pref. (III) is selected from Li, Na, K and ammonium cpds. of I, Br, SCN, ClO4, CFSO3, BF4, PF6, AsF6 and CF3COO. It is partic. LiCF3SO3. Pref. (IV) includes a repeating unit selected from -CH2C(R')H-O-, CH2CH2NR'- or -CH2-NR'-CH2- and is partic. selected from polyethylene glycol diacrylate, polyethylene glycol dimethacrylate, and acrylate functionalised polyurethane, or polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether. Pref. (V) is selected from trimethylol-propane triacrylate, trimethylol-propane ethoxylated triacrylate or trimethylol-propane propoxy triacrylate.    USE -   The method can also be used to mfr. anode and cathode half-elements.
Glassy C micro powder (A), has mean dia. and specific surface area of more than 1 micron and more than 200 m2/gm respectively. Mfg. method is also claimed.    Pref (A) is made by sintering and pulverising or pulverising and sintering foamed thermosetting resin (B) in non-oxidising atmos. (B) Is made by mixing C filler with the thermosetting resin and volatile foaming agent.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For structural material of electric cell, catalyst carrier, capacitor, and absorbent of gases. This prod. has large specific surface area without the activation process in the case of conventional prods. so that it can be produced with lower cost than conventional prods. Ifthis prod were activated with steam or halogen gas it would have far larger specific surface area than conventional prods. Starch, cellulose resin, PAN fibre, or powder of polyethylene can be used instead of C filler. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/1)
The electrode is composed of the high polymer cpd converted to linear high polymer in vertical direction (direction of b axis) to the ring through the centre metal phthalocyanines having polyvalent metal element in its centre.    The centre metal element of the phthalocyanine is bonded with thee oxygen gp element. The centre metal of phthalocyanines comprises Ga, Ge, r Si.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the prim and sec cells and capacitor. Charge-discharge characteristic of the sec cell is improved.    In an example, polyphthalocyanine electrode:phthalocyanine iron difluoride was heated at 200 deg C for 18 hrs in vacuum to obtain 140 mg of polyphthalocyanine powder. The powder was mixed with 50 mg of acetylene black, and 10 mg of binder of PTFE (PJ-60 made by Mitsui Fluorochemical KK). 100 mg of the mixt was made to a disk of 18 mm in dia. The disk was used for the anode of a coin type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A high power Li battery is claimed with a capacity of the order of 5 Ah or more. There is an internal connection between one electrode and the corresp. terminal made of a metallic conductor which acts as a fuse for a preset current. It is coated with a chemically stable insulating sheath. The conductor is esp. claimed as Ni and the insulating sheath is made of fluorinated ethylene-propylene, polytetrafluoroethylene or a copolymer of ethylene and fluoroethylene (TEFZEL).    ADVANTAGE -   The internal fuse is designed to make handling the battery safer during assembly and finishing, avoiding short circuits with tens of amps of current combined with significant heating which would damage the battery. The fuse is shock and vibration resistant. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
The deflection electromagnet comprises core to form magnetic circuit of the deflection electromagnet, which consist of iron or iron alloy. Slits are formed on the pole-faces, of the core, which face to each other.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The deflection electromagnet is used for generating magnetic field in the high vacuum duct of the synchrotron radiation ray generator. The generator can be made compact. Particles which move round the duct can be made stable for long time to continue the movement. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
The surface of the toner is coated with the mixt. including the opt. substd. fatty acid and vinyl-contg. polymer resin. The coating quantity of the mixt. to 100 pts. wt. of the toner is 1-10 pts. wt.. The quantity of the fatty acid in the mixt. to 100 pts. wt. of the vinyl polymer is 0.5-100 pts. wt..    The opt. substd. fatty acid is e.g. stearic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, etc. having 60-150 deg.C. of m.pt.. The vinyl-contg. resin is e.g. polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid ester, polyacrylic acid ester, polystyrene and polymethyl styrene.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Toner with superior anti-offset and mechanical abrasion-proof properties, is obtd.. Toner of high preversability and high fixing property, is obtd.. Image free from fogging is obtd.. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/1)@
Nickel-cadmium accumulator has cathode filled or added to the electrolyte as expander a polyvinyl pyrrolidone with an average m mol. wt. of 5000-35000 g/mol in an amt. of 0.1-0.8 wt% based on the active cadmium material.    ADVANTAGE -   The accumulator has improved electrical props, is easily charged and has high use of the active cadmium material. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A rechargeable lithium battery (12) uses a solid polyethylene oxide (PEO) electrolyte (10) complexed with a lithium salt. The electrolyte contains a minor amt. of 12-Crown-4 ether.    The battery (12) includes mode (14) comprising a thin film of lithium, solid electrolyte film (10) and cathode (16) attached to a current collector (18) of stainless stee.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The crown ether increases the conductivity and cation transport of the electrolytic at ambient temp., allowing the battery to operate at a lower temp. with improved efficiency. @(18pp Dwg.No.4/4)@
Fluorescent lamp has fluorescent membrane contg.; a) 1st fluorescent material having max. emission wavelength of 440-460 nm, and wavelength range half width of which is 43-80 nm and shown by the formula (Sri-a-b-c-dCaaBabMgc)18(PO4)6Cl2: Eud where a is 0.20-0.40 b is 0.05-0.35, c is 0-0.03, d is 0-0.3 particle chromaticity in CIE chromaticity coordinate satisfying the relation of x is 0.150-0.160 and y is 0.100-0.200, b) 2nd. fluorescent material having max. emission wavelength of 540-560 nm, and c) 3rd. fluorescent material having max. emission wavelength of 600-620 nm, average colour rendering index of the fluorescent lamp in CIE 2nd. edition being 82 or higher.    Pref. b) is LaPO4: Ce, Tb or MgAl(11)O(19): Ce, Tb c) is Y2O3: Eu or Y(PV)O4: Eu.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   When colour rendering index shows 83-92, lumen maintenance factor is 96-99, relative initial luminous flux is 89-93 and colour shift is 0.005-0.0014. Fluorescent lamp is low in price. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
A cladding for the heating of a building consists of a transparent seal, transparent insulation and a layer whose transparency is temp.-related ('thermotropic') and which is positioned in front of the part of the building to be heated. This last layer is parallel to the cladding and inside the transparent insulation, it pref. consists of a mixt. of solns. of polymer(s) (e.g. polystyrene and acrylic).    ADVANTAGE -   In contrast with such arrangements hitherto this prod. has no moving parts. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Electron beam monochronometer, has superconductor ring through which electron beams pass additionally mounted to monochrometer to receive electron beams from elementary beam injection device.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Deg. of convergence is increased by simple structure, and electron beams with good directional properties are generated.@(6pp Dwg.No.0/7)
The proposed equipment comprises a control and signal processing unit, measuring vessels, electrolytic pre-concn. vessel, power supply unit, pumps and auxiliary electrolyte storage vessel.    The sample inlet is connected to the auxiliary electrolyte vessel (2) via the pump (3). The stream to be analysed is passed through a divider (4) and pumps (3). One part of the stream (5) is passed through the anode space of the pre-concn. vessel(s). The other stream is passed through the cathode space of the same vessel. The discharge (10) of the cathode space is connected to drain. The discharge (11) of the anode space is connected to the inlet (12) of the measuring vessel (13), and also via a de-gasser (14) to drain (15). The control and signal processign unit (16) is connected to the first electrode (17) of the measuring vessel (13), also the second electrode (18) and to the reference electrode (24). The power supply unit (15) is electrically connected to the first (17) and second electrode (18) of the measuring vessel (13) and to the cathode (20) and anode (21) of the pre-concn. vessel (9
Polycondensates (I) with repeating units of formula -(-O-Pc(Si)O-D)n- in the main chain are claimed; Pc(Si) = phthalocyanine residue with a central Si atom; n = 5 or above; D = (D1); 3-5 ring arylene, opt. substd. with Cl, F or 1-4C alkyl; (D2); 1-2 ring arylene, opt. substd. with Cl, F, NH2 or 1-4C alkyl; (D3); 5- or 6-membered N-, O- or S-heterocycle with a conjugated pi-electron system; (D4); -CO-R1-CO- (with R1 = 1-18C alkylene or 6-12C arylene); or (D5); a gp. of formula (I) (with X = -O-, -CO-, -CMe2-, -S-, -SO2- or -CO-C6H4-q(R4)q-CO-; R2, R3, R4 = 1-4C alkyl or Hal; k, m, q = 0 or 1-4; p = 0 or 1).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   (I) are useful for the prodn. of moulded prods. (claimed). The invention provides polycondensates with new, quasi-aromatic, axially-centred macrocyclic gps. (I) have the advantageous properties of the polymer type on which they are based (polycarbonate, polyester, polyether or polysulphone), and are useful for the prodn. of fibres, film or antistatic coating materials, and as catalysts, sensors, and electrodes for batteries and photovoltaic cells. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An electrolyte for use in a rechargeable electrochemical appts. comprises: i) a non-aq. solvent including a mixt. of 2-methyltetra hydrofuran (2-Me-THF) ethylene carbonate (EC), 2-methylfuran (2-MeF) and ethylene propylene diene terpolymer (EPDM) ii) a conductive solute.    Pref. a rechargeable electrochemical cell, comprises; a) an Li, Li-Al alloy or Li-Sn alloy anode; b) a cathode contg. a mixt. of EDPM and one of TiS2, NbSe3, V6013, V205, MoS2, MoS3, Co02, Cr02; c) an electrolyte contg. i) a non-aq. solvent including a mixt. of 5-30 (pref. 10-20) vol. % of EC 0.2-2.0% (pref. 1.0%) of 2-MeF, 0.01-1.0 (pref. 0.05) wt. % or EPDM and a balance of 2-MeTHF; ii) a 1.0-1.8M (pref. 1.5M) concnc. of LiAsF6.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Electrolytes have high conductivity and low reactivity to Li anodes. Rechargeable batteries made with the electrolytes are useful in e.g. portable tools, cellular phones, computers, and space applications, e.g. ''Mars Rover'' and the astronauts backpack. Batteries have lower internal impedence, longer cycle life, higher energy density, low self-discharge and longer shelf life.
Ionically conductive solid electrolyte is prepd. by hardening (A) acryloyl-modified polyalkylene oxide; (B) block copolymer contg. polyalkylene glycol and PVC; and (C) inorganic ionic salt; and opt. (D) polyalkylene glycol of formula R'O(CH2CHRO)n-R", R, R' and R" are each independently H-atom or lower alkyl and n is 3-30.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Electrolyte has higher ionic conductivity than conventional electrolytes, high moulding workability and mechanical properties, esp. tensile strength. Used as electrolytes for prim., sec. or fuel-cells, electrochromic display elements or ionically conductive membranes for ultra-thin Li cells. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An ionically conductive solid electrolyte compsn. comprises a block copolymer contg. an alkylene glycol and polyvinyl chloride and an inorganic ionic salt.    The compsn. is blended opt. with a polyalkylene glycol of formula R'O(CH2CHRO)n-R" where R, R' and R" are each independently H-atom, a lower alkyl gp. and n is an integer=3-30. The block copolymer is prepd. e.g., by radically polymerising vinyl chloride monomer in the presence of an initiator prepd. by polycondensn. reacting polyethylene glycol with azobiscyanopentanoic acid chloride. The inorganic ionic salt is e.g., LiClO4, LiSCN, LiBF4, LiAsF6, LiCF3SO3, LiPF6, NaI, NaSCN, NaBr, KI, CsSCN, AgNO3, CuCl2, Mg(ClO4)2, etc. It is used in a mol. ratio/alkylene oxide unit=0.05-50%.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The compsn. has higher ionic conductivity than conventional electrolyte compsns. and high moulding workability and mechanical properties, tensile strength. It is used as electrolytes for prim. cells, sec. cells, fuel cells and electrochromic display elements or as an ionically conductive membranes for ultra-thin Li cells. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A solar heating panel consists of several collector elements (1), each of which comprises at least two collector channels formed by flat absorbers (2) and at least two absorber channels formed by rib absorbers (3) at right angles to the flat absorbers. A heat transfer system has two branches (4,5) to the flat absorbers (2) and rib absorbers (3) respec.    In each collector the flat absorbers (2) and rib absorbers (3) are connected behind one another by pipes (6). Flow pipes (7,7') and return pipes (8,8') are provided to the flat absorbers (2) and rib absorbers (3) respectively Each flow and return pipe extends parallel to the long axis of the absorbers through the base (9) and and are connected to the appropriate collecting pipe (6) of an adjacent collector for parallel connection of the absorbers (2, 3). The space around the pipes is filled up by foam, pref. polyurethane foam.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solar panel has a simple design allowing easy connection of several collector elements each other.
A heat exchanger is formed of an elastomeric mat. with integral insulation and can be used in solar panels. The flexible mat. has a number of parallel, independent tubes (2) attached directly to the mat. base (1) and is extruded in one piece in EPDM or similar rubber. Insulation is provided by air gaps (3) between the tubes (2) and the mat. base (1). Tubes (2) can be easily stripped away from the mat (1) to provide heating in required areas.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The heat exchanger can be used in solar panels or underfloor heating, reduces heat loss to the underside and enables specified areas to be heated without dividing the mat. or destroying the insulation.
Carbon powder after hydrophilic treatment is immersed in mixt. soln. contg. H2PtCl6, colloid coagulation protector and reducing agent with aldehyde gp. to deposit Pt on carbon using ultra pure water as solvent and washing. Ultra pure water is obtd. by distn., ion exchange and filtration using membrane filter.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Ultra fine Pt particles are dispersed on carbon using ultra pure water.    In an example, 9g of acetylene black is mixed with 400 ml of 10 wt.% HNO3 soln., stirred for 2 hrs. at 50 deg.C filtered, washed with ultra pure water, dispersed in 400 ml of water, added by H2PtCl6 contg. 1g of Pt, O.1M of Na2CO3 and 10 ml of 30 wt.% H2O2, added by O.1M of HCOOH soln., filtered and washed. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
Carbon powder after hydrophilic treatment is immersed in mixt. soln. contg. H2PtCl6, colloid coagulation protector and reducing agent with aldehyde gp. to deposit Pt on carbon using ultra pure water as solvent and washing. Ultra pure water is obtd. by distn., ion exchange and filtration using membrane filter.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Ultra fine Pt particles are dispersed on carbon using ultra pure water.    In an example, 9g of acetylene black is mixed with 400 ml of 10 wt.% HNO3 soln., stirred for 2 hrs. at 50 deg.C filtered, washed with ultra pure water, dispersed in 400 ml of water, added by H2PtCl6 contg. 1g of Pt, O.1M of Na2CO3 and 10 ml of 30 wt.% H2O2, added by O.1M of HCOOH soln., filtered and washed. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
The photoelectric conversion element comprises light permeable front electrode, photoactive layer, and back side electrode. The photoactive layer contains at least organic semiconductor and polysilane resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for photosensor, and image sensor. Large area photoelectric conversion element can be prepd. Photoconductive organic semiconductor can be utilised.    In an example, Metallic Na was put in toluene, and stirred to obtain liq. of dispersed metallic Na. Into the liq. mixed soln. of methyl-phenyl dichlorosilane and toluene was dropped for 1 hr. After then, the mixt. was made to react at 100 deg.C for 6 hrs. Precipitates were filtered out. Obtd. toluene soln. was dropped into methanol to obtain poly(methylphenylsilane). The prod. was refined with tetrahydrofuran/isopropyl alcohol. 5% tetrahydrofuran soln. of the prod. and azo pigment were mixed for three days with a ball mill, then diluted with tetrahydrofuran to make the liq. to be applied. Glass substrate with ITO film was soaked in the liq. and pulled up to form film of the liq. on the ITO substrate. Then Al was deposited on the film. @(9pp Dwg.No.1-3/3)@
A system comprises a set of shingles having upper (20) and lower (22) flat extruded plastic sheets spaced and sealed together to form fluid flow paths (46) for solar energy conversion, with the upper sheet transparent, a connecting structure which can be nailed through overlapped shingles into a roof surface, and a system connecting the flow paths for circulation of heat-storage liquid through the shingles and an energy collector.    The sheets are pref. coextruded and of PVC, with welded joints, and are contoured to form a humped formation, with insulation (58) integrally supported by the lower sheet between the formation and the roof surface. There is pref. a decorative weather-resistant plastic film coextruded over the outer surface.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides economically feasible elements to act both as shingles and as heat concentrators for a solar energy system. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/10)@
Compsn. comprises a formulation of colloidal silica metastannic acid salt of lithium or cadmium, carboxymethyl cellulose, phosphoric acid and sulphanilic acid.    USE -   Compsn. is suitable for small batteries based on sulphuric ac
Semiconductor device comprises semiconductor element eg
The window to take emitted rays out comprises the Be diaphragm to transmit rays generated in the electron accumulating ring of the synchroton and remove from electron accumulating ring. Surface of the diaphragm is finished to have roughness of up to 0.1 micron.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The window to take emitted rays out is used for the synchrotron. X rays can be taken out of the electron accumulating ring without inequality of intensity. Resist on the semiconductor wafer can be uniformly exposed to X rays.    In an example, the window was composed of stainless steel disk of which the opening was formed in the centre, and the Be diaphragm soldered to the opening with Ag solder. The surface of the Be diaphragm was preliminarily polished with fine powder of Ce oxide to have roughness of up to 0.1 micron. The window was mounted to the end of the beam line through the rubber ring with fixing bolt so as to transmit the emitted rays vertically through the diaphragm. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The window to take emitted rays out comprises the Be diaphragm to transmit rays generated in the electron accumulating ring of the synchroton and remove from electron accumulating ring. Surface of the diaphragm is finished to have roughness of up to 0.1 micron.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The window to take emitted rays out is used for the synchrotron. X rays can be taken out of the electron accumulating ring without inequality of intensity. Resist on the semiconductor wafer can be uniformly exposed to X rays.    In an example, the window was composed of stainless steel disk of which the opening was formed in the centre, and the Be diaphragm soldered to the opening with Ag solder. The surface of the Be diaphragm was preliminarily polished with fine powder of Ce oxide to have roughness of up to 0.1 micron. The window was mounted to the end of the beam line through the rubber ring with fixing bolt so as to transmit the emitted rays vertically through the diaphragm. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Extinguishing fire in sodium-sulphur battery, comprises introducing into case of gp. of batteries composed of sodium-sulphur such oil having higher ignition point than the m.pt. of the active ingredients of the battery, is inert to the active ingredients and substances produced upon the fire and has insulating property.    The present oil can absorb heat of sodium and sulphur cpd. and prevent reaction of oxygen and water. The oil includes mineral oil, alkylbenzene, polybutene, alkyl naphthalene, alkyl diphenyl ethane, silicone oil, etc. Inert gas is introduced into the case. The gas includes helium, argon, nitrogen, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Element having laminate of (a) a p-type semiconductor layer contains crystal state titanyl phthalocyanine pigment, showing 9.5 deg., 24.1 deg. and 27.2 deg. of black angle 2 theta at x-ray diffraction spectrum to Cuw-K alpha line, is dispersed in a resin having up to 1012 ohm-cm of volume resistivity and (b) a n-type semiconductor layer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The element is applied to optical sensor with improved conversion efficiency and larger area at lower cost. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Element comprises laminate of (a) a layer contg. crystalline titanyl phthalocyanine showing 9.5 deg., 24.1 deg., 27.2 deg., of black angle 2 theta in x-ray diffraction spectrum to Cu-K alpha line and (b) a N-type semiconductor layer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The element is applied to optical sensor with improved conversion efficiency and larger area at lower cost.    In an example, a paint is prepd. by dispersing 8g polycyclic quinone pigment of formula (I) and 2g polyvinyl butyral resin in 500 ml 1,2-dichlorethane. The paint is coated on a glass 300 Angstrom thick as dry, and dried to form N-type semiconductor layer as ohmic connection. A dispersed soln. is prepd. by dispersing 7.5g titanyl phthalocyanine pigment and 16.7g of a resin "KR-5240" (RTM) in 500 ml isopropyl. The soln. was coated on the semiconductor layer to 700 Angstrom thick to form a P-type organic semiconductor layer as PN contact. Au is laminated on the P-type organic semiconductor layer as back electrode, then 0.5mm thick plastics substrate is combined on it to form photoelectric conversion element. A test of the element by irradiation of light (75mW/sq.cm.) showed that conversion efficiency is 1.5%. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A first article (1) comprises: (i) a conductive polymer electrode (I); and (ii) an ion exchange material (II) in electrical and physical contact with (I) and completely surrounding (I). A second article (2) comprises: (i) an electrode (I); and (ii) an ion exchange material (II), adhered to and surrounding (I) and which is less than 100% swollen with a liq.. A third article (3) is the same as (1) with additionally (iii) an electrically insulating layer covering surfaces of (I) which are not in contact with (II). A fourth article (4) comprises: (i) a planar conductive electrode (I); (ii) a cation exchange material (IIa) coating one surface of (I); and (iii) an anion exchange material (IIb) coating the other side of (I). When the article is placed in an electrolyte and an electrochemical reaction takes place at the interface of (I) and (II), all the ionic species generated pass through (II); for (5), all ionic species generated at (I)/((a) pass through (IIa), and those generated at (I)/(IIb) pass through (IIB). When (II) is 100% swollen in article (2), it remains in complete contact with (I).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The articles are useful for concentrating or diluting a species in a liq. which functions as an electrolyte, or for extracting the species from the liq.. Alternatively, the articles are useful for monitoring the presence of a species in an electrolyte. The articles are pref. to conventional pH meters. Uses include detecting leakages from pipes buried in soil, and level sensors in lead-accumulator batteries. @(24pp Dwg.No.6/15)@
Thin film comprises a composite film of a polymer film prepd. by using an associated bimolecular prod. of synthetic lipid and a metallic salt.    The thin film is prepd. by forming a dispersion of a synthetic lipid having activity for forming associated bimolecular film and a polymerisable monomer and/or polymer, dispersing the dispersion in water or adding a dispersion of the associated bimolecular prod. in water with the polymerisable monomer and/or polymer, developing the aq. dispersion on a base plate, evaporating the solvlent, polymerising the polymerisable monomer and/or crosslinking the polymer, extracting the synthetic lipid and treating the laminated film with a metallic salt.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process promotes the crosslinking to the direction in parallel to the film surface to provide thin, soft, strong and self-standing film. The film is used as a low resistant electrolyte for super-thin cells, electrochromic elements, etc.
The Al-nitride substrate is made by applying an active metal brazing material paste to a desired cementing pattern on an Al-nitride substrate, cementing a Cu-sheet having sufficient surface area to cover the cementing pattern on the applied paste, and forming circuit pattern having at least the cementing pattern on the Cu-sheet of the cemented body using an etching resist, followed by etching the Cu-sheet for removing unrequired part.    USE -   For making heat releasable circuit boards suited for power semiconductor modules. @(7pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
(JP3093157-A)      CRT panel comprises a glass substrate, and an optical multi-layer film formed on the surface of the glass substrate. The outermost surface of the multilayer film has a pattern coating comprising continuous linear translucent conductor in strips or network form, and transparent conductor formed at the portion where the transparent conductor is not formed.
The organic photoelectric conversion element comprises combination of high polymer semiconductor and dye. The element is operated by generating electric charge sepn. using light interface barrier between the high polymer semiconductor and the dye, so that both of the charges of the holes and the electrons are conveyed to opposite directions to each other through the high polymer semiconductor and the dye.    (1) The dye pref. has capabilities of charge conveyance and photomultiplying. (2) The dye pref. comprises N,N,N',N'-tetrakis (p-di-substd. phenyl)p-phenylene diamine, or an analogous cpd. or N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(p-di-substd aminophenyl)p-phenylene diamine, or an analogous cpd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The organic photoelectric conversion element is used for photosensitive material of the colour sensor, electronic copy machine, or photomultiplier tube. The photoelectric conversion capability of the element is improved.
When joining film of high polymer electrolyte to electrode the film is held to electrode and inserted into enclosed space. The film is joined to the electrode by hot pressure, and water is supplied to the space.    ADVANTAGE -   Since film is joined to electrode in swelled condition improved joining is achieved, and resistance of the film is reduced and can be used as stabilised cell. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
A strip acid regeneration process in a method for recycling contaminated sulphuric acid for lead-acid batteries comprises diluting the contaminated acid to 150-230 gl-1, filtering to remove solids, oxidising any Fe(II) to Fe(III) and removing this by liq.-liq. extn. using a mixt. of a mono- or di-alkyl phosphoric acid and a 7-substd.8-hydroxyquinoline or oil-soluble 2-hydroxybenzophenoneoxime chelating agent. A modifier keeps these agents soluble and aids phase sepn. and there is a water-immiscible carrier.    The molar ratio of the quinoline and the phosphoric acid lies between 1:1 and 1:4, the ratio of the extn. agent to water-immiscible carrier exceeds 10:90 and extn. is performed at a vol. ratio between acid and extn. agent of from 4:1 to 1:4 and repeated until Fe is largely removed.    The prod. is filtered to remove residual extn. agent, conc. H2SO4 added to increase the concn. of the recovered acid to that suitable for new batteries, the Fe concn. - not exceeding 20 ppm, and the contaminants removed from the extn. agent with a strip acid having a concn. of 30-50%. The extn. agent is reused, Fe in the strip acid is reduced to Fe(II) and the acid used to remove -.contaminating Fe(III) from the extn. agent.    Also claimed is a method as above in which the Fe(III) to Fe(II) redn. is brought about by passing the strip acid through a cell (10) with sepd. anode (24) and cathode (19) compartments and applying electric current to reduce the Fe(III) in the cathode compartment.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A method for the reclamation of expended Pb-acid battery. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
A semiconductor is covered with a thin film of a noble metal eg Au, Ag, etc, and then with a soln of a doped long-chain alkylthiophene polymer to form a doped long-chain alkyl thiophene polymer thin film by removing the solvent of the soln of the doped long-chain alkylthiophene polymer, and a solid electrolyte eg as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, polyethylene imine, polyethylene succinate, etc, is interposed between the semiconductor and a transparent electrode eg ITO(indium oxide-Sn). Long-chain alkylthiophene polymer is eg thiophene polymers with an alyl substitution, eg 3-hexyl, 3-octyl, 3-dodecyl, 3-octadecyl, etc, having 6 or more carbons, obtd by electrolytic or chemical polymerisation. The semiconductor is eg single or polycrystal or amorphous type Si, Ga, GaAs, InP, CdTe, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The photoelectrochemical cell is used for conversion of solar energy into electrical energy, has highly stable characteristics and is safely used for long periods. @(3pp dwg.No.0/0)
The lead-acid battery with gas-recombination consists of multiple cells with at least one negative (8) and one positive (6) electrode each sepd by a porous material (10) which has been impregnated with acid. The feature is that the separator (10) has pores with a dia of 10-50 micron, pref 10-30 micron, and that the acid content is such that all pores are filled with acid. The cells also contain porous membranes, with a pore size of 2-10 micron, between the ends of the separators and the walls of the battery. The separators are pref made of a felt consisting of plastic fibres of the type : polyethylene, polyester, polyterephthalate and polyvinyl-resin. The metal electrodes used are an Sb-free alloy of Pb, featuring a Ag-content of 0.005-0.02 wt% or Co with a content of 0.005-0.03 wt%. The electrolyte pref contains dissolved metal salts or a mixt from the gp : Ag, Co, Sb, Ni in a concn of 0.055-0.03 wt%.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The battery can function with a lower gas recombination efficiency because it spends a small part of its operational life, from 2-3% to 20-40%, being charged up. For the rest of the time the battery generates only small amts of gas. The batteries can be made with simpler lid construction without requiring a liquid trap and thinner walls, because the gas-pressure is lower. The replacement of glass-fibres by plastic fibres also reduces cost.
Electrochemical test cell structure comprises a body having an electrolyte chamber (26) extending between side faces and in communication with a reservoir (32). Reactant blocks (14, 16) with chambers (34) and passages (36) for passing reactant in and out are in communication with the chamber (36) via the side faces. Demountable planar electrodes (42) in frames are sealingly mounted between the body and reactant blocks.    The reactant material is pref. gas and the electrolyte. The blocks and body are pref. of transparent plastic material e.g. cast or machined epoxy or acrylic resins or mouldable high impact polystyrene or polypropylene. Pref. the electrode mounts are made of compressible closed-cell foam plastic and sealed by O-rings.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Fuel cell technology. The test cell is easily assembled and disassembled for changing, inspection, etc of the elctrodes, electrolyte or reactant.
A method of sealing and protecting a photocell consists of reaction injection moulding (RIM) an elastomeric material around the cell periphery so as to partly overlap the light receiving surface in the manner of a picture frame. The cell back may be completely covered or framed in a like manner and connection means may be incorporated.    A conventional photocell (10) is loaded into a RIM mould consisting of upper (104) and lower (102) halves with abutting faces (108, 106). The photocell is supported on sealing edges (116) thus defining a mould cavity (112) which extends around the cell periphery and communicates with the back cavity (128). A conventional RIM machine injects material, typically polyurethane, into the sprue (130) which communicates with the cavity via a runner (132) and gate (134), typically 0.03 inch thick. Material flows into the cavity (112, 128) and out over an exit gate (136), typically 0.005-0.010 inch thick, into a dump well (138). Curing and ejection proceeds conventionally. The RIM material may be solid or foamed, and may be reinforced. Separate reinforcing and connector structures may be moulded in. The back of the photocell may be fully encapsulated or framed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Prior art sealing methods required labour intensive and error prone treatment with tape and varnish. RIM materials are especially advantageous for the purpose, due to low moulding temps. and pressures. @(10pp Dwg.No.4/8)@
Compsn consists of butyl-, chlorobutyl- or bromobutyl polymer.    Pref the anti-hypochlorous acid rubber compsn contains a filler comprised at least one of aluminium silicate and magnesium silicate and a vulcanising agent of metal series. Pref. the rubber compsn. is, e.g. butyl rubber (IIR), chlorobutyl rubber (CIIIR) or bromobutyl rubber (BrIIR). The loading of the filler is 60-120 pts.wt. to 100 pts.wt. of the rubber compsn. The vulcanising agent of metal series is, e.g. zinc oxide (3-7 pts.wt.) or a dithiocarbamate cpd. (0.5-2 pts.wt.) of formula (I) or (II).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   It is used as hoses and packings of solar calorifier which are affected by chlorine in the water. It has a high resistance to hypochlorous acid. @(3pp Dwg.No.O/O)@
New ion-conductive polymer electrolyte comprises an organic polymer and a soluble electrolyte salt, where the organic polymer is obtd. by crosslinking an organic cpd. of mol. wt. 1000-20000 and having a structure of formula Z-((R1)l-(R2O)m-Y)k (I), Z is residue of a cpd. having at least one active H, R1 is a gp. of formula (II), n is 0 or 1-25, R is 1-20C alkyl, alkenyl, aryl or alkylaryl, R2 is alkylene contg. not less than 2C atoms, Y is H or polymerisable functional gp., l is 1-230 and m is 1-300 where l/(l+m) is at least 0.1.    Pref. R2 is 2-3C alkylene, l is 1-220, m is 1-240 and l/(l+m) is 0.3 or R2 is alkylene contg. not less than 4C atoms and l/(l+m) is greater than or equal to 0.2. Y is H and the organic polymer is a thermosetting polymer crosslinked with a crosslinking agent or Y is a polymerisable functional gp. and the organic polymer is crosslinked by heat, light or electronic ray, opt. using a polymerisation initiator and/or a sensitiser.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   New ion-conductive polymer electrolyte shows improved Li-ion conductivity, is economically produced, is easily handled and is suitable for use in batteries. @(23pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
A solid state polymeric electrolyte compn. contains a cycloaliphatic epoxide-based polymer component. A solid state polymeric electrolyte compn. contains 30-95 wt.% propylene carbonate, 1-30 wt.%, ion conductive salt, 0.2-45 wt.% polyethylene oxide and 2-60 wt.% epoxide-based polymer.    Pref. the epoxide-based polymer is cured by photo-polymerisation, i.e. by electron beam radiation or by catalysed U.V. radiation.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrolyte is used in batteries, esp. alkaline and alkaline earth metal batteries. It is flexible, tough and adherent and has low shrinkage. The compsn. can be used for electrode construction. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A polyolefin compsn. consisting of (a) 55-99 wt.% of a polypropylene with a melt flow index of less than 0.7 g./10 min. (b) 5-45 wt.% of a polyethylene with a melt index of less than 0.2 g/10 min. and (c) 2-15 wt.% of an ethylene-alpha-olefin copolymer with an ethylene content of 20-90 wt.%, a Mooney viscosity of 60-100 and a melt index of less than 1.0 g/10 min., and having a melt index of less than 0.3 g/10 min.    The polypropylene is, preferably, crystalline polypropylene (PP). The polyethylene is, e.g. high density polyethylene (HDPE) or low density polyethylene (LDPE). The ethylene-alpha-olefin copolymer is, e.g., ethylene-propylene rubber (EPR).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   It is used as an automobile exterior part, bumper and heat collecting board of solar calorifier. It has good anti-drawdown properties, especially, for a big blow moulding, surface qualities and high mechanical strength. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A simply mfd. battery comprises a cell tablet having, sequentially, positive electrode (5), electrolyte (6) and negative electrode (7) powder compsns., is sandwiched between two current-collector plates (9) and has electron conductors (4) on or in the electrode powder compsns. The cell is pressurised to form a four- or five-layered tablet and to reduce internal resistance. The electrode powders comprise a positive or negative active material, electroconductive material, binding agent and solid electrolyte.    The positive active material is MnO2 or NiO2, the negative is TiNi, TiNiB0.01, TiNiMn0.01, LaNi5 or TiFe, the electroconductive material is acetylene black, there is 3-20 wt.% of binder, the solid electrolyte is SnO2.3H2O or Sb2O5.3-6H2O at 10-60 wt.% in the electrode powders, and the electron conductors are metals, metal-coated materials, or electroconductive polymers or ceramics.    Also claimed is the battery above, specifying that the positive active material may also be of WO3, PbO2 or MoO3, the electroconductive material may be other carbon blacks or Ni powder, the binding agent may be carboxymethyl cellulose, PTFE, PVA, polythene, agar etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A battery of tablet structure which is quick and easy to mfr. is provided. The battery contents are formed into a tablet beforehand and so may be produced independently on a large scale. The internal resistance is small and charging/discharging is good.
Battery cell, including a vent (20) allowing gases to escape but preventing the entry of moisture or oxygen, comprises a rigid spacer (10) having planar surfaces, a cut-out (12), and at least one passageway (20). Both surfaces (22,23) of the spacer are covered with film sheeting (25,27) which extends beyond its periphery. The sheeting is adhered to the spacer and the edges their edges are joined to each other except at the extending area adjoining the passageway.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Battery cell is for a thin, bipolar, lead-acid battery having a safety valve and constructed such as to minimise cell pack size, the battery having one or several such cells. The construction enables the safety valve to be provided in a dimensionally effective and reliable manner.
Wire material is coated by delivering wire material from the centre of an extruding die for the hollow material of a ceramics material, simultaneously extruding the hollow material of a ceramic material from die synchronously with delivery of the wire material, to form a coating layer of the ceramics material on the periphery of the wire material, forming grooves on the outer periphery of the coating layer, followed by forming bead-like ceramics coating on the wire material by firing the groove formed Wirg mlgril.    USE -   For applying insulating coating using ceramics material or synthetic resin material on shape memory alloys or on heating elements. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
In prepn. of the molten salt at ambient temo. consisting of quat. salt of N contg. heterocyclic cpd. and Al halide complex reaction of the material is completed utilising molten salt at ambient temp. as solvent.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of molten salt at ambient temp. for electrolyte of the sec. cells. Heat of reaction can be easily controlled. Stability of the electrolyte is improved.    In an example, 120g of 1-methyl-3-ethyl -imidazolium chloride/AlCl3 molten salt at ambient temp. was put in a reactor, then 71g of 1-methyl-3-ethyl imidazolium chloride and 129g of AlCl3 were graually e. T F6r W t t . Or 1 r. Wh stirring to comolete complex reaction. Conductivity of the obtd. molten salt was 13.5 mS/cm at 25 deg.C. Prepn. was reoeated, and conductivity of the prods. were in the range of +/- 3%. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Electrolyte is introduced to a can and ultrasonic waves are applied to the combined electrodes in the can which have separator between them.    ADVANTAGE -   Electrolyte can be introduced to the can rapidly when mfg. a hermetic alkali battery. @(4pp Dwg.No /2)@
Electrolyte is introduced to a can and ultrasonic waves are applied to the combined electrodes in the can which have separator between them.    ADVANTAGE -   Electrolyte can be introduced to the can rapidly when mfg. a hermetic alkali battery. @(4pp Dwg.No /2)@
A solar radiation receiver includes a glass tube in two parts (30,31) which enclose a collector tube (2), fitted with its ends (21) in a mount. The two facing ends (32,33) are sealed by an intermediate piece (4) which also contacts the collector tube outside and is supported by it. The radial openings (49,49') are used to inject a sealant, pref. silicone, in the space (36,36') between the O-rings (45,46,45',46').    ADVANTAGE -   This simplifies transport and installation and eliminates any risk of breakage by different thermal expansion, yet it does not impede the effective function of the radiation receiver. @(5pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Method involves (a) co-extrusion moulding polyamide resin and a thermoplastic elastomer having continuous phase composed of polyamide resin to form an inner tube, (b) forming reinforcing layer on the inner tube (1) with a knitting and braiding machine, and (c) extrusion-moulding thermoplastic elastomer to form an outer tube on the reinforcing layer.    Pref. the thermoplastic elastomer is a polymer blend of an epichlorhydrin rubber dispersed in a polyamide resin or cured-dispersed in a polyamide resin. The inner tube has a strength 20% elongation of 20-200 kg f/sq.cm. when measured in the shape of a sheet.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For coolers and air-conditioners in motorcars. Delamination resistance, i.e. durability is high. Inner tube can be reused. Conventional use of a mandrel is eliminated. This is effective in cost-saving and no cracking. The prodn. efficiency is high. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/4)
Superconducting wire is made by (a) pouring a melt of the raw material of oxide superconducting rod, into a container made of an alloy contg. Ag, to make a composite matrix having an amorphous oxide superconducting compsn. in the container, (b) working the composite matrix at 1st temps. near the softening temp. of the oxide superconducting compsn. to give a fine dia. intermediate rod, (c) heat treating the intermediate rod at 2nd temps. lower than the m.pt. of the compsn., to ppte. a superconducting phase, and (d) rolling the heat-treated rod and heat treating at the 2nd temps. at least twice respectively.    USE -   For superconducting wire used for telecommunication cables, and magnet coils. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A solar module with a large surface area is assembled from several photovoltaic cells (1) in line, each held between a front glass plate (2) and a rear glass plate (3). The gaps between them are filled up with a hardenable resin (4) which is completely transparent. A low-viscosity methacrylate resin with an admixt. of UV-absorbing substances meets these requirements.    ADVANTAGE -   Such solar modules can be mfd. without any significant scrap. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Flexible photovoltaic device (I) comprises first transparent insulating and flexible resin layer, transparent electrode formed on the first resin layer, flexible resin type locking member having satisfactory adherence formed along the inner periphery of the transparent electrode, a semiconductor layer formed so as to cover the transparent electrode and the locking member for photoelectric conversion, a back electrode formed on the semiconductor layer and a second insulating and flexible resin layer formed on the back electrode.    Flexible photovoltaic device (II) comprises a first transparent, insulating and flexible resin layer, a transparent electrode formed on 1 side of the first resin layer, a semiconductor layer formed on the transparent electrode for photoelectric conversion, a back electrode formed on semiconductor layer, a second insulating and flexible resin layer having a shrinking force formed on the back electrode, and a third transparent and flexible resin layer having a shrinking force formed on the other side of the first resin layer, wherein the bending moment within the photovoltaic device caused by the shrinking force of the second resin layer is cancelled by the bending moment caused by the shrinking force of the third resin layer.    Mfr. of both devices is also claimed.    USE -   For photovoltaic cell.
Storage battery has a case (13) divided by partitions (27) into cells. A stack of positive and negative plates (39,41) is inserted into each cell and rests on a rest-up (31) extending upward from the bottom of the case. Chips (49,51) are attached to each set of plates in the cell and are located in receptacles (33) formed between the rest-ups and the case sidewalls. The clips are in contact with contacts (35) that extend through the partitions to contact a clip in the next cell.    ADVANTAGE -   Battery can be mfd. without a welding or casting step, the internal electrical paths are shortened and since connections are at the bottom, the risk of sparking at the top of the cell is reduced. @(7pp Dwg.No.2/4)@
Solvent A is removed from mixt. contg.: solvent A which is mutually soluble with polyvinyl butyral; solvent B with which ion dissociable salt can be dissolved; and ion dissociable salt, by drying or by soaking in solvent B contg. ion dissociable salt.    Pref. solvent B is sparingly soluble or non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral, or solvent B becomes non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral by contg. ionic salt.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of high polymer solid electrolyte for batteries, electronic display, electrochemical sensor, and capacitor. Ion conductivity of the electrolyte is improved. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Polypyrrole (PPL) is produced by polymerising (1) pyrrole in the presence of (2) manganese dioxide and (3) acids.    (2) being insol. in organic solvents can be used as an oxidant in the presence of (3) for polymerisation of (1). (2) are added to organic solvents (e.g., water, monohydric alcohols) and stirred, blended with (3) and (1) and stirred. The black deposit formed is washed with water and alcohols and dried. For the mfr. of PPL, (3) are used in an amt. larger than that of (2) and at least equimolar with the mole number of (2). (1) is used in amts. at least equimolar with the mole number of (2).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   PPL-Mn dioxide composite obtd. by controlling the amts. of (1) and (3) used is used as battery material and condenser material. The PPL having high conductivity is produced easily by chemical-oxidative polymerisation.r Various anions as dopant can be selected.    In an example, 4.0g of p-toluenesulphonic acid (TSA) was added to 50 ml of water contg. 1.0g of pyrrole and dissolved with stirring. The soln. was held at 0 deg. C and blended with 0.5g of Mn dioxide and stirred for 10 mins. The deposit formed was filtered out, washed with water and ethanol twice for each and dried under vacuum for 20 hours. 0.6 g of dark green powder had a conductivity of 51 S/cm. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Solid state battery consists of an anode, an I2 cathode and solid electrolyte. (a) The anode consists of light metal coated with charge transfer complex (CTC) or of light metal CTC with an electron acceptor component, pref. hydrocarbon structures, forming electrode(s) with anion formation; (b) the cathode of polyiodides or I2 CTCs contg. liquid polyfunctionally-substd. monomeric donor components or solid, crosslinked copolymer; and (c) the solid electrolyte of polymeric or polyfunctionally-substd. monomeric organic solid electrolyte system or ion-conducting glass or solid electrolyte formed in situ during the discharge reaction.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The batteries have high energy density, low cell impedance and low self-discharge rates. They are used as maintenance-free hermetically sealed galvanic cells and simple button cells.
Humidity removing appts in thermal medium circulation passway of electron(ic) parts has filter and filling material within filter humidity removing agent is applied with highly humidity absorbing resin.    ADVANTAGE -   Service life of humidity absorbing resin is accurately detected. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/7)
Superconducting fibre material comprises a core material of a metal coated C-fibre, and a skin material of superconducting material. The metal coated C-fibre pref. comprises C-fibre coated with at least two layers, of which innermost layer is Ni and the outermost layer is Ag.    USE -   For superconducting magnets or superconducting cables, capable of diffusing heat quickly when local heat was developed due to magnetic flux jumping. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
New polyimide compsn. having improved atomic oxygen resistance comprises (1) a polyimide formed from a substantially equimolar amount of at least one aromatic dianhydride and at least one diamine and (2) a polyorganosiloxane (R1R2SiO)m (RSiO312)m where R1 is 1-10C alkyl, substd. alkyl, aryl, substd. aryl, vinyl, allyl or H, R2 is 1-10C alkyl, or aryl, and m and n are 0 or 2-1000 with at least one of m or n different from O. Pref. polyorganosiloxanes are of formula (I) where each X independent of the other is H, CH3 or C2H51 and n is 2-1000.    USE -   The compsn. is useful for the mfr. of flexible circuit substrate for photovoltaic array blankets for use in space stations.
(JP2753046-B2)      The structure of the fuel battery includes a pair of gas diffusion electrodes (4a, 4b), on one side of which a pair of catalyst layers (3a, 3b) are formed. An electrolyte matrix layer (5) is enclosed between the catalyst layers. The melting point of the fluororesin contained in the electrolyte matrix layer is comparatively lower than that of the fluororesin in the catalyst layer.    ADVANTAGE -   Catalyst layer is formed with moderate water repellent property. Improved characteristics of fuel battery.
The alkali-manganese cell comprises phosphoric acid ester of perfluoroalkyl polyoxyethylene for corrosion preventive agent.    The phosphoric acid ester of perfluoroalkyl polyoxyethylene pref. comprises cpd. of following formula (I), where m = 1-20, n = 3-30, R = 1-10C alkyl, R' = one of H and methyl, x = one of H, Na and K, mol. wt. = 500-2500. Contained amt. of the phosphoric acid ester of perfluoroalkyl polyoxyethylene is pref. 0.01-1 wt.% to the amt. of zinc. Zinc alloy of cathode is non-amalgamated alloy. Amalgamation rate of the zinc alloy is up to 0.1 wt.%. The zinc alloy contains In as essential additive, and at least one of Pb, Al, Bi and Ca as optional additives.    ADVANTAGE -   Corrosion of zinc in the alkali-manganese cell, capacity reduction and liq. leakage of the cell can be suppressed. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Oxide superconducting rod is made by preheating raw material with sintered oxide superconducting compsn. to temps. of at least 700 deg.C., heating the rod locally to temps. of at least the m.pt., to form molten part, passing melt through pipe at upper part of molten part, and withdrawing it from top end, to solidify melt. Mfg. unit has 1st heater for heating raw material rod to temps. of at least 700 deg.C. during travelling relatively, 2nd heater means for forming molten part by locally heating rod in heating zone of 1st heater, pipe contacting top end part of molten part, and passing melt through pipe and withdrawing it, to solidify it to pref. dia. rod and means for making molten part to oxidising atmos.    USE -   For Bi-Sr-Ca-Cu-O superconducting rod with uniform and fine dia.. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)
Prepn. of polymer electrolyte layer comprises applying compsn. which consists of a polymer electrolyte, a vinyl type monomer and a photoreaction initiator, on a treated base plate, irradiating the coated film with UV-rays to polymerise the vinyl type monomer with photoradicals to obtain an insoluble polymer and forming into an arbitrary pattern.    The polymer electrolyte is pref. e.g., poly(meth)acrylic acid or its salt, polystyrene sulphonic acid or its salts, partially sulphonated polystyrene, polyethylene sulphonate or poly-4(2)-vinylpyridine. The vinyl monomers are, pref. e.g., (meth)acrylic acid, acrylamide, N,N-methylenebisacrylamide or diethyleneglycol. The photoreaction initiator is, pref. e.g., rhodamine ribofurabin or Methyl Violet.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polymer electrolyte layer obtd. is useful as a constitutional material for electric conversion elements. The method can easily form a desired patterned polymer electrolyte layer.
Solid state electrolyte powders and fluororesin are dry blended and then wet blended, rolling moulded in one direction and dried. Opt. an electrode sheet is prepd. by same way using mixed powders of an electrode activator and solid state electrolyte and fluororesin powders. The electrolyte sheet is set between the electrode sheet rolled to same direction to form integrated solid state electrolyte sec. cell.    ADVANTAGE -   The cell has improved charge discharge property, since adhesion of the sheets is strong. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/1)
The ion conductive high polymer solid electrolyte comprises the electrolyte prepd. by heating and melting high polymer film made of mixt. of high polymer and metallic salt then instantly cooled and solidified to make it into amorphous state.    (1) The high polymer pref. consists of large mol. wt. polymer and small mole. wt. polymer. (2) The high polymer consists of polyethyleneoxide.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The ion conductive high polymer solid electrolyte is used for batteries or electrochemical devices. Electrolyte having good ion conductivity at room temp. or lower temp. can be easily prepd.    In an example, 40 wt. pts. of polyethyleneoxide and 5.7 wt. parts of LiCF3SO3 were uniformly dissolved in 1000 wt. parts of methanol. The soln. was applied on polyester film at designated thickness with a roll-coater. The material was heated to dry up methanol, then film of 50 microns in thickness was obtd. The film was attached on a drum cooled at minus 80 deg. C, then IR laser beam was scanned on the film in direction of its width, while the drum was rotated. Ion conductivity of the product was 2 x 10 power -5 S/cm at 25 deg.C. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The solid-state electrochemical generator uses polymer electrolytes and a cathode formed of organic materials made up of polymers with -S-S- polysulphide links. The polysulphide links can be reduced by cutting the chain, and reoxidised by duplicating dianions derived from the thiosulphides to re-form the polysulphide chains.    Good kinetic and electrochemical reversability are conferred by a conjugation mechanism permitting relocation of charges carried by sulphur atoms onto neighbouring nitrogen atoms.    ADVANTAGE -   Higher energy density cells using sulphide cpd. electrodes. @(11pp Dwg.No.1A/5)@
Battery includes a housing (5) with an opening-sealing device (A) comprising a dish-like sealing plate (1) having a downward protruding portion (1d) with a valve through-hole (1a), a valve (3) on the plate covering the hole, and a terminal cap (2) on the valve having a cutter (2a) protruding downward towards the valve. The valve and cap are firmly held by the plate (1) with its rim (1b) bent inward to the valve and cap. The valve (3) has a three-layer construction of: a thin metal plate (3b); a non-adhesion resin film (I) (3a'); and a heat-adhesion resin film (II) (3a).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. with an.organic electrolyte miniature battery. Design prevents gaps forming in the seal so that electrolyte leakage is avoided. @(12pp Dwg.No.4/4)@
In a battery formed using polyaniline for the active substance of at least one of its electrodes, the compsn. material of the battery comprises additive of the cpd. of formula (I) where R1 and R2 = alkyl, benzyl, naphthyl, or sulphonyl.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The battery is used for compact and light wt. electronic devices. Battery with energy density of at least 45 Wh/kg and good charge-discharge cycle characteristic can be obtd.    In an example, prepn. of polyaniline electrode comprises dissolving perchloric acid in water, and aniline was added to it. Two nickel mesh plates for electrodes were put in the soln. and anode oxidn. obtd. polyaniline on the electrode used as anode. The polyaniline was washed, dried and pulverised. Pulverised polyaniline was mixed with 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline. The mixed material was pressed on a stainless steel expanded metal to obtain the polyaniline electrode. Prepn. of polyaniline batter comprises scrolling together the polyaniline electrode for anode, Li plate for cathode, and polypropylene unwoven cloth for separator between the electrodes and putting in an Al battery casing. Electrolyte was put in it to prepare the battery. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Cell comprises electrolyte, anode, and cathode consisting of basic material of alkali metal such as Li. Tetra-alkyl-silane is added to the electrolyte.    Pref. amt. of tetra-alkyl-silane in electrolyte is 0.1-10 (0.5-4) vol.%. Tetra-alkyl-silane comprises pref. tetrabutylsilane.    ADVANTAGE -   Voltage drop of the cell with organic electrolyte at initial discharge can be reduced even at heavy load discharge after storage. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A device for measuring the charge of a lead battery comprises an electrode lined with a conductive organic material (I) or made of such material and a reference electrode, (I) being a polyconjugated polymer in which are inserted anionic species or species which can produce anions.    Also claimed are (i) a lead battery in which the above device is located halfway up or at the bottom of an elementary cell comprising the latter and (ii) mfr. of the electrode lined with (I).    ADVANTAGE -   The device is reliable and is not too sensitive to heterogeneities in the cell. @(16pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
An electroconductive sheet, 10-200 microns thick, comprises C fibrils having diameters 0.0036-0.5 microns, and length to dia. ratios of at least 5, in an electrically insulating polymer material.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Electroconductive sheets of uniform thickness and free from flaws are obtd. which provide good electrical contact when used as a collector sheet for batteries.    In an example, an electrically insulating polymer cpd. e.g. SBS, was dissolved in toluene to give a 10 wt.% soln. Carbon fibrils, 0.015 microns dia., 2 microns length were added to the soln. in concns. between 10-50 wt.% against SBS. The mixt. was kneaded, 2 hrs., using a ball mill. Electroconductive sheets were obtd. by coating a polyester film, covered with a releasing agent, and air followed by vacuum drying. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
A solid, electroconductive organosiloxane copolymer comprises the prod. obtd. by curing a liq. compsn. comprising (a)an organosiloxane copolymer of formula R13SiO(R22SiO)x (R3R4SiO)x(R3R5SiO)zSiR13 where R1-R3 = opt. substd. monovalent hydrocarbon radicals (pref. methyl (more pref.), phenyl or 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl); R4 = -R60(CH2CH2O)mA; R6 = -R70(CH2CH2O)nC(O)CR8=CHx; R6, R7 = 2-12C alkylene radicals (pref, ethylene or propylene); R8 = methyl or hydrogen (pref.); A = alkyl or aryl radical or acyl gp. (pref. 1-4C alkyl or acyl, more pref. acetyl); m, n = 4-30 (pref. 4-12); x = 0-100 (pref. 0-35); y = 0-100 (pref. 0-20); z = at least 2 (pref. 4-12); x+y+z is equiv. to a viscosity of up to 1 Pa.s at 25 deg.C (pref. 10-50); and (b)an amt. of a solubilised, ionisable lithium salt (pref. a salt of an organosulphonic acid, fluoroalkylsulphonic acid (pref.), phosphoric acid, perchloric acid or lithium thiocyanate ) equiv. to one mole of said salt per 7-30 moles of CH2CH2O units in said copolymer.    A solid cured electroconductive coating as above is prepd. by applying said liq. compsn. to a metal substrate and curing said compsn. by exposing it to ultraviolet radiation or to an electron beam.    ADVANTAGE -   These liq. organosiloxane/oxyalkylene copolymers cure in the presence of solubilised lithium salts to yield solid materials. They are partic. useful as electrolytes in solid state batteries.@(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Sheet-like adsorbent is composed of 100 pts. wt. of adsorbent powder of inorganic material (mean dia.=0.1-200 microns, 2-100 pts. wt. of plastic powder (mean dia.=0.1-100 microns and pref. conductive material and/or reinforcing material moulded with far IR ray, ultrasonic wave, microwave, high frequency wave or static electricity coated by paper, stainless steel, aluminium foil, nonwoven fabric or conductive film on its front surface and/or back surface.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The sheet-like thermoplastic flexible adsorbent has high density and good adsorbing capacity. It is applicable to Li secondary battery, capacitor and adsorbent.    Example 20 pts. wt. of polyethylene (mean dia.=20micron) and 100 pts. wt. of coconut active carbon are mixed, packed in a column and moulded at 10 kg/cm2, 100 deg. C for 30 min.. Its adsorbing capacity for benzene is 40% and its strength is 0.1Kg. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A transparent material is treated by a low temp. plasma to enhance its antireflection performance. Optionally, prior to or after the low temp. plasma treatment, the transparent material undergoes treatments with an acid, an alkali and with an organic solvent. Pref. the material is a film or plate of plastic or glass.    ADVANTAGE -   The low temp. plasma treatment renders the material surface porous, and imparts an antireflecting function without resorting to the conventional vacuum deposition. The complexity with equipment and operation is avoided, and no skill is required. Also antistatic effect and adhesion improvement are attained for them surface. Useful for lenses and solar condensers.
Claimed are electro chemical energy storage devices (I) contg. (a) an electrically conducting polymer (II) comprising (i) polypyrrole opt. substd., (ii) an ionic alkyl or aryl sulphate or sulphonate; esp. octyl or 2-ethyl-hexyl sulphate or dodecylbenzene sulphonate; opt (iii) doped with anions or cations; opt. in the form of (b) one or two electrodes made from or covered with (II).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Also claimed is the use of (I) as a capacitor, battries, accumulators, electro-chemical generators and superconducters. Specifically claimed are supercondensers with electrode capacity at least 120 F/g and rechargeable generators with capacity at least 4 mAh. (I) have a high energy capacity per unit mass or volume, a long life and good resistance to ageing over a wide range of temps. and storage conditions. These are achieved by having a high porosity (pref. 1.5-5 cm3/g).
Fluid flow field plate (12) used in solid polymer electrolyte fuel cell is made of a suitable electrically conducting material. It has a single continuous open-faced fluid channel (22) formed in a major surface which traverses the central area of the surface in a number of passes. The channel has a fluid inlet (24) at one end and a fluid outlet (26) at the other, inlet and outlet being directly connected to a fluid supply opening (25) and a fluid exhaust opening (27) respectively defined in the surface.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The fluid flow field plate design enables water to be removed as it forms in the channel, movement of the water being encouraged before it can coalesce into a large droplet requiring greater force to remove it. The water is removed by the flow of oxidant gas, typically oxygen. If air is used, the channel ensures a uniform and controlled oxygen partial pressure drop across the cell and enables the oxygen concentration at any point to be measured or calculated and controlled with accuracy. @(7pp dwg.No.2/3)@
A pressure sensitive adhesive tape for a battery is obtd. by forming an adhesive layer on one surface of elastic and insulating rubber tape, in which a cloth has been laid. Rubber fills weave interstices and forms thin layers on both surfaces of the cloth. Cloth is pref. glass cloth, synthetic fibre (polyamide) cloth, and glass and aromatic polyamide fibre non-wovens. Rubber may be silicone, nitrile, butyl, isoprene, and acrylic rubbers and has a thickness of 50-200 micron. Adhesive may be various pressure-sensitive adhesives and has a thickness of 20-100 micron.    USE/ADVANTAGES -   The pressure-sensitive adhesive tape is applied for bonding lead wires to electrodes and at the same time preventing short-circuiting between the anode and cathode in the mfg. of batteries. This tape has excellent and reliable insulating property and mechanical strength high enough not to cause pinholes. @(10pp Dwg.No.0/0)
SC comprises composite core wires each of which comprises alloy based SC material with inside stabiliser e.g. high purity Al and Ag, and stabilising material e.g. Cu which covers outer surface of multiple composite core wires.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Provides SC wire esp. improved in stability without impairing machinability, and also achieving strength sufficient to hold wire materials resistant to compressive stress generated between wire materials.    In an example, a composite wire comprising pure Al core wire of 29.5 mm in outer dia. inserted into NbTi alloy pipe of 120 mm in outer dia. and 45mm in thickness, covered with high purity oxygen-free Cu pipe of 145 mm in outer dia. and 12 mm in thickness was mfd.. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/5)
A solar cell is mfd. by (a) cleaning and setting a slide glass covered with a mask in a deposition machine, (b) vacuum - depositing Cu and Zn on the slide glass located in a boat at 1x10 power minus 5 Torr, (c) introducing CdS powder and tungsten wire to the quartz tube, (d) removing water and depositing the CdS on the base plate at 100deg.C, (e) etching the CdS surface with H: soln. and heating the surface in CuCl2 soln. at 90deg.C, (f) forming an electrode by bonding a Cu electrode with Ag paste, and (g) moulding a cover glass with an epoxy resi
(JP2295070-A)      Thick film of complex oxide, Bi-Pb-Sr-Ca-Cu-O, is formed on the surface of metallic substrate. The thick film is preliminarily heat-treated at 400-600 deg.C, then compression force is applied on the multi-layered material of the thick film/metallic substrate.    The material is calcined at 800-870 deg.C for 12-100 hrs. and compression force is applied. The material is then calcined at 800-870 deg.C for 12-100 hrs. to arrange c axis of the complex oxide crystal in vertical orientation to make the axis vertical to the surface of the substrate, and to make strong bonding between the crystal particles, and to make them dense.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of the superconductive oxide thick film composed of Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca and Cu. Superconductive oxide multi-layered material with good c axis orientation can be prepd. at reduced cost. Critical current density and critical temp. of the material are improved.
Thin film insulating wire comprises thin film insulating layer, made of resin compsn. contg. at least 1 pt.wt. of methacrylic resin or styrene resin to 100 pts.wt. of vinylchloride resin, formed on a conductor.    The resin compsn. is prepd. by blending 100 wt.% vinylchloride resin, 25 pts.wt. methacrylic resin, 35 pts.wt. DOP, tribasic lead phosphate and dibasic lead stearate. The resin compsn. is extruded onto 0.5mm dia. soft Cu wire as 0.2mm thick at 170 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The wire is applied to car and electronic appts. in limited space. It has improved scrape and wear resistance even up to 0.3mm thick thin layer. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Thin film insulating wire comprises thin film insulating layer, made of resin compsn. contg. at least 1 pt.wt. of methacrylic resin or styrene resin to 100 pts.wt. of vinylchloride resin, formed on a conductor.    The resin compsn. is prepd. by blending 100 wt.% vinylchloride resin, 25 pts.wt. methacrylic resin, 35 pts.wt. DOP, tribasic lead phosphate and dibasic lead stearate. The resin compsn. is extruded onto 0.5mm dia. soft Cu wire as 0.2mm thick at 170 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The wire is applied to car and electronic appts. in limited space. It has improved scrape and wear resistance even up to 0.3mm thick thin layer. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A fuel cell stack giving a higher voltage in a given space comprises several cell plaques (17), each having several individual fuel cells (18,19,20) isolated from one another, with fluid interconnections to give fuel and oxidiser to each cell and with adjacent cells forming a substack in a plaque-to-plaque relationship. Each substack is connected in series to another to increase the stack voltage.    Pref. there are ports in the frame for fluidly connecting the cells to reactant and oxidiser supply and return manifolds. Pref. each plaque comprises 2-10, pref. 3, fuel cells and pref. each stack contains 2-10 plaques. Pref. there is at least one cooling plaque having a means for cooling each fuel cell, a support, and a coolant fluid interconnection with the support.    Also claimed is a fuel cell plaque as above comprising several fuel cells side-by-side insulated from one another by an insulating frame and having fuel and oxidiser inputs.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A compact plaque fuel cells tack (claimed) is provided which is useful in giving a higher stack voltage for a given height in e.g. aircraft applications. Stack voltage is increased without increasing the complexity of the supply system and coolers may also be incorporated. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
(JP3252171-A)      Capacitor (1) has a pair of electrode terminals (2, 2a). A safety unit (3) is connected to one of the electrode terminals. A shape memory alloy (4) is formed on the other electrode terminal. The shape memory alloy is housed in an Al case (5) contg. a capacitor device.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for electrical circuits. The safety unit is operated by the shape memory alloy when unusually high voltage is applied to the capacitor, which isolates the electrical circuit, preventing driving electrolyte gas from being released outside. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Battery includes a cathode comprising Al (alloy), an anode and electrolyte. The Al (alloy) has a specific surface area of at least 0.01 m2/g.    ADVANTAGE -   Battery has high discharge voltage, high discharge capacity, and high rate discharge characteristics. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Battery includes a cathode comprising Al (alloy), an anode and electrolyte. The Al (alloy) has a specific surface area of at least 0.01 m2/g.    ADVANTAGE -   Battery has high discharge voltage, high discharge capacity, and high rate discharge characteristics. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Battery includes a cathode comprising Al (alloy), an anode and electrolyte. The Al (alloy) has a specific surface area of at least 0.01 m2/g.    ADVANTAGE -   Battery has high discharge voltage, high discharge capacity, and high rate discharge characteristics. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Prepn. of catalysts for steam reforming of hydrocarbons is characterised by mixing zirconia powder principally with a tetragonal crystal structure or tetragonal and cubic crystal structures contg. 0.5-12 mol.% yttria and an organic binder, forming the mixt., preheating in a N2 atmos. pref. at 800-1400 deg.C, and post-heating in the air pref. at 500-800 deg.C to obtain catalyst supports and loading the catalyst supports with catalytic metal components.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The catalysts obtd. can be used at petroleum refineries or for fuel cells. The catalyst supports do not shrink very much and have large surface areas and pore vols. and consequently high catalytic activities.    In an example, to 100 pts. wt. of zirconia powder contg. 3 mol.% yttria, 10 pts. wt. of carboxymethyl cellulose and 25 pts. wt. of water were added and the mixt. was kneaded thoroughly, extruded into pellets, and dried at 100 deg.C for 3 hrs.. The dried catalyst supports were preheated in a N2 atmos. at 1000 deg.C for 1 hr., post-heated in the air at 700 deg.C for 3 hrs., impregnated with Ru to support 0.37wt.% Ru, and dried at 100 deg.C for 3 hrs.. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/1)
A solar cell comprises a silicon substrate (1) of a first conducting type, a silicon oxide layer (2) of required thickness, a microcrystalline or amorphous silicon layer (3,3a) of a second conducting type, a transparent electrode (4), a grid electrode (5), and on the rear side of the substrate a rear electrode (6).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The output characteristics and reliability are enhanced and the prodn. stability of the microcrystalline or amorphous silicon layer is raised. A solar cell (2) of raised conductability is obtd. at reduced cost. @(12pp Dwg.No.2/11)@
Prodn. of front and/or back electrical contacts on the semiconductor substrate of a solar cell with esp. undulating surface involves; (a) providing the substrate (1) a transparent electroconductive oxide film (4) (ICO) in the area to be contacted (b) applying a flexible metal mesh (5) to the entire surface of the oxide film (4); and (c) sealing the substrate (1) with the mesh (5) in a transparent plastics film (6, 7) so tightly fitting film ensures intimate electrical contact of the mesh (5) with the oxide film (4).    Pref. sealing is carried out in vacuo or under reduced pressure. The mesh consists of a wire spiral of zigzag springs, esp. of Cu or Ag wire; and the film of EVA. The mesh may be placed on one side so that it overhangs one edge of the substrate (1) and the overhanging section placed on the back contact of a similar substrate before sealing, so semiconductor substrates are connected in series. The required no. of similar substrates can be connected to a photovoltaic module. It is also possible to arrange the substrates so that they overlap slightly and connect these in series before sealing to give a stable electrical connection in the overlapping areas.    ADVANTAGE -   Ensures good contact with undulating and uneven surfaces and is economical. @(6pp DWg.No.2/5)@
The solar cell panels contain a covering glass panel to which the cells, pref. GaAs-cells, are attached by an adhesive and which overlaps the electrical contact areas to form integrated arrays. Single cells (3), with front surface contact-fingers (6) and a contact over the entire backside surface, are used with a single overlap (7). The contact fingers (6) of one panel are connected electrically to a region of the backside contact (5) of the cell partially overlapping it, using soldering or conductive adhesive attachment, forming serial or parallel connections. The finger contacts which are not connected with another cell are connected to tags (4), using welding, soldering or attachment with a conductive adhesive, for serial connection to the backside contact areas (5) of other panels.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Connection of the panels allow an increase in the active area of solar cell arrays for use in space flight. It makes it easier to use GaAs based cells which can currently only be made with small dimensions because of their fragility. The panels can be further integrated easily. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
The solar cell comprises a wafer of first type, an array of radiant energy-capturing vertical-walled and tilted, flat-bottomed cavities (102-8) in rows across the upper surface, each cavity including a pn junction on its internal surface, and a rear-mounted collection grid (not shown) for carrier collection via first type collection regions (132-3) and second type collection regions (134-5).    ADVANTAGE -   Cell has high transducer efficiency without use of anti-reflection coatings, as well as physical robustness and radiation hardness. @(24pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
Fuel reforming catalysts consist of active catalytic agents and one or more than one other component elements which inhibit the sintering of the active catalytic agents.    Pref. the active catalytic agent is pref. Ni and the other component elements are pref. one or more than one elements selected from Mg, Al, Zr, La and Cr.    Pref. also prepn. of fuel reforming catalysts is pref. mixing with a substrate a powder mixture containing an active catalytic agent and one or more than one other component elements inhibiting the sintering of the active catalytic agent, an alloy powder consisting of the above components, or a soln. mixt. of the nitrates of the above components and firing and oxidising the mixture obtd..    ADVANTAGE -   The fuel reforming catalysts obtd. can maintain their effective catalyst lives for relatively long periods. The specific surface areas of the active catalytic agents do not decrease even after they are used in fuel reforming reactions for a long time. @(8pp Dwg.No.5/9)@
Scrubber, which is used to remove phosphoric acid from the waste gas of phosphoric acid type fuel cells, has stacked layers of steel wool and grids (7) by which the stacked layers (10) are sepd. from one another in a gas flow direction. The grids (7) are fixed with a given spacing by supporting pipings(8).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used to remove phosphoric acid from fuel cell exhaust. The density of the stacked layers can be kept constant, so that the exhaust can be passed through the scrubber at a uniform rate with a min. fluctuation of pressure loss.    In an example, in a larger scale fuel cell, the steel wool is stacked in 2000 mm and weighs 2000 kg. The steel wool is stacked in the scrubber to form a number of layers; one layer is placed on a grid which is supported with piping. The lower layers are hardly compressed by the weight of the upper layers. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
(JP3245471-A)      Gas diffusion electrode comprises a reaction layer contg. a catalyst laminated on a hydrophobic, porous, gas transmission layer having a collector. PbO2 is used as catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Treatment of waste water contg. organic material (claimed). The electrode is easy to produce at lower cost compared with Pt electrode. The catalyst is not easily poisoned.    In an example, a 32 mesh Cu net was used as a collector for an electrode. The hydrophobic porous gas transmission layer (RFT) was prepd. by coating 0.5 g of 40 wt.% PTFE and 60 wt.% hydrophobic acetylene black on the collector, forming a 0.5 mm layer. A reactor layer (RFR) on the RFT was prepd. by coating mix of 0.3 g of equal wts. of PbO2 powder contg. 20 wt.% PTFE and hydrophobic acetylene black contg. 30 wt.% PTFE, forming a layer 0.5 mm thick. The electrode was moulded at 300 deg.C under 600 kg/sq.cm pressure. An electrolysis device of cycle fluid type was prepd. with the electrode as an anode and stainless steel plate as a cathode. A fluid contg. 100 mg/l phenol cycled at rate of 1/min. was electrolysed, as the result concn. of the phenol was reduced to 0.2 mg/l at 90th minute.
Gas diffusion electrode comprises a reaction layer contg. a catalyst laminated on a hydrophobic, porous, gas transmission layer having a collector. PbO2 is used as catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Treatment of waste water contg. organic material (claimed). The electrode is easy to produce at lower cost compared with Pt electrode. The catalyst is not easily poisoned.    In an example, a 32 mesh Cu net was used as a collector for an electrode. The hydrophobic porous gas transmission layer (RFT) was prepd. by coating 0.5 g of 40 wt.% PTFE and 60 wt.% hydrophobic acetylene black on the collector, forming a 0.5 mm layer. A reactor layer (RFR) on the RFT was prepd. by coating mix of 0.3 g of equal wts. of PbO2 powder contg. 20 wt.% PTFE and hydrophobic acetylene black contg. 30 wt.% PTFE, forming a layer 0.5 mm thick. The electrode was moulded at 300 deg.C under 600 kg/sq.cm pressure. An electrolysis device of cycle fluid type was prepd. with the electrode as an anode and stainless steel plate as a cathode. A fluid contg. 100 mg/l phenol cycled at rate of 1/min. was electrolysed, as the result concn. of the phenol was reduced to 0.2 mg/l at 90th minute. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Solid oxide fuel cell comprises: a solid electrolyte (1) and conductive distributors (5,8) connected to the fuel side electrode (2) and air side electrode (3) of the electrolyte respectively. The solid electrolyte and distributors are stacked to form a disc cell (10), the cells being connected via interconnectors (12) to form a laminate structure.    ADVANTAGE -   The disc cell can be made thin so that the effective electrode area per unit vol. becomes large and cell efficiency is increased. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Solar cells have a substrate with an electroconductive first electrode, a p-conducting polycrystalline semi-conductor layer (I) of a I-III-VI2 chalkopyrite material, a barrier layer, (II), of insulating material, an antireflection layer (III) and a second electrode (IV) for taking off the current generated. (III) has fixed positive charges, at least at the interface with (II), which induce a negatively charged inversion layer in the interface region of (I) with (II), acting as emitter for a space charge zone.    (I) consists of CuInSe2, in which the In may be replaced by Ga and/or the Se by S; (II) of amorphous Si oxide (SiO2) with a thickness less than 5 nm, pref. max. 2 nm; (III) Si3N4, deposited as plasma nitride from SiH4 and NH3, pref. amorphous Si3N4 with a thickness of 50-200 nm; and (IV) of a fine mesh metallic grid pref. of Al. The fixed positive charges are formed by several layers of mols. of a relatively high ionic alkali halide, pref. CsCl. A Mo-coated glass substrate is used.    ADVANTAGE -   The cells have a high deg. of efficiency and avoid problems of matching the lattice of the semiconductor and the use of CdS.
A process is claimed for utilising thermal energy potentials (esp. of small temp differences) or mechanical energy potentials, esp. of naturally occurring environmental energy sources (e.g. counterflowing ocean currents or ocean currents and ambient air) or of sec. and environmental energy sources resulting from industrial energy conversion and use, the temp. differences being sufficient for driving electrical energy generating processes.    The novelty is that (a) the temp. drop between the energy potentials is used to drive electrical energy generating processes, (b) the generated electrical energy is used at or near the generating site for electrolysis of liq. or evapd. water and metal oxides, (c) the resulting hydrogen and metals are chemically combined to form metal hydrides, (d) the metal hydrides are transported as energy source (i.e. synthetic fuel) to the site of energy need where they are combusted with technical purity 02 or air in fuel cells to release electrical and opt. thermal energy or in special combustion chambers to release thermal energy, with prodn. of metal oxides and steam.    ADVANTAGE -   The process allows ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) processes to be made almost independent of the energy source location, reduces investment costs and avoids use of materials hazardous to the environment and safety requirements. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
A cooperative control arrangement for a fuel cell power plant and waste heat recovery system comprises: a fuel cell power plant including fuel cells; a fluid loop for passing fluid coolant thorugh the cells; a waste heat exchanger located in the fluid loop at a location to receive fluid coolant leaving the cells; a waste heat fluid flow path through the waste heat exchanger; a heat rejection heat exchanger located in the fluid loop between the waste heat exchanger and the return to the fuel cells; a heat rejection fluid flow path through the heat rejection heat exchanger for receiving heat from the coolant; a waste heat temp. sensor for sensing the temp. of the waste heat fluid leaving the waste heat exchanger; a first means for varying the heat exchange effectiveness of the waste heat heat exchanger in response to the temp. of the waste heat fluid leaving the waste heat heat exchanger; a coolant return temp. sensor for sensing the temp. of coolant returning of the fuel cell; a coolant return set point temp. for establishing a desired coolant return temp.; second means for varying the heat exchange effectiveness of the heat rejection heat exchanger in response to the coolant return temp.; third means for further reducing the heat exchange effectiveness of the waste heat heat exchanger by overriding the first means in response to inability of the second means to maintain a sufficiently high coolant temp. to satisfy the coolant region set point temp.. Pref. the first and second means each comprises means for bypassing the coolant flow around the appropriate heat exchanger.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Cooperative control arrangement for a fuel cell power plant, and a waste heat recovery system, which improves fuel cell efficiency.
Photoconducting type uv sensor has a Zn-oxide thin film, and electrodes for detecting the changes of resistivity resulting from irradiation of uv onto the thin film layer, formed on a substrate.    USE -   Used for ultraviolet sensors utilising photoconducting effect. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Photoconducting type uv sensor has a Zn-oxide thin film, and electrodes for detecting the changes of resistivity resulting from irradiation of uv onto the thin film layer, formed on a substrate.    USE -   Used for ultraviolet sensors utilising photoconducting effect. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Process is by heat treating W-coil filament obtd. by coil forming a W-wire by directly passing current through the coil filament. Coil filament fulfills relationship B/Ax100 = under ( 654A+239 ) where A= dia. of filament wire (mm), B= inner dia. of filament coil (mm).    USE -   Useful for lamps for copying machines or infrared ray lamps
A system for getting knowledge for assisting operations in sewage disposal plant is to output quantity of evaluation of condition in the plant, and amt. of operations in the plant and to output follow changing factors, 1. physical and chemical properties of sewage introduced, 2. quantity of state of the plant, and 3. season and time is equipped with neural circuit model including input layer, intermediate layer ad output layer to input the 1 and 2 and 3. By making learning of the neural model and 4 and 5 corresponding to the input knowledge and for describing relation among the factors, 1,2,3,4,5 symbols or languages are used.    ADVANTAGE -   The knowledge can be obtd. from data of past, and by forecasting by neural circuit guidance of operation and control can be obtd. @(9pp Dwg.No.3/6)@
Film is prepd. by (a) prepg. a thin layer by sputtering without exposure of the substrate to a plasma, or by irradiating with low energy particles (no more than 500 eV), and (b) exposing substrate to a plasma, or irradiating with high energy particles (100-2000 eV, necessarily higher than in (a)).    When the first step involves the generation of a plasma, magnetron, facing targets, or ECR plasma sputtering may be used, such that the substrate is not exposed to the plasma. Exposure is prevented by placing the substrate outside the plasma or by confinement of the plasma using a magnetic field. In the second step the substrate may be exposed to plasma. When plasma operation is involved, both steps may be conducted in the same sputtering chamber, or in successive chambers with transfer in vacuo.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in the mfr. of insulating substrates used in microelectronics, e.g. in a capacitor or solar cell. High density and repair of defects confer excellent insulating properties on the film, even for a film thickness below 1 micron. @(15pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
Si is purified by directing a plasma of inert gas towards the surface of molten Si held in a container lined with SiO2 (-based) refractory. The inert gas plasma is pref. mixed with 0.1-10 vol% steam and/or up to 1g. SiO2 powder per l. of inert gas at normal state.    Voltage for plasma generation is pref. applied across the molten Si and the plasma emission torch.    Appts. comprises a container with a heater for molten Si lined with SiO2 (-based) material; and a plasma torch. Pref. the container has a bottom opening and is provided with an electrode having a cooler underneath the opening so that molten Si is partly solidified in the opening, the electrode being connected to the cathode of the torch through a power source.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In prepn. of Si for solar cells. Efficient and economical purificn. is achieved. @(13pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Gas in a mixt. is measured by: contacting the gas with the working electrode of a cell which includes an O2 redn. inhibitor; adsorbing an anion on the electrode; cycling an anodic potential sweep across the cell electrodes over a potential range between the level at which the gas adsorbs onto the electrode and a level at which the adsorbed gas is oxidised, and including levels at which O2 is reduced, and measuring the resulting current.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. as a CO detector (claimed) in air etc. Oxidising or reducing adsorbed materials in every cycle results in a clean, reproducible electrode surface; drift problems are avoided; the cell can be used in presence of O2; and accurate measurements can be obtd. for gas concns. of a few ppm to a few thousand ppm. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
A photoconductive device which includes a substrate overlaid by a conductive layer of ZnO and a photoconductive thin film of silicon hydride, is improved by: a preliminary application of SnO2 to the substrate; application of the ZnO layer; a glow discharge treatment.    In a pref. process for making a photovoltaic device the method comprises: depositing a conductive layer of SnO2 on the substrate to form a first current collecting contact; depositing a conductive ZnO layer to augment the SnO2 layer; treating ZnO film with a glow discharge in a gas containing O2; depositing at least one film of Si containing H and a conductivity modifying dopant to form a photovoltaic structure; depositing a conductive film to form a second current collecting contact.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Improved efficiency radiant energy sensitive device, with respect to energy passing through the radiant energy transmissive layer. useful for photovoltaic cells for solar energy conversion.
Pulse laser light having a wavelength of up to 400 nm (excimer laser) is used to selectively irradiate a translucent conductive film with a thickness of up to 1 micron formulated around SnO2 or InO2 on a substrate to remove the film.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The translucent conductive film is used for solar batteries or liq. crystal displays. The method removes the film from the substrate without damaging the substrate. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The CeO2-based high-conductive solid electrolyte has formula of: CeO2+X mol % M1 +Y mol. % M2 + Z mol. % M3. Where x = 4-16, Y = 1-8, Z = 1-8. M1 = Y203, Yb203, Gd203, Sm203, Dy203, H0203, Er203, Eu203, Tm203, or Ca0, or Ca0, M2 = Mg0 or Sr0, M3 = Co304, or MnO.    USE -   For fuel cell devices, sensor devices, or gas separation devices. The electrolyte shows sufficient oxygen ion conductivity even under a low oxygen partial pressure reducing atmosphere. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Fuel cell reactor has desulphuriser and carbon monoxide modifying integrated unit. Desulphuriser dusulphurises natural gas before reforming as cell fuel, and the modifying unit modifies carbon monoxide in reformed gas. Reactor has coaxial multi tubular structure with inner desulphuriser surrounded by the modifying unit.    ADVANTAGE -   Reactor can be operated even at start and under decreased load. @(7pp Dwg.No.5/5)@
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The semiconductor growth equipment comprises the semiconductor growth chamber, the bubbler of the Gp. (V) organic metal for the material, the 1st piping to supply bubbling gas to the bubbler, and the 2nd piping to supply the Gp. (V) organic metal accompanied with the bubbling gas to the semiconductor growth chamber from the bubbler. Branch pipes are mounted on the 1st piping and the 2nd piping through triple valves. At the end of the branch pipes, vacuum evacuating machine is installed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The semiconductor growth equipment is used for growing the Gp. (III)-(V) cpd. semiconductor. Removal of the residual Gp. (V) organic metal in the pipings can be effectively done in short time for safety of the growth operation and replacement of the bubbler. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The semiconductor growth equipment comprises the semiconductor growth chamber, the bubbler of the Gp. (V) organic metal for the material, the 1st piping to supply bubbling gas to the bubbler, and the 2nd piping to supply the Gp. (V) organic metal accompanied with the bubbling gas to the semiconductor growth chamber from the bubbler. Branch pipes are mounted on the 1st piping and the 2nd piping through triple valves. At the end of the branch pipes, vacuum evacuating machine is installed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The semiconductor growth equipment is used for growing the Gp. (III)-(V) cpd. semiconductor. Removal of the residual Gp. (V) organic metal in the pipings can be effectively done in short time for safety of the growth operation and replacement of the bubbler. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The semiconductor growth equipment comprises the semiconductor growth chamber, the bubbler of the Gp. (V) organic metal for the material, the 1st piping to supply bubbling gas to the bubbler, and the 2nd piping to supply the Gp. (V) organic metal accompanied with the bubbling gas to the semiconductor growth chamber from the bubbler. Branch pipes are mounted on the 1st piping and the 2nd piping through triple valves. At the end of the branch pipes, vacuum evacuating machine is installed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The semiconductor growth equipment is used for growing the Gp. (III)-(V) cpd. semiconductor. Removal of the residual Gp. (V) organic metal in the pipings can be effectively done in short time for safety of the growth operation and replacement of the bubbler. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The semiconductor growth equipment comprises the semiconductor growth chamber, the bubbler of the Gp. (V) organic metal for the material, the 1st piping to supply bubbling gas to the bubbler, and the 2nd piping to supply the Gp. (V) organic metal accompanied with the bubbling gas to the semiconductor growth chamber from the bubbler. Branch pipes are mounted on the 1st piping and the 2nd piping through triple valves. At the end of the branch pipes, vacuum evacuating machine is installed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The semiconductor growth equipment is used for growing the Gp. (III)-(V) cpd. semiconductor. Removal of the residual Gp. (V) organic metal in the pipings can be effectively done in short time for safety of the growth operation and replacement of the bubbler. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
An electrode for cell having a main activation material of insoluble and infusible substrate contg. a polyacetylene structure (PAS) which is a heat treated aromatic gp. condensation polymer contg. C, H and O,. The polymer has (a) a condensate of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. and aldehyde (b) the condensation prod. of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having no phenolic hydroxide gp. and an aldehyde, and (c) a component selected from freon resin and H/C of its heat treated material is 0.50-0.05. The electrode contg. a thermoplastics resin as binder.    ADVANTAGE -   The electrode has improved strength and no lowering of electric conductivity at impregnation of electrolyte. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An electrode for cell having a main activation material of insoluble and infusible substrate contg. a polyacetylene structure (PAS) which is a heat treated aromatic gp. condensation polymer contg. C, H and O,. The polymer has (a) a condensate of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. and aldehyde (b) the condensation prod. of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having no phenolic hydroxide gp. and an aldehyde, and (c) a component selected from freon resin and H/C of its heat treated material is 0.50-0.05. The electrode contg. a thermoplastics resin as binder.    ADVANTAGE -   The electrode has improved strength and no lowering of electric conductivity at impregnation of electrolyte. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An electrode for cell having a main activation material of insoluble and infusible substrate contg. a polyacetylene structure (PAS) which is a heat treated aromatic gp. condensation polymer contg. C, H and O,. The polymer has (a) a condensate of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. and aldehyde (b) the condensation prod. of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having no phenolic hydroxide gp. and an aldehyde, and (c) a component selected from freon resin and H/C of its heat treated material is 0.50-0.05. The electrode contg. a thermoplastics resin as binder.    ADVANTAGE -   The electrode has improved strength and no lowering of electric conductivity at impregnation of electrolyte. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The zincate present in the alkaline electrolyte is converted by electrolytic redn. into metallic Zn which is suspended in the electrolyte. During the charging, transport of Zn suspension present in the half cell takes place in the direction of the surface of the current-conducting electrode, with the result that zinc particles collide with the electrode. The suspension contg. Zn particles is caused to circulate continuously and a material having a high overpotential for Zn build-up is used for the current-conducting electrode (2, 10) and, for charging. Potential is chosen which is such that zinc build-up on current conducting electrode (2, 10) is avoided, but a zinc build-up does take place on zinc particles present in suspension which collide with the electrode.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Method gives excellent stability if Zn suspension is used which incorporates a stabiliser. @(14pp Dwg.No.1,4/6)@
Cell has O2 or a gas contg. O2 sealed inside it. The cell is pref. sealed with a pressure of at least 400 Torr. The cell pref. has a partial pressure proportion of O2 of at least 0.5 to the sealed pressure of the gas contg. O2.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The cell can be used as an organic photoelectric transducer. Photoelectric conversion efficiency of the cell is improved. Stable organic solar cell can be obtd..    In an example, between the light transmissible In203 electrode (2) and the opposing Al electrode (4), a dispersion thin film (3), 2 microns in thickness, composed of 4 pts.wt. butylal resin and 10 pts. wt. charge generating substance of the following formula (I) was prepd.. In (I), Cp1 = gp. of formula (II). The prepd. solar cell was left in vacuum at up to 10 power (-3) Torr for 10 hrs., then O2 was introduced until the pressure reached 760 Torr. The cell was sealed with the Pyrex glass. Test result of photoelectric conversion efficiency was 0.17% for the prepd. cell. @(10pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
In the prodn of catalyst (1) 3-12 wt% support material is mixed with a dispersing medium which contains a reducing agent and other reactive chemicals; (2) the resultant dispersion is cooled below -5 deg C; (3) a soln contg 20-60 wt% catalyst metal sources is added to the dispersion while keeping the temp below -5 deg C, so that the catalyst metal powders are loaded on the support and; (4) the powders are reduced by heating.    The support includes carbon, active C, or C black powders. The reducing agent is formaldehyde, Me0H, or formic acid. The catalyst metal is Pt, Ru, Rh, or Pd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used to produce highly active metal catalyst, which is used for fuel cells, sec batteries, or electrochemical sensors. The metallic catalyst powders loaded are fine powders and well-dispersed over the support. @(6pp Dwg.No.)@
Claimed are: (A) material (I) for space vehicle parts comprising a material of construction (II) with a protective coating consisting of a polymer (III) contg one of the elements (IV), Si, Ge, Sn or Pb of Gp IVB. III may esp be a) a polysiloxane of formula (V) where, R1 = hydrocarbon; R2 = H or hydrocarbon; n = at least 100; or b) a polystyrene deriv of formula (VI) where M = IV. (B) fabrication of I by coating at least part of the surface of II with a 0.1-100 micron thick layer of a) a 26% soln of V (mol wt = 100,000) in anisole and, heating at 150 deg C under nitrogen for 30 mins and drying, or b) a 20% soln of VI (M = Ge, mol wt = 50,000) or a 25% soln of VI (M = Sn, mol wt = 60,000), and heating at 120 deg C under nitrogen for 30 mins.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Claimed are use of I in the construction of solar panels with III on the upper surface; and as a conductor coated with III connecting solar batteries used in space vehicles. III prevents the degradation of surfaces by reaction with atomic oxygen present in space: it remains effective for several decades. @(21pp Dwg.No.3A/4)@
Electric power system includes a molten carbonate fuel cell (25) and a reformer (26) which is supplied with fuel gas (31) and steam (36). Gases discharged from cell anode chamber (27) are supplied to the reformer combustion chamber (30) where they are burned with air (43) to heat the reforming chamber (29). H2-rich gas from the reforming chamber (29) is supplied to anode chamber (27), air (43) is supplied to cathode chamber (28) and cathode exhaust is partially fed to the combustion chamber (30) while the remainder is discharged.    ADVANTAGE -   System allows the pressure differences between the anode and cathode chambers to be maintained within a suitable range without controlling entrance and exit pressure difference of the chambers. Heat produced by the system can also be efficiently recovered. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Fuel cell module (10) comprises individual cells (12-16) each formed of solid electrolyte (22), and permeable electrode structures (24, 30) and (20, 18). Adjacent cells are interconnected by permeable current collectors (28-32), pref. conductive corrugated members so that a required fuel/oxidiser mixt. has access to virtually the entire surface of one side of each cell. The assembly may be packaged in a flat or spiral form.    ADVANTAGE -   Module provides a high voltage and power output and can be mfd. in a low-cost continuous process. @(18pp Dwg.No.1/4)
A photovoltaic cell comprises a light-transmitting electrically conductive layer deposited on a glass plate or a transparent polymer sheet to which one or more pref. porous high surface-area Ti dioxide (TiO2) layers have been applied. The last TiO2 layer (and opt. also the second from last and third from last layers) is doped with a metal ion from a divalent or trivalent metal.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Provides efficient solar energy cell, having higher efficiency than Si-based solar cell, and is able to convert diffuse light more efficiently. Can be irradiated from either side or both sides. Invented cell operates as a majority carrier device so that cell voltage depends less strongly on intensity of impinging light.
Prepn. of sinter-reactive doped lanthanum chromite of formula LaCr1-xMxO3 (I) where M = divalent metal and x = 0.03-3.0 comprises: 1) Preparing a precursor of empirical formula (I) (Adsorbate) where M = Mg or Ca. The adsorbate is volatile matter adsorbed on the powder and is up to 35 wt.% of the total precursor wt.. 2) Calcinating the precursor at 650-1100 deg. C for 0.5-4 hrs. followed by deagglomeration to obtain a sinter-reactive ceramic powder of formula (I).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Useful as interconnect material for monolithic SoFCs. Provides good compsn. control of doped powder and formation of fine powder via supercritical sepn. of solid particles from liq.. The powder sinters to better than 95% of theoretical density at a lower temp. than is known in prior art. @(20pp Dwg.No.0/3 Dwg not reproducible)
Plasma CVD process for forming SiC-type films onto a substrate comprises introducing di-tert-butylsilane (DTBS) vapour into the reaction zone maintained at 100-400 deg.C, the pressure in the zone being 0.1-10 torr, and passing the gas into contact with the substrate while exciting the gas with a plasma, the plasma itself excited by 10-500 W of d.c. or r.f. power.    Also claimed is a process as above with DTBS flow rate of 10-400 sccm, the temp. is 125-325 deg.C. the pressure is 0.5-5 torr and the rate of film formation is 10-500 A per minute.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Plasma CVD process for SiC films is provided. The films are used in solar cells, x-ray masks and hard coatings on machine tools. DTBS is an air-stable, non-corrosive liq. of high vapour pressure; eliminates the need for the flammable, toxic silane and forms the SiC films along without the need for another carbon source. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Battery is produced by laminating at least an oxide semiconductor layer; a photoelectromotive force-generating layer; a transparent conductive layer; and a metal electrode respectively on a substrate. Material for oxide semiconductor layer is metal oxide particle having an average grain dia. of up to 1000 A. Oxide semiconductor layer is formed by application technique (screen printing). The metal oxide particles comprise ZnO particles having average grain dia. of 50-1000 A. The ZnO particles are obtd. by vapour pahse reaction by microwave plasma processing.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For use in photosensors. The solar battery has oxide semiconductor film having good light transmission, and electrical conductivity.
The most outer layer of a strand is an Sn-plated wire. The inner strand has at least one non-Sn-plate bare wire. The strands are hoisted and Sn is coated on the twisted wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in wiring cables, medical cables, or robot cables. The wire has flexibility and no looseness. @(4pp Dwg.No.1-6/6)@
The most outer layer of a strand is an Sn-plated wire. The inner strand has at least one non-Sn-plate bare wire. The strands are hoisted and Sn is coated on the twisted wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in wiring cables, medical cables, or robot cables. The wire has flexibility and no looseness.
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Electrolyte is a mixt. of stabilised cubic zirconia and stabilised tetragonal zirconia.    USE -   Used for solid electrolyte type fuel cells, steam electrolysing, oxygen pumps, and oxygen sensors. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The method comprises: preparing ceramic material or its precursor having superconducting character covering the ceramic material with metallic sheath; repeating the dia. redn. work and uni-directional solidifying work alternately several times on the ceramic material covered with the metallic sheath; and heat-treating the ceramic material covered with the metallic sheath.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For prepn. of ceramic superconductive wire material for the magnet and cable. Critical current density of the superconductive wire is improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
In the cover attached to close an opening of a battery bath divided into plural segment chambers, a gas exhausting chamber connected commonly to each gas exhausting hole connected to the segment chamber individually is disposed.    ADVANTAGE -   Detrimental gas exhausting from the battery path is reliably sealed hermetically. @(9pp Dwg.No.12/14)@
(JP3219565-A)      In the cover attached to close an opening of a battery bath divided into plural segment chambers, a gas exhausting chamber connected commonly to each gas exhausting hole connected to the segment chamber individually is disposed.    ADVANTAGE -   Detrimental gas exhausting from the battery path is reliably sealed hermetically.
In the cover attached to close an opening of a battery bath divided into plural segment chambers, a gas exhausting chamber connected commonly to each gas exhausting hole connected to the segment chamber individually is disposed.    ADVANTAGE -   Detrimental gas exhausting from the battery path is reliably sealed hermetically. @(9pp Dwg.No.12/14)@
The combustion tube (A) is equipped with a burner (B) which burns gas contg. unreacted hydrogen from fuel cell and a spiral tube (C), that generates reformed raw fuel gas for fuel cell. (C) is heated by (B). Catalyst that promotes the combustion of methanol is installed in (A). On starting the plant, a mixt. of air and vaporised methanol is supplied to (B).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for starting the reformer of raw fuel gas for fuel cell, esp. for a fuel cell using a solid polymer membrane. This method ignites vaporised methanol at room temp., so that a specially installed burner for starting conventional plant is unnecessary. @(9pp Dwg.No.1,2/6)@
Forming method of the electrode for the multi-layered chip parts is new. For the inner electrode and outer lead electrode, electrode material particles of transition metal oxide powder are used having their particle surfaces coated with 5.0-15.0wt.% (to the base material) of precious metal. Sintering of the multi-layered body, formed by multilayering ceramic layer and the inner electrode layer, and baking of the outside lead electrode are simultaneously performed in the air, then a redn. treatment is performed in H2 atmos..    The redn. treatment is pref. effected in H2 atmos. at at least 200 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for forming an electrode used for multilayered chip parts. Costs of electrode material and electrode formation can be reduced. Defect in connection between the inner electrode and outer electrode can be prevented.    In an example, iron oxide powder and cobalt oxide powder plated with Pd on their surfaces were prepd.. 5.0g Of the Pd plated powders were mixed with 1.0wt.% of ethyl cellulose and terpinol to prepare electrode paste. Separately, green sheets principally consisting of BaTiO3 were prepd.. The paste was screen-printed on the green sheets to form an electrode pattern. The sheets were laminated and cut in required size. At the edge surface where the electrodes were exposed, the paste was applied to form the outer electrode. The laminated sheet was calcined at 1250 deg.C for 2 hrs. in air, then heated at 350 deg.C for 4 hrs. in H2 for redn. of the inner electrodes. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Mfg. a solar cell comprises: (a) providing a Si substrate (1) of first conductivity type and having first (1a) and second (1b) main surfaces; (b) forming a layer of a material having a thermal expansion coefft. smaller than that of Si on the second main surface of the substrate at a temp. close to room temp.; (c) forming a first GaAs layer of first conductivity type on the first main surface of the Si substrate; and (d) forming a second GaAs layer of second conductivity type thereon.    The material having thermal expansion coefft. smaller than that of Si pref. comprises SiO2, SiN, BN or C or a combination thereof.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Allows formation of solar cell of GaAs on Si which is not subject to crack formation due to mismatch of thermal expansion coeffts. There is no requirement to use a masked substrate with wedge designations, as used in prior art to control crack formation, which implies growth on an unclean substrate.
Mfg. an air electrode overcoming the present problems of thermal mismatch between the porous electrode and the electrolyte coating material, and providing a uniform, leak tight, well bonded interconnection, in a cost effective manner, involves applying a thin layer of doped LaCrO3 particles on the surface of the porous electrode followed by vapour depositing a dense skeletal LaCrO3 structure between and around the particles incorporating them into the final interconnection layer. By selection of suitable dopants the thermal expansion of the coating can be matched to the substrate.    The electrode is pref. a porous tubular air electrode of doped LaMnO3 used in a tubular electrochemical cell comprising: air electrode; gas tight solid electrolyte contacted to the air electrode by a narrow strip of the interconnection material described in the invention; fuel electrode. The LaCrO3 particles are doped with an element or mixt. of elements from the group Ca, Sr, Co, Ba, Mg and have a particle size 10-500 um and comprises 10-90 wt.% of the combined interconnection. The particles are applied by wetting the electrode, spray coating the electrode with doped LaMnO3 followed by the application of the LaCrO3 particles by a tape application method. The LaCrO3 particles are larger than the LaMnO3 particles and remain as a closely packed layer throughout subsequent processing. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Application of conductive oxide particles to an electrode prior to incorporation into a vapour deposited interconnection structure. The doped particles are selected to reduce thermal mismatch between the electrode and the interconnection material and are applied by; dispersing the particles in a solvent; admixing a fugitive polymer; casting to form a film; drying the film; The film is applied to a preheated top surface of the electrode followed by vapour deposition to encapsulate the particles. Additional layers of electrolyte and fuel electrodes can be applied to construct a fuel cell.    The conductive oxide particles are selected from the group of compounds with the approximate formula .89Sr0.1000.1Cr0.9O3 and La0.94Ba0.05Co0.1Cr0.9O3 doped with an element(s) from the group Ca, Sr, Co, Ba, Mg, and dispersed in a solvent using a dispersing aid, followed by wet screening to give particles in the range 30-80 um. A thermoplastic polymer which vapourises at less than 1100 deg.C is selected from the group acrylic, polyvinyl chloride, and polystyrene polymers and admixed with the particle dispersion to give the ratio polymer/particles between 65/35 and 50/50. The dispersion is cast onto a substrate to give a wet film thickness of 80-150 um, the film is dried and stripped from the substrate. The particle/polymer film is applied to the surface of a tubular porous cathode of doped LaMnO3 which is preheated to above the glass transition temperature of the polymer, 30-80 deg.C. A protective fugitive polymer film is applied over the particle film and a LaCrO3 structure built up by electrochemical vapour deposition during which the fugitive polymers in the films are volatilised.    @(11pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Fabricating a poly-Si contact of low resistance and low emitter saturation current on a Si substrate (10) comprises providing a silica layer (16) on the surface, forming an opening to expose a contact surface on which a second silica layer, thinner than the first, is thermally grown, and forming a layer of undoped poly-Si over both silica layers. The substrate is annealed to break the second silica layer to give a poly-Si/substrate contact over which a layer of doped glass is provided, and the substrate is then annealed to drive dopant atoms from the glass into the poly-Si.    Pref. the glass layer is removed after annealing and pref. the poly-Si is selectively etched to define a doped contact. Pref. silica is thermally grown by heating at 800 deg.C for 10 mins. The first anneal is at 1050 and the second at 900 deg.C. Pref. the second silica layer is 23 Angstroms thick.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Poly-Si emitter contacts (claimed) for Si solar cells and bipolar transistors are provided which have low contact resistance and low emitter saturation current. The two-step annealing breaks the interfacial oxide before emitter dopant is present so that out-diffusion into the substrate is not possible. @(7pp Dwg.No.7/8)@
A unitary layered ceramic structure comprises, a central sintered layer of yttria stabilised zirconia (YSZ). The YSZ is about 8 mole% yttria and has a density of at least 95% of theoretical. Sintered outer layers of strontium lanthanum manganite (LSM) has compsn. La0.8Sr0.2MnO3, a density of 50-60% of theoretical and interconnected porosity of 40-50% with an interconnect pore dia. of 1-5 microns. The YSZ layer is sandwiched between, bonded and sintered to the outer LSM layers and is essentially free of significant amts. of Mn.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Useful as a membrane for sepg. O2 from air (claimed) and could be used for breathing appts. in the field of medicine. Also useful as a membrane material in fuel cells, esp. in high temp. solid electrolyte electorlysis fuel cells. The ceramic structure has porous electrodes and a dense electrolyte layer which is produced at a lower single firing temp.. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
An electroconductive polymer comprises a structural unit of formula (I), and opt. crosslinked using a cpd. of formula (II) as crosslinker. R1-4 = H or methyl independently, Z1 = or =NH, each Z2-3 = S or O, m = an integer of 0-20, n = an integer of 0-20, m/n = 1/0-0/1 and, when m/n = 0/1, the polymer is crosslinked.    Electropolymerisation of a monomer(s) corresponding to a repeating unit(s) of formula(s) (Ia) and/or (Ib) and an opt. cpd. of formula (II) gives the electroconductive polymer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   New polymers with high electroconductivity useful for battery electrode materials, solar batteries, optical electrodes, sensors and nonlinear optical materials. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
Substrate consists of an electroconductive supporting body, and an active layer composed of novel polysilane cpd. of formula (I) having a wt. average mol. wt. of 6000 - 200000, and having a rough surface with the height of the roughness of 0.1 micron m or more on the electroconductive supporting body. In (I), R1 = 1-2C alkyl gp.; R2 = 3-8C alkyl gp. cyclo alkyl gp. aryl gp. or aralkyl gp.; R3 = 1-4C alkyl gp.; R4 = 1-4C alkyl gp.; A, A' = 4-12C alkyl gp. cycloalkyl, aryl gp. or aralkyl gp.; n + m = 1; n = 0-1; and m = 0-1.    The supporting body e.g. consists of Mo, W, Ti, Co, Cr, Fe, Cu, Ta, Nb, Zr, Al, stainless steel, or Ni-Cr alloy, and the supporting body may be formed on a film or sheet of polyester, polyethylene, polycarbonate, cellulose acetate, polypropylene, PVC, polyvinylidene chloride or polystyrene etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solar battery has improved power generation efficiency. @(19pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
A tool for determining colour density of a test paper coloured by the reaction with a given component in sample comprises arranging a translucent colour filter which has a colour tone complementary to the colour tone of the test paper and pts. of different colour densities prescribed at multi-steps. The method of determining colour density comprises determining the colour density after colouring of the test paper by using the tool, overlaying the coloured pt. of the test paper on each colour filter, selecting a colour filter by which the overlaid pt. becomes almost black, and determining the colour density of the test paper based on it.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The tool and the method are useful for determining the colour density of a test paper for detecting a given component (e.g., glucose or cholesterol in blood or glucose or haemoglobin in urine). The determn. of the colour density of the test paper can be carried out with improved accuracy by simple operation. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
A solid oxide fuel cell comprising: (i) a dense gas-tight substrate, (ii) at least one hollow portion formed between substrate and porous support parts, (iii) numerous single cells arranged on each hollow portion, (iv) each cell has opposing inner and outer electrodes with electrolyte between, (v) numerous interconnections between single cells in series of parallel on substrate.    Pref. oxide fuel cell further including numerous porous support parts of polygonal or semi-cylindrical contour between inner surface of each single cell and associated hollow portion. Substrate has predetermined position over which support part is disposed. Support part is the inner electrode. Single cells are arranged on both substrate surfaces in mirror image symmetry or asymmetry relative to substrate. Hollow portions are defined by recess in substrate which has a step in the mouth with each porous support part supported on step in mouth of recess.    Also, a method of mfg. a solid oxide fuel cell is claimed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For use as fuel cell which directly converts chemical potential into energy thus generating electric power. Solid oxide fuel cell is easy to assemble and has a dense substrate holding single cells which reduces the thickness of the support part with the redn. in strength of the support part thus improving the efficiency of generating electric power. @(13pp Dwg.No.1/12)@
An array of photovoltaic cells, interconnected and packaged using tape carrier, comprises many cells having a mass: surface area ratio of less than 60 mg cm -2 (10) and supported on the carrier surface of a dielectric tape (24) which also supports a cell interconnect (22) including an electrical circuit (26) including many contact fingers (44,46). Many prim openings (28) are defined in the dielectric tape, each positioned so that a contact finger can be directed from below the carrier surface towards each cell to connect with it, with part of both sides of the finger being free of the dielectric tape.    Also claimed is the array as above in which the dielectric tape has a carrier support surface and interconnect surface on opposite sides of the tape.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Photovoltaic cell arrays, packages, methods of prodn and substrates for them (claimed) are provided. The arrays are useful for spacecraft power and as alternative power sources on Earth. The interconnections are isolated form the space environment including atomic 0 and space plasma, array fabrication is simplified giving higher yield and operational reliability, and the interconnection is adaptable to a wide range of configurations as well as giving dense packing.
CO in reforming gas is selectively adsorbed by Pt type adsorbent, e.g. Pt supported by alumina, and oxidised by air or oxygen to be removed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   CO in reforming gas is reduced to under 10ppm.. It is applicable to H2 purifn. for solid polymer electrolyte fuel cell.    In an example, alumina (mean dia.=2mm) is immersed in H2PtCl6 aq. soln., reduced by H2 at 300 deg. C to form an adsorbent contg. 1 wt.% of Pt. filled in a reactor, contacted with 10Nl/hr. of H2 contg. 100ppm of Co at 30 deg. C and contacted with 1Nl/hr. of air to oxidise adsorbed CO.
The layered sealing member is produced by (1) applying non-hardened epoxy resin compsn. contg. 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin, 5-50 pts. wt. of thermoplastic resin having number average mol. wt. of 5000 or more, 5-300 pts. wt. of inorganic filler, and hardener onto a surface of a plastics film having a thickness of 20-200 microns to obtain a layered epoxy resin sheet, and then (2) punching the layered epoxy resin sheet into a desired shape suitable for sealing an electronic device part.    The epoxy resin is e.g. bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin, brominated novolak epoxy resin, or modified prod. thereof. The thermoplastic resin is e.g. polyamine, polycarbonate, polyester, polyurethane, silicone resin, phenoxy resin, PVC, ABS, methacrylic resin, natural rubber, butadiene rubber or nitrile rubber, etc.. The inorganic filler is e.g. mica, silica, glass, talc, Ca carbonate, Li oxide or Al oxide, etc.. The hardener is e.g. amine, acid anhydride, or phenol resin type hardener, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The layered sealing member is easy to handle for sealing of electronic parts, and the obtd. sealed electronic parts show a beautiful appearance and a smooth surface. @(6pp Dwg.No.1-4/4)@
The layered sealing member is produced by (1) applying non-hardened epoxy resin compsn. contg. 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin, 5-50 pts. wt. of thermoplastic resin having number average mol. wt. of 5000 or more, 5-300 pts. wt. of inorganic filler, and hardener onto a surface of a plastics film having a thickness of 20-200 microns to obtain a layered epoxy resin sheet, and then (2) punching the layered epoxy resin sheet into a desired shape suitable for sealing an electronic device part.    The epoxy resin is e.g. bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin, brominated novolak epoxy resin, or modified prod. thereof. The thermoplastic resin is e.g. polyamine, polycarbonate, polyester, polyurethane, silicone resin, phenoxy resin, PVC, ABS, methacrylic resin, natural rubber, butadiene rubber or nitrile rubber, etc.. The inorganic filler is e.g. mica, silica, glass, talc, Ca carbonate, Li oxide or Al oxide, etc.. The hardener is e.g. amine, acid anhydride, or phenol resin type hardener, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The layered sealing member is easy to handle for sealing of electronic parts, and the obtd. sealed electronic parts show a beautiful appearance and a smooth surface. @(6pp Dwg.No.1-4/4)@
The layered sealing member is produced by (1) applying non-hardened epoxy resin compsn. contg. 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin, 5-50 pts. wt. of thermoplastic resin having number average mol. wt. of 5000 or more, 5-300 pts. wt. of inorganic filler, and hardener onto a surface of a plastics film having a thickness of 20-200 microns to obtain a layered epoxy resin sheet, and then (2) punching the layered epoxy resin sheet into a desired shape suitable for sealing an electronic device part.    The epoxy resin is e.g. bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin, brominated novolak epoxy resin, or modified prod. thereof. The thermoplastic resin is e.g. polyamine, polycarbonate, polyester, polyurethane, silicone resin, phenoxy resin, PVC, ABS, methacrylic resin, natural rubber, butadiene rubber or nitrile rubber, etc.. The inorganic filler is e.g. mica, silica, glass, talc, Ca carbonate, Li oxide or Al oxide, etc.. The hardener is e.g. amine, acid anhydride, or phenol resin type hardener, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The layered sealing member is easy to handle for sealing of electronic parts, and the obtd. sealed electronic parts show a beautiful appearance and a smooth surface. @(6pp Dwg.No.1-4/4)@
(JP3208258-A)      The layered sealing member is produced by (1) applying non-hardened epoxy resin compsn. contg. 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin, 5-50 pts. wt. of thermoplastic resin having number average mol. wt. of 5000 or more, 5-300 pts. wt. of inorganic filler, and hardener onto a surface of a plastics film having a thickness of 20-200 microns to obtain a layered epoxy resin sheet, and then (2) punching the layered epoxy resin sheet into a desired shape suitable for sealing an electronic device part.    The epoxy resin is e.g. bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin, brominated novolak epoxy resin, or modified prod. thereof. The thermoplastic resin is e.g. polyamine, polycarbonate, polyester, polyurethane, silicone resin, phenoxy resin, PVC, ABS, methacrylic resin, natural rubber, butadiene rubber or nitrile rubber, etc.. The inorganic filler is e.g. mica, silica, glass, talc, Ca carbonate, Li oxide or Al oxide, etc.. The hardener is e.g. amine, acid anhydride, or phenol resin type hardener, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The layered sealing member is easy to handle for sealing of electronic parts, and the obtd. sealed electronic parts show a beautiful appearance and a smooth surface.
The target alloy material for ion plating is composed of (by wt.): (i) 70% or more Nb + balance Si; (ii) 55% or more W + balance Si; (iii) 68% or more Mo + balance Si; or (iv) 61% or more Ta + balance Si. The target alloy materials are vaporised by ion beam irradiation.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for mfr. of semiconductor devices and solar cells. Filming can be stabilised. _ @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A solar cell comprises an insulating or semi-insulating substrate (9) having a pair of holes. An n-type semiconductor layer (2 formed on the substrate and a p-type layer (3) formed on the side surface of the first hole and on a surface of the n-type layer (2). An n side electrode (12) formed on the surface of the n-type layer (2) in the second hole and also on part of the back surface of the substrate in succession thereto. A p side electrode (13) formed on the surface of the p-type layer (3) in the first hole and also on the back surface of the substrate in succession thereto. A plurality of solar cells on a wafer are provided by connecting, via wiring, the back surface n side electrode of one to the p side electrode of the adjacent cell. Adjacent cells are electrically isolated by a trench (15) which reaches the substrate.    ADVANTAGE -   There is no step difference in connecting adjacent solar cells in series, a simple wiring structure and easy connecting work are obtd. Also, physical stress e.g. heat applied to the cell body can be reduced and electrical characteristics are not degraded. @(1pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
In a fuel cell structure with a porous flat support (2) which contains air or oxygen passages (2H) and which has fuel cells (12) on its surfaces (2A, 2B), the novelty is that at least two vertically arranged rows (10H,20H,30H,40H) of fuel cells are provided on the two surfaces (2A,2B) of the support (2) and are electrically connected together by circuit lines (4,5).    Prodn. of the structure involves foil casting and/or screen printing anode (0), solid electrolyte (11) and cathode (12) layers onto the support and then producing permanent bonding by sintering at 1350-1450 deg. C..    ADVANTAGE -   The fuel cell structure has improved power density. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
H2O2 is mfd. by: cathodic redn. of O2 using an electrolyte of halide ions, H ions and molecular O2 which is electrolysed at a voltage of -0.2 to -0.75V pref. 0.2 to -0.5V relative to Hg/Hg2SO4 reference electrode.    The cathode is pref. Pd, Pt or Au or their alloys, esp. Pd or Pt or their alloys.    Halide concn. is not above IM, O2 pressure is 1-4000 pref. 14-1500 psia and temp. is 0-90 deg.C. Pref. halides are Br and Cl, esp. Br. H ion source is HCl, H2SO4, H3PO4, HNO3, perchloric acid or sulphonic acid, at a concn. of 1 x 10 power (-4) to IM and pKa below 8.    ADVANTAGE -   H2O2 is obtd. in commercially useful concns. @(19pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A thermal CVD process for forming SiC-type films on a substrate, which does not use silane, comprises passing di-tert-butylsilane (DTBS) vapour into a CVD reaction zone contg. the substrate at a temp. of 400-1100 deg.C and 0.1-10 torr until the film is formed. Also claimed is the process as above in which the DTBS flow rate is 10-400 sccm, the zone temp. is 500-750 deg.C, the pressure is 0.5-5 torr and the rate of film formation is 10-500 A per minute.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A process for forming SiC films on a substrate by CVD (claimed) is provided which is useful for film formation in solar cells, x-ray masks and machine tool coatings. The process avoids the use of silane, which is both toxic and inflammable and needs complex gas cabinets; DTBS, on the other hand is air-stable, non-corrosive, and is a liq. with a conveniently high vapour pressure. Also it needs no additional reactant to supply carbon.    PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS - Pref. the substrate is a resin, glass or metal object or film, a GaAs layer or a semiconductor layer or device. Pref. the flow rate is 20-200 sccm, the temp. is 550-650 deg.C, the pressure 0.75-2 torr and the deposition rate 15-300 A per minute. @(4pp)
Device has (i) high frequency wave voltage applied between etching electrode supporting the board and (ii) an electrode opposed to the etching electrode to generate plasma discharge to clean board surface and for forming metal film on the board by sputtering. Device is equipped with a heater to heat the opposed electrode.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For sputter etching board of semiconductor. Peeling of film adhered to the opposed electrode is avoided hence contamination of etching chamber forming of defect pattern of semiconductor device by foeign substance is avoidable. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
Appts. for surface treatment of a shadow mask built within a colour cathode ray tube has a shield plate having curvature equivalent to that of the shadow mask disposed inside the vacuum chamber opposite outer surface of the shadow mask.    ADVANTAGE -   As there is no deposited matters on outer surface of the shadow mask, halation degradation is prevented. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Appts. for surface treatment of a shadow mask built within a colour cathode ray tube has a shield plate having curvature equivalent to that of the shadow mask disposed inside the vacuum chamber opposite outer surface of the shadow mask.    ADVANTAGE -   As there is no deposited matters on outer surface of the shadow mask, halation degradation is prevented. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Fuel reformer includes reaction tube through which fuel gas is passed, surface combustion burner for heating reaction tube, and honeycomb structure place in reaction tube and adapted to carry catalyst. Combustion gas is contacted with ctalyst to convert it into reformed gas.    ADVANTAGE -   Honeycomb catalyst can be uniformly heated. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
Thick film paste contains electroconductive particles and liq state organic resin.    The electroconductive particles e.g. consist of metal particles or metal oxide particles, and the liquid state organic resin is thermosetting resin, and pref. has a property to be hardened at a temp. lower than the oxidn. temp. of the metal particles to eliminate addn. of known reducing agent to prevent the oxidn. of the metal particles. No reducing agent is required when the electroconductive metal oxide particles are used owing to chemical stability of the metal oxide particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thick film paste is suitable for use in a screen printing, and fine electroconductive pattern of a direct current type PDP free from undesirable discharge concn. can be obtd. @(8pp Dwg.No.4/5)@
Thick film paste contains electroconductive particles and liq state organic resin.    The electroconductive particles e.g. consist of metal particles or metal oxide particles, and the liquid state organic resin is thermosetting resin, and pref. has a property to be hardened at a temp. lower than the oxidn. temp. of the metal particles to eliminate addn. of known reducing agent to prevent the oxidn. of the metal particles. No reducing agent is required when the electroconductive metal oxide particles are used owing to chemical stability of the metal oxide particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thick film paste is suitable for use in a screen printing, and fine electroconductive pattern of a direct current type PDP free from undesirable discharge concn. can be obtd. @(8pp Dwg.No.4/5)@
Thick film paste contains electroconductive particles and liq state organic resin.    The electroconductive particles e.g. consist of metal particles or metal oxide particles, and the liquid state organic resin is thermosetting resin, and pref. has a property to be hardened at a temp. lower than the oxidn. temp. of the metal particles to eliminate addn. of known reducing agent to prevent the oxidn. of the metal particles. No reducing agent is required when the electroconductive metal oxide particles are used owing to chemical stability of the metal oxide particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thick film paste is suitable for use in a screen printing, and fine electroconductive pattern of a direct current type PDP free from undesirable discharge concn. can be obtd. @(8pp Dwg.No.4/5)@
Thick film paste contains electroconductive particles and liq state organic resin.    The electroconductive particles e.g. consist of metal particles or metal oxide particles, and the liquid state organic resin is thermosetting resin, and pref. has a property to be hardened at a temp. lower than the oxidn. temp. of the metal particles to eliminate addn. of known reducing agent to prevent the oxidn. of the metal particles. No reducing agent is required when the electroconductive metal oxide particles are used owing to chemical stability of the metal oxide particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thick film paste is suitable for use in a screen printing, and fine electroconductive pattern of a direct current type PDP free from undesirable discharge concn. can be obtd. @(8pp Dwg.No.4/5)@
High Cr-Ni material contg 50-90 wt% Cr and not more than 0.5 wt% impurities with the remainder substantially comprising Ni, having a metallurgical structure consisting of two phases of a hard phase and a soft phase, and having crystal grains with a dia of not more than 50 microns.    Prepn of the high Cr-Ni material as specified comprising preparing an ingot having a packing density of 7g/cm3 or more using Cr-powder having a purity of 99% or higher and nickel carbonyl powder, heating the ingot in vacuo or in an inert gas, and hot working the heat treated ingot, is independently claimed, where pref a high Cr-Ni powder is used as a raw material powder.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Material has excellent workability, and corrosion and abrasion resistance. It can be formed into wires, and wires for coating. It can be used as an anticorrosion material for molten carbonates contg trace impurities, and partic as a vessel (electrolytic cell) for anode and cathode active substances in a molten carbonate type fuel cell. The carbonates can be of eg Na, Li, Mg, Sr, Ba and impurities eg chlorides, fluorides of the specified alkali and alkaline earth metals. It can be directly subjected to sec processing into complicated shapes or structures. It can be prepd by a relatively simple process. @(30pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A polyimide cpd., has a carbazole skeleton in a repeating unit, pref. of formula (I). In (I), R1 = 5-13C tetravalent organic gp.    Also claimed are prodn. of the polyimide cpd; an organic polymer film of the polyimide cpd.; and a photoconductive device comprising the organic film.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyimide is useful for a photoelectro-transducing device in a solar cell or a photosensor. It has superior environmental stability and thin film workability. The polyimide also has satisfactory heat resistance and workability. @(19pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
A solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) comprising cylindrical solid oxide fuel cell elements (30) each of which comprises, at least, a fuel electrode (6), a solid electrolyte (5) and an air electrode (1). A multi-contact point type current-collecting member (9) contacts the fuel electrode of at least 1 fuel cell element which is electrically connected to the air electrode of a SOFC element adjacent to it through the current-collecting member (a) and an interconnector (7). The current-collecting member (9) is contacted with the entire surface of the fuel electrode.    The air electrodes, oxidising gas feed pipe and ribs integrally connected to these are made of material selected from LaMn03, CaMn03, LaNi03, LaCo03 and LaCr03 which is doped or not doped. Gaps between the cell elements are formed with electrically insulating spacer material.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Useful in power generating equipment. Current loss due to ohmic resistance of the fuel electrode and air electrode is reduced and power generation efficiency is improved. @(2pp dwg.No.1/2)@
Device is prepd. by sealing a semiconductor element with a resin compsn. comprising (A) phenol resin prepd. by polycondensation of biphenyl and a phenol of formula (I), where R is H or 1-4C hydrocarbon residue and (B) epoxy resin.    (A) is pref. of formula (II). It is prepd. by methylating 4,4'-hydroxybiphenyl with formalin or paraformaldehyde and reacting the formed prod. with the phenol. The biphenyl and the phenol are used in a mol. ratio of 1:1-1:20. (B) is e.g. of bisphenyl-A type, glycidylamine type, glycidyl ester type, bisphenol-S type, bisphenol-F type, biphenol type or alicyclic epoxy resin or epoxy resin derived from phenol resin prepd. by polycondensation of phenol with an aldehyde other than formalin and pref. epoxy resin of biphenyl type such as 4,4'bis(glycidyloxy)-3,3'-diallylbiphenyl. The compsn. is blended opt. with a filler (e.g. SiO2, Al2O3, TiO2, Fe2O3, Ca silicate, CaCO3, BaSO4, WS2, K titanate, Al fibre, SiC whisker, Si3N4 whisker, etc.), a coupling agent (e.g. of glycidyl ether type, amine type, thiol type or urea type) and a hardening accelerator, wax, flame-retarding agent, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Resin compsn. develops no package crack under severe conditions e.g. soldering mounting. It is used for sealing semiconductor elements or as an impregnating resin compsn. for mfg. prepreg sheets which are used laminated with Cu foil to prepare a PCB. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
Photofunctional metal sulphide powders are characterised by being coated with the cho chlorides of the metals. Prepn. is by treating photofunctional metal sulphide powders with gases contg. hydrogen chloride at low temp. of up to 100 deg. C.    The metal sulphides are pref. cadmium sulphide, zinc sulphide, or their solid solns.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Metal sulphides can be used in the prodn. of photosensitive materials, solar cells, and fluorescent materials. Using the method invented, metal sulphides coated uniformly with metal chlorides can be obtd. without being oxidised. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Domain to be analysed is divided into minute domain elements, and electric charge density and electric current density of a charged particle gp. of each element are determined as unknown factors. Within the total elements, analysis modelling is effected to satisfy the law of constant mass and the law of conservation of momentum of the charged particles gp..    ADVANTAGE -   Analysis is reliably effected. @(6pp Dwg.No.2,3a/4)@
Domain to be analysed is divided into minute domain elements, and electric charge density and electric current density of a charged particle gp. of each element are determined as unknown factors. Within the total elements, analysis modelling is effected to satisfy the law of constant mass and the law of conservation of momentum of the charged particles gp..    ADVANTAGE -   Analysis is reliably effected. @(6pp Dwg.No.2,3a/4)@
Domain to be analysed is divided into minute domain elements, and electric charge density and electric current density of a charged particle gp. of each element are determined as unknown factors. Within the total elements, analysis modelling is effected to satisfy the law of constant mass and the law of conservation of momentum of the charged particles gp..    ADVANTAGE -   Analysis is reliably effected. @(6pp Dwg.No.2,3a/4)@
Anode active substance contg. 0.05-2.0 wt. % of phosphor and at least 92 wt. % of pure Mn02.    Pref. the battery in which the anode active substance is used. Manganese sulphate with additive of phosphor cpd. and H2SO4 soln. was electrolysed. Obtd. electrolytic Mn02 is treated with mineral acid and/or with Mn(NO3)2 aq. soln. and oxidiser.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Cell is used for the automatic winder of cameras, stroboscope, and portable tape recorder. Discharging time and discharge characteristic at heavy load of the battery are improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Anode active substance contg. 0.05-2.0 wt. % of phosphor and at least 92 wt. % of pure Mn02.    Pref. the battery in which the anode active substance is used. Manganese sulphate with additive of phosphor cpd. and H2SO4 soln. was electrolysed. Obtd. electrolytic Mn02 is treated with mineral acid and/or with Mn(NO3)2 aq. soln. and oxidiser.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Cell is used for the automatic winder of cameras, stroboscope, and portable tape recorder. Discharging time and discharge characteristic at heavy load of the battery are improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Anode active substance contg. 0.05-2.0 wt. % of phosphor and at least 92 wt. % of pure Mn02.    Pref. the battery in which the anode active substance is used. Manganese sulphate with additive of phosphor cpd. and H2SO4 soln. was electrolysed. Obtd. electrolytic Mn02 is treated with mineral acid and/or with Mn(NO3)2 aq. soln. and oxidiser.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Cell is used for the automatic winder of cameras, stroboscope, and portable tape recorder. Discharging time and discharge characteristic at heavy load of the battery are improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Power plant having dual operating modes comprises: an H2/O2 fuel cell; a reformer supplied with a liq. H2-contg. cpd. pref. methanol for forming H2 gas by endothermic reaction; a decomposer for exothermically decomposing a supply of H2O2 to form an O2 stream in a first mode of operation; an air supply for supplying O2 in a second mode of operation; and means for supplying heat from the decomposer to the reformer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used as a space and weight efficient powder system for a submarine (claimed), the system operating underwater in the first mode and on the surface or during snorting operations in the second mode. @(45pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Electrical generating plant comprises H2/O2 fuel cell; a liq cpd. endothermic reaction H2 source. liq H2O3 supply; a reformer for liberating H2 gas from the source; a decomposer for providing O2 from the H2O2; a heat supply for the reformer; and means for supplying the H2 and O2 to the cell.    The heat supply system includes a heat-exchanger arranged upstream of the reformer so as to impart up to 80% of the required heat to the cpd before it reaches the reformer. The remaining heat is supplied to the reformer, pref. via an electrical heater. The heat for the heat-exchanger is (partly) supplied by the exothermic reaction in the decomposer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. in a submarine. System provides optimum weight, space and chemical efficiency. @(26pp Dwg.No. 1/4)@
Selectively heating a thin film or layer (12) on a substrate (14) comprises: (i) choosing a substrate and a film of differing light absorption; and (ii) irradiating with a . light source (10) of sharp wavelength which is absorbed by the film and not the substrate.    Pref. the substrate is transparent and the film opaque. Before irradiating, the film comprises amorphous Si and the substrate glass. In the irradiation step the amorphous Si is crystallised. The film is metal and the substrate Si. A long-arc gas discharge lamp is used in the irradiation step, the temp. of the film being maintained by a pyrometer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process can be used for example in the prodn. of flat fluorescent screens where an amorphous Si-film is applied on a glass substrate The film can be quickly heated to high temps. without heating the substrate. The process is therefore useful in the implantation tempering phase in Si-thin film processing, in metal alloying and in deposition of thin films. It can also be used in prodn. of solar cells, e.g. cadmium sulphite on glass. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
An electrochemical appts. comprises: (i) fresh gaseous feed fuel inlet; (ii) gaseous feed oxidant inlet, (iii) gaseous spent fuel recirculation channel, (iv) separate hot combusted exhaust gas exit channel, (v) a generator chamber contg. a plurality of electrochemical cells, (v) a reforming chamber, where the reforming chamber has a top close to the generator chamber, and a bottom close to the fresh gaseous feed fuel inlet, and contains:    an outer portion contg. reforming material, and connected to the generator chamber; an inner portion, contg. a mixer-diffuser within a shell barrier, and connected to the outer portion at the bottom of the reforming chamber; a middle portion between the inner and outer portions, connected to the gaseous spent fuel recirculation channel at the top of the reforming chamber and feeding into the mixer-diffuser at the bottom of the reforming chamber, a mixer nozzle is near the bottom of the reforming chamber, and is connected to the fresh gaseous feed fuel inlet and where the mixer nozzle also feeds into the mixer diffuser at the bottom of the reforming chamber.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Fuel cell generator, utilising fresh, gaseous feed fuel at a temp. below 400 deg. C to eliminate carbon deposition, and the need for high temp. sealing. An integrated mixer nozzle and a mixer-diffuser contained within the body of the reforming chamber eliminates complicated crossover gas streams, and improves efficiency.
A closed loop reactant product management system for electrochemical galvanic energy devices comprises: (a) modular package comprising a plurality of galvanic cells, 2 internal gas flow conduits for independently carrying each of 2 gaseous reactants, which form a liquid prod. within the galvanic cells and an internal liquid flow conduit for independently carrying a cooling liquid to the galvanic cells the cooling liquid being derived from the liquid prod. (b) 2 gas supply connections to provide make-up gaseous reactants to the system, (c) indirect heat exchanger means in fluid flow connection with the internal liquid flow conduit. (d) 2 liquid-gas separators and 2 liquid reservoirs respectively being in open fluid flow connection, with the reservoirs being designed to provide a liquid-free, gas filled space in the upper portion while maintaining liquid in the lower portion, the first reservoir being in pressure-tight fluid flow connection with the heat exchanger and with the respective internal liquid flow passage, each of the reservoirs being in pressure-tight flow connection with the respective gas supply connections, and the liquid gas separators being in pressure tight fluid flow connection with the respective gas flow conduits; gas repressurisation means between each of the gas flow conduits and the respective liquid-gas separators, designed to increase the pressure of gas from the internal gas flow conduit.    Pref. the system further comprises a central microprocessor linked to a monitor and a control system.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Low temp. H2-02 fuel cell requiring cooling water and gas flow management, which is provided in a simple and self-adjusting manner. All reactants and products are maintained within the system without loss. Useful for submarine or aircraft applications. @(11pp Dwg.No.4/4)@
Homogeneous single-crystal ternary III-V alloys is produced using a first low contamination risk crucible (I) for holding ternary III-V molten alloy of the desired compsn. with a smaller low contamination risk second crucible (II) holding a smaller quantity of alloy floating in crucible (I). (II) has a bottom wall with a channel of predetermined size to allow molten alloy from crucible (I) to flow in. (II) contains molten ternary III-V alloy of a homogeneous pseudo-binary liquidus compsn. differing from the compsn. of the crystal to be produced which will solidify into the compsn. of the crystal to be produced. During growth the contents of crucible (II) are maintained at a predetermined temp. differential lower than the temp. of the contents of crucible (I), while drawing out of the crucible (II) a single crystal of the desired homogeneous compsn. while melt from crucible (I) flows into the channel of crucible (II) at a rate that corresponds to a rate of growth of the crystal.    Pref. the process further includes encapsulating the upper surfaces of the molten alloy in both crucibles with a floating layer of B203, and maintaining the contents of the crucibles under a high pressure inert gas environment to prevent volatilisation of group V elements from the molten alloys.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Prepn. of homogeneous, low defect, single crystal III-V alloys, useful in high efficiency, multi-junction solar cells. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Prepn. of ceramic condenser with varistor characteristic is claimed. Perovskite type oxide powder principally consisting of SrTiO3 is mixed with 0.1-5.0 wt.% of sintering accelerator, 0.05-2.0 wt.% of Nb2O5, 0.1-8.0 wt.% of ZrO2, and 0.3-5.0 wt.% of oxide compsn. contg. Fe2O3, and formed with press, then calcined and reduced at 1250-1500 deg.C in oxidising atmos., and electrodes are attached on to prepare the ceramic condenser.    Pref. sintering accelerator comprises at least one of TiO2-MgO-SiO2 group, TiO2-MnO-SiO2 group, and TiO2-Al2O3-SiO2 group. Oxide compsn. contg. Fe2O3 comprises one of SrO.1/4Fe2O3.1/4Ta2O5, SrO1/4Fe2O3.1/4Nb2O5, SrO.1/3Fe2O3.1/3MoO3, and SrO.1/3Fe2O3.1/3WO3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For prepn. of the ceramic condenser having varistor characteristic. Intercrystalline barrier type ceramic varistor with high static capacitance can be obtd.    In an example, SrTiO(C2O4)2.4H2O was thermally decomposed to SrTiO3. SrTiO3 was mixed with 3.0 wt.% of TiO2-Al2O3-SiO2 sintering accelerator, 0.2 wt.% of Nb2O5, 1.5 wt.% of ZrO2, and 2.0 wt.% of SrO.1/4Fe2O3.1/4Ta2O5, and calcined at 900 deg.C, then pulverised, dried, pelletised, and formed into disks, then sintered at 1400 deg.C, then reduced with hydrogen at 1300 deg.C, then heat-treated at 950 deg.C in the air, then electrodes were attached on the prepd. condenser. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Mixt. of long chain aliphatic diols of the following formula, HO-(CH2)n-OH, where n=16-20, and one or mixt. of organic titanate cpd. are dissolved and/or suspended in solvent to prepare lubricant compsn. Compsn. is applied on the insulating layer of the insulated wire, and baked.    Wire comprises the lubricative layer of up to 0.1 micron in average thickness on the insulating layer.    In an example, 100 parts of long chain aliphatic dion (SL 20 Diol) was dissolved and suspended in 523 parts of cresol, then 2 parts of tetrabutyl titanate monomer was added to prepare the lubricant compsn. On the surface of the polyester insulated wire, the compsn. was applied and baked at 500 deg.C at running speed of 20 m/minutes.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Self-lubricative insulated wire is used for coils of the communication appts. Wire has good wearing-resistance, lubricity, and heat-resistance. @(5pp)
Mixt. of long chain aliphatic diols of the following formula, HO-(CH2)n-OH, where n=16-20, and one or mixt. of organic titanate cpd. are dissolved and/or suspended in solvent to prepare lubricant compsn. Compsn. is applied on the insulating layer of the insulated wire, and baked.    Wire comprises the lubricative layer of up to 0.1 micron in average thickness on the insulating layer.    In an example, 100 parts of long chain aliphatic dion (SL 20 Diol) was dissolved and suspended in 523 parts of cresol, then 2 parts of tetrabutyl titanate monomer was added to prepare the lubricant compsn. On the surface of the polyester insulated wire, the compsn. was applied and baked at 500 deg.C at running speed of 20 m/minutes.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Self-lubricative insulated wire is used for coils of the communication appts. Wire has good wearing-resistance, lubricity, and heat-resistance. @(5pp)
Mixt. of long chain aliphatic diols of the following formula, HO-(CH2)n-OH, where n=16-20, and one or mixt. of organic titanate cpd. are dissolved and/or suspended in solvent to prepare lubricant compsn. Compsn. is applied on the insulating layer of the insulated wire, and baked.    Wire comprises the lubricative layer of up to 0.1 micron in average thickness on the insulating layer.    In an example, 100 parts of long chain aliphatic dion (SL 20 Diol) was dissolved and suspended in 523 parts of cresol, then 2 parts of tetrabutyl titanate monomer was added to prepare the lubricant compsn. On the surface of the polyester insulated wire, the compsn. was applied and baked at 500 deg.C at running speed of 20 m/minutes.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Self-lubricative insulated wire is used for coils of the communication appts. Wire has good wearing-resistance, lubricity, and heat-resistance. @(5pp)
In a head lamp for a vehicle employing a resin lens, UV ray filter is formed about in a tunnel shape by using a clear member absorbing UV rays. The UV ray filter is disposed so as to cover all light from a light source to a reflecting mirror.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Yellowing of a resin lens is completely prevented. @(4pp DWg.No.0/2)
Process (I) for producing a thin carbon plate (II) which comprises moulding a polycarbodiimide resin (III) into a thin plate, subjecting the thin plate to heat treatment and carbonising the heat treated thin plate. An organic diisocyanate (IV) is used to prepare (III).    Pref. (IV) can be aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic but aromatic cpds. are partic. pref. Catalyst (V) used to prepare (III) is represented by 1-phenyl-2-phosphorene -1-oxide. (III) is represented by (A). In (A) pref. n = 50-5000. (III) can be obtd. as a soln. or as a powder. By moulding a thin plate 0.1-3 mm. can be easily obtd. Heat treatment is pref. at 200-350 deg.C for 30 mins.-50 hrs. Carbonisation is effected by elevating the temp. from room temp.-200 deg.C to 600-3000 deg.C. Heat treatment can be carried out in an oxidising atmos. like air.    Pref. (III) is dissolved in a solvent represented by tetrahydro furan and is then cast on a smooth flat glass plate and the solvent is removed. Compression, roll or injection moulding can be used.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   (II) has excellent gas impermeability and mechanical strengths. (II) can be used as a special electrode agent, a sealing agent and as a separator for fuel cells. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Making a highly sinterable lanthanum chromite powder contg. a dopant metal such as Sr, Ca, Co, Ba and Mg and a coating of dopant chromate. The steps involved are (1) conc. solns. contg. an acid and a polyhydroxy alcohol and respectively sources of La, Cr and dopant metal, are mixed to give the desired ratio of La, Cr and dopant metal. The acid may be a polycarboxylic acid or a hydroxy acid.    (2) The mixt. is further concentrated to reduce the alcohol and ppte. submicron polymer particles. Opt. combustible organic particles may be added at this point. (3) Organic materials are burnt off to give a charred material which is ground and heated to 590-950 deg.C in an inert gas contg. 100-50000 ppm. O2 to give a sinterable LaCrO3 material (a) of high specific area greater than 7 m2/g. contg. 5-20 wt.% chromite of dopant metal. (4) Material (a) is added to a soln. contg. nitrates of Cr and dopant metal and ground to give a slurry. (5) The slurry is evapd., e.g. by spray or freeze drying, to give particles of (a) coated with nitrates. (6) The coated particles are heated to convert the nitrate to chromate. The coating is 3-20 wt.% of the total wt. of the particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in making a connection layer on an electrode of an electrochemical cell e.g. a fuel cell. It can be applied directly and provides a cheap and improved interconnection layer. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The method comprises forming a micropattern mask from a nonsublimative metal or organic resin film, and irradiating a pulse laser beam of 400 microns or less through the mask on a main face of a substrate.    USE -   For solar cells and liq. crystal display panels. (J60260393-A)
Mother material, consisting of 30-40 wt.% Co, 10-20 wt.% Ni, 10-20 wt.% Cr, 2-10 wt.% W, 2-10 wt.% Mo, up to 1 wt.% Ti, up to 1 wt.% Mn, up to 1 wt.% Si, and balance of Fe, is plated with Ni for undercoating 0-10 microns in thickness, and then with Au of 1-10 microns thickness on the undercoating. The material is worked on by drawing, then heat-treated at 400-800 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of the material for electric contact use. Amt. of Au applied per unit wt. of the wire can be saved. Spring function of the wire is improved. @(3pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
Oxide transparent electroconductive film is made by feeding activated oxygen which was generated at a place except a chamber in which metal vapour deposition source and a substrate were disposed, into the chamber, and allowing the activated oxygen to flow toward the substrate side opposite to the vapour deposition source.    USE -   For LCD, EL displays, transparent electrodes for solar cells, windows for Braun tubes. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@Z
Electrically operated, balanced heat output sheets, contg. graphite and other additives embedded in thermoset resins, are prepd. from (all wt.%): 100 thermoset resin, pref. polyester; 20-60 pref. 38 graphite, 1-10 pref. 5 "aerosolite" and/or 1-10 pref. 5 fine aluminium powder.    This mixt. is homogenised, poured into moulds, brushed or sprayed on required substrates and polymerise
A current collector for current transfer between stacked high temp. fuel cells (1,2,3) having a doped stabilised zirconia solid electrolyte (1), is claimed, in which the oxygen electrode (2) of each cell is electrically connected to the fuel electrode (3) of the next cell and in which the electrode interspace is divided into fuel and oxygen source spaces by a gastight electrically conductive separator plate (14). The novelty is that the collector consists of spring elements which are fully elastic at the operating temp. of 800-1000 deg.C and which consist of an Fe-base or Ni-base alloy contg. at least 15 wt.% Cr and at least 4 wt.% Al, the alloy forming a high temp. protective oxide. The elements are provided with electrical contact regions (7) in the form of slightly domed porous droplets or spots of max. 80 microns thickness and max. 1.5 mm diameter, consisting of Pt (alloy) or Pd (alloy) bonded to the spring elements opt. via an intermediate layer.    ADVANTAGE -   The current collector has a simple construction and provides a compact fuel cell stack structure with optimal series connection of the individual cells. @(13pp Dwg.No.1/8)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
(JP3176968-A)      Ceramic superconducting conductor is made by filling superconductor or its precursor, and metal oxide and/or peroxide of superconductor components into a metal container, pressing the filled material together with the container to be up to 0.5 mm of the superconductor in the container, and heatingit so that at least part of the filled material can melt.    USE -   Used for wound wire for magnet coils, cables, electric and electronic circuitry, and electromagnetic shielding.
Ceramic superconducting conductor is made by filling superconductor or its precursor, and metal oxide and/or peroxide of superconductor components into a metal container, pressing the filled material together with the container to be up to 0.5 mm of the superconductor in the container, and heatingit so that at least part of the filled material can melt.    USE -   Used for wound wire for magnet coils, cables, electric and electronic circuitry, and electromagnetic shielding. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Ceramic superconducting conductor is made by filling superconductor or its precursor, and metal oxide and/or peroxide of superconductor components into a metal container, pressing the filled material together with the container to be up to 0.5 mm of the superconductor in the container, and heatingit so that at least part of the filled material can melt.    USE -   Used for wound wire for magnet coils, cables, electric and electronic circuitry, and electromagnetic shielding. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The water injection type micro biological cell comprises a microorganism, a mediator, a water absorbance gel and a cathode are enveloped with a water absorbable sheet. Pref. the mediator is organism oxidn. redn. material, an anode activator cpd. has high oxidn. and reduction potential, and etc..    ADVANTAGE -   The cell is easily portable, has improved electromotive force and life.    In an example an 0.3 g agar (water absorbablee gel) was dissolved in 20 ml water at 100 deg.C cooled to 60 deg.C, an 1.74 g anode activator of iridium hexa-chloride-ammonium was added then cooled ot room temp. to form gel, cast in 15 cc anode space with 40 anodes and solidified, an opening of the room was shielded by an ion exchange film. A 26.1 mg HNQ of mediator, 0.1 g water absorber gel 3 g skim-milk and sodium-glutamic acid as microorganism were mixed to form electron generating material, and fixed with a non-woven fabrics, then placed in cathode room to form water injection type micro biological cell. A test of the cell with 500 ohm resistance showed that the cell had function same with conventional cell and more improved life. (Provisional Basic previously advised in week 9131) @(9pp)
(A) A laminated solar module has two spaced electrical connections with respective housings (12), at least one of which has an integrated safety diode (13) which bridges the series-connected solar cells as a normally blocked diode.    (B) Also claimed are large solar modules comprising several series-connected of modules as in (A), the cable connections (5) of the modules (1) being connected together by cable connectors or the modules (1) being electrically connected together directly by electrical plugs.    ADVANTAGE -   The laminated frame-less solar modules can be easily series connected to form large units using short connection cables or plugs, without the need for an expensive connection box on each module. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Cl2 generator cell is supplied with a power supply generally fed from an external network and has anode plus cathode sepd. by a membrane or diaphragm. The cell contains aq. electrolyte e.g. aq. NaCl. Generated H2 and Cl2 are fed to a fuel cell contg. cathode and anode. A barrier cation selective membrane e.g. a solid polymer electrolyte is placed over the anode to prevent chloride ion poisoning and to promote HCl formation. HCl output from the cell is fed to a location near the generator cell anode to maintain anode acidity. Electrical energy provided by the fuel cell electrodes is utilised to power a portion of the generator cell via generating and driven loops.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   HCl returned to anode region prevents degeneration of anode reaction into O2 generation. Use of electrical output from fuel cell reduces demand from external power network and can also be used to drive pumps, blowers etc. in the Cl2 generating plant. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
O2 is reduced to OH- ion at a cell cathode by contacting with an electrocatalytic cathode having an active layer of particulate support material of BET area 50-2000 sq.m/g and an active material forming 0.1-50 wt.% of the total active layer comprising monocrystal Au particles of size 0.5-4 nm which are selectively catalytic for reduction of O2 to OH-.    A backing layer is also provided and the Au loading is 0.1-5 mg Au/sq.cm.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In a wide range of metal/air cells, fuel cells, chlor-alkali cells, concentrators, O2 sensors etc. Cathode exhibits superior O2 reduction performance compared to prior art Au cathodes.
Method comprises decomposing gas for growth by using light, charged or neutral particle rays in a long life exciting state, or neutral particle rays of high kinetic energy, and diffusing the decomposition prod. by heating a base sheet.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Reforming of the surface of a material is used as a pretreatment for heteroepitaxial growth at low temp. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Capacitor is prepd. by (i) forming dielectric oxide film on the surface of a valve-acting metallic element connected with an anode leading wire; (ii) coating a portion of the anode leading wire with a heat-resistant insulating layer and then with a conductive layer; and (iii) chemically oxidatively polymerising a monomer to provide the conductive polymer film on the dielectric oxide film of metal element and electrolytically polymerising the monomer between the anode of conductive layer in contact with the portion of conductive layer on the surface of heat-resistant insulating material and an external cathode to provide electrolytically polymerised conductive polymer film on the conductive polymer film.    ADVANTAGE -   Process provides a solid electrolytic capacitor cell having a very low leakage current without damaging the dielectric oxide film and having a low dielectric loss tangent. Electrolytic polymerisation forms the uniform film to improve the performance of capacitor and markedly reduces the short circuit failure. @(5pp Dwg.No 1/1)@
A top valve mechanism has a heater. A gas introduction device comprises a stop valve body consisting of a gas inflow passage, a gas outflow passage, and a valve located in the middle between the passages, and a nozzle connected to a gas source. The nozzle is mounted so it is insertable in and removable from the inflow passage.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Time in which a body is cooled, and time in which re-exhaust is effected and the degree of vacuum attains a reference value, can be omitted. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The plastics magnet compsn. composed of 90-95 wt.% Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder, and 10-5 wt.% of a mixt. of titanate coupling agent, lubricant, and 12-Nylon. The Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder is coated with oxide coating film.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The plastics magnet compsn. is used for injection moulding of the parts for the motor and the magnetic field generating devices. Heat-stability and fluidity change with time in molten state of the compsn. are improved.    In an example, Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder was put in a rotary vacuum drier and treated at 350 deg. C and the pressure of 1 mm Hg for 5 hrs. After the powder was heated, pressure in the drier was brought back to atomspheric pressure with Ag gas, then cooled down to room temp. Thickness of oxide coating film on the obtd. powder. was 100 Angstrom. 90 wt.% of the treated Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder, 9.25 wt.% of 12-Nylon, 0.5 wt.% of titanate coupling agent, and 0.3 wt.% of magnesium stearate were kneaded with an extruder to prepare pellets of the compsn. Fluidity change with time of the compsn. in molten state was good. @(4pp Dwg.No 0/0)
Prodn. of electrically-conducting 5-membered heterocyclic polymers of formula (I) with conductivity 100 S/cm or above, comprises electrochemical polymerisation of 5-membered heterocyclic monomers of formula (II) in the presence of tetrabutylammonium alkyl sulphate (III) as electrolyte and an organic solvent; M = N, or S (if M = S there is no H or M); R = H, (if M = N) or H or 4-22C alkyl (if M = S); A = anion produced by electrolytic dissociation in the polymerisation cell.    Pref. (II) is pyrrole, thiophene or a thiophene deriv. with 4-22C alkyl in the 3-position, and (I) is the corresp. polypyrrole or opt. substd. polythiophene; solvent is MeCN or propylene carbonate, and (III) is Bu4N dodecylsulphate (IIIA).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process enables the prodn. of a polymer film (I) with excellent electrochemical reversability, high electrical conductivity and excellent mechanical properties (compared with (I) contg. small anions A as dopant). The polymers are useful e.g. in semiconductor elements and solar cells etc. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
High-temp. fuel cells are operated using ion-conducting electrolytes in which hydrogen produced by a carbonaceous charge is introduced on the anode side and oxygen-contg. ions are converted with prodn. of electrical energy. Cathode and anode off-gases are removed and the crude anode off-gas recycled to one or more sections of the hydrogen-producing stage of the process.    Pref. the anode off-gas is recycled hot. A section of the hydrogen-producing process is steam reforming of a carbonaceous charge. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Useful in molten carbonate fuel cells and solid oxide fuel cells. The thermal effectiveness of the whole process is improved. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The electrode is composed of the high polymer cpd converted to linear high polymer in vertical direction (direction of b axis) to the ring through the centre metal phthalocyanines having polyvalent metal element in its centre.    The centre metal element of the phthalocyanine is bonded with thee oxygen gp element. The centre metal of phthalocyanines comprises Ga, Ge, r Si.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the prim and sec cells and capacitor. Charge-discharge characteristic of the sec cell is improved.    In an example, polyphthalocyanine electrode:phthalocyanine iron difluoride was heated at 200 deg C for 18 hrs in vacuum to obtain 140 mg of polyphthalocyanine powder. The powder was mixed with 50 mg of acetylene black, and 10 mg of binder of PTFE (PJ-60 made by Mitsui Fluorochemical KK). 100 mg of the mixt was made to a disk of 18 mm in dia. The disk was used for the anode of a coin type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode is composed of the high polymer cpd converted to linear high polymer in vertical direction (direction of b axis) to the ring through the centre metal phthalocyanines having polyvalent metal element in its centre.    The centre metal element of the phthalocyanine is bonded with thee oxygen gp element. The centre metal of phthalocyanines comprises Ga, Ge, r Si.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the prim and sec cells and capacitor. Charge-discharge characteristic of the sec cell is improved.    In an example, polyphthalocyanine electrode:phthalocyanine iron difluoride was heated at 200 deg C for 18 hrs in vacuum to obtain 140 mg of polyphthalocyanine powder. The powder was mixed with 50 mg of acetylene black, and 10 mg of binder of PTFE (PJ-60 made by Mitsui Fluorochemical KK). 100 mg of the mixt was made to a disk of 18 mm in dia. The disk was used for the anode of a coin type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode is composed of the high polymer cpd converted to linear high polymer in vertical direction (direction of b axis) to the ring through the centre metal phthalocyanines having polyvalent metal element in its centre.    The centre metal element of the phthalocyanine is bonded with thee oxygen gp element. The centre metal of phthalocyanines comprises Ga, Ge, r Si.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the prim and sec cells and capacitor. Charge-discharge characteristic of the sec cell is improved.    In an example, polyphthalocyanine electrode:phthalocyanine iron difluoride was heated at 200 deg C for 18 hrs in vacuum to obtain 140 mg of polyphthalocyanine powder. The powder was mixed with 50 mg of acetylene black, and 10 mg of binder of PTFE (PJ-60 made by Mitsui Fluorochemical KK). 100 mg of the mixt was made to a disk of 18 mm in dia. The disk was used for the anode of a coin type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode is composed of the high polymer cpd converted to linear high polymer in vertical direction (direction of b axis) to the ring through the centre metal phthalocyanines having polyvalent metal element in its centre.    The centre metal element of the phthalocyanine is bonded with thee oxygen gp element. The centre metal of phthalocyanines comprises Ga, Ge, r Si.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the prim and sec cells and capacitor. Charge-discharge characteristic of the sec cell is improved.    In an example, polyphthalocyanine electrode:phthalocyanine iron difluoride was heated at 200 deg C for 18 hrs in vacuum to obtain 140 mg of polyphthalocyanine powder. The powder was mixed with 50 mg of acetylene black, and 10 mg of binder of PTFE (PJ-60 made by Mitsui Fluorochemical KK). 100 mg of the mixt was made to a disk of 18 mm in dia. The disk was used for the anode of a coin type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Solid oxide fuel cell includes parallel, flat-plate laminates (50), one surface of each laminate being covered with an air electrode film (1) and the other being covered with a fuel electrode film (3). Oxidising gas flow passages (8) are arranged between the laminates facing the air electrode film and fuel gas flow passages (7) arranged between the laminates face the fuel electrode film, with air electrode films (6), solid electrolyte films (5) and fuel electrode films (7) interposed between the oxidising and fuel gas passages.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In e.g. power generating systems. Oxidising and fuel gases are supplied in passages, in e.g. a honeycomb structure, without any leakage or mixing. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
In a H2/O2 fuel cell battery, H2/O2 recombination catalysts are in the oxygen entry or exit . lines between oxygen electrode gps. for recombining the hydrogen content of the oxygen gas catalytically with oxygen to form water. Catalysts pref. have temp. sensors and are in heat exchange relationship with the electrolyte flowing through the cells or with the cell-cooling water circuit. Moisture collection may be effected by arranging the catalysts in water vapour exchange relationship with the electrolyte or the circuit. The catalysts pref. comprise gp. VIII precious metal supported on an electrolyte resistant support (e.g. Al203, TiO2 or MgO) which is hydrophobised with PTFE.    ADVANTAGE -   Catalysts prevent enrichment of the oxygen stream, in a cascade-type fuel cell battery, with hydrogen which acts as an inert gas, obtd. water supplied to the electrolyte. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The deflection electromagnet comprises core to form magnetic circuit of the deflection electromagnet, which consist of iron or iron alloy. Slits are formed on the pole-faces, of the core, which face to each other.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The deflection electromagnet is used for generating magnetic field in the high vacuum duct of the synchrotron radiation ray generator. The generator can be made compact. Particles which move round the duct can be made stable for long time to continue the movement. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The process estimates the remaining capacity of the sodium-sulphur battery contg. units of more than one sodium/sulphur battery single cell connected in series connected in parallel (serial/parallel unit), then more than two serial/parallel units are connected in series. The electromotive force and the discharge depth for each serial/parallel unit are assumed from the voltage change immediately after charging/discharging is stopped, and from the difference of the discharge depth between those serial/parallel units, the number of the healthy serial units in each serial/parallel unit is obtained, then by using the discharge depth as the starting point, the discharge depth of each serial/parallel unit is calculated from the amount of the electricity applied to the group battery, and the number of the total healthy serial units in each serial/parallel unit, then the remaining capacity of the group battery is calculated for the obtained biggest discharge depth.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Here, the remaining capacity of the sodium/sulphur battery (group battery) can be accurately and continuously monitored. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
100 pts. wt. of polyolefin is mixed with 50-300 pts. wt. of pelletised metal hydroxide of 1-10 mm in dia. and 0.1-5 kg in compression strength. The mixt. is kneaded with a single kneader or biaxial kneader, a layer coated on the wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of flame resistant wire and cable which does not generate halogen gas on combustion. The wire having good dispersion of metal hydroxide is prepd. at low cost. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
100 pts. wt. of polyolefin is mixed with 50-300 pts. wt. of pelletised metal hydroxide of 1-10 mm in dia. and 0.1-5 kg in compression strength. The mixt. is kneaded with a single kneader or biaxial kneader, a layer coated on the wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of flame resistant wire and cable which does not generate halogen gas on combustion. The wire having good dispersion of metal hydroxide is prepd. at low cost. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP3156858-A)   NOVELTY - A styrene butadiene type rubber is used as a molding support agent during the molding of an electrode or an electrolyte board.    USE - For e.g. molten carbonate type fuel battery.    ADVANTAGE - Prevents degradation in the preservation characteristic of electrolyte board.
In a dry toner comprising a binder resin and a charge controller and having on its surface inorganic fine particles externally added, the charge controller comprises Cr complex dye of formula (I) contg. less than 100 ppm of benzene as measured by GC.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The toner prevents damage of Se photosensitive member and gives a stable image concn. in a long run continuous copying. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity.
The surface of the toner is coated with the mixt. including the opt. substd. fatty acid and vinyl-contg. polymer resin. The coating quantity of the mixt. to 100 pts. wt. of the toner is 1-10 pts. wt.. The quantity of the fatty acid in the mixt. to 100 pts. wt. of the vinyl polymer is 0.5-100 pts. wt..    The opt. substd. fatty acid is e.g. stearic acid, palmitic acid, heptadecylic acid, etc. having 60-150 deg.C. of m.pt.. The vinyl-contg. resin is e.g. polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylic acid, polymethacrylic acid ester, polyacrylic acid ester, polystyrene and polymethyl styrene.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Toner with superior anti-offset and mechanical abrasion-proof properties, is obtd.. Toner of high preversability and high fixing property, is obtd.. Image free from fogging is obtd.. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/1)@
Appts. for producing the most uniform possible temp. distribution on the surface of a ceramic plate of a high temp. fuel cell involves regulating, on at least one side, the streams of gaseous media (O2; CH4) impinging on both sides. This is achieved by placing a distributor element on at least one side between the electrodes and the sepg. plate sepg. the compartments for the gaseous media (O2; CH4), so that the total electrode surface is supplied with streams of media (O2; CH4) with as uniform a temp. as possible.    The distributor element is a plate placed obliquely between the entry edge on the electrode side and outlet edge on the sepg. plate side with openings, the side of which, progressing in the flow direction, is such that all side streams of the gaseous medium used for cooling the electrode surface have the most uniform temp. possible. It is pref. to use 2 diagonal plates forming a wedge. The distributor element and the current collector on both sides can be combined to a single structure, pref. consisting of an oxide dispersion-hardened noble metal alloy based on Au and/or a Pt metal or an oxide dispersion-hardened Ni alloy.    ADVANTAGE -   The appts. is very simple and can be incorporated in a stack of fuel cells. It is esp. suitable for fuel cells arranged like a filter press and can be integrated with other components, e.g. current collectors and sepg. plates. @(17pp Dwg.No.1/8)@?
Catalytic reactor for gas phase chemical reactions comprises (a) a housing extending along an axis from an enclosed first end to an enclosed second end, and having a continuous interior surface, the first end defining an inlet opening for allowing introduction of a gaseous reactant stream to the housing and the second end defining an outlet opening for allowing a gaseous product stream to exit the housing; (b) a bed of catalyst particles disposed within the housing the catalyst particles being catalytically active in the gas phase chemical reaction; (c) a porous support for supporting the bed of catalyst particles within the housing; and (d) a filter, extending across the housing in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the housing and between the catalyst bed and the outlet opening of the housing, for preventing transport of the catalyst particles from the housing in the gaseous product stream.    ADVANTAGE -   The reactor filter pad provides a large fitler surface area relative to the cross sectional area of the reactor, is able to trap a relatively large quantity of particulate debris without clogging and is therefore unlikely to impose a large pressure drop across the reactor. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A fuel cell has means for passing air and fuel streams through the cell, and means for cooling the cell. The cooling means comprises: a first reactive material, capable of undergoing an endothermic reaction within the fuel cell; means for supplying the reactive gas to the fuel cell, the reactive material reacting endothermically within the fuel cell to absorb heat and form reactive prods.; means for removing the reactive prods. from the fuel cell and means for reacting the reaction prods. in an exothermic reaction to discharge the heat absorbed within the cell. Pref.: (i) the reactive material is CH4, (ii) the first reactive prods. are H2 and CO2, (iii) the means for reacting the reactive prods. is a methanator.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Fuel cell cooling using materials which undergo an endothermic reaction within the fuel cell, i.e. to use the heat of reaction to absorb heat within the fuel cell to provide cooling. @(7pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
A photoelectric device, having a structurally supporting back electrode grid, comprises a photoresponsive layer (12) having a front light-receiving surface and back surface and which is 25-100 microns thick. A front electrode (14) is ohmically connected to the front surface and an open back electrode support structure (18), which is 12-125 microns thick and strong enough to minimise breakage of the photoresponsive layer, supports the back of the photoresponsive layer and is ohmically connected to it.    Also claimed is a method of fabricating the device above comprising providing a photoresponsive layer of a given thickness, forming the back electrode open support structure on the back of it, and thinning the layer to 25-100 microns.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A photoelectric device having a structurally supporting open conductive back electrode structure and method of fabricating it (claimed) are provided which are useful in photovoltaic devices and esp. in solar cells. The easily damaged photoresponsive layer is strengthened and made rigid and cells have a higher output and lower weight than conventional cells with less risk of cracking. A 50 micron GaAs cell, e.g., has 36% more power and weighs 43% less than a standard 200 micron Si cell.
A die-formed monolithic honeycomb body to separate or concentrate O2 from air or other gas mixts. is mfd. from an O-ion conductive ceramic and comprises parallel channels which have an electrically conductive coating. The individual channels are hermetically sealed at either the gas inlet face of the monolith or the outlet face to form parallel alternating rows which are sepd. from each other. Voltages are applied separately to the channels connected to the inlet and outlet faces and the gas mixt. is introduced to the openings of the inlet face and O2 is collected from the openings at the outlet face.    Opt. a manifold is connected to each row of channels in the outlet face to collect the O2 and to provide the hermetic seals for channels open at the inlet face; the manifolds are pref. integral with the body. The material of mfr. for the body and the manifold is pref. stabilised zirconia, beta-alumina, mullite and thoria or is pref. stabilised zirconia. The gas is pref. pumped to the inlet and O2 is collected under vacuum. The body pref. operates at over 600 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The ceramic honeycomb design is a more readily portable oxygen concentrator for home use than stacked plate electric cell structures. The entire cell can be mfd. from a single ceramic material to avoid the cracking which occurs when sealing plates at 800 deg.C. Also useful as a fuel cell. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Fluorescent lamp has fluorescent membrane contg.; a) 1st fluorescent material having max. emission wavelength of 440-460 nm, and wavelength range half width of which is 43-80 nm and shown by the formula (Sri-a-b-c-dCaaBabMgc)18(PO4)6Cl2: Eud where a is 0.20-0.40 b is 0.05-0.35, c is 0-0.03, d is 0-0.3 particle chromaticity in CIE chromaticity coordinate satisfying the relation of x is 0.150-0.160 and y is 0.100-0.200, b) 2nd. fluorescent material having max. emission wavelength of 540-560 nm, and c) 3rd. fluorescent material having max. emission wavelength of 600-620 nm, average colour rendering index of the fluorescent lamp in CIE 2nd. edition being 82 or higher.    Pref. b) is LaPO4: Ce, Tb or MgAl(11)O(19): Ce, Tb c) is Y2O3: Eu or Y(PV)O4: Eu.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   When colour rendering index shows 83-92, lumen maintenance factor is 96-99, relative initial luminous flux is 89-93 and colour shift is 0.005-0.0014. Fluorescent lamp is low in price. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Prepn. of Cd oxide powders comprises evaporating molten Cd ingot, having 99.9 wt.% purity and an avoidable impurity, in a furnace, blowing generated Cd vapour into the oxidn. chamber via a nozzle to form Cd oxide, having 1.7-1.9 m2/g of specific surface area and 0.60-0.70 micron of average particle size. The blowing speed of the Cd vapour is 6.5-12.2 m/sec.    ADVANTAGE -   The powder has improved coating property and deg. of activity. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Prepn. of Cd oxide powders comprises evaporating molten Cd ingot, having 99.9 wt.% purity and an avoidable impurity, in a furnace, blowing generated Cd vapour into the oxidn. chamber via a nozzle to form Cd oxide, having 1.7-1.9 m2/g of specific surface area and 0.60-0.70 micron of average particle size. The blowing speed of the Cd vapour is 6.5-12.2 m/sec.    ADVANTAGE -   The powder has improved coating property and deg. of activity. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Prepn. of Cd oxide powders comprises evaporating molten Cd ingot, having 99.9 wt.% purity and an avoidable impurity, in a furnace, blowing generated Cd vapour into the oxidn. chamber via a nozzle to form Cd oxide, having 1.7-1.9 m2/g of specific surface area and 0.60-0.70 micron of average particle size. The blowing speed of the Cd vapour is 6.5-12.2 m/sec.    ADVANTAGE -   The powder has improved coating property and deg. of activity. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Sinterable a perovskite oxide of La1-xAxCr1-yBy03 (where A = Sr and/or Ca; B = Mg and/or Ca. x = 0-1 (1 excluded) and y = 0-1 (1 excluded)) is new. The compsn. contains to 100 pts. of the perovskite oxide, 1.6-9 pts. wt. of a mixt. comprising (by wt) 36.6-84.3 pts. of CuO and 63.4-15.6 pts. of MoO2.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Provides a Ln-chromite based oxide partic. designed for use as interconnector of solid electrolyte fuel cells, heater elements of super-high temp. oxidn. furnaces, electrodes for MHD power generation, etc. having a high density of 93% relative density, at a relatively low sintering temp. of 1200-1400 deg.C. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An Si-thin film formed on a substrate contains mainly Si atoms, 0-8 at% H, and at least one of F, Cl, Br, and I, and impurity elements. In the amorphous phase about 80-100% fine crystal grains are dispersed.    The Si-thin film is made using a gas of SiH or halo silane (SiH0-2X4-1, X= halogen) or their mixed gas with a dopant gas diluted with H2 with 50:1 to 100:1, while electric power of approx. 0.1-0.5 W/cm2 plasma discharge power density is imposed with 5-10 Torr reaction pressure.    USE -   For solar cells as P-type, N-type and I-type (undoped type) Si-thin films. @(14pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
Paste comprises (A) 60-80 wt.% powdery Ag, (B) hardeners of bisphenol F and a potential amine cpd. and (C) epoxy resin which is liq. at room temp. and contains hydrolysable Cl content of up to 500 ppm.    The powdery Ag contains ionic impurities of up to 10 ppm and may take any form of flakes, dendrides or spheres. It is prepd. by mixing relatively coarde particles and fine particles. The bisphenol F is solid at room temp. and acts as a bifunctional hardener so as to provide relatively lower crosslinking density and low elasticity and to mitigate the strain. It increase the viscosity of paste so that it is blended with a potential amine cpd. which has high storage stability and which reduces the viscosity (e.g., adipic acid hydrazide, dodecanoic acid dihydrazide, isophthalic acid hydrazide, p-hydroxybenzoic acid hydrazide or dycyandiamide). The epoxy resin is e.g., diglycidyl ether type which is liq. at room temp. and prepd. by reacting bisphenol A or -F or phenol novolak with epichlorohydrin or vinylcyclohexene dioxide, dicyclopentadiene dioxide, alicyclic diepoxyadipate, n-butyl-glycidyl ether, styrene oxide, phenylglycidyl ether, cresylglycidyl ether, dicyclopentadiene diepoxide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The paste is used for bonding semiconductor elements such as integrated circuits or large scale integrations with Cu-42 alloy, ceramic base board or glass/epoxy base board. It prevents failure of IC by the chip cracks or chip strain caused by the difference of thermal expansion coefft. Cu frame and silicone chips. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Metallic ion liq. source comprises an alloy compsn. consisting of Nb and opt. two elements of Au, Cu, Ge and Ni. The metallic ion source is for obtaining Nb ion beam, using the focused ion beam equipment comprising ion accelerating means, mass spectrometry means, and ion beam focusing means, which generates focused ion beam at required energy of the required ion seed by selectively focussing and accelerating the required ion from the ion source.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The metallic ion liq. source is used for the focused ion beam equipment (FIB equipment) to prepare a Nb system super-conductor device. Nb ion can be directly deposited on the substrate. Nb deposition of up to 0.1 micron can be done with good reproducibility. @(4pp Dwg.No.4/4)@
Metallic ion liq. source comprises an alloy compsn. consisting of Nb and opt. two elements of Au, Cu, Ge and Ni. The metallic ion source is for obtaining Nb ion beam, using the focused ion beam equipment comprising ion accelerating means, mass spectrometry means, and ion beam focusing means, which generates focused ion beam at required energy of the required ion seed by selectively focussing and accelerating the required ion from the ion source.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The metallic ion liq. source is used for the focused ion beam equipment (FIB equipment) to prepare a Nb system super-conductor device. Nb ion can be directly deposited on the substrate. Nb deposition of up to 0.1 micron can be done with good reproducibility.
The proposed equipment comprises a control and signal processing unit, measuring vessels, electrolytic pre-concn. vessel, power supply unit, pumps and auxiliary electrolyte storage vessel.    The sample inlet is connected to the auxiliary electrolyte vessel (2) via the pump (3). The stream to be analysed is passed through a divider (4) and pumps (3). One part of the stream (5) is passed through the anode space of the pre-concn. vessel(s). The other stream is passed through the cathode space of the same vessel. The discharge (10) of the cathode space is connected to drain. The discharge (11) of the anode space is connected to the inlet (12) of the measuring vessel (13), and also via a de-gasser (14) to drain (15). The control and signal processign unit (16) is connected to the first electrode (17) of the measuring vessel (13), also the second electrode (18) and to the reference electrode (24). The power supply unit (15) is electrically connected to the first (17) and second electrode (18) of the measuring vessel (13) and to the cathode (20) and anode (21) of the pre-concn. vessel (9
Solid membrane comprises a mixed metal oxide of perovskite structure comprising: a lanthanide and/or Y; alkaline earth metal(s); Fe; and Ti or TiCr. Mn and/or Co may also be present.    A pref. oxide material contains La, Sr, Fe, Cr and Co; an example is (La)0.2(Sr)0.8(Fe)0.8 (Cr)0.1(Co)0.1(O)x. Cell element comprises O-ion conducting membrane with a (catalytic) conductive coating on one or both surfaces. A specific catalyst used is an S-reducing catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in fuel cells, hydrocarbon conversion cells, aromatic substitution cells and cells for removal of pollutant gases in which O2 is required to be transported across a membrane from an O2-contg. gas to an O2-consuming gas (claimed). Membrane provides enhanced O-ion transport efficiency and improved cell efficiency and conversion rates. @(49pp Dwg.No.1/13)@
Metal complex for producing current in a solar cell comprises an Fe ion bonded to at least one Cl, at least one NH3 and at least one citrate or acetate ligand.    Complex is formed by: reacting NaOH with aq. FeCl3; digesting the resulting soln. for a period; adding ammonium acetate; recovering the resulting red ppte; treating it with concn. acetic acid; adding conc. HCl until the soln. becomes clear; and adding Na acetate to form the desired Fe complex.    ADVANTAGE -   Complexes produce high electrical output in presence of light and also allow electrical power to be stored without need for one electrode to be maintained in darkness. @(48pp Dwg.No.12/17)@
A silicon silver cell has improved stability when exposed to concentrated solar radiation and comprises a body of silicon material (20) having a major surface for receiving radiation together with a series of p and n conducting regions (22,24) for collecting electrons and holes created by impinging radiation. The improvement is effected by forming a passivation layer on the major surface such that the passivation layer comprises, successively a thin first layer of silicon oxide (26), a polycrystalline layer (28) and a thicker second silicon oxide layer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The principles involved can also be used in e.g. polysilicon gate MOS devices. The composite structure provides good anti-reflection properties, the silicon/oxide interface has a low emitter satn. current density, and the doped polycrystalline silicon layer reduces degradation of surface recombination velocity, when the cell is exposed to concentrated sunlight. @(4pp Dwg.No.2,3)@
A lighting tool for vehicle consists of an HID light source, e.g., metal halide lamp, high-pressure mercury lamp, etc. an inner lens made of a glutarimide-modified acryl resin, e.g., polymethylmethacrylate copolymer contg. N-methyl-dimethylglutarimide unit, and an outer lens made of polycarbonate resin.    The glutarimide-modified acryl resin constituting the inner lens consists primarily of glutarimide unit and methlmethacrylate unit in a ratio of 1:9, pref. 3:7 in mole. Also the polycarbonate resin constituting the outer lens has a viscosity average molecular wt. of 18,000-25,000 pref..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The lighting tool to be used in head lamp, etc., for vehicle, etc., and has excellent durability and can effectively absorb and shield great amts. of UV light from HID light source and irradiate stabilised light for long periods. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/8)
Zirconia ceramics is made by firing raw material powder obtd. by calcining a ppte. sepd. from an aq. soln. contg. a compsn. comprising 92-96 mol.% Zr oxide (as ZrO2) and 4-8 mol.% Y oxide (as Y2O3) and 0.5-15 wt.%, based on the compsn. of Al oxide (as Al2O3) into a fired body having up to 40% porosity, and up to 3 microns particle size, and superplastic forming the fired body.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for solid electrolyte for fuel cells, electrochemical oxygen pumps, and oxygen sensors, having excellent oxygen ion conductivity, and dimensional precision. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The anode active material comprises Zn-amalgam powder having true specific density of at least 6.8 before amalgamation.    USE -   Used for anode active material for alkali cells, reducing hydrogen gas evolution in the cells, having high discharge characteristics. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The anode active material comprises Zn-amalgam powder having true specific density of at least 6.8 before amalgamation.    USE -   Used for anode active material for alkali cells, reducing hydrogen gas evolution in the cells, having high discharge characteristics. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Material has (a) a photocarrier generating zone, which generates a photocarrier (I) in a photoconductive amterial with wide band spacing; and (b) a separate (I) transport zone, which transports (I) in a photoconductive material, contg. amorphous Si material, to an electrode to which a suitable potential is applied.    Pref. photoconductive material is based on Si and contains O, N and/or S and also amorphous Si, which inhibits dangling bond formation by a Si atom. Main atom in the (I) generating zone is a Si atom, such that the zone has proximity class 2 of an amorphous Si contg. O, N and/or C and also an atom inhibiting a Si dangling bond; and one end of the bond extending from proximity class 2 is combined with a Si atom of proximity class 1. Pref. Classes 1 and 2 are distributed in a certain microscopic zone so that the ratio H of class 2/class 1 is 0.1-60, class 1 being an 'ocean' and class 2 an 'island'. Size of class 2 is 100 A to 10 microns. Class 1 is activated with a gp. III or V dopant. Any element except O, N or C is used to inhibit dangling bonds in class 1. In class 2, the dangling bond is pref. less than 0.5% of all bonds.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Material is esp. suitable for making a photoconductive drum, photosensor, solar cell or thin film transistor. It has high photoconductivity, a wide band spacing and undiminished mobility.
For direct conversion of heat (150-300 deg.C) into electrical energy, heat from a solar collector (14) is used to drive out H2 from a H store (10), which passes into a high pressure chamber (6), bounded by a proton-conducting solid electrolyte (4), coated with metal foils as electrodes. The H+ diffuses through the metal foils and the electrolyte and recombines with electrons in the low pressure chamber. Electrical voltage is produced between the electrodes. The H2 passes to a second store (13) from which it can be recovered by heat.    ADVANTAGE -   Low temp. system can use solar energy. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Prodn. of ultra-fine grained, high purity, reactive Si from metallurgical Si comprises (a) grinding the metallurgical Si, opt. with addn. of modifying agent(s), to the desired fineness without solid agglomerate formation; (b) subjecting the ground Si, in the presence of modifying agent(s), to wet chemical purificn. with formation of a coarse, rapidly collapsing foam; and (c) washing and drying the prod..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Prod. is useful for prodn. of Si3N4, for powder metallurgical prodn. of high grade ceramic constructional parts and for prodn. of solar cells and semiconductor devices. The process involves reduced grinding and purificn. times, avoids agglomerate formation, restricts surface oxidn. and produces high purity solar cell quality Si. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Solar cell array is mfd. by forming a metal pad on Si spheres mounted in a conductive foil matrix by: forming a cell sandwich of foil matrix, spheres insulating layer and foil; forming apertures in the insulating layer through to each sphere; pressing and heating the cell sandwich; increasing the pressure to fuse the metal foil to the exposed portion of the spheres; and removing excess foil, leaving a metal pad on each sphere.    ADVANTAGE -   The method is simple, efficient and low cost. @(11pp Dwg.No.1a/4)@
A polymer matrix comprises a hydrogel polymer which retains a reactant by forming round the reactant molecules sufficiently intimately to replicate the reactant's molecular shape, without the reactant being chemically attached to, or embedded in, the hydrogel.    Also claimed is a matrix from which the reactant mols. have been removed to leave behind phantom shapes capable of retaining reactant mols. of the same shape.    Retaining a reactant in a polymer matrix comprises (i) combining a reactant, hydrogen monomer and a quenching surrogate in a solvent such that solvation of the reactant and monomer is reduced; and (ii) polymerising the monomer to form a matrix.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The matrix retaining one or more reactant can be used to effect localised reactions and the matrix contg. phantom shapes can be used to separate out a target molecule having the same shape as the phantom shape from mixts. of different types of mols. Suggested areas of applications are batteries, fuel cells, photographic film emulsions, etc.. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Self-fusible magnet wire is obtd. by providing on a conductor an inner fusing layer through a solderable polyester insulating layer having heat resistance classification of F kind or higher and with a heat softening temp. of 250 deg.C. or higher by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtd. by solubilising in an organic solvent a compsn. of: (a) 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin contg. 10-35 wt.% of Br and having a mol. wt. of 10,000 or higher, (b) 25-100 pts. wt. of phenoxy resin having a mol. wt. of 30000-50000, and (c) 10-25 pts. wt. of thermoplastic polyurethane resin, and then providing an exterior fusing layer by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtained by dispersing 5-20 pts. wt. of inorganic cpd. in an organic solvent soln. of a compsn. of: (d) 100 pts. wt. of multicomponent polyamide copolymer having 12 nylon monomer component, (e) 10-40 pts. wt. of phenol resin, and (f) aliphatic polyester resin contg. sulphur and having a mol. wt. of 500-1,500.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Wire is used as winding of deflecting yoke coil. Wire shows a good heat distortion, moisture distortion resistance and dimensional stability. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Self-fusible magnet wire is obtd. by providing on a conductor an inner fusing layer through a solderable polyester insulating layer having heat resistance classification of F kind or higher and with a heat softening temp. of 250 deg.C. or higher by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtd. by solubilising in an organic solvent a compsn. of: (a) 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin contg. 10-35 wt.% of Br and having a mol. wt. of 10,000 or higher, (b) 25-100 pts. wt. of phenoxy resin having a mol. wt. of 30000-50000, and (c) 10-25 pts. wt. of thermoplastic polyurethane resin, and then providing an exterior fusing layer by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtained by dispersing 5-20 pts. wt. of inorganic cpd. in an organic solvent soln. of a compsn. of: (d) 100 pts. wt. of multicomponent polyamide copolymer having 12 nylon monomer component, (e) 10-40 pts. wt. of phenol resin, and (f) aliphatic polyester resin contg. sulphur and having a mol. wt. of 500-1,500.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Wire is used as winding of deflecting yoke coil. Wire shows a good heat distortion, moisture distortion resistance and dimensional stability. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Self-fusible magnet wire is obtd. by providing on a conductor an inner fusing layer through a solderable polyester insulating layer having heat resistance classification of F kind or higher and with a heat softening temp. of 250 deg.C. or higher by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtd. by solubilising in an organic solvent a compsn. of: (a) 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin contg. 10-35 wt.% of Br and having a mol. wt. of 10,000 or higher, (b) 25-100 pts. wt. of phenoxy resin having a mol. wt. of 30000-50000, and (c) 10-25 pts. wt. of thermoplastic polyurethane resin, and then providing an exterior fusing layer by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtained by dispersing 5-20 pts. wt. of inorganic cpd. in an organic solvent soln. of a compsn. of: (d) 100 pts. wt. of multicomponent polyamide copolymer having 12 nylon monomer component, (e) 10-40 pts. wt. of phenol resin, and (f) aliphatic polyester resin contg. sulphur and having a mol. wt. of 500-1,500.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Wire is used as winding of deflecting yoke coil. Wire shows a good heat distortion, moisture distortion resistance and dimensional stability. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An organic thin film is prepd by forming a monomolecular built-up film on a substrate. The monomolecular built-up film contains a porphyrin deriv of formula (1) or (2) where Ar = aromatic hydrocarbon gp opt having a substituent, M = divalent anion contg metal atom as a major constituent, and n = 1-30 integer.    The substrate is pref an electroconductive substrate. Examples of the Ar include benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, etc. Examples of the substituent include methyl, ethyl, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   for use in photodiodes, solar cells, and photosensers. This organic thin film has a high photoelectric conversion function. The porphyrin derivs keep the high photoelectric conversion function even under the presence of the matrix mols. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
An organic thin film is prepd. by forming a monomolecular built up film on a substrate, the monomolecular built up film contains a porphyrin deriv. of formula (1) or (2) where Ar = aromatic hydrocarbon gp. opt. having a substit., N = divalent anion contg. metal atom as a major constit., and n = 3-30 integer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For use in photodiodes, solar cells, and photosensors. This organic thin film has a high photoelectric conversion function. The porphyrin derivs. keep the high photoelectric conversion function even under the presence of the matrix molecules. The substrate is an electroconductive substrate.    Examples of the Ar include benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, etc. examples of the substit. include methyl, ethyl, methoxy, phenoxy, etc. The matrix mol. comprises e.g. arachic acid, stearyl acid, their esters or amides, stearyl alcohol, etc. M is Cu, Zn, In, Al, etc. The substrate is sheets or plates of Al, Au, Ag, etc. sheets or plates of glass and plastics coated with thin film of metals, oxides of In and/or Sn, etc. are very useful.    The thin film is prepared by dissolving the porphyrin derivs. and the matrix mol. in volatile solvents, developing on water surface to form a monomolecular film, reducing the development area of the mol. by moving the portioning sheet and then moving the substrate vertically so that the monomolecular film is transferred onto the substrate. This process is repeated.
The device includes an aperture to adjust the amt. of ion beam generated and is equipped with a section for supplying fluid for forming fluid layer of low volatility at opening of the aperture.    ADVANTAGE -   Size of opening of the aperture can be reduced without damage to the aperture. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/4)
The device includes an aperture to adjust the amt. of ion beam generated and is equipped with a section for supplying fluid for forming fluid layer of low volatility at opening of the aperture.    ADVANTAGE -   Size of opening of the aperture can be reduced without damage to the aperture. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/4)
Thin ceramic layer is deposited on a porous substrate by; supplying a first gas to the front of the substrate and a second to the back during a first period. The first gas diffuses through the substrate, or, after gas tight sealing, moving ionically through the deposited layer, to react with the second gas and then feeding bath gases to the back of the substrate during a second period.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. in mfr. of porous electrodes on a gas-tight solid electrolyte. Inclusion of the second period step increases the rate of deposition and reduces time for which the substrate is exposed to a high temp. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Source powder of oxide superconductor is calcined at low O2 partial pressure, ground, filled in metal tube, extended to 0.001-1.0 mm thickness, heated upto T1 where calcined powder is partially melted, cooled down at 0.01-100 deg.C/min. and thermally treated at 20-150 deg.C below T1 to form an oxide superconductor.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Oxide superconductor with high Jc is efficiently mfd. by this method.    In an example, Bi2O3, SrO, CaO and CuO are mixed at Bi:Sr:Ca:Cu=2:2:1:2, calcined at 850 deg.C for 3 hrs. at 1.2 x 10 power(-1) torr of O2 partial pressure, ground to 8 microns, filled in Ag tube, extended, heated up to T1 held at the temp. for 30 mins. and cooled down to room temp. to form an oxide superconductor with Tc of 93K and 1.4 A/cm2 of Jc. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Source powder of oxide superconductor is calcined at low O2 partial pressure, ground, filled in metal tube, extended to 0.001-1.0 mm thickness, heated upto T1 where calcined powder is partially melted, cooled down at 0.01-100 deg.C/min. and thermally treated at 20-150 deg.C below T1 to form an oxide superconductor.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Oxide superconductor with high Jc is efficiently mfd. by this method.    In an example, Bi2O3, SrO, CaO and CuO are mixed at Bi:Sr:Ca:Cu=2:2:1:2, calcined at 850 deg.C for 3 hrs. at 1.2 x 10 power(-1) torr of O2 partial pressure, ground to 8 microns, filled in Ag tube, extended, heated up to T1 held at the temp. for 30 mins. and cooled down to room temp. to form an oxide superconductor with Tc of 93K and 1.4 A/cm2 of Jc. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Source powder of oxide superconductor is calcined at low O2 partial pressure, ground, filled in metal tube, extended to 0.001-1.0 mm thickness, heated upto T1 where calcined powder is partially melted, cooled down at 0.01-100 deg.C/min. and thermally treated at 20-150 deg.C below T1 to form an oxide superconductor.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Oxide superconductor with high Jc is efficiently mfd. by this method.    In an example, Bi2O3, SrO, CaO and CuO are mixed at Bi:Sr:Ca:Cu=2:2:1:2, calcined at 850 deg.C for 3 hrs. at 1.2 x 10 power(-1) torr of O2 partial pressure, ground to 8 microns, filled in Ag tube, extended, heated up to T1 held at the temp. for 30 mins. and cooled down to room temp. to form an oxide superconductor with Tc of 93K and 1.4 A/cm2 of Jc. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Carbon powder after hydrophilic treatment is immersed in mixt. soln. contg. H2PtCl6, colloid coagulation protector and reducing agent with aldehyde gp. to deposit Pt on carbon using ultra pure water as solvent and washing. Ultra pure water is obtd. by distn., ion exchange and filtration using membrane filter.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Ultra fine Pt particles are dispersed on carbon using ultra pure water.    In an example, 9g of acetylene black is mixed with 400 ml of 10 wt.% HNO3 soln., stirred for 2 hrs. at 50 deg.C filtered, washed with ultra pure water, dispersed in 400 ml of water, added by H2PtCl6 contg. 1g of Pt, O.1M of Na2CO3 and 10 ml of 30 wt.% H2O2, added by O.1M of HCOOH soln., filtered and washed. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
Frame with push button panel prepd. by integral injection moulding of (a) a push button panel point having a solid push button point and (b) an injection moulded rigid frame point. Pref., a skirt point of the button is thin wall, using a thermo elastomer resin at the integral moulding, and the button is made by pressure injection moulding of thermo elastomer resin with muffle painting.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The frame is suitable for TV etc. with improved click property and duration time by integral moulding using thermo elastomer resin and made by simple process.    In an example an index pattern was screen printed on a side of 38 microns thick PET film, a polyester resin binder layer is formed on it and dried to form a transfer sheet. A frame was prepd. by integral injection moulding, a frame pt. by injection moulder having the first injection portion with die using ABS resin at 220 deg.C, and a push button panel pt. by injection moulder having the second injection portion with die using a polyester gp. thermo elastomer resin at 200 deg.C to form a frame with push button panel. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Films comprise three dimensional crosslinked substances contg. Si, B and O as the skeleton.    The inorganic films pref. have a strength in at least one direction of at least 0.1 kg/mm2 and an elongation in at least one direction of at least 5%. The three dimensional crosslinked substances contain 10-50 moles of Si per 1 mole of B, 10-60 wt. % of C, 10-100 moles of CH3- gp. per 1 mole of B and 5-50 moles of Ph- gp. per 1 mole of B and have a molar ratio of CH3-/Ph- of 1/1-10/1. The films have a light transmittance of at least 80% (at least 85%) and a heat contraction at 300 deg.C of below 2% in at least one direction and are 1-500 micro-m thick.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used as bases for magnetic tape, materials for FPC and heat-sensitive transfer, internal decorative materials for air planes, bases for LCD, solar batteries and photodiscs. The inorganic films have good heat resistance. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Thin sheet form C-material is made by mixing and kneading phenol resin showing 15-40 wt% of carbon residue by treating at 1000 deg. C in inert atmos., and carbonaceous filler into varnish, impregnating varnish into cellulose paper into prepreg, laminating and forming, then firing.    rist    USE -   Used for separators for phosphoric acid type fuel cells, with good mechanical and electrical charactetics, and gas impermeability. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrical device is formed by laminating an electrode formulated around Zn oxide and an electron accepting organic substance layer.    Pref., Zn oxide comprises Zn compsn. enriched Zn oxide, or trivalent element-doped Zn oxide. The electron accepting organic substance layer comprises a perylene-based pigment including Pigment red, 179, 190, 149, 189, 123, or pigment brown 26, Pigment orange 43, pigment red 194; an anthraquinone-based pigment including Pigment red 168, 177, Vat yellow 4; flavanthrone-contg. quinone yellow pigment; crystal violet, methyl violet, or malachite green dye; an acceptor cpd. including tetracyanoquinodimethane, tetracyanoethylene, dimethyl dichlorbenzquinone, trinitrofluorenone; a conjugate-based macromolecular including K, or Na-doped polyacetylene, or polythiophene.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrical device finds its application in a photoelectromotive force device (solar battery), light emitting diode, or transistor. The electrical device features (a) No decrease in current density; (b) High current density even if the thin electron accepting organic substance layer is employed; (c) A decrease in short circuit probability caused by pin holes. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
In an electrolyte for electrolytic capacitors, diphenyl-acetic acid as of formula (I) (where R1 and R2 are each (pref. 1-4C) H, an alkyl, or carboxyl group), or its deriv. or salt is used as solute.    Salts are e.g. quat. ammonium salt or tert. amine salt. Usually, the diphenylacetic acid or its derivative or salt is dissolved in a protonic or aprotic solvent such as ehtylene glycol or ethylene glycol-gamma- butylolactone mixture. The solution is further mixed with boric acid or its salt, phosphoric acid or its salt, or polysaccharide such as mannitol, sorbitol or salt, together with other electrolyte or additives.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrolyte for electrolytic capacity such as medium or high-pressure aluminium electrolytic capacity, etc., can withstand wide ranges of using temps. and has greatly improved low-temp. characteristics and life and enables increase of spark voltage, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Partially oxidised alicyclic cpds. (I) (alicyclic alcohol or ketone derivs.) are prepd. by oxidn. of the corresp. alicyclic cpds. (II) with O2 and H2 using a fuel cell system in which metal and/or metallic cpds. are used with conductive materials as a catalyst electrode.    The metal is from gp. IA-VIIIA and/or IB-VIB. The metal cpds. are the halide, nitrate, sulphonate, oxide, hydroxide, phosphate and ammonium cpds.; the mol. ratio of (II)/O2=0.01-100; mol. ratio of H2/(II)=0.01-100; voltage between the electrodes is +10 to -10 V; and reaction temp.=-20 to 200 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   (I) is given in high selectivity in simple and mild operation and at the same time electrical energy is produced. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
(JP3122971-A)      Mn dioxide for lithium prim. cell is produced by (1) neutralising gamma Mn dioxide produced by an electrolytic process or Mn dioxide produced by chemical synthesis process with an aq. soln. contg. Li hydroxide and Li nitrate, (2) heat treating, and then (3) treating with an acid, or by (1') heating gamma Mn dioxide produced by an electrolytic process in an acid soln. in slurry state to obtain beta Mn dioxide, (2') neutralising with an aq. soln. contg. Li hydroxide and Li nitrate, (3') heat treating, and then (4') treating with an acid.    The heat treatment in the step (2) or (3') is pref. effected at 350-450 deg.C for 3-4 hrs. the acid treatment in the step (3) or (4') is effected using sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid or nitric acid for 1-5 days.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The Mn dioxide has good anodic activity, and a Li prim. cell having an improved discharge voltage, and a long discharging time can be obtd.. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
A photoelectric transfer measurement process, where a counter electrode is placed at a certain interval (about 100-5000 times of the membrane thickness of the following purple film) from a transparent electrode where an orientation purple film is provided on the surface) and a closed circuit is formed between the transparent electrode and the counter electrode and the electric current running in the closed circuit is measured when the light enters the purple film.    Pref. the purple film is a two dimensional crystal aggregation of protein bacteriorhodopsin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The photoelectric transfer function of the purple film formed on the transparent electrode can be measured with high sensitivity, with little measurement errors and without damaging the sample. The orientation capacity of the sample can be compared by the photoelectric transferring value. The photoelectric transfer system can be used as a new photoelectric transfer device. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Prodn. of vinyl carboxylate (A) by fuel cell system comprises (1) setting catalyst electrodes on an ionic conductor and (2) contacting one electrode with an olefin (B) and a carboxylic acid (C), and the other electrode with an oxidising cpd..    In the presence of water in the system, vinyl carboxylate is produced with carbonyl cpd. (B) is ethylene, (C) is acetic acid, (A) is vinyl acetate, and the carbonyl cpd. is acetaldehyde.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Vinyl carboxylate being useful as paint material, adhesives material, etc. can be produced with easy sepn. of prod. and catalyst without by-prods. use of chlorides or the danger of explosion by mixing a combustible feed with O2, while utilising electrical energy from the system as required. Vinyl carboxylate can be obtd. with acetaldehyde in a wide range of ratio by controlling reaction conditions. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The method comprises: (1) setting catalyst electrodes (A) on an ionic conductor, and (2) contacting one electrode with hydrogen-donor, and the other electrode with an aromatic cpd. and O2 to obtain partial oxide of the aromatic cpd. by fuel cell system.    Pref. (A) comprises (a) metal(s) and/or (a) metallic cpd(s). and a conductive material. The metals belong to 1A, 2A, 3A, 4A, 5A, 6A, 7A, 8A, 1B, 2B, 3B, 4B, 5B and /or 6B in the periodic table. the metallic cpds. are halides, nitrates, sulphates, oxides, hydroxides, phosphates and/or ammonium salts. The hydrogen-donor is the mol. of hydrogen.    ADVANTAGE -   A partial oxide such as phenols or quinones can be produced from an aromatic cpd. and O2 in single step without auxiliary materials and much by-prods. It can be performed efficiently in a simple and smaller reactor under very mild conditions without the danger of explosion by direct-mixing O2 with H2, while utilising electrical energy from the system as required. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Reactor includes a number endothermic reaction units in adiabatic vessel. Reacting chamber is defined between inner and intermediate concentric cylinders of reactor vessel, and space is defined between intermediate and outer concentric cylinders. Space is communicated with raw gas inlet side and reaction prod. gas outlet side of catalyst-filled reactor chamber in reaction unit. Space is axially divided into two sections by flanged partition plate to define raw gas preheating chamber and regenerating chamber communicating with inlet and outlet sides, respectively. Bottom-provided lid covers combustion chamber from side opposite to burner, and defines combustion gas path on outer peripheral side of preheating chamber. Raw gas passing preheating chamber is heated to given temp. with thermal energy of combustion gas passing combustion gas path.    ADVANTAGE -   Heat energy of combustion gas can be fully utilised. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The solar battery comprises photoelectric conversion layers having different photo-responses respectively, which are formed on one surface of a prism. The photoelectric conversion layers are arranged corresp. to the wave length ranges of the lights dispersed with the prism.    ADVANTAGE -   Out-put power and stability in continuous operation of the solar battery are improved.    In an example, a translucent Al conductive layer (1) was formed on the bottom surface of the prism (4) by deposition in vacuum. Three kinds of CdS's were deposited to form the photoelectric conversion layer (2). Namely, CdS to the 2-i position, CdS:Ag to the 2-ii position, and CdS:Cu to the 2-iii position. Gold electrode (3) was deposited on the photoelectric conversion layer to complete the solar battery. 10 batteries were connected in parallel to form the solar battery module. In the test results on the module, conversion efficiency, open-circuitt voltage, and short-circuit current of the module are improved as opposed to results obtd. using the batteries without the prism system. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
Producing raw materials for a reformer by cracking and desulphurising petroleum fuels in a desulphuriser, in a fuel cell electricity generation process, comprises cracking and desulphurising the fuel at 300-600 deg.C, 1-10 kg/sq.cm pressure, H2/oil ratio 500-2000, and SV of 0.5-4/hr., using a zeolite or metallosilicate catalyst as desulphurising catalyst.    Pref. the system comprises a desulphuriser, an adsorber, a reformer, a converter or gas sepn. membrane, and a cell.    ADVANTAGE -   The load for the reforming catalyst is reduced by using a desulphurising catalyst having a cracking function, so that a greater variety of raw material fuels may be used. Content is reduced to 1 ppm or less and cracking rate is 10-70%. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
System includes a desulphuriser, an adsorber, a reformer and a fuel cell, reformed gas from the reformer being treated with a non-porous gas sepn. membrane comprising a polymer in place of a conventional shift converter, at a temp. of 50-150 deg.C and pressure 2-10 kg/sq.cm. to separate CO contained in the reformed gas. The membrane is pref. a polyimide.    The fuel used is methanol, natural gas, kerosene, naphtha or LPG. It is desulphurised using a desulphuriser catalyst at 400 deg.C or lower and pressure 10 kg/sq.cm. or lower to reduce S content to 1 ppm or lower. The reformer operates at 700-850 deg.C, pressure up to 10 kg/sq.cm., and mol ratio H2O/C of at least 2 and a space velocity of 0.5-4.0 per hr. The gas produced in the reformer comprises (in vol.%): 65-80% H2, 5-20% CO and 5-25% CO2.    ADVANTAGE -   Need for high and low temp. shift converters and their control systems is avoided. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
A device is claimed which comprises (A) a substrate; and (B) a film-forming continuous phase comprising a charge transport cpd. and finely divided conductive particles dispersed in the continuous phase. The continuous phase can be of an insulating film-forming binder having the charge transport cpd. dissolved or dispersed in it or a film-forming binder can form both the film-forming continuous phase and the charge transport cpd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The device can be used e.g. as ground planes for photoreceptors or electrographic imaging members, as solar cell electrodes, as electric shielding for electronic devices or as a stable electrode for electronic devices. The conductive layer is humidity insensitive and the device can provide an extended life electrostatographic imaging member of high dark stability which allows photodischarge with low residual voltage during cycling. The device is easily mfd. and has a ground plane layer resistant to disturbance or dissolving by components of subsequently applied layers. @(35pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Prepn. of a device comprising a continuous, semi-transparent conductive layer comprises (i) applying to a substrate a coating comprising a dispersion of conductive particles of average size less than 1 micron and having an acidic or neutral outer surface in a basic soln. comprising a film-forming polymer dissolved in a solvent; and (ii) drying the coating to remove the solvent.    A device prepd. as above is also claimed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For prepn. of electrically conductive devices, e.g. transparent ground planes for photoreceptors, semi-transparent electrodes in solar cells, EMI shielding. The conductive layer is semi-transparent and is stable over a wide humidity range. The conductive particles are uniformly dispersed. @(35pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The digitised and modulated assembly to store and deliver solar energy, using hydrogen-oxygen fuel cells, has a display wall with plug modules to carry the four main elements at right angles to the wall for electrolysis, gas storage, fuel cells and output and the remote units for a conference hall auditorium without additional wiring, giving clear monitoring and simple deployment in the plug module structure. The leading wall carries only the gas guide tubes as connections between the electrolysers, gas storage and fuel cells. The digital meters are integrated into the leading wall above their units with 13mm digital displays which can be read into the leading wall above their units with 13nm digital displays which can be read at a distance of 15m. The rear wall contains the total wiring for the meters, LEDs, supply current for the electrolysers/fuel cells/motors and a solar generator to supply the digital meters. The assembly provides solar cell module generators for the photo-voltage current supply for the electrolysers and LEDs, LED light as the gas path indicator, electro-motor consumption simulators, digital meters powered by separate solar generators, and a digesting assembly.    As a pilot project for precise measurement and studies of the photo-voltage oxygen storage and current flow resumption processes, for forecasts and budgets for solar energy projects, as future model power stations with environmental damage, for presentations in exhibitions, conferences and in education.    ADVANTAGE -   The mobile wall assembly converts light falling on the solar cells directly into current to break water down into its oxygen and hydrogen constituents for storage, and the chemical energy in the stored hydrogen is used for current through the hydrogen fuel cells. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Prodn. of a photovoltaic solar generator, consisting of solar cells which have contact elements extending across their width and which form a shingled assembly embedded in hot melt adhesive foils between a support and a cover, comprises (a) coating the contact elements with a contacting paste which, on low temp. vacuum treatment, produces an electrical connection between the overlying contact elements of adjacent cells; (b) assembling the cells on an adhesive foil on the support so that adjacent contact elements are loosely bonded together by the paste; (c) electrically connecting the edge regions of the shingled assemblies and providing electrical terminals; (d) covering the assemblies with a second adhesive foil and a cover; and (e) subjecting to low temp. vacuum treatment to produce an electrically conductive bond between the contact elements and, immediately afterwards, to cause mechanically rigid bonding of the support, the adhesive foils, the solar cells and the cover to obtain a solar cell, generator.    ADVANTAGE -   The process has a reduced number of steps and allows prodn. of curved or domed generators. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The adhesive comprises a polysilazane type polymer as ceramics precursor and an inorganic filler of at least submicron size.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The adhesive does not fuse even at 1000 deg.C and is used in sealing material esp. for solid electrolyte type fuel cell.    In an example 1 pts. wt. of resinous perhydropolysilazane synthesized from dichlorsilane and pyridine in xylene, 4.5 pts.wt. of Al2O3 of 0.3 microns dia. were mixed and dispersed by ultrasonic wave to prepare the adhesive. The adhesive was brushed and baked at 600 deg.C for 2 hr on an alumina board. The adhesive was not fused at 1000 deg.C and the adhered layer was observed to be an amorphous silicon nitride. Between piled unit cells and a manifold and between a zirconia solid electrolyte and collector electrode were sealed with the adhesive to change to ceramics at 600 deg.C as above anda the cell was operated at 1000 deg.C without gas leakage.
Evaporating device includes heat feeding source, heat-emitting face for emitting heat from heat feeding source, heat-receiving space facing heat-emitting face and sprayer for spraying liq. upon heat-receiving face. Heat-emitting face is set perpendicularly. Liq. is evapd. inside heat-receiving space.    ADVANTAGE -   Evaporating device can be used for on-site type fuel cell. @(9pp Dwg.No. 0/9)
Semiconductor device comprises semiconductor element eg
Reaction cell comprising Cell 1 and Cell 2 sepd by a thin film of Fe3O4 is used at a temp. of 100 - 400 deg.C CO2 is passed through Cell 2 at a constant velocity, and air and H2 are alternately passed through Cell 1 at a constant interval, while an electric current is taken from Cell 1 during passing of air through Cell 1.    Also claimed is the appts. which has graphite cloth electrodes having Pt terminals on both sides of the Fe3O4 thin film to lead out electric current.    The Fe3O4 thin film is pref prepd by the ferrite plating method. H2 and air are passed at an interval of 5 - 30 mins.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for decomposition of CO2 for protecting the global environment and simultaneously producing an electric current. The generated electricity may be used for electrolysis of water to obtain H2. The C deposited on the electrodes may be burnt as a fuel. Fossil fuels may be replaced with the recycled C.    @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
A molten carbonate fuel cell start-up process, which prevents premature oxidn. of the cathode, comprises providing a metallic cathode and anode with green tapes comprising electrolyte matrix and carbonate between the, and heating the anode to 250-350 deg. C in the presence of an O-contg. gas. Heating is continued to temps. above the m.pt. of the carbonate in the presence of inert gas and 0.5-10 mol.% H2 and the temp. is maintained to allow the carbonate to distribute itself. Oxidant gas then contacts the cathode and fuel gas and anode to start operation.    Also claimed is a process as above comprising heating from 250-350 deg. C to above the m.pt. of the carbonate under the inert gas and H2 as above, with the cell operating temp. being 600-700 deg. C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A start-up process for a molten carbonate fuel cell (claimed) is provided which prevents premature oxidn. of the cathode and ensures good conductivity and faster binder removal. More stable long term cell operation is also obtd.. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A method of applying a continuous, pinhole-free coating of thermoplastic polymer (I) to a porous metal surface in a single coating step, comprises: (a) spraying all of (I) in the form of particles, required to produce the coating in a desired thickness, from a thermal gun at a temp. which will soften only the particles passing through such thaat they adhere but do not completely fuse onto the metal surface, creating a semi-fused, highly porous coating; and (b) heating the porous surface to fuse the coating into an adherent, continuous film.    Prior to step (a), opt. the porous metal surface is coated with a primer (II). (I) is applied in a thickness of about 1-25 mils pref. 5-20 mils and is thermally sprayed at 700-750 deg.F; the spray gun is supplied with a H fuel. The coated metal surface is heated to 750-800 deg.F to fuse the coating.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process is quick, involving min. labour. It provides corrosion protection for metals and also reduces friction between sliding metal pts. The coating is esp. suitable for a fuel cell manifold. @(6pp)@
Appts. for extinguishing fire in sodium-sulphur battery, comprises one or more cases contg. plural sodium-sulphur battery, inlet and outlet of introducing and removing fluid for controlling temp. in the case, inlet for introducing extinguishing agent into the case, outlet of extinguishing agent for removing the agent from the case, bulb for controlling introduction and removal of the agent for controlling temp., bulb for extinguishing agent for introducing the agent into case, bulb for removing extinguishing agent from the case, means for detection of fire, and means for closing the bulb for controlling temp. and opening the bulb for extinguishing agent. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Method comprises introducing into a case contg. gp. of Na-S batteries many spherical particles which are inert to the active ingredients in the battery and substances produced upon the fire, which is not hygroscopic and is insulating.    Pref. the particle is made of ceramics. The ceramic has particle size of 0.2 to 2.0 mm. The ceramic includes alumina, zirconia, crystabalite, cogelite, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The ingredients can get heat of Na and S cpds. and prevent reaction of O and H2O. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/8)
Extinguishing fire in sodium-sulphur battery, comprises introducing into case of gp. of batteries composed of sodium-sulphur such oil having higher ignition point than the m.pt. of the active ingredients of the battery, is inert to the active ingredients and substances produced upon the fire and has insulating property.    The present oil can absorb heat of sodium and sulphur cpd. and prevent reaction of oxygen and water. The oil includes mineral oil, alkylbenzene, polybutene, alkyl naphthalene, alkyl diphenyl ethane, silicone oil, etc. Inert gas is introduced into the case. The gas includes helium, argon, nitrogen, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
When processing a grid used for generating plasma in dilute gas and for extracting ions from gas polishing, ion irradiation, sand blasting and/or laser beam irradiation are performed.    ADVANTAGE -   The grid thus formed can provide more than double density of ion current to improve etching efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
When processing a grid used for generating plasma in dilute gas and for extracting ions from gas polishing, ion irradiation, sand blasting and/or laser beam irradiation are performed.    ADVANTAGE -   The grid thus formed can provide more than double density of ion current to improve etching efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
When processing a grid used for generating plasma in dilute gas and for extracting ions from gas polishing, ion irradiation, sand blasting and/or laser beam irradiation are performed.    ADVANTAGE -   The grid thus formed can provide more than double density of ion current to improve etching efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
When processing a grid used for generating plasma in dilute gas and for extracting ions from gas polishing, ion irradiation, sand blasting and/or laser beam irradiation are performed.    ADVANTAGE -   The grid thus formed can provide more than double density of ion current to improve etching efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
When processing a grid used for generating plasma in dilute gas and for extracting ions from gas polishing, ion irradiation, sand blasting and/or laser beam irradiation are performed.    ADVANTAGE -   The grid thus formed can provide more than double density of ion current to improve etching efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Fuel reformer includes a reaction tube through which fuel gas is passed, a surface combustion burner for heating the reaction tube, a block body filled in the reaction tube and having parallel through holes defined by partition walls, and reforming catalyst carried on the surface of the block body. At least one end surface to which through holes are opened is not orthogonal to the axial direction of the through holes.    ADVANTAGE -   Honeycomb structural body may be uniformly heated. @(9pp Dwg.No./12)
Fuel reformer has bottom-closed reaction tube through which fuel gas is flowed, flowing pipe with tip opening inserted into bottom portion of reacting tube, and pellet-like catalyst filled around flowing pipe inside reacting tube. Surface combustion burner is extended around reacting tube in longitudinal direction.    ADVANTAGE -   Pellet-like catalyst can be uniformly and rapidly heated. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/9)
The surface of a crystalline silicon base plate of (100) facial orientation is scarred with fine diamond particles, alumina or silicon carbide and then subjected to an anisotropic etching exploiting the difference in the etching rates for different crystalline orientations, whereby plural indentations of inverted pyramidal shape are formed.    ADVANTAGE -   Useful for preparing a mother plate of base plates for graphoepitaxial applications. The large size of the multi-pyramidal texture, enables prepn. of solar cells with a large surface area of uniform texture.    In an example, a p-type crystalline silicon base plate of (100) facial orientation 20 mm x 20 mm x 2 mm is size was subjected to an alkaline etching. When the surface was scarred under the conditions: 10 carats of diamond particles 8-16 um across per 300 cc acetone with application of ultrasonic vibrations 45 Hz, 60 W, treatment time 30 minutes, followed by ultrasonic rinsing successively in trichloroethylene, acetone and isopropanol, then by 10% hydrofluoric acid etching preliminarily, pyramidal pits 0.1-2 um, average 0.9 um, on sides, resulted. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The glass product has a transparent electroconductive film having 0.5-200 K-ohm/cm2 surface resistance on the surface, and has at least 0.75 vertical emittivity.    USE -   For cover glass of solar cells for space, and heat controlling mirrors being applied on the surface of artificial satellites for increasing heat emission. @(3pp)
Fuel reformer has honeycomb porous body with first flow path comprising numerous independent through channels surrounded by partition walls, second flow path isolated from first flow path by partition walls and defined by connection walls connecting adjacent partition walls, reforming catalyst carried on one of inner walls of first and second flow paths, and contacting combustion catalyst other inner wall of first and second flow paths.    ADVANTAGE -   Fuel gas can be reformed to reformed gas. ' @(7pp Dwg.No.1/9)
Etching liq. comprises hydrazine (1) or mixed liq. (2) of hydrazine and ethylene diamine, and at least 1 inorganic alkali.    Pref. the inorganic alkali comprises KOH, NaOH, or LiOH.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for etching polyimide resin film for a flexible printed circuit, etc. A polyimide resin film may be rapidly etched. Biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid polyimide may be etched.    In an example, (1) 100 pts. wt. of hydrazine and 25 pts. wt. of KOH were mixed to prepare the etching liq. The etching rate on pyromellitic acid polyimide film was 35 microns/min. as opposed to 10 microns/min. for the liq. without the alkali. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A radiation-resistant, single crystal monolithic tandem photovoltaic solar cell comprises an InP substrate (15) on which is a GaO47 InO53As photoactive sub-cell (20) with a homojunction (20A). On this is a second such cell (10) of InP including a homojunction (10A), the GaInAs and InP being lattice-matched and the second sub-cell having a larger band gap than the first.    Also claimed is a method of making the cell above comprising epitaxially depositing a layer of Ga0.47In0.53As on the InP substrate so that a homojunction is provided and epitaxially depositing a layer of InP on this, again providing a homojunction, with the layers being lattice matched.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A single crystal, monolithic tandem photovoltaic cell (claimed) is provided, which is highly radiation-resistant and efficient and has an improved power-to-mass ratio. The cell is useful for space power applications giving degradation-free operation, and the tandem cell is esp. useful.
A thin, lightweight solar cell assembly (10) having front contact metallisation comprises a cover glass (24) adjacent to the front surface (20) of the cell with contact metallisation (28,30) between the two which is embedded in both cover glass and cell to give a smooth interface. There is a means (26) for refracting incident light (34) away from the metallisation.    Also claimed is a cell as above also comprising means for recessing the metallisation in the cell and cover glass facing surfaces to give a smooth interface for electrostatic bonding and several grooves in the glass for refracting light away from the metal.    Further claimed is a method of making a solar cell assembly of a semiconductor wafer as above comprising forming p+ and n+ regions in the wafer surface by diffusing dopants, forming the triangular grooves in the cover glass, masking the wafer and opposite cover glass surface, and forming recesses in the masked surfaces,. Metal contact material is deposited into the recesses to give a smooth interface, the filled recesses aligned, the cover glass and wafer joined by electrostatic bonding and the opposite surface of the wafer covered (32).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A solar cell assembly (claimed) which is thin, light weight and has improved positioning of metal contacts and improved bonding between cell and cover glass is provided. All contact metallisation is in the incident surface but none of it protrudes. Current carriers are less likely to be trapped by defects in this configuration which makes it useful for space radiation environments. @(9pp Dwg.No. 1/25)@
Amorphous Si-thin film is made on substrate by feeding reaction gas into vacuum vessel and by plasma, in which, upon heating substrate, plasma is generated during low-radiation heating from radiant heat source, and generation of plasma is stalled during high-radiation heating from the source. Mfg. unit has radiant heat sources, at least one of freely open and close shutter at front of heat sources, and substrate cooler in vacuum vessel.    USE -   For amorphous Si-thin film used for solar cells, photosensors, and liq. crystals. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/8)
Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP3105867-A)   NOVELTY - A pair of gas diffusion electrodes are separated through a carbonate electrolyte layer which contains barium carbonate with 1-20 mol%. The gas diffusion electrode contains 0.1-5 mol% of magnesium oxide.    USE - Molten carbonate type fuel battery.    ADVANTAGE - Prevents loss of lithium ion in NiO cathode due to short circuit to eliminate reduction in electricity generation characteristics.    DETAILED DESCRIPTION - The electrolyte holder that holds the carbonate electrolyte layer integrally, has a hole with a diameter of less than 1 microns.
G1
The fuel-cell (10) contains at least one electrolyte chamber (24) filled with a proton conducting liquid electrolyte which is separated by metal membranes from at least 2 electrode chambers filled with electrode material. The feature is that the membranes (12,14,16) consist of hydrogen permeable material through which both ions and electrons are conducted.    The metal membranes consist of pref. of V, Ti or Ta. At least one of the electrodes contains a Li-Na alloy, at least one other electrode contains H2-electrode material. One or both of the electrode types contain pref. also an additive in the form of a LiJ-KJ eutectic mixture. The H2-electrode chamber pref. contains a catalyst such as VH0.2+X, UH3, TiH2 or ZrH2. The electrolyte in the chamber (24) between the electrodes is pref. a mixture of LiCl, KCl and LiH.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The use of the H2 permeable membranes prevents operating problems which exist with conventional cells such as shorting of the electrodes by dissolved Li-ions. The cells become rechargeable by decompsn. of the LiH formed with heat and returning the Li and H2 to the opposite electrode chambers. The conversion efficiency of the cell is high at 70%. The cells can be used to convert solar energy. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Reforming catalyst in methanol reformer is heated, supplied with steam and methanol and reduced with H2 produced by methanol decomposition. The methanol feed is controlled within the heat-resistant temp. of the catalyst, using temp. sensors at several places. The reducing operation is shut down when the catalyst temp. at the outlet of the reformer falls below its burning temp..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Reducing temp. is properly controlled by temp. sensors. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
The insulated wire comprises polyamideimide ester resin which is applied on a conductor directly or through the other insulating layer, and baked.    The polyamideimide ester resin comprises a mixt. of; (A) (a) polycarboxylic acid consisting of aromatic tribasic acid or its deriv. which contains at least 5 mol% of dibasic acid or its deriv., and 0.5-5 mol% of monobasic acid or its deriv., to the total acid content, (b) resin component formed by reaction of polyisocyanate or its deriv. in phenol solvent in presence of polyamide resin at the equiv. ratio of approx. 1:1; (B) aromatic polyisocyanate masked with phenols; and (C) tris(2-hydroxylethyl) isocyanurate modified polyesterimide resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyamideimide ester resin and insulated wire with it are used for a coolant-resistant motor. Coolant oil resistance (resistance to blister generation) of the wire is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The insulated wire comprises polyamideimide ester resin which is applied on a conductor directly or through the other insulating layer, and baked.    The polyamideimide ester resin comprises a mixt. of; (A) (a) polycarboxylic acid consisting of aromatic tribasic acid or its deriv. which contains at least 5 mol% of dibasic acid or its deriv., and 0.5-5 mol% of monobasic acid or its deriv., to the total acid content, (b) resin component formed by reaction of polyisocyanate or its deriv. in phenol solvent in presence of polyamide resin at the equiv. ratio of approx. 1:1; (B) aromatic polyisocyanate masked with phenols; and (C) tris(2-hydroxylethyl) isocyanurate modified polyesterimide resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyamideimide ester resin and insulated wire with it are used for a coolant-resistant motor. Coolant oil resistance (resistance to blister generation) of the wire is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The insulated wire comprises polyamideimide ester resin which is applied on a conductor directly or through the other insulating layer, and baked.    The polyamideimide ester resin comprises a mixt. of; (A) (a) polycarboxylic acid consisting of aromatic tribasic acid or its deriv. which contains at least 5 mol% of dibasic acid or its deriv., and 0.5-5 mol% of monobasic acid or its deriv., to the total acid content, (b) resin component formed by reaction of polyisocyanate or its deriv. in phenol solvent in presence of polyamide resin at the equiv. ratio of approx. 1:1; (B) aromatic polyisocyanate masked with phenols; and (C) tris(2-hydroxylethyl) isocyanurate modified polyesterimide resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyamideimide ester resin and insulated wire with it are used for a coolant-resistant motor. Coolant oil resistance (resistance to blister generation) of the wire is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The capacitor comprises an anode and cathode, composed of an organic semiconductor having a polyacene structure, a separator, organic electrolyte, anode side casing, and cathode side casing. The anode and the cathode are attached to the inner surfaces of the anode side casing and the cathode side casing respectively with conductive paste principally consisting of colloidal graphite.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Storage stability e.g. internal resistance stability, at high temp. and high humidity is improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)'
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP3101058-A)      The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP3101057-A)      The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt..
Plate type reformer assembly is for reforming hydrocarbons such as methane in the presence of steam composed of stacked plate-type reformers. The reformer assembly comprises (a) masking frames integrally mounted on peripheries of plate members to define a fuel introduction plate (fuel feeding plate); (b) a combustion chamber plate filled with combustion catalyst; and (c) a reforming chamber plate filled with reforming catalyst; in which (d) fuel feed ports are formed in the masking frame of the fuel introduction plate; (e) several dispersion openings are formed in the plate member of the combustion chamber plate; (f) an air feeding port and an exhaust gas discharging port are formed in the masking frame of the combustion chamber plate; (g) a raw material gas feed port and a reformed gas discharge port are formed in the masking frame of the reforming chamber plate; and (h) these plates are stacked in turn and the peripheries of the plates are welded to each other thereby defining a multi-layer unit; and (i) manifolds for the gas feeding and discharging ports are aligned and mounted on lateral faces of the multi-layer unit.    ADVANTAGE -   The plate-type reformer assembly has gas feeding and discharging ports which are simple and require only simple sealing. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
Fuel cell power plant comprises: an H2/C oxide-consuming fuel cell (2) with an anode compartment (2a) and cathode compartment (Zc); feed gas supply (8,10,12) to the anode; compressor (41) for supplying the cathode with compressed oxidant (44); system (46,50, 42) for recycling fuel cell exhaust to the cathode; a methanation unit (9) for the H2/C oxide supply (4); reforming catalyst (13) for reforming the methanated gas to anode process gas (14) by absorbing waste heat from the cell.    ADVANTAGE -   System reduces cooling demands on the fuel cell and simplifies the cathode gas supply loop. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Fuel cell power system comprises a stack of molten carbonate fuel cells with separators and cooling plates, the latter contg. passages for raw material gas for reformation (which also acts as cooling gas), the passages contg. reforming catalyst. External reformer (37) includes combustion section (39) and reforming section (38). Stack cooling gas line (45) is connected to cooling plate passages. A line (50) feeds raw material gas to reforming section (36). An anode gas feed line (52) feeds reformed gas from the passages and from the reforming section (38); and anode gas exit line (53) supplies the combustion section (39). A cathode gas feed line (55) supplies exhaust from combustion section (39) and air (A); and cathode exit line (56) discharges the cathode gas.    ADVANTAGE -   System is internally reforming but does not allow the reforming catalyst to contact the carbonate; easy control of stack temp. is facilitated and power generating efficiency is high. @(19pp Dwg.No.0/1)
High temp. stable, optically transparent, low dielectric aromatic polyimide is prepd. by chemically combining equimolar quantities of an aromatic dianhydride reactant and an aromatic diamine reactant, which are selected so that one reactant contains Si(CH3)2 gps. in its mol. structure and the other reactant contains -CF3 gp. in its mol. structure.    The reactants are chemically combined in a solvent medium to form a soln. of high mol. wt. polyamicacid, which is then converted to th corresp. polyimide.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyimides possess dielectric constants in the range of 2.5-2.8 at 10 GHz which afford a much improved circuit system. Also for solar cells spacecraft antenna etc.
Composite metal wire has a metal plating layer of 0.03-0.3 mmicrons thickness that is sparingly diffusible into a molten solder comprising Fe or Fe-Ni alloy formed on Cu or Cu alloy very fine dia. conductor, and on the outer periphery, a metal layer of at least 0.03 microns thickness, having good wettability to solder.    USE -   For use as a chip coils, or watch coils, preventing diffusion and elution of the conductor into a molten solder. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite metal wire has a metal plating layer of 0.03-0.3 mmicrons thickness that is sparingly diffusible into a molten solder comprising Fe or Fe-Ni alloy formed on Cu or Cu alloy very fine dia. conductor, and on the outer periphery, a metal layer of at least 0.03 microns thickness, having good wettability to solder.    USE -   For use as a chip coils, or watch coils, preventing diffusion and elution of the conductor into a molten solder. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite metal wire has a metal plating layer of 0.03-0.3 mmicrons thickness that is sparingly diffusible into a molten solder comprising Fe or Fe-Ni alloy formed on Cu or Cu alloy very fine dia. conductor, and on the outer periphery, a metal layer of at least 0.03 microns thickness, having good wettability to solder.    USE -   For use as a chip coils, or watch coils, preventing diffusion and elution of the conductor into a molten solder. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite metal wire has a metal plating layer of 0.03-0.3 mmicrons thickness that is sparingly diffusible into a molten solder comprising Fe or Fe-Ni alloy formed on Cu or Cu alloy very fine dia. conductor, and on the outer periphery, a metal layer of at least 0.03 microns thickness, having good wettability to solder.    USE -   For use as a chip coils, or watch coils, preventing diffusion and elution of the conductor into a molten solder. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Fuel reformer includes burner (2), cylindrical partition wall (4), reforming pipe (13) with catalyst layer (14), burner cylinder (21), and burning cylinder (22) erected from bottom of kiln vessel (1).    ADVANTAGE -   Even when flame from burner is long, flame is prevented from going out from path for combustion gas path. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Semiconductor growing appts. includes melting crucible 15, partition plate 14 dividing crucible 15 into chambers, A, B and communicating portion 18 through which melt 20 is movable between chambers A, B. Partition plate 14 is movable and when raw material is to be melted, partition plate 14 is pulled up to widen communicating portion 18. When single crystal is to be grown from melt, partition plate 14 is lowered to narrow communicating portion 18.    ADVANTAGE -   Semiconductor having uniform compsn. free from dislocation can be obtd. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
(JP3095869-A)      Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material.
(JP3095868-A)      Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material.
Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
CRT panel comprises a glass substrate, and an optical multi-layer film formed on the surface of the glass substrate. The outermost surface of the multilayer film has a pattern coating comprising continuous linear translucent conductor in strips or network form, and transparent conductor formed at the portion where the transparent conductor is not formed. @(5pp Dwg.No. 0/8)
CRT panel comprises a glass substrate, and an optical multi-layer film formed on the surface of the glass substrate. The outermost surface of the multilayer film has a pattern coating comprising continuous linear translucent conductor in strips or network form, and transparent conductor formed at the portion where the transparent conductor is not formed. @(5pp Dwg.No. 0/8)
CRT panel comprises a glass substrate, and an optical multi-layer film formed on the surface of the glass substrate. The outermost surface of the multilayer film has a pattern coating comprising continuous linear translucent conductor in strips or network form, and transparent conductor formed at the portion where the transparent conductor is not formed. @(5pp Dwg.No. 0/8)
The part (4) has to conduct current between 2 adjacent solid electrolyte, high temp., fuel-cells which have a flat shape and are arranged in a stack. The fuel cells consist of a solid electrolyte membrane (1), an oxygen electrode (2) and a fuel-electrode (3). The part (4) connects dissimilar electrodes of 2 adjacent cells, forming a conductive hermetic, separating wall (5) between flows of the fuel and of the oxygen medium. The feature is that the part (4) consists of a single sheet of metal which has been folded more than once in such a way that the central part forms the separating wall (5) and the other parts are springy current collectors (6,7) with multiple contacts on the electrodes due to the presence of folds and raised dents.    The collectors pref. extend over the entire electrode surface. They may be of any form, i.e. triangular, square, rectangular, interdigitated and consist of 2 parts which butt onto each other above each electrode and each cover half the electrode area.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The part (4) can be formed in a simple operation, gives a good electrical contact at a temp. of up to 1000 deg. C and has a high conductivity. It can be used both in reducing and in oxidising ambients. The part has a low cost, can be made reproducibly and can be easily exchanged. @(16pp Dwg.No.1/14)@
A high activity, high stability phosphoric acid fuel cell catalyst esp. adapted to oxygen redn. comprises a ternary noble metal alloy Pt(i)Ir(j)X(l), where X is Ti, Mn, Ni, Co, V, Cr or Fe; i is 40-80; j is 20-50 and k is 10-30.    Also claimed is a phosphoric acid fuel cell comprising anode and cathode with acid between them, the cathode comprising the Pt-contg. ternary alloy supported catalyst claimed above.    Pref. X is Cr or Fe.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A phosphoric acid fuel catalyst and cell contg. it (claimed) are provided. The catalyst has increased (10-15%) mass activity and high stability, i.e., 50% less surface area loss in use, than a conventional PtCrCo catalyst. The catalyst may be useful for chemical, pharmaceutical, automotive and anti-pollution applications as well as in fuel cells. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Fuel cell system in which the cell potential is controlled within a max. limit comprises: anode section; cathode section having a max. allowed voltage limit; electrolyte; and a gas supply to the cathode purging it during off-power conditions, causing its potential to be limited below the max. limit. The gas includes a minor (I) and a major (II) component and is supplied by a fixed area ejector injecting (I) into a stream of (II).    Pref. (I) is O2 and (II) is N2.    ADVANTAGE -   Simple, efficient arrangement protects the cell during off-power or non-operating modes. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Particles of irregular shape are rendered spheroidal in a chamber lined with abrasive material with which they are caused to collide repeatedly by an injected stream of gas. Pref. the chamber has a cylindrical abrasive wall and the gas is injected tangentially to cause a vortex; it also has a sifting device so that the size of the discharged prod. is controlled. The lining may be silicon carbide.    An inlet may be provided for fresh particles so that the process is operated continuously.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in prodn. of silicon spheres for use in solar cells according tO U.S. Patent NO. 4691076. efficient DrOdn. Of spheres of controlled uniform size having surface impurities removed. No chemicals required so no disposal problems.
Bonding method of semiconductor substrates is new. Each surface to be bonded of two semiconductor substrates is polished to mirror face. Each polished surface is treated to convert the surface hydrophilic. The prepd. hydrophilic surfaces are directly attached each other, then heat-treated to bond the two semiconductor substrates each other. In the treatment to convert the polished surfaces hydrophilic, treatment of at least one of the polished surfaces of the substrates is done by forming oxidized layer on the surface through reaction with oxygen ion or oxygen radical.    Thickness of the oxidised layer formed is more than 15 Angstrom. In one of the semiconductor substrates before treatment, semiconductor element with metallic circuit is formed at the end surface opposite to the surface to be bonded. (3) The heat-treatment of the closely bonded two semiconductor substrates is done at the temp. corresp. to the temp. for sintering of the semiconductor element. At the heat-treatment, electric field is impressed between the attached surfaces of the two substrates to compensate bending of the substrates by electrostatic force generated between the attached surfaces.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for bonding semiconductor substrates. Required strong bonding strength can be obtd. by heat-treatment at lower temp. than the temp. in conventional method. @(10pp Dwg.No.1a/7)@
Bonding method of semiconductor substrates is new. Each surface to be bonded of two semiconductor substrates is polished to mirror face. Each polished surface is treated to convert the surface hydrophilic. The prepd. hydrophilic surfaces are directly attached each other, then heat-treated to bond the two semiconductor substrates each other. In the treatment to convert the polished surfaces hydrophilic, treatment of at least one of the polished surfaces of the substrates is done by forming oxidized layer on the surface through reaction with oxygen ion or oxygen radical.    Thickness of the oxidised layer formed is more than 15 Angstrom. In one of the semiconductor substrates before treatment, semiconductor element with metallic circuit is formed at the end surface opposite to the surface to be bonded. (3) The heat-treatment of the closely bonded two semiconductor substrates is done at the temp. corresp. to the temp. for sintering of the semiconductor element. At the heat-treatment, electric field is impressed between the attached surfaces of the two substrates to compensate bending of the substrates by electrostatic force generated between the attached surfaces.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for bonding semiconductor substrates. Required strong bonding strength can be obtd. by heat-treatment at lower temp. than the temp. in conventional method. @(10pp Dwg.No.1a/7)@
G1
G1
G1
In a lithium battery consisting of a positive pole composed of a positive polar active substance, e.g., MnO2, etc. a negative pole composed of Li, etc., a separator, and an electrolyte; a three-dimensional network structure material contg. a polyalkylene oxide is used as the separator.    The three-dimensional structure material is pref. a copolymer or resin blend of polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, etc., contg. 50% or less other polymer such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The lithium sec. does not have growth of dendrite and has good heat resistance, mechanical strength, liq. holding capacity, repeating charging-discharging characteristic, and durability. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
In a lithium battery consisting of a positive pole composed of a positive polar active substance, e.g., MnO2, etc. a negative pole composed of Li, etc., a separator, and an electrolyte; a three-dimensional network structure material contg. a polyalkylene oxide is used as the separator.    The three-dimensional structure material is pref. a copolymer or resin blend of polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, etc., contg. 50% or less other polymer such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The lithium sec. does not have growth of dendrite and has good heat resistance, mechanical strength, liq. holding capacity, repeating charging-discharging characteristic, and durability. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
In a lithium battery consisting of a positive pole composed of a positive polar active substance, e.g., MnO2, etc. a negative pole composed of Li, etc., a separator, and an electrolyte; a three-dimensional network structure material contg. a polyalkylene oxide is used as the separator.    The three-dimensional structure material is pref. a copolymer or resin blend of polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, etc., contg. 50% or less other polymer such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The lithium sec. does not have growth of dendrite and has good heat resistance, mechanical strength, liq. holding capacity, repeating charging-discharging characteristic, and durability. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
In a lithium battery consisting of a positive pole composed of a positive polar active substance, e.g., MnO2, etc. a negative pole composed of Li, etc., a separator, and an electrolyte; a three-dimensional network structure material contg. a polyalkylene oxide is used as the separator.    The three-dimensional structure material is pref. a copolymer or resin blend of polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, etc., contg. 50% or less other polymer such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The lithium sec. does not have growth of dendrite and has good heat resistance, mechanical strength, liq. holding capacity, repeating charging-discharging characteristic, and durability. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
When joining film of high polymer electrolyte to electrode the film is held to electrode and inserted into enclosed space. The film is joined to the electrode by hot pressure, and water is supplied to the space.    ADVANTAGE -   Since film is joined to electrode in swelled condition improved joining is achieved, and resistance of the film is reduced and can be used as stabilised cell. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
When joining film of high polymer electrolyte to electrode the film is held to electrode and inserted into enclosed space. The film is joined to the electrode by hot pressure, and water is supplied to the space.    ADVANTAGE -   Since film is joined to electrode in swelled condition improved joining is achieved, and resistance of the film is reduced and can be used as stabilised cell. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Transparent conductor film is treated by heating a Zn-oxide transparent conductor film formed by vapour phase epitaxial method in an inert atmos at 200-350 deg C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For making oxide transparent conductor film low resistivity. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Tyre has tread blocks which are sepd. by circumference-wise grooves and cross grooves. The length of the blocks are at least of two sorts and the same length blocks form a line which crosses the tyre circumference. The parting line of the tyre making mould are placed on any block lines crossing the tyre circumference except the line of the longest length block.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The tyre is made using a segment mould and has improved high speed. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/1)
RuO2 thin film or Ru-oxide thin film of which compsn. ratio of the elements except (0) to Ru being up to 10 at%, is plasma etched using a gas having at least F in the structure.    USE -   For obtaining fine patterns of Ru-oxide thin film in good precision. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The cooker hob includes a heater element comprising a thick-film electrically resistive track (13) printed on an electrically insulating substrate and maintained in heat-transmitting relationship with the underside of the hob plate (19). The latter is in combination with one or more quartz halogen heater lamps (15) located below the hob plate. Increasing lengths of the track can be energised in order to increase the temp. of the hob plate.    The track can be a nickel and glass frit mixture. The resistive track is applied by a screen printing technique.    ADVANTAGE -   Control circuitry is simpler in that series/parallel switching is not necessarily required. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Metallisation pattern is formed on a photo-voltaic cell Si substrate by: subjecting the surface to an H-ion beam to H-passivate the surface and form a damage layer to which immersion-plated metal poorly adheres; and scanning selected portions of the layer with a laser beam to anneal the damage and create a pattern of non-passivated areas to which metals will strongly adhere.    ADVANTAGE -   Method is quick and requires relatively few steps. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Full cell assembly comprises: a cell stack (12) with a flexible conductive membrane (16) at each end in contact with an electrode (50, 58) at multiple spaced locations parallel to the cells; a pressure pad (22, 26) at each end of the stack in contact with the respective membrane; a compressive force (20) acting on the stack via the pads which maintains the membranes in contact with the electrodes at multiple locations; and a bus bar (42, 44) connected to a box-like wall structure (28) integral with each membrane and of greater thickness than each membrane and extending axially of the stack at the outer periphery of the membrane.    Pref. the stack also includes fuel manifolds (32) and air manifolds (35). Each box-like wall has an outward extending flange (40) for reinforcement and sealing. A heater (24) at each end is interposed between the first portion (22) and the second portion (26) of the pressure pad.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. as a molten carbonate fuel cell. (claimed). Structure ensures uniform loading across the plane of the cells during normal operation and transients despite thermal distortions of the pressure plates (20). @(8pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Metal film is deposited using a substrate at least part of which surface has exposed Si.By pretreating it for forming a state on the Si-surface, H atoms are adsorbed and between the end of the pretreatment and the initiation of the deposition process a period during which the temp. of the substrate surface is prevented from rising above 200 deg.C and the partial pressure of steam in the atmos. to which the substrate surface contact is at least kept below 0.01 Pa.    The substrate surface is pref. heated to 350-500 deg.C in an atmos. of up to 10 power(-2) Pa of the partial pressure of steam between the end of the pretreatment and the initiation of the deposition process.    USE -   For forming metal thin film having a good interface property with the surface of a substrate informing electrodes at the contact portion of semiconductor devices. @(11pp Dwg.no.1/7)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
In the solid high polymer electrolytic film appts. applicable for fuel cells, an ozone generator or a water electrolysis appts., a porous anode and a porous cathode are disposed against both side surfaces of the solid high polymer electrolytic film respectively, and for each porous pole surface, a current collector pole is disposed.    ADVANTAGE -   Highly cost saving appts. is gained as the solid high polymer electrolytic film appts. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
The device comprises a cathode and an anode facing each other in a chamber. A subject material is supported on the anode and the cathode is formed of silicon carbide.    USE -   The life of the electrode is increased. The chamber can be cleaned easily. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
A semiconductor is covered with a thin film of a noble metal eg Au, Ag, etc, and then with a soln of a doped long-chain alkylthiophene polymer to form a doped long-chain alkyl thiophene polymer thin film by removing the solvent of the soln of the doped long-chain alkylthiophene polymer, and a solid electrolyte eg as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, polyethylene imine, polyethylene succinate, etc, is interposed between the semiconductor and a transparent electrode eg ITO(indium oxide-Sn). Long-chain alkylthiophene polymer is eg thiophene polymers with an alyl substitution, eg 3-hexyl, 3-octyl, 3-dodecyl, 3-octadecyl, etc, having 6 or more carbons, obtd by electrolytic or chemical polymerisation. The semiconductor is eg single or polycrystal or amorphous type Si, Ga, GaAs, InP, CdTe, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The photoelectrochemical cell is used for conversion of solar energy into electrical energy, has highly stable characteristics and is safely used for long periods. @(3pp dwg.No.0/0)
Ion source has a mechanism for generating plasma by ionisation of a starting gas having fed into a vacuum chamber by DC discharging, and electrodes for drawing out ions from the plasma, in which the anode material for DC discharging is composed of one of Si, metal silicide, or a metal material coated with Si-film., and pref., has a mechanism for cleaning the vacuum chamber by generating H2, F2, or inert gas plasma in the chamber, furthermore, pref. the inner wall of the chamber is an anode for discharging.    USE -   For thin film transistors for liq. crystal display, and thin film magnetic heads, enabling stable actions even in long and continuous operation. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Ion source has a mechanism for generating plasma by ionisation of a starting gas having fed into a vacuum chamber by DC discharging, and electrodes for drawing out ions from the plasma, in which the anode material for DC discharging is composed of one of Si, metal silicide, or a metal material coated with Si-film., and pref., has a mechanism for cleaning the vacuum chamber by generating H2, F2, or inert gas plasma in the chamber, furthermore, pref. the inner wall of the chamber is an anode for discharging.    USE -   For thin film transistors for liq. crystal display, and thin film magnetic heads, enabling stable actions even in long and continuous operation. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
In a device consisting of a solid body (a) (having the properties of an electrical conductor, semiconductor or hole conductor due to mobility of electrons or holes) in contact with a (semi-) solid body (6) (having a polymer matrix in which electric charge transport occurs by ion mobility), the novelty is that electrical or electro-chemical interface resistance between the bodies is reduced by at least one substance capable of forming a redox pair. Either at least one of the two components of the redox pair has lipophilic properties or a further lipophilic component, which interacts with at least one of the redox pair components, is present.    Prodn. of the device involves applying to the solid body (a) either (i) the redox pair-forming substance(s) and then the (semi-) solid body (b); or (ii) the (semi-) solid body (6) which contains the redox pair-forming substance(s) in its polymer matrix.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The device is esp. an ion-sensitive device for determining concns. or activities of anions and cations in aq. media. Interface resistance between the ion-conductive polymeric portion (membrane) and the electron or hole conductor (electrode) is eliminated or reduced. @(12pp Dwg.No.O/O)
Electrode grid is formed on the front of a solar cell substrate comprising a pn junction and a dielectric coating by laer beam patterning the dielectric coating to leave a finger-like electrode pattern of microscopic holes in the dielectric, the holes being spaced from each other by not more than 20 micron. Pref. the pattern is then chemically etched to remove debris and the holes are filled with metal.    ADVANTAGE -   Method is reliable, fast and low cost, and minimises the proportion of the surface occupied by the grid contact. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Appts. comprises a sample changer chamber connected to a vacuum chamber through an exhaust pipe having a valve, which is opened to preliminarily exhaust a gas from the sample changer chamber, using an evacuator attached to the vacuum chamber.    USE -   For X-ray microanalysers. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
Appts. comprises a sample changer chamber connected to a vacuum chamber through an exhaust pipe having a valve, which is opened to preliminarily exhaust a gas from the sample changer chamber, using an evacuator attached to the vacuum chamber.    USE -   For X-ray microanalysers. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
Device is prepd. by (a) forming an impurity region by adding an impurity to single crystal or polycrystal boron nitride and irradiating pulsed laser beams having a wavelength of 70-300 nm, at the impuriti region.    The impurity pref. comprises; Gp. IIa elements including beryllium, or Gp. IVb elements including C, Si, or Ge, pref., Si. The laser beams pref. comprise: excimer laser, or Fs(157 nm), Arf (193 nm), or KrCP (222 nm) laser beam having a pulse width of 5-200 nm/secnd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for transistors, integrated circuits or diodes. The added impurity is activated by laser annealing as well as ion implantation. The use of fixed dope amt. gives the electronic device high controllability. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
Device is prepd. by (a) forming an impurity region by adding an impurity to single crystal or polycrystal boron nitride and irradiating pulsed laser beams having a wavelength of 70-300 nm, at the impuriti region.    The impurity pref. comprises; Gp. IIa elements including beryllium, or Gp. IVb elements including C, Si, or Ge, pref., Si. The laser beams pref. comprise: excimer laser, or Fs(157 nm), Arf (193 nm), or KrCP (222 nm) laser beam having a pulse width of 5-200 nm/secnd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for transistors, integrated circuits or diodes. The added impurity is activated by laser annealing as well as ion implantation. The use of fixed dope amt. gives the electronic device high controllability. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
Device is prepd. by (a) forming an impurity region by adding an impurity to single crystal or polycrystal boron nitride and irradiating pulsed laser beams having a wavelength of 70-300 nm, at the impuriti region.    The impurity pref. comprises; Gp. IIa elements including beryllium, or Gp. IVb elements including C, Si, or Ge, pref., Si. The laser beams pref. comprise: excimer laser, or Fs(157 nm), Arf (193 nm), or KrCP (222 nm) laser beam having a pulse width of 5-200 nm/secnd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for transistors, integrated circuits or diodes. The added impurity is activated by laser annealing as well as ion implantation. The use of fixed dope amt. gives the electronic device high controllability. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
S recovered from H2S in exhaust gas is melted by heating it under reduced pressure (under 750 mmHg) at 130-170 deg C and filtered to form high purity sulphur.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   High purity S is obtd. at low cost by this method. It is applicable to Na-S battery.    In an example, 1.1 kg of crude S is filled in glass filter, heated at 150-160 deg C under reduced pressure (750-710 mmHg) and filtered by glass filter. 1.05 Kg of pure S is yielded. Impurity in it is under 1 ppm. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/6)
In a polymer cell using as a positive pole active substance polypyrrole formed directly on a positive polar electrode by electrolytic polymerisation, the cross-sectional area of the polypyrrole laminated on the electrode as a positive pole active substance should have R value of 1.2 or more; R = (max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/-20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face vertically to the face of electrode)/(Max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/- 20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face in parallel with the face of electrode).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polar sec. cell has excellent output characteristics and lightweight. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
In a polymer cell using as a positive pole active substance polypyrrole formed directly on a positive polar electrode by electrolytic polymerisation, the cross-sectional area of the polypyrrole laminated on the electrode as a positive pole active substance should have R value of 1.2 or more; R = (max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/-20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face vertically to the face of electrode)/(Max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/- 20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face in parallel with the face of electrode).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polar sec. cell has excellent output characteristics and lightweight. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
In a polymer cell using as a positive pole active substance polypyrrole formed directly on a positive polar electrode by electrolytic polymerisation, the cross-sectional area of the polypyrrole laminated on the electrode as a positive pole active substance should have R value of 1.2 or more; R = (max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/-20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face vertically to the face of electrode)/(Max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/- 20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face in parallel with the face of electrode).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polar sec. cell has excellent output characteristics and lightweight. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Working of substrate used in photoelectric transfer device to form V-groove for reducing amt. of light reflected in light receiving side comprises a process to cut light receiving surface mechanically to form grooves, and a process to form the grooves to V-form by etching.    ADVANTAGE -   Multicrystal silicone solar cell having high efficiency can be formed, and by using the substrate light sensor can be obtd. @(4pp dwg.No 2/3)@
Zinc alkaline secondary cell comprises cathode active substance of Zn, and electrolyte of alkaline aq. soln. As corrosion preventive agent for the cathode active substance, polyoxyethylene fatty acid amide of the formula (I) is used. In (I) R = alkyl or unsatd. fatty acid; n = polymerisation deg. of oxyethylene.    ADVANTAGE -   Amt. of Hg for amalgamation of the Zn cathode of the zinc alkaline cell can be reduced. Corrosion resistance of the Zn cathode is improved.    In an example, the Zn cathode was prepd. as follows: Amalgamated Zn alloy powder of 20-200 mesh, contg. 0.02% of In, 0.05% of Pb and 0.05% of Al, was gelatinised with polyacrylic acid in 40 wt% KOH aq. soln. 0.5 wt% to the Zn wt. of polyoxy-ethylene fatty acid amide was added to the Zn cathode, as the corrosion preventive agent. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Zinc alkaline secondary cell comprises cathode active substance of Zn, and electrolyte of alkaline aq. soln. As corrosion preventive agent for the cathode active substance, polyoxyethylene fatty acid amide of the formula (I) is used. In (I) R = alkyl or unsatd. fatty acid; n = polymerisation deg. of oxyethylene.    ADVANTAGE -   Amt. of Hg for amalgamation of the Zn cathode of the zinc alkaline cell can be reduced. Corrosion resistance of the Zn cathode is improved.    In an example, the Zn cathode was prepd. as follows: Amalgamated Zn alloy powder of 20-200 mesh, contg. 0.02% of In, 0.05% of Pb and 0.05% of Al, was gelatinised with polyacrylic acid in 40 wt% KOH aq. soln. 0.5 wt% to the Zn wt. of polyoxy-ethylene fatty acid amide was added to the Zn cathode, as the corrosion preventive agent. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
A solid electrolyte high temp. fuel cell module (1) has several in series connected, flat, solid electrolyte high temp. fuel cells lying on top of one another. Between neighbouring cells there are bipolar wafers (12) contg. a structural element and ensuring gas distribution by means of open channels (14). Bewtwen each wafer is situated a solid electrolyte element treated on one the side with cathodic material and on the other side with anodic material. There are congnient openings on the element (26).    ADVANTAGE -   Module has minimal electrical internal resistance and at the same time is mechanically stable. @(17pp Dwg.No.1-3/12)@
Electrochemical test cell structure comprises a body having an electrolyte chamber (26) extending between side faces and in communication with a reservoir (32). Reactant blocks (14, 16) with chambers (34) and passages (36) for passing reactant in and out are in communication with the chamber (36) via the side faces. Demountable planar electrodes (42) in frames are sealingly mounted between the body and reactant blocks.    The reactant material is pref. gas and the electrolyte. The blocks and body are pref. of transparent plastic material e.g. cast or machined epoxy or acrylic resins or mouldable high impact polystyrene or polypropylene. Pref. the electrode mounts are made of compressible closed-cell foam plastic and sealed by O-rings.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Fuel cell technology. The test cell is easily assembled and disassembled for changing, inspection, etc of the elctrodes, electrolyte or reactant.
A method of sealing and protecting a photocell consists of reaction injection moulding (RIM) an elastomeric material around the cell periphery so as to partly overlap the light receiving surface in the manner of a picture frame. The cell back may be completely covered or framed in a like manner and connection means may be incorporated.    A conventional photocell (10) is loaded into a RIM mould consisting of upper (104) and lower (102) halves with abutting faces (108, 106). The photocell is supported on sealing edges (116) thus defining a mould cavity (112) which extends around the cell periphery and communicates with the back cavity (128). A conventional RIM machine injects material, typically polyurethane, into the sprue (130) which communicates with the cavity via a runner (132) and gate (134), typically 0.03 inch thick. Material flows into the cavity (112, 128) and out over an exit gate (136), typically 0.005-0.010 inch thick, into a dump well (138). Curing and ejection proceeds conventionally. The RIM material may be solid or foamed, and may be reinforced. Separate reinforcing and connector structures may be moulded in. The back of the photocell may be fully encapsulated or framed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Prior art sealing methods required labour intensive and error prone treatment with tape and varnish. RIM materials are especially advantageous for the purpose, due to low moulding temps. and pressures. @(10pp Dwg.No.4/8)@
An applying agent consists of (1) Cu-sol. cpd. alcohol soln. (2) In sol. cpd. alcohol soln. and (3) Se sol. cpd. alcohol soln. The mixed soln. is applied onto the heated base materials by spray-painting under inert atmos.    USE -   Used for mfr. of a solar cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/3)
Semiconductor appts. is sealed with epoxy resin compsn. contg. epoxy resin (1) and curing agent (2), and epoxy resin compsn. contains (A) and/or (B) filler, (A) is inorganic filler coated on its surface with silane cpd. (3) with epoxy gp. and one three alkoxy gps. and siloxane cpd. (4) with mol. amino gp. and five or more of dimethyl-, diphenyl- or phenylmethyl-siloxane unit, and (B) is inorganic filler coated on its surface with silane cpd. (5) with prim. or sec. amine gp. and one three alkoxy gps. and cpd. (6) with mol. epoxy gp(s). and five or more of dimethyl-, diphenyl- or phenyl methyl-siloxane unit.    ADVANTAGE -   High reliability, esp. for moisture resistance and impact strength. @(11pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Mn oxide such as MnO2, Mn2O3 and Mn3O4 is mixed with LiNO3 pref. as water soln., sintered in air atmos. at 430-470 deg. C for MnO2, 450-530 deg. C for Mn2O3 and 450-500 deg. C for Mn3O4 to form composite oxides contg. Li and Mn at Li:Mn=0.30:0.70-0.35.0.65 and used is anode for Li battery.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Li sec. battery with high energy density is obtd. by this method. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
Prepn. of a polymerised toner comprises suspension-polymerising monomer compsn. which contains at least a polymerising monomer and a colouring agent with a modified starch, pref. an etherified starch or an esterified starch, as a suspension stabiliser.    The modified starch is used with a surfactant. After the polymerisation the suspension is treated with an amylolytic enzyme. The polymerising monomer is, e.g., styrenes, monoolefins, vinyl halides, organic acid vinylesters, (meth)acrylic acids vinylethers or vinylketones. The amt. of the modified starch is 0.1-40, pref. 1-20% in the continuous phase.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The toner is useful for electrophotography. The modified starch stably maintains the polymerisation system. The toner has suitable particle size, good frictional charging properties and good moisture resistance. Images produced with the toner have high image density and are stable. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Prepn. of a polymerised toner comprises suspension-polymerising monomer compsn. which contains at least a polymerising monomer and a colouring agent with a modified starch, pref. an etherified starch or an esterified starch, as a suspension stabiliser.    The modified starch is used with a surfactant. After the polymerisation the suspension is treated with an amylolytic enzyme. The polymerising monomer is, e.g., styrenes, monoolefins, vinyl halides, organic acid vinylesters, (meth)acrylic acids vinylethers or vinylketones. The amt. of the modified starch is 0.1-40, pref. 1-20% in the continuous phase.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The toner is useful for electrophotography. The modified starch stably maintains the polymerisation system. The toner has suitable particle size, good frictional charging properties and good moisture resistance. Images produced with the toner have high image density and are stable. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The fuel cells consist of at least one single cell (2Z) with an oxygen conducting solid electrolyte (3E), pref. impermeable to gas, 0.05-0.15mm thick and made of ZrO2 with 10 mole.% Y2O3, which has an anode layer (3A) on one surface and a cathode layer (3K) on the other. The 3 layers are formed as a planar multiple layer ceramic foil. The anode layer is pref. a porous Ni/ZrO2 or NiO/ZrO2 cermet and the cathode a porous layer of La(Sr)MnO3 or La(Sr)MnO3/ZrO2. Both layers are 0.1-0.4mm thick.    A structure (4), placed on the cathode layer (3K), consists of several layers (4A), 0.3-0.8 mm thick each, and parallel channels (7), 5-20 mm wide and 1.5-5 mm high, sepd. by walls (7S), 1-4mm thick, for air or oxygen transport. They are open at both ends. They are closed by the layers (6) and (3K). The material used is La(Sr)MnO3 and Y or Ca-doped ZrO2.    On the anode there are channels (8), for fuel transport, which run at a right angle to those in layer (4). This foil also consists of multiple layers 0.3-0.5mm thick each, and made of Ni/ZrO2 cermet and 20-80% of Y- or Ca-oxide stabilised ZrO2. The channels are sepd. by walls (8S) 1-4mm thick and open to layer (3A). Each cell has electrically conducting foils (6), placed on the layers (4 and 5). An array of multiple cells can be built by adding layers or by adding separately built foils (3,4,5,6). The array is bonded together by a heat-treatment.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The cells are easily mfd. and interconnected and then result in a strong structure. By adding sufficient cells the output-voltage can be defined freely. By defining increased areas of the cells the power available can be increased to give high outputs, e.g. a cell of 5x5x5 ccm yields 100 watts, one of 30x30x 30 ccm yields 25 kW and MW-levels can be achieved. @(8pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
The solar battery is formed by integrating photoelectromotive force devices. The photoelectromotive force devices comprise an insulating substrate (1), a transparent conductive film (2), on the substrate, an amorphous Si layer (3), and a metal electrode, (4). A scribed groove (5) is formed by scanning high energy beams, once from the surface of the metal electrode. The scribed groove is deep at the centre in the groove width direction and shallow at either side to form level difference between the centre and the either side.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solar battery is used as a power source. By forming the level difference easily and positively, patterning is permitted by one-time laser beam scanning. The result reduces processes.
After plasma etching Al alloy film and a barrier metal the chamber is cleaned by using a combination of discharging by Cl2-contg. gas and by F2-contg. gas.    USE -   For cleaning plasma etching chambers effectively. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP3062460-A)      Ammonium thiomolybdate salt is reacted with copper halide in a dimethyl formamide medium to grow a precursor. The dimethyl formamide is evapd. and removed. The resulting precursor solid is heated and reduced under hydrogen gas atmos. to produce a copper molybdenum sulphide. The battery electrode is formulated around the copper molybdenum sulphide.    Pref. ammonium thiomolybdate salt comprises ammonium dioxodithiomolybdate, ammonium tetraoxotrithiodimolybdate, or ammonium tetrathiomolybdate. The ammonium tetrathiomolybdate is pref. in terms of no oxygen mixt. The copper halide comprises cuprous fluoride, cupric fluoride, cuprous chloride, cupric chloride, cuprous bromide, cupric bromide, cuprous iodide, or cupric iodide.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for sec. battery. The prodn. method has no danger and is suitable for mass prodn.
Fuel battery power plant in which a line through which gas for locally cooling a reaction pipe is fed from the outside is installed at least one spot of the combustion chamber of a reforming device. A regulating valve to regulate a gas feed amount is located in the line.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Unevenness in reaction pipe temp distribution is reduced and a reforming device life can be increased. @(3pp)
Fuel cell power plant reformer in which (a) catalyst tubes (16) in the reformer (2) have their upper ends at staggered elevations so as to be capable of having their temps. individually monitored by infrared temp. sensors; (b) the catalyst tubes (16) are mounted on a floating support within the reformer housing (4) so as to be free to undergo expansion and contraction during periods of internal temp. variation as the reformer (2) is operated; in which (c) the floating support is preferably formed from fuel manifolds suspended in the reformer housing (4).    The reformer is designed for use with a large fuel cell power plant capable of producing megawatts of power, such as would be used by a public utility.    ADVANTAGE -   Thus continuous monitoring of the catalyst temps. and heat distribution is more accurately accomplished as compared with measuring the temp. of the interior of the housing itself.
(A) A current collector, for current passage between adjacent flat stacked ceramic high temp. fuel cells with a doped stabilised zirconia-based solid electrolyte, comprises (i) a support (1) of electrically conductive, oxidn. resistant, oxide dispersion-hardened Ni base superalloy contg. (by wt) at least 20 % Cr, max. 0.1% C max, 0.5% Al and max. 0.8% Ti, (ii) a porous or impervious surface layer (2) which is provided only at the contact regions and which consists of Au, Pt gp. metal or their alloys, and (iii) a (dis)continuous interlayer (3) between the support (1) and the surface layer (2), and/or filter layer (9) filling the pores of the surface layer (2) consisting of semiconductive Cr203 acting both as oxidn. protection and as a diffusion barrier, the Cr203 particles being electrically conductively and solidly bonded to the support material and to the precious metal particles.    (B) Process for prodn. of the current collector are also claimed.    ADVANTAGE -   The current collector ensures good electrical contact to the fuel cell electrodes and other components at up to 900 deg.C has high metallic conductivity, is not subject to migration processes (e.g. diffusion) or material loss (e.g. by evapn.) in reducing, neutral or oxidising atmospheres, has long term stability and can be mfd. inexpensively reproducibly and interchangeably. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Solar energy is converted continuously in high-temp. heat of a fluid which is stored and transformed electrical energy. The reaction partner of a methanem reforming process is heated to produce a gas which is stored with a high energy density and is directed to a fuel cell for electrical energy generation.    Pref. solar energy(SE) received by a radiation collector(1) is transferred to a gas (G), e.g. air or CO2 which passes through a pipe(2) to a reformer(3) with cracking tubes(4) and back via a cooler(6) and compressor(7). The cracking tubes receive CH4 and H2O from a heat exchanger in which the gas produced(PG), which is high in H2, is cooled. A shift converter(9) raises the H2 share and a pressure vessel(10) eluates further CO2 shares. The H is passed to a fuel cell(11) together with air or O2.    ADVANTAGE -   This minimises the vol. required for storage and achieves a better efficiency. @(4pp DwgNo.1/1)@
A ohotoelectric transfer thin film obtd. by accumulating on a conductive substrate monomolecular films contg. a porphyrin deriv. of formula (I) or (II), where Ar = (substd.) aromatic hydrocarbon gp.; R = 14-30C long chain alkyl; M = divalent anion contg. metal atom as a main component, and X = anion.    Pref. 2-50(5-20) films are accumulated on a conductive substrate selected from metal and alloy substrates or glass and plastic substrates coated with various conductive material layers.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The photoelectric transfer thin film is suitably applied for mfg. photodiodes, solar cells, and photosensors. This thin film shows improved photoelectric transfer characteristics as compared with prior art LB film based thin films for photoelectric tranSfr. (pp DWq.NO./
Electrochemical semi system (electrode), for use in galvanic high temp. fuel elements, has an electrolyte of carbonate melt to which carbon is added, and is galvanically combusted.    The improvement is that a) as sec. fuel, a metal which is liq. at the operating temp. and has a significantly smaller affinity (free reaction enthalpy) to O, relative to C or CO; b) the metal melt and the carbonate melt are in a heatable crucible, in direct contact with one another; c) the metal melt is connected to a current shunt electrode d) on current floW metal from the metal melt is transformed into ionic form in the carbonate melt, whereby the metal/metal ion transfer is the potential determining the current-providing step; and e) to the carbonate melt, solid C is added, as prim. fuel, in such amt. that, on current flow, the amts. and concn. of participants in the potential-and current-providing reaction, by a fuel conversion step, remain unchanged, by re-forming amts. of elemental metal, consumed by the metal/metal ions transition, by a reverse transition of metal ions/metal, by chemical redn. of the metal ions in the melt by the added C.    ADVANTAGE -   New system combines the high utilization level of fuel elements operating with solid C, with good current-carrying capacity.
A renewable composite microelectrode for electrochemical applications comprises: (a) an elongated conductive substrate with a tip at one end; (b) a surface coating extending along the substrate from the tip pref. having a thickness of 0.1 nanometers-5 mm and (c) an electronically resistive polymer coating, pref. of thickness 0.01-10 micrometers, superposed on (b).    (a) has a cross section of less than 500 microns and is selected from conductive fibres and metallic wires. (b) contains a modifier (1-99 wt.%) with the modifier dispersed throughout; properties such as electroactivity, inclusion, adsorption, acidic/basic, complexing/chelating and electrocatalysis are attributable to the modifier. The tip of (a) is free from (c) and (b) is exposed at the tip. The electrode is renewable by removing part of the substrate (a) at the tip to expose a fresh part of (b) at the tip.    ADVANTAGE -   The microelectrode has uniform characteristics along its length, so that on renewing by removal of end portions, similar results are achieved.
Method involves (a) co-extrusion moulding polyamide resin and a thermoplastic elastomer having continuous phase composed of polyamide resin to form an inner tube, (b) forming reinforcing layer on the inner tube (1) with a knitting and braiding machine, and (c) extrusion-moulding thermoplastic elastomer to form an outer tube on the reinforcing layer.    Pref. the thermoplastic elastomer is a polymer blend of an epichlorhydrin rubber dispersed in a polyamide resin or cured-dispersed in a polyamide resin. The inner tube has a strength 20% elongation of 20-200 kg f/sq.cm. when measured in the shape of a sheet.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For coolers and air-conditioners in motorcars. Delamination resistance, i.e. durability is high. Inner tube can be reused. Conventional use of a mandrel is eliminated. This is effective in cost-saving and no cracking. The prodn. efficiency is high. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/4)
Prepn. method of Nb3Sn cpd. superconductive wire is claimed Nb or Nb alloy material and bronze (Cu-Sn alloy) material are processed to combine them. Then combined material is treated by the diffused heat treatment to prepare Nb3Sn superconductive wire. The bronze material is prepd by the semi-solidfying process.    (1) The bronze material is heated at 800-950 deg.C, and drawn simultaneously with the Nb alloy material to combine them together. (2) The bronze material is heated at 800-950 deg.C, and drawn, then quenched to make single hole pipe, or multi-hole pipe. Nb or Nb alloy material is inserted into the pipe to combine them together. (3) Sn concn. in the bronze material is 10-24 wt.%.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of Nb3Sn cpd. superconductive wire. Constriction or breaking of the wire can be avoided in wire extension. Jc of the material is improved. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
To form reaction layer of gas diffusion pole, esp. reaction layer for fuel cell, reaction layer arranging source material powder is adhered onto the base sheet, such as carbon paper, to form reaction layer of gas diffusion pole. Powder and air are injected out from the feeding pipe having nozzle tip, and the powder is impinged onto the scattering ball near the pipe tip, and scattered powder is deposited onto the base sheet.    ADVANTAGE -   Uniform distribution of the powder is attained giving uniform layer. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
X-ray lithography is conducted using synchrotron radiation (SOR) beam on a wafer (2) with longitudinal surface direction. An injection means (12), to lead inactive gas (13) into gap between the wafer (2) and the light exposing mask (3b) is disposed under the gap when specific gravity of the inert gas (13) is smaller than that of the air.    ADVANTAGE -   Without barrier plate, air between the wafer and the light exposing mask is replaced with the inert gas. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
A solar module with a large surface area is assembled from several photovoltaic cells (1) in line, each held between a front glass plate (2) and a rear glass plate (3). The gaps between them are filled up with a hardenable resin (4) which is completely transparent. A low-viscosity methacrylate resin with an admixt. of UV-absorbing substances meets these requirements.    ADVANTAGE -   Such solar modules can be mfd. without any significant scrap. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
(A) An electricity generating plant has a H2-rich gas-emitting unit (A) connected by a H2 feed line (2) to the anode chamber (8a) of a fuel all system (B); a combustion chamber (17), esp. for catalytic combustion, with gas feed lines (4,6) from the anode and cathode chambers (8a,b) of the fuel cell system (B) and with a combustion gas outlet connected by an off-gas line (18) to the inlet of a gas turbine (19); and a compressed air generator (C) which is operatively coupled with the gas turbine (19) and which is connected at its outlet by a compressed air line (3) to the cathode chamber (8b) of the fuel cell system (B).    The novelty is that the H2 feed line (2) is the single fluid connection line between the H2 unit (A) on one hand and the fuel cell system (B) and the compressed air generator on the other hand.    (B) In an electricity generating process, the anode chamber of a fuel cell is fed with H2-rich gas and the cathode chamber is fed with O2-contg. gas (esp. air) of similar pressure, the anode and cathode off-gas streams being subjected to (esp. catalytic) combustion to produce combustion gas as energy source for compressing the O2-contg. gas.    The novelty is that the compressed O2-contg. gas is used exclusively for feeding the chamber of the fuel cell and, if required, partially directly for producing combustion gas for the compression operation.    ADVANTAGE -   Control costs for ensuring smooth operation are extremely low. @(26pp Dwg.No.3/3)@
The photomagnetic recording medium comprises a transparent substrate and a first magnetic layer having vertical magnetic anisotropy and a lower Curie point (TL), a second magnetic layer having a Curie point (TH) relatively higher than the Curie point (TL), of the first magnetic layer, and a reflecting layer formed.    The first magnetic layer is made of Tb-Fe-Co alloy so as to show Ms of 90 emu.cm3, Hc of 9 KOe and Tc of 150 deg.C. The second magnetic layer is made of the Tb-Fe-Co alloy so as to show Ms of 80 emu/cm3, Hc of 10 KOe and Tc of 210 deg.C. The reflecting layer is made of Al. @(6pp Dwg.No.-/4)@
Solvent A is removed from mixt. contg.: solvent A which is mutually soluble with polyvinyl butyral; solvent B with which ion dissociable salt can be dissolved; and ion dissociable salt, by drying or by soaking in solvent B contg. ion dissociable salt.    Pref. solvent B is sparingly soluble or non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral, or solvent B becomes non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral by contg. ionic salt.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of high polymer solid electrolyte for batteries, electronic display, electrochemical sensor, and capacitor. Ion conductivity of the electrolyte is improved. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Solvent A is removed from mixt. contg.: solvent A which is mutually soluble with polyvinyl butyral; solvent B with which ion dissociable salt can be dissolved; and ion dissociable salt, by drying or by soaking in solvent B contg. ion dissociable salt.    Pref. solvent B is sparingly soluble or non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral, or solvent B becomes non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral by contg. ionic salt.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of high polymer solid electrolyte for batteries, electronic display, electrochemical sensor, and capacitor. Ion conductivity of the electrolyte is improved. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Solvent A is removed from mixt. contg.: solvent A which is mutually soluble with polyvinyl butyral; solvent B with which ion dissociable salt can be dissolved; and ion dissociable salt, by drying or by soaking in solvent B contg. ion dissociable salt.    Pref. solvent B is sparingly soluble or non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral, or solvent B becomes non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral by contg. ionic salt.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of high polymer solid electrolyte for batteries, electronic display, electrochemical sensor, and capacitor. Ion conductivity of the electrolyte is improved. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Solvent A is removed from mixt. contg.: solvent A which is mutually soluble with polyvinyl butyral; solvent B with which ion dissociable salt can be dissolved; and ion dissociable salt, by drying or by soaking in solvent B contg. ion dissociable salt.    Pref. solvent B is sparingly soluble or non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral, or solvent B becomes non-soluble to polyvinyl butyral by contg. ionic salt.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of high polymer solid electrolyte for batteries, electronic display, electrochemical sensor, and capacitor. Ion conductivity of the electrolyte is improved. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The heat-sink comprises Al base plate and many fins of Al thin plates formed by stamping-out which are fixed parallel to each other on one surface of the base plate with solder plating by ultrasonic vibration. On each fin cut and bent portions are formed. Pointed ends of the portions are contacted with the adjacent fin to hold both fins at the designated distance.    Pref. prodn. comprises obtaining fins continuously by moving rolled belt-shaped Al thin plate to a certain direction, preheating the plate continuously, dipping the plate in vertical position into Al solder in melting bath, applying ultrasonic vibration to plate solder continuously on one edge of the plate in the direction of width, cutting the thin plate in designated size in longitudinal direction, and forming the cut and bent portions of the plate; the process to plate solder by preheating the base plate dipping one surface of the plate into Al solder in melting bath, and applying ultrasonic vibration; and the process of joining one surface of the base plate and many edges of the fins by contacting each other, applying vibration, and heating to melt solder.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The heat-sink is used for semiconductor device. Fin of the heat-sink can be made thinner and light wt. as opposed to the fin made by conventional method. Assembly of the base plate and fins can be done more easily. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/5)@
The conductive compsn. comprises copper powder, glass frit, and organic vehicle which gives viscosity to mixture of the copper powder and the glass frit. The compsn. contains 79-90 wt.% of the copper powder, 3-7 wt.% of the glass frit, and 7-14 wt.% of the organic vehicle. The glass frit contains 30-50 wt.% of BaO, 30-45 wt.% of SiO2, up to 10 wt.% of ZrO2, and up to 10 wt.% of B203.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The conductive compsn. is used for electrode material of conductor circuit for electronic ceramic parts. Conductivity, solder-wetting property, attaching strength, and migration resistance of the compsn. are improved. Impedance in high frequency range is low. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The conductive compsn. comprises copper powder, glass frit, and organic vehicle which gives viscosity to mixture of the copper powder and the glass frit. The compsn. contains 79-90 wt.% of the copper powder, 3-7 wt.% of the glass frit, and 7-14 wt.% of the organic vehicle. The glass frit contains 30-50 wt.% of BaO, 30-45 wt.% of SiO2, up to 10 wt.% of ZrO2, and up to 10 wt.% of B203.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The conductive compsn. is used for electrode material of conductor circuit for electronic ceramic parts. Conductivity, solder-wetting property, attaching strength, and migration resistance of the compsn. are improved. Impedance in high frequency range is low. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Formation of a (metallic) phthalocyanine layer comprises immersing an electrode film and an electrode in a soln. (A) and forming a (metallic) phthalocyanine layer on the electrode film by passing a current through the electrode film and the electrode. (A) is prepared by making a phthalocyanine type material soluble in an aq. micellar soln. of a surface-active agent.    ADVANTAGE -   Because the rate of filming is independent of difference between the electrolytic potentials in the substrate, the phthalocyanine film can be formed in uniform thickness independently of substrate size and form. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Several Cu-O layers are interposed between at least two Bi-O layers, Film is coated by Bi oxide layer such as Bi-O layer, Bi203 layer and Bi-Ti-O layer both at its surface and at its interface with substrate to form a superconductor thin film.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The Bi laminated composite oxide thin film is stable and has high Tc (over 100K).    In an example Bi203 layer are formed on a substrate as undercoat by sputtering method using Ar, coated by Bi203 and Sr-Ca-Cu cpd. by simultaneous sputtering method using 2 gas, coated by Bi203 as topcoat by sputtering method Ar and thermally treated at 850 deg.C for 5 hrs. to form a thin film superconductor. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)
Molten carbonate fuel battery comprising a stack of molten carbonate fuel cells with separators between adjacent cells, each cell contg. an anode electrode, an anode reaction gas stream channel, a cathode electrode, a cathode reaction gas stream channel and a matrix, whereby the cells at the respective ends of the stack contain the terminal anode and the terminal cathode which define the negative and positive ends of the stack. The stack also comprises a half cell anode on the outside of the terminal cathode with a separator between the terminal cathode and the anode and a half cell cathode on the outside of the terminal anode with a separator between the terminal anode and the cathode. The half cell anode and the anode electrode have an anode reaction gas channel but no matrix, and the cathode and the cathode electrode have a cathode reaction gas channel but no matrix.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Presence of the half-cell anode and the half-cell cathode retards and controls electrolyte migration within the stack so cell stack shows extended long working life. @(20pp Dwg.No.5/5)@
Sealing electronic parts with resin moulding comprises charging molten resin into die cavity contg. electronic parts, and holding cavity at resin forming temp. so temp. distribution may be uniform over surface of cavity.    USE -   For making sealed electronic devices. @(10pp Dwg.No.3/6)@
Humidity removing appts in thermal medium circulation passway of electron(ic) parts has filter and filling material within filter humidity removing agent is applied with highly humidity absorbing resin.    ADVANTAGE -   Service life of humidity absorbing resin is accurately detected. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/7)
Humidity removing appts in thermal medium circulation passway of electron(ic) parts has filter and filling material within filter humidity removing agent is applied with highly humidity absorbing resin.    ADVANTAGE -   Service life of humidity absorbing resin is accurately detected. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/7)
(JP3034265-A)      The wire comprises attaching paint which is applied on conductor directly or through the other insulating coating, and baked. The paint consists of a film forming thermoplastic resin, in which copper ion or copper ion generating cpd. is added.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for the stator coil of the brushless DC motor for VTR, FDD, etc.. Air-core coil having good attaching property to the printed substrate can be prepd. without modification of the conventional coil-winding machine.    In an example 150 g of alcohol sol. polyamide resin, copper oleate equiv. to 15-40 ppm of copper ion per 1 g of attaching coating, and 850 g of mixed solvent of cresol and xylene were mixed at 80-100 deg.C with stirring until all of material were dissolved to prepare the paint. The paint was applied on a polyurethane coated copper wire, then baked at 300 deg.C in a baking furnace to prepare the wire. Air-core coil made of the wire was attached on a printed substrate with UV setting attaching agent. Curing rate was improved as opposed to attaching the wire coated with paint contg. no copper ion generating additive. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The wire comprises attaching paint which is applied on conductor directly or through the other insulating coating, and baked. The paint consists of a film forming thermoplastic resin, in which copper ion or copper ion generating cpd. is added.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for the stator coil of the brushless DC motor for VTR, FDD, etc.. Air-core coil having good attaching property to the printed substrate can be prepd. without modification of the conventional coil-winding machine.    In an example 150 g of alcohol sol. polyamide resin, copper oleate equiv. to 15-40 ppm of copper ion per 1 g of attaching coating, and 850 g of mixed solvent of cresol and xylene were mixed at 80-100 deg.C with stirring until all of material were dissolved to prepare the paint. The paint was applied on a polyurethane coated copper wire, then baked at 300 deg.C in a baking furnace to prepare the wire. Air-core coil made of the wire was attached on a printed substrate with UV setting attaching agent. Curing rate was improved as opposed to attaching the wire coated with paint contg. no copper ion generating additive. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Sealed sec. electrical cell comprises a multi-layer Al2O3/SiO2 ceramic plate immersed in dil. H2SO4. The plate has conductive outer layers and on receiving external current electrolyses the electrolyte to form H2 and O2 gases which are held separately in the porous ceramic plate. On discharge, the gases react in the manner of a fuel cell and a circuit is completed between the two surfaces of the cell, via an external load.    The outer circumference layers of the multilayer ceramic plate are formed by impregnaing the outer surfaces with e.g. graphite, Pt, etc.. The 'fuel cell' operation recombines the H2 and O2 to water for recycle in the electrolyte.    ADVANTAGE -   Sealed cell is provided which is safe, efficient and non-polluting. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
An element of semiconducting material comprises a substrate (2) a doped semiconducting material and a converting layer (4) for converting incident light (R) into charge carriers wherein the interface between substrate and converting layer is provided with a light-reflecting structure (3). Pref. the light-reflecting structure comprises cavities in the substrate.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used as an element of solar cells to provide high output. Provides a simple means of applying a thin converting layer on a thicker substrate whilst providing a reflecting surface due to a large refractive index difference. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Utilising and recovering carbon dioxide in combustion exhaust gas by recovering carbon dioxide gas from combustion exhaust gas (G) of fossil fuel, using a fossil fuel combustion equipment (II), a molten carbonate fuel cell (FC) and a reformer (6), the fuel cell (FC) having anode (A), anode chamber (3), cathode (C), cathode chamber (2) and electrolyte (1) and the reformer (6) having a reforming chamber (6a) and a combustion chamber (6b), comprises (a) supplying anode gas to the anode chamber (3) of the fuel cell (FC) and oxidising gas supplied to the cathode chamber (2); (b) feeding gases (G) produced upon combustion (called ''combustion exhaust gas'') to the cathode chamber (2) as part of the oxidising gas; (c) allowing carbon dioxide of the combustion exhaust gas (G) to react with oxygen of the oxidising gas at the cathode to produce carbon ion;    (d) allowing the carbonate ion to pass through the electrolyte (1) of the fuel cell (FC) and reach the anode (A); (e) allowing the carbonate ion to react with hydrogen of the fuel gas at the anode (A) tO Droduce carbon dioxide and water; (f) discharging gases (8) produced at the anode (A) (called ''anode exhaust gas'') from the anode chamber (3), which gases contain carbon dioxide, water vapour, unreacted hydrogen and carbon monoxide; (g) feeding the anode exhaust gas (8) to the combustion chamber (6b) of the reformer (6) as combustible gas to be burned in the combustion chamber (6b) of the reformer (6); and (h) sepg. water vapour from the anode exhaust gas (8) expelled from the combustion chamber (6b) of the reformer (6) and recovering high-concn. carbon dioxide gas.    ADVANTAGE -   The method and appts. recover carbon dioxide contained in combustion exhaust gas discharged from combustion equipment of fossil fuel to minimise the vol. of carbon dioxide released to atmosphere, and to use the carbon dioxide for cell reactions of a molten carbonate fuel cell.
A current collector (5), for current passage between adjacent flat stacked ceramic fuel cells with a doped stabilised zirconia-based solid electrolyte (1), consists of a number of non-oxidising spring elements of a dispersion hardened metallic material selected from Au, Pd, Pt, Rh and their alloys, the spring elements being fully elastic at a 900 deg.C. operating temp. and providing several electric contact points.    ADVANTAGE -   The current collector ensures good electrical contact with the cell electrodes and other components at up to 900 deg.C., has high electrical conductivity, is not subject to diffusion or other migration processes or to evapn losses, etc. in reducing, neutral or oxidising atmospheres, has high long term stability and can be produced in an inexpensive and reproducible manner. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Compsns of matter comprise low density resorcinol-formaldehyde type aerogels (I) with uniform pore size of less than 1 (0.1) micron and density 0.035-0.100 g/cc. The phenolic component is resorcinol itself, opt together with hydroquinone, pyrogallol, or catechol. Resorcinol-formaldehyde aerogels (Ia) are pref. Also claimed are carbon foams with cell size about 0.1 micron obtd by carbonising (Ia); and shaped articles of the aerogel machined to a predetermined size, and the corresp carbon foam shape.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   (I) have low density combined with continuous porosity and ultrafine cell size. They can be machined into and pref shape as required. They find application in high energy physics, as parts for inertial confinement fusion targets (with Z = 8 or less), and, with modification, in chemical catalysis and ion-exchange reactions. Thus opt the aerogel may include dihydroxybenzoic acid, or a metal salt. Other uses are eg thermal insulation for solar cells, and in acoustics technology. @(8pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The toner includes the urethane modified resin of 6 - 40 mgKOH/g of acid value and 80 - 130 deg.C of softening pt., obtd. by making the isocyanate cpd. reacted with the polyester resin of 6 - 40 mgKOH/g of acid value and 20 - 120 mg/KOH/g of hydroxyl gp. value by 0.1 - 0.7 equiv. of isocyanate gp. per 1 equiv. of hydroxyl gp., as the binding resin.    Pref. the polyester resin is obtd. by the reaction of the polyhydric alcohol component and the polybasic acid component. The diole component in the polyhydric alcohol is the substance having two hydroxy gps. in one mol. such as alkylene glycol, and aromatic diole. The dicarboxylic acid component in the polybasic acid component is divalent carboxylic acid, the acid hydride of the same or lower alkyl ester of the same.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The toner superior in the fixing property and the antioffset property can be obtd. The quantity of the fine powder at the grinding can be decreased, and the producibility of the toner can be improved. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A semiconductor device is prepd. by sealing semiconductors with an epoxy resin compsn. comprising (A) epoxy resin, (B) phenol resin and (C) a cpd. contg. a main skeleton of phenol having an OH gp. at the o-position.    Pref. (A) has at least 2 epoxy gps. on average, and is pref. novolak type having an epoxy equiv. of 150-250 and a softening pt. of 60-110 deg.C; (B) acts as a hardener for (A) and has an OH equiv. of 80-180 and a softening pt. of 50-130 deg.C. The equiv. ratio of OH/epoxy gp. is 0.8-1.2; (C) is of formula (I) where R1 and/or R2 is -OH or -COOH and R3-R5 are each H or an organic gp. contg. C, O, S, N, halogen and P. (I) is, e.g., catechol, pyrogallol or gallic acid or their deriv.. (I) is used in amt. 0.1-5wt.% of (A)+(B). The compsn. is blended opt. with a hardening accelerator, e.g., 2-methyl-imidazole, a filler, e.g., quartz glass powder, talc, etc., a releasing agent (e.g., stearic acid, palmitic acid, Zn stearate, Ca stearate, etc., and a flame-retarding agent, carnauba wax, montan wax, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Due to the presence of (C), the compsn. has high and durable moisture resistance. The sealing achieves high reliability even when the device having upto 2 micron thick Al circuit on elements is exposed to high temp. and high humidity conditions. Used for sealing transistors, integrated circuits, large scale integrations by ceramic or plastic packages. Dwg. not Available @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
Quality improving appts. for fuel cell hydrocarbon using steam reforming for hydrocarbon has multilayered annular passages of outer and inner-layers reaction pipe filled with catalyst, combustion gas guide combustion gas exhausting and quality improvement source gas inlet -ports and steam generating passage.    ADVANTAGE -   Starting up time is diminished and safety and stabilised driving with high thermal bal is obtd. even when low load driving is proceeding. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/5)
An integral edge seal for a phosphoric acid fuel cell is formed by impregnating an outer peripheral band of the cathode, anode, and matrix assemblies with an elastomer.    A phosphoric acid fuel cell, generally according to known art, consists of an anode assembly (3), a cathode assembly (7) and a matrix layer (5), contained within bipolar plates (9). The cathode and anode assemblies are composed of a backing paper (19) treated pref. with polytetrafluoroethylene to allow it to pass gases whilst presenting a barrier to liq. electrolyte. The backing paper is overlaid with a catalytic. material (21). A layer of silicon carbide (23) prevents a flow of electrons between anode and cathode. The cell is completed by a matrix layer of hydrophilic material which forms a gas barrier to prevent fuel gas and air from mixing. The plates (9) have grooves (11,13) which respectively supply fuel gas to the anode (3) and air to the cathode (7). Integral edge seals (31) are formed by impregnating the peripheral edges of the layers (19,21,5) with an elastomer such as a copolymer of tetrafluoroethylene and propylene, by techniques such as hot compression, soaking, or autoclaving. The elastomer permeates the material to form a region impermeable to liq. or gas. The impregnated regions have compression characteristics similar to the untreated material, so electrical contact is maintained throughout cell life. In another embodiment, the seal may be formed of an elastomer impregnated backing paper band which surrounds the anode or cathode assembly. In further embodiments, various combinations of these techniques are envisaged.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The seal is produced simply and economically and has creep characteristics similar to those of the cell components, ensuring good performance throughout the cell life. @(16pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
A process for producing a protein-oritentated membrane comprises a process for orienting protein molecules and a process for cross linking the oriented protein molecules together.    Also claimed is an artificial proteinaceous structure produced by the process and a photoelectric transducer formed using the proteinaceous structure.    The orientation of protein mols. is pref. carried out by making the mols. absorbed onto a substrate by means of electrophoresis or by utilizing antigen-antibody reaction. Alternatively the orientation is carried out by forming Langumuir-Blodgetts membrane of the protein mol. at the interface between liquid and gas. The cross-linking protein mols. is carried out using a cross-linking agent selected from glutalaldehyde, carbodiimide and diamines. The protein to be oriented is bacteriorhodoplin contained in purple membrane or haloehodopsin container in purple membrane.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The protein orientated membrane has remarkably enhanced physical and chemical stabilities and can be processed and handled easily. The membrane can be used in solar battery, photo-sensors, chemo-sensors etc..
A cooling system for a fuel cell is based on introducing a larger quantity of hydrogen in the fuel cell than is needed for an electrochemical reaction in the individual fuel cell units. The gas is introduced in the reaction gas passage in such a way that it is partly used for an electrochemical reaction and the remaining part absorbs the heat of reaction as a cooling medium.    A fuel cell (100) is supplied with hydrogen in excess from the pipe system (10, 20). The hydrogen surplus is passed by the pipe (230) for cooling to the exterior of the cell. An air preheater (1000) cools it by heat exchange with fresh reaction air introduced by a blower (400).    ADVANTAGE -   This requires no additional cooling plate and simplifies the control system.
Reformer for fuel cell comprises spirally continuous catalyst layer for reacting raw gas, and spiral heating layer parallel with the adjacent to catalyst layer. Flow direction of raw gas through catalyst layer is the same as that of heat medium through heating layer.    ADVANTAGE -   Number of parts is small, and length of reacting path for raw gas can be prolonged. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Transparent electroconductive film comprises metal oxide and organic metal cpd., pref., and/or the oxide of the organic metal cpd..    USE -   For transparent electroconductive film having improved corrosion resistance. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Transparent electroconductive film comprises metal oxide and organic metal cpd., pref., and/or the oxide of the organic metal cpd..    USE -   For transparent electroconductive film having improved corrosion resistance. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Transparent electroconductive film comprises metal oxide and organic metal cpd., pref., and/or the oxide of the organic metal cpd..    USE -   For transparent electroconductive film having improved corrosion resistance. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Transparent electroconductive film comprises metal oxide and organic metal cpd., pref., and/or the oxide of the organic metal cpd..    USE -   For transparent electroconductive film having improved corrosion resistance. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Circuit board comprises a ceramic sheet contg. at least 4-17 wt% SiO2 and 10-50 wt% zirconia. At least one piece of a circuit board unit has at least a wiring comprising a metal layer extending on the ceramic sheet, and wiring comprising a metal layer formed through the ceramic substrate.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For forming circuit boards having a similar thermal expansion to GaAs, and on which metal wirings such as Cu are formed. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)
Circuit board comprises a ceramic sheet contg. at least 4-17 wt% SiO2 and 10-50 wt% zirconia. At least one piece of a circuit board unit has at least a wiring comprising a metal layer extending on the ceramic sheet, and wiring comprising a metal layer formed through the ceramic substrate.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For forming circuit boards having a similar thermal expansion to GaAs, and on which metal wirings such as Cu are formed. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)
Catalyst comprises highly dispersed platinum and ruthenium on carbon fine particles of the electrode for the liquid fuel cell. At least the platinum and ruthenium form their oxides.    Pref. (1) the platinum catalyst comprises the complex oxide of at least two of PtO, PtO2 and PtO ads. (2) Ruthenium catalyst comprises the oxide of at least one of RuO3 and RuO2. (3) Atomic compsn. ratio of Pt and Ru (Ru/Pt) is 1-2. In the prepn. a reducing and cohesion preventing agent are added to a Pt cpd. aq. soln., then water soluble Ru cpd. is added to form colloidal dispersion of Pt and Ru; the colloidal dispersion and highly dispersed carbon fine powder suspension are mixed to make the carbon powder to support catalyst particles of Pt and Ru; and the carbon fine powder supporting Pt and Ru is heat-treated in oxidizing or inert atmosphere. Complex oxide catalyst of simple substance and alloy of Pt and Ru is formed on the carbon.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The catalyst is used for the liquid fuel cell. Fuel electrode with improved efficiency can be obtd.. Highly safe fuel cell catalyst can be easily prepd.. @(6pp dwg.No.2/4)@
Catalyst comprises highly dispersed platinum and ruthenium on carbon fine particles of the electrode for the liquid fuel cell. At least the platinum and ruthenium form their oxides.    Pref. (1) the platinum catalyst comprises the complex oxide of at least two of PtO, PtO2 and PtO ads. (2) Ruthenium catalyst comprises the oxide of at least one of RuO3 and RuO2. (3) Atomic compsn. ratio of Pt and Ru (Ru/Pt) is 1-2. In the prepn. a reducing and cohesion preventing agent are added to a Pt cpd. aq. soln., then water soluble Ru cpd. is added to form colloidal dispersion of Pt and Ru; the colloidal dispersion and highly dispersed carbon fine powder suspension are mixed to make the carbon powder to support catalyst particles of Pt and Ru; and the carbon fine powder supporting Pt and Ru is heat-treated in oxidizing or inert atmosphere. Complex oxide catalyst of simple substance and alloy of Pt and Ru is formed on the carbon.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The catalyst is used for the liquid fuel cell. Fuel electrode with improved efficiency can be obtd.. Highly safe fuel cell catalyst can be easily prepd.. @(6pp dwg.No.2/4)@
(JP2753046-B2)      The structure of the fuel battery includes a pair of gas diffusion electrodes (4a, 4b), on one side of which a pair of catalyst layers (3a, 3b) are formed. An electrolyte matrix layer (5) is enclosed between the catalyst layers. The melting point of the fluororesin contained in the electrolyte matrix layer is comparatively lower than that of the fluororesin in the catalyst layer.    ADVANTAGE -   Catalyst layer is formed with moderate water repellent property. Improved characteristics of fuel battery.
Catalyst comprises highly dispersed platinum and ruthenium on carbon fine particles of the electrode for the liquid fuel cell. At least the platinum and ruthenium form their oxides.    Pref. (1) the platinum catalyst comprises the complex oxide of at least two of PtO, PtO2 and PtO ads. (2) Ruthenium catalyst comprises the oxide of at least one of RuO3 and RuO2. (3) Atomic compsn. ratio of Pt and Ru (Ru/Pt) is 1-2. In the prepn. a reducing and cohesion preventing agent are added to a Pt cpd. aq. soln., then water soluble Ru cpd. is added to form colloidal dispersion of Pt and Ru; the colloidal dispersion and highly dispersed carbon fine powder suspension are mixed to make the carbon powder to support catalyst particles of Pt and Ru; and the carbon fine powder supporting Pt and Ru is heat-treated in oxidizing or inert atmosphere. Complex oxide catalyst of simple substance and alloy of Pt and Ru is formed on the carbon.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The catalyst is used for the liquid fuel cell. Fuel electrode with improved efficiency can be obtd.. Highly safe fuel cell catalyst can be easily prepd.. @(6pp dwg.No.2/4)@
A process is claimed for sepg. solid particles (esp. of C and SiC) from silicon melts (esp. obtained by carbothermic redn. of quartz, in which the melt (3) is subjected, immediately after redn. and holding at above the melting pt., to directional upward solidification to form an ingot, the melt being moved during solidification. The process involves rotating the crucible (1) with time-variable speed about its axis to produce flow currents (8,10) within the melt (3) and between the melt and the crystallised silicon (11).    Pref., the time-variable rotation may be achieved by accelerating and braking the rotating crucible (1) and/or by periodic interruption of crucible rotation. Pref. the interruptions comprise stop phases between rotation phases of durations which are a multiple of (pref. at least double) the stop phase durations. Pref. the rotational speed is 5 rpm., the rotation durations are 2.5 mins. and the stop phase durations are 0.5 min.. The rotational speed and the rotation durations are pref. reduced with decrease in melt height during crystallisation. The finished ingot is pref. ground to remove the outer skin and bottom contg. the solid particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process allows inexpensive sepn. of solid particles even from large melt volumes, this facilitating mfr. of cheap silicon for mass prodn. of solar cells. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
A semiconductor heterostructure device comprises: a semiconductor layer of a first conductivity type; a barrier layer disposed on first semiconductor layer, 200-5000 Angstrom thick, and formed of an undoped semiconductor material having a wider band gap than the material of the first semiconductor layer; a carrier transport layer, 200-5000 Angstrom thick, disposed on barrier layer, and formed of a semiconductor material having a narrower band gap than that of the barrier layer, and a carrier concn. 5 x 10 power 13 - 10 power 16 carriers/cm-3; a semiconductor contact layer of a first conductivity type disposed on carrier transport layer; means for applying a negative potential to semiconductor contact layer with respect to first semiconductor layer. As the negative potential is .increased, the increased field in the carrier transport layer will result in heated electrons in the carrier transport layer which cross over the barrier.    Pref. the barrier layer is AlGaAs, and the carrier transport layer, first semiconductor layer and contact layer are formed of GaAs.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Semiconductor heterostructure device for high speed operation suitable for potential use in oscillators, mixers, logic circuits, radiation sensors, modulators and other circuit applications.
Closed-loop filter system for continuously removing a metal hydroxide ppte. from an alkali-metal hydroxide soln. comprises a filter tank (22) in which is located a filter (60) having a filter surface (72) contg. small dia. openings. The alkali metal hydroxide soln. is impacted onto filter surface (72) such that the metal hydroxide ppte. agglomerates on the surface with the filter surface openings having an average dia. effective for the agglomeration.    Means (76) are provided for removing the agglomerated ppte. from fitler surface (72) and for sepg. the agglomerated particles from the soln. by settling in the soln. at a rate of 2,000-200,000 mmL-1.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. for aluminium-air batteries are used for compact and/or emergency power sources. Also for removing metal hydroxide from a metal etching soln. or a metal surface cleaning soln. The settling rate is increased by 5 x 10 power3 over that of non-agglomerated particles. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Fuel cell is cooled by spraying water into the gaseous fuel stream to form a fuel/mist stream which then enters an evaporative cooler located adjacent the fuel cell. Waste heat from the cell evaporates the water so that the fuel cell is cooled.    In further embodiments, the resulting fuel/steam stream is utilised in a reformer to form a processed fuel stream contg. H2, CO and CO2. Additional H2 is generated by supplying the stream to a low temp. shift reactor where the CO and steam are reacted. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
(JP3020970-A)      Ion pouring device comprises multiple pole biased electrode section including electrodes arranged in circular shape at given pitch. At least one of the electrodes in biases electrode section is provided with cooler.    ADVANTAGE -   probability at which gas molecules collide with ion beam is reduced to lower occurrence of error in pouring amt. of ions on control of the pouring amt. through measurement of ion current.
(JP3020968-A)      Ion pouring device comprises multiple pole biased electrode section including electrodes arranged in circular shape at given pitch. At least one of the electrodes in biases electrode section is provided with cooler.    ADVANTAGE -   probability at which gas molecules collide with ion beam is reduced to lower occurrence of error in pouring amt. of ions on control of the pouring amt. through measurement of ion current.
Periphery of a conductive wire is covered with insulating resin. A portion of an end of the insulated wire led from a top of binding tool is removed to expose the metal wire. An end of the metal wire is bound with the other electrode by applying ultrasonic vibration. The insulated wire is fed from the top of bonding tool to extend to loop shape while applying the vibration. The metal wire of the other end of the wire is exposed and connected with the other electrode with same method.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is applied to wire bonding of electrodes connection of LSI with improved reliability as resonance of inner lead wire is prevented by ultrasonic vibration. @(65pp Dwg.No.1/59)
Magnetic core is composed of Fe-base soft magnetic alloy thin film (Rp5 is under 500 angstroms) wound atoroidally and fixed with gel resin in a case. The alloy is of formula (Fe1-aMa)100-x-y-z- alphae-beta-rCuxSiy BzM' M'' betaly, where M = Co and/or Ni, M'=Nb, W, Ta, Zr, Hf, Ti or Mo, M'' = V, Cr, Mn, Al, Pt group, Sc, Y, rare earth, Au, Zn, Sn or Re, X = C, Ge, P, Ga, Sb, In, Be or As, a is 0 to less than 0.5, x = 0.1-3, y = 0-30, z = 0-24, y+z = 0-35 alpha = 0.1-30, beta = 0-10 and r = 0-10.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Degradation of magnetic characteristics of magnetic core is prevented by gel resin.    In an example, amorphous ribbon was manufactured from melt contg. 1 atom % Cu, 13.4 atom % of Si, 9.1 atom % of B, 3.1 atom % of Nb and balance Fe, wound to form a core, thermally treated at 540 deg. C for 1 hr in N2 atmos. (O2 concentration = 100 ppm), quenched, fixed in a case with gel resin. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/3)
The material comprises ceramics of lanthanum manganate, principally consisting of (La1-xSrx) 1-alpha(Mn1-yCry)O3, where x+2y is larger than zero but less than 0.3, x is less than 0.3, and y is less than 0.12, alpha is larger than zero but less than 0.09.    The solid electrolyte fuel cell comprises single cells composed of a solid electrolyte plate, on both surface of which a fuel electrode and an air electrode are attached. The single cells are multi-layered through spacers and separators. The air electrodes are formed with the material.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The material is used for an air electrode of a solid electrolyte fuel cell. Porosity of the air electrode can be held in cell operation at high temp. for a long time.    In an example, aq. solns. of La(NO3)3, SrNO3, Mn(NO3)2, and Cr(NO3)3 are mixed at a designated ratio, then dropped in at least 4 times as much of ethanol oxalate soln. The mixt. was evaporated and dried on a hot-plate. The obtd. solid was heated at 500 deg. C for 5 hrs. The residue was pulverised, then heated at 1250 deg. C for 5 hrs., then pulverised. The obtd. powder was formed into a paste with organic solvent. The paste was applied on one side of a zirconia electrolyte plate, and on the other side, Ni-ZrO2 cermet was applied. Then the plate was baked at 1500 deg. C. A porous material was obtd. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
A simple, low-cost method of making an apertured foil matrix to receive Si spheres for a solar array comprises feeding an assembly (107) of an upper plate (104), foil (102) and embossing tool (106) through a roller mill (108,110), pressing regions of lesser thickness into the foil, and etching the pressed foil to remove these regions and provide apertures for the Si spheres.    Also claimed is an appts for the above comprising embossing means, a flexible cover plate, a pair of rollers (108,110) with a nip (114) less than that of the assembly (107), and a means of feeding the assembly through the rollers. Further claimed is an appts exactly as above with an additional means of etching to remove the thin parts of the foil.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A method of making an optical foil matrix to receive Si spheres (claimed) for the prodn of a solar array is provided. The method is simple, cheap and efficient, constant foil thickness is achieved and foil flaps are eliminated. @(12pp DWg.No.4/13)@
Formation comprises: coating the surface of a porous substrate with an aq. soln. of a metallic powder, and polishing the surface after sintering; forming a layer of the same metallic powder and sintering after applying pressure for adhesion; rubbing a powder of the same metal as above in which the powder comprises smaller grains and sintering again after applying pressure for adhesion; and rubbing again the powder and sintering again to form a thin film of the metal comprising fine and uniform pores therein.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Provides thin film laminate on a porous substrate, for use as cells of fuel cells. @(5pp Dwg.No.5/5)@
Prodn. comprises doping a single crystal Si layer with a 1st conduction type impurity to form a low concn. doped layer and doping only the surface area of this doped layer with the same impurity at high concn..    USE -   For making semiconductor pressure sensors. @(8pp Dwg.No.5/8)@
An electron is discharged from a filament and is accelerated and controlled by a control grid, then collides with a phosphor layer of an anode substrate. Either the inner or outer face of an indicating outside cover has (a) a filter portion which is discoloured by UV and reversed to the initial state by heating and (b) a transparent electroconductive film portion. An electronic excitation UV emitting phosphor layer is laminated on the control grid.    ADVANTAGE -   The tube allows a multicoloured display using only one phosphor, and has improved life. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
An electron is discharged from a filament and is accelerated and controlled by a control grid, then collides with a phosphor layer of an anode substrate. Either the inner or outer face of an indicating outside cover has (a) a filter portion which is discoloured by UV and reversed to the initial state by heating and (b) a transparent electroconductive film portion. An electronic excitation UV emitting phosphor layer is laminated on the control grid.    ADVANTAGE -   The tube allows a multicoloured display using only one phosphor, and has improved life. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
An electron is discharged from a filament and is accelerated and controlled by a control grid, then collides with a phosphor layer of an anode substrate. Either the inner or outer face of an indicating outside cover has (a) a filter portion which is discoloured by UV and reversed to the initial state by heating and (b) a transparent electroconductive film portion. An electronic excitation UV emitting phosphor layer is laminated on the control grid.    ADVANTAGE -   The tube allows a multicoloured display using only one phosphor, and has improved life. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
An electron is discharged from a filament and is accelerated and controlled by a control grid, then collides with a phosphor layer of an anode substrate. Either the inner or outer face of an indicating outside cover has (a) a filter portion which is discoloured by UV and reversed to the initial state by heating and (b) a transparent electroconductive film portion. An electronic excitation UV emitting phosphor layer is laminated on the control grid.    ADVANTAGE -   The tube allows a multicoloured display using only one phosphor, and has improved life. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
An electron is discharged from a filament and is accelerated and controlled by a control grid, then collides with a phosphor layer of an anode substrate. Either the inner or outer face of an indicating outside cover has (a) a filter portion which is discoloured by UV and reversed to the initial state by heating and (b) a transparent electroconductive film portion. An electronic excitation UV emitting phosphor layer is laminated on the control grid.    ADVANTAGE -   The tube allows a multicoloured display using only one phosphor, and has improved life. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
(JP3008375-A)      The electric element comprises laminate of metal part having large value of work function, n-type inorganic semiconductor layer, and electroconductive organic semiconductor layer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electric element is used for solar cell, luminous element, and transistor. Redn. in current density will not occur. The electroconductive organic semiconductor layer can be made thin with low probability of short circuiting by pin holes.    In an example, zinc oxide layer of approx. 1300 Angstroms in thickness was formed on ITO glass substrate at the substrate temp. of approx. 300 deg.C by DC magnetron sputtering method using introducing gas of Ar. On the zinc oxide layer, perylene tetracarboxyl methylimide layer of approx. 2000 Angstroms thickness was formed by the vapour deposition in vacuum, then gold was deposited on it, then lead wires were attached on the electrodes. At the ITO side of the element, voltage swept at 6mV/s was impressed, and electric current at +- 1V was measured. Value of -1.3 x 10 power(-3) A/cm2 was obtd. at -1 V.
Cell comprises electrolyte, anode, and cathode consisting of basic material of alkali metal such as Li. Tetra-alkyl-silane is added to the electrolyte.    Pref. amt. of tetra-alkyl-silane in electrolyte is 0.1-10 (0.5-4) vol.%. Tetra-alkyl-silane comprises pref. tetrabutylsilane.    ADVANTAGE -   Voltage drop of the cell with organic electrolyte at initial discharge can be reduced even at heavy load discharge after storage. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Cell comprises electrolyte, anode, and cathode consisting of basic material of alkali metal such as Li. Tetra-alkyl-silane is added to the electrolyte.    Pref. amt. of tetra-alkyl-silane in electrolyte is 0.1-10 (0.5-4) vol.%. Tetra-alkyl-silane comprises pref. tetrabutylsilane.    ADVANTAGE -   Voltage drop of the cell with organic electrolyte at initial discharge can be reduced even at heavy load discharge after storage. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Steam reforming catalyst for hydrocarbons is described comprising a catalyst metal supported on the surface of a zirconia carrier contg. yttria and having a crystal structure primarily tetragonal or tetragonal and cubic.    Catalyst metal is pref. Rh, Ru, Pd, or Pt, more pref. Rh or Ru, or an alloy of any of these. Amt. of catalyst metal to be supported is pref. 0.01-10wt.%, (0.1-3wt.%). The yttria content in the zirconia carrier is pref. 0.5-20mol.%, (1.5-6mol.%). The crystal structure is pref. at least 35% tetragonal, (50%).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Provides a steam reforming catalyst for hydrocarbons, mfg. H2 and C oxides from hydrocarbons and steam. It is superior to conventional catalysts as it has high conversion efficiency, good mechanical strength, suppresses coking and has prolonged life. It may be used in fuel cells using hydrocarbon as a raw material. @(17pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Fuel cell comprises stacked unit structures connected in series, each unit comprising: a porous substrate; an H2 electrode film formed of Ni powder having fine, uniform size voids; solid electrolyte, and O2 electrode-films. Pref. a Pt coating is formed between H2 electrode and electrolyte-films; and the Ni powder is formed of a mixt of powder of dia. 1 micron or less and a powder of dia. 3 micron or less, to form voids of uniform size.    ADVANTAGE -   Cell is provided having a thin solid electrolyte which induces a min. voltage drop.
New cpds. derived from Bi4V2O11 are claimed and are used electrochemically esp. as oxide-ion-conducting electrolytes. The cpds. must retain the gamma phase of the parent cpd. and the charges must balance. There are three general types: (a) (Bi2-xMxOz) (V1-yM'yOz), where M is substd. for Bi and has an oxidn. no. less than or equal to 3; M' is substd. for V with an oxidn. no. greater than or equal to 5; and x, y and z are appropriate for the nature of the substits. M and M' and additionally where x and y are not zero; (b) (Bi2O2) (V1-yM'yOz), where M' is as in (a) above and y is not zero and additionally where M' is one of the gp. I or II metals, a transition metal, a gp. III to V element or a rare earth; (c) (Bi2-xMxO2) (VO2), where M is as in (a) above with x not zero and additionally where M is a lanthanide. They are prepd. by heating to 600 deg.C for 10-15 hrs. a mixt. of the oxides of Bi, V, M and M' in the appropriate quantities for the oxidn. states of M and M'; grinding the mixt., then raising the temp. to 700-800 deg.C for a further 10-15 hrs., repeating to obtain the desired phase. Alternatively the oxides can be replaced by cpds. decomposing thermally in situ to form the oxides.    ADVANTAGE -   The gamma phase of Bi4V2O11 is stabilised giving improved conductivity for oxide ion over known oxide electrolytes. Conductivity is about 10power(-3) ohm-1cm-1 at 200 deg.C., about 100 times greater than currently available materials. The cpds. may be used in fuel cells as sintered ceramics, thin layers or films. @(26pp Dwg.No.0/4)
A method of compressing gases in cryogenic cooling systems is claimed to be esp. useful in spacecraft etc where high reliability is required. The cryogenic cooling circuit is conventional, using a series of heat exchangers and 2 Joule-Thompson expansion valves. To perform the cooling duty -hydrogen and oxygen are the working fluids used in the closed-loop circuit.    The main novelty is the electrochemical compressor used to compress the two gases as part of the refrigeration cycle: this has no moving parts and a low energy requirement, making it suitable for use in cooling eg. infrared sensors etc in satellites etc. The compressor is effectively a fuel cell and an electroyltic cell sepd. by an electrode/membrane array: each of the two cells also has an electrode/membrane system. Hydrogen and oxygen are fed at low pressure to the fuel cell, where they combine to form water, with electricity being generated also. The water is "pumped" across the sepg. membrane, using electrical energy supplied via the electrodes, and enters the electrolytic cell at a higher pressure. Here the water is electrolysed into hydrogen and oxygen, which leave the device at the increased pressure.    The electrochemical compressor (12)(fig 2) consists of a housing (118) divided into four compartments (120, 132, 140, 148) by 3 membrane arrays comprising 2 porous plate electrodes with a catalytic membrane sandwiched between them. Low-pressure hydrogen (16) and oxygen (14) enter the 2 upper compartments (120, 132) which act as a fuel cell. The 2 gases are reacted to form water (on the cathode (122), anode (126) and membrane (124) assembly), producing an electrical current (128). Electrical energy (130) is supplied to the second electrode assembly (anode 134, cathode 138, membrane 136) which passes water and hydrogen ions over (at a higher pressure) into the electrolytic cell in the 2 lower compartments (140, 148). Further electrical energy (150) is used to dissociate the water into high-p
On termination operation of fuel reformed by which raw fuel gas like hydrocarbons or alcohols is reformed with steam into H2-rich fuel gas supply of the raw fuel gas is stopped, and inert gas is introduced into the reformer in the reverse direction of the raw fuel gas supply, so that remaining steam and raw fuel gas are purged.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The operation of the fuel gas reformer can be terminated and started repeatedly while keeping higher reforming efficiency. High purity N2 gas is not required to purge the remaining gas.    In an example N2 gas contg. small amt. of O2 was introduced into the reformer from the gas outlet to purge remaining raw fuel gas and steam. The reforming catalyst of Cu placed at the gas outlet was heavily oxidised to CuO but the Cu at the gas inlet was slightly. On starting of the operation, the heavily oxidised catalyst was able to be reduced with H2-rich gas produced with the slightly oxidised Cu catalyst. @(3pp Dwg.No. 1/2)@
In growth of a liq. phase crystal, during melting of a soln. material, a liq. sealing material with which the soln. material surface is covered and which excludes vapour generated from the soln. material is contained in the soln.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Contamination and decomposition of the substrate surface due to a volatile component are suppressed, and high quality crystal growth is effected with good yield. @(6pp Dwg.No.1,2/5)@
Carbon dioxide gas from anode outlet gas comprises the steps (a) gas from anode pole of fused carbonate type fuel cell is fed to an absorption appts., (b) CO2 is removed from the gas by absorption into an aq. soln. contg. an alkali salt or an amine, (c) CO2 absorbed gas is regenerated in a regenerator using thermal energy anode outlet gas, (d) regenerated absorbing soln. is fed back into the absorbing appts. and sepd. CO2 is fed to cathode pole of the fused carbonate type fuel cell.    ADVANTAGE -   Power generation efficiency of fuel cell is improved from 41% to 52%. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Carbon dioxide gas from anode outlet gas comprises the steps (a) gas from anode pole of fused carbonate type fuel cell is fed to an absorption appts., (b) CO2 is removed from the gas by absorption into an aq. soln. contg. an alkali salt or an amine, (c) CO2 absorbed gas is regenerated in a regenerator using thermal energy anode outlet gas, (d) regenerated absorbing soln. is fed back into the absorbing appts. and sepd. CO2 is fed to cathode pole of the fused carbonate type fuel cell.    ADVANTAGE -   Power generation efficiency of fuel cell is improved from 41% to 52%. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Carbon dioxide gas from anode outlet gas comprises the steps (a) gas from anode pole of fused carbonate type fuel cell is fed to an absorption appts., (b) CO2 is removed from the gas by absorption into an aq. soln. contg. an alkali salt or an amine, (c) CO2 absorbed gas is regenerated in a regenerator using thermal energy anode outlet gas, (d) regenerated absorbing soln. is fed back into the absorbing appts. and sepd. CO2 is fed to cathode pole of the fused carbonate type fuel cell.    ADVANTAGE -   Power generation efficiency of fuel cell is improved from 41% to 52%.
Carbon dioxide gas from anode outlet gas comprises the steps (a) gas from anode pole of fused carbonate type fuel cell is fed to an absorption appts., (b) CO2 is removed from the gas by absorption into an aq. soln. contg. an alkali salt or an amine, (c) CO2 absorbed gas is regenerated in a regenerator using thermal energy anode outlet gas, (d) regenerated absorbing soln. is fed back into the absorbing appts. and sepd. CO2 is fed to cathode pole of the fused carbonate type fuel cell.    ADVANTAGE -   Power generation efficiency of fuel cell is improved from 41% to 52%. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Carbon dioxide gas from anode outlet gas comprises the steps (a) gas from anode pole of fused carbonate type fuel cell is fed to an absorption appts., (b) CO2 is removed from the gas by absorption into an aq. soln. contg. an alkali salt or an amine, (c) CO2 absorbed gas is regenerated in a regenerator using thermal energy anode outlet gas, (d) regenerated absorbing soln. is fed back into the absorbing appts. and sepd. CO2 is fed to cathode pole of the fused carbonate type fuel cell.    ADVANTAGE -   Power generation efficiency of fuel cell is improved from 41% to 52%. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Bis-ethylene di-thia-fulvalene (BEDT-TTF) gp. organic conductor of formula (I) where X = anion and X is anion expressed general formula M(YCN)2 where M = Ni, Cu, Pd, Ag, Pt, Au, Cd or Hg, Y = O, S, Se or Te, also one or 2 more S in (BEDT-TTE) is substd. by O, Se or Te.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The organic conductor is applied to print circuit and sensor with higher critical temp. or conductivity. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
The mixture (3) impinges on the wall (10) of a cylindrical housing (12) so as to form a bubble-foam (14). This foam is applied to a rotating cylinder (16) which consists of a combination of fine-pored material (18), and concentric to it, highly porous material (19). The cylinder feeds the condensate water to an outlet valve (48) after removing the water from the foam.    Pore properties are specified, the materials being selected from sintered metal, metal, plastic or ceramic.    USE -   Weightless-operating separator e.g. for spacecraft batteries. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Method of mfg. a semiconductor device comprises: 1) mounting a substrate on a holder disposed in a reaction chamber; 2) carrying out a first CVD process in this cahmber; 3) transporting the substrate and holder to a second holder without exposure to air; 4) performing a second, microwave-and magnetic field-enhanced CVD reaction in the second chamber; and 5) passing an electrical discharge through the gas in the second chamber to compensate for energy losses, using a pair of electrodes between which the substrate is placed, so that the electric field is perpendicular to the substrate surface.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The invention is used to mfr. light-emitting KISs, superlattice light-emitting devices, solar cells, semiconductor lasers and integrated circuit optical devices. The method produces a device with a high quality junction, with a large throughput and short processing time.
Fluid flow field plate (12) used in solid polymer electrolyte fuel cell is made of a suitable electrically conducting material. It has a single continuous open-faced fluid channel (22) formed in a major surface which traverses the central area of the surface in a number of passes. The channel has a fluid inlet (24) at one end and a fluid outlet (26) at the other, inlet and outlet being directly connected to a fluid supply opening (25) and a fluid exhaust opening (27) respectively defined in the surface.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The fluid flow field plate design enables water to be removed as it forms in the channel, movement of the water being encouraged before it can coalesce into a large droplet requiring greater force to remove it. The water is removed by the flow of oxidant gas, typically oxygen. If air is used, the channel ensures a uniform and controlled oxygen partial pressure drop across the cell and enables the oxygen concentration at any point to be measured or calculated and controlled with accuracy. @(7pp dwg.No.2/3)@
A continuous method for making an elongated assembly, from which many individual compact fuel cell assemblies are made, comprises simultaneously forming electrodes (14,16) impermeable to fuel and oxidiser on the two faces of a carrier element (12), and simultaneously forming solid electrolyte layers (18,20) on the electrode surfaces. These layers are electronically insulating and ionically conducting and permeable to fuel, oxidant, and prods Further electrodes (22,24), permeable to fuel and oxidiser, are then formed on the other surfaces of the solid electrolyte layers.    Pref. the electrolyte is hydrated Al oxide or a C-baesd polymer. Pref. the electrodes are of Pt, Pd, Au, Ni, alloys of these or electronically conducting mixed oxides. Pref. there is a permeable conductive layer between the corrugated member and the third and fourth electrode. Pref. the fuel is H2, CH4 or CH3OH the oxidiser O2, and the container and rod are the negative and positive terminals respectively.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A continuous fabrication process and resulting fuel cell assembly (claimed) are provided. The process is low-cost and the cells compact, versatile and able to provide high current and power. The spiral package is esp. compact and useful.
Device comprises an ion source, a filter for letting ions having a desired mass and a desired speed through, and a means to decelerate and focus the ion beam getting out of the filter.    USE -   Ions can be taken from soln. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Device comprises an ion source, a filter for letting ions having a desired mass and a desired speed through, and a means to decelerate and focus the ion beam getting out of the filter.    USE -   Ions can be taken from soln. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Device comprises an ion source, a filter for letting ions having a desired mass and a desired speed through, and a means to decelerate and focus the ion beam getting out of the filter.    USE -   Ions can be taken from soln. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Device comprises an ion source, a filter for letting ions having a desired mass and a desired speed through, and a means to decelerate and focus the ion beam getting out of the filter.    USE -   Ions can be taken from soln. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
In a heat-resistant FRP tube, a bridged condensation type polycyclic aromatic resin (I) is used as the matrix resin, and glass fibre or others are also used as reinforcing fibres. (I) is obtd. from the reaction of a condensation polycyclic aromatic cpd. such as napthalene, etc., or a mixt. of the polycyclic aromatic cpd. and a monocyclic aromatic cpd. e.g. phenol, with the aromatic cpd. having at least two hydroxymethyl or halomethyl gps. as cross-linking agent, in the presence of an organic sulphonic acid cpd., water-insol. organic sulphonic acid cpd. or a copolymer with a sulphonic acid gp. as a catalyst at 50-2000 deg.C under pressure or reduced pressure.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The FRP tube is excellent in heat resistance (to 200-250 deg.C), mechanical characteristics, and productivity can be obtd. easily. The FRP tube is effectively applicable to various industrial fields such as chemcial and power plants, etc. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP2312167-A)      Vacuum tube is sealed by bonding a section of a vacuum tube for vacuum treatment to an intercommunicating tube connected to a vacuum appts. followed by cutting at a sealing and cutting part after vacuum treatment. The vacuum treatment is performed by bonding an annular concave part formed at the apex of the intercommunicating tube and an engaging part of the edge of a bonding part of the vacuum tube hermetically with bonding fused material, pref. low m. pt. frit glass powder, annular pellets, glass solder or metal brazing material.    USE -   For evacuating glass, metal, or ceramic tubes, or sealing vacuum tubes after filling gas.
Vacuum tube is sealed by bonding a section of a vacuum tube for vacuum treatment to an intercommunicating tube connected to a vacuum appts. followed by cutting at a sealing and cutting part after vacuum treatment. The vacuum treatment is performed by bonding an annular concave part formed at the apex of the intercommunicating tube and an engaging part of the edge of a bonding part of the vacuum tube hermetically with bonding fused material, pref. low m. pt. frit glass powder, annular pellets, glass solder or metal brazing material.    USE -   For evacuating glass, metal, or ceramic tubes, or sealing vacuum tubes after filling gas. @(4pp DWg.No.2/4)@
In the hydrogen purifier to supply purified hydrogen to a fuel cell by removing carbon monoxide from steam-contg. hydrogen gas, an electrolyte is held between 2 sheets of gas diffusion electrodes capable of adsorbing carbon monoxide, passages for hydrogen gas are provided on the surfaces of the electrodes and a power source for sending an electric current intermittently to the electrodes is also provided.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The hydrogen purifier is partic. useful in removing carbon monoxide from hydrogen gas to be supplied to fuel cells which use high molecular solid electrolytes and operate at comparatively low temp. Using the purifier the concn. of carbon monoxide can be reduced to not more than 10ppm.    In an example, hydrogen gas for fuel cells was obtd. from steam-reformed methanol by removing carbon monoxide using the purifier as follows. Gas diffusion electrodes with an effective area of 121cm2 and a thickness of 0.5mm on which a Pt catalyst was supported at 0.5mg/cm2 were used as the electrodes. Steam-reformed methanol gas was allowed to flow through the passages on the electrodes for 60 min. while an electric current at 60A, 0.8V was applied to the electrodes for a duration of 2 sec. at intervals of 10 min. While the steam-reformed gas contd. 68 mol. % H2, 10 mol. % H20, 22 mol. % C02 and 100 ppm CO, the purified gas contd. 10 ppm CO. @(4pp Dwg.No.1-3/3)@
Hydrogen is produced by a steam reforming reaction using a hydrocarbon or methanol as the raw material to use the produced hydrogen-contg. gas for a fuel cell, a sepn. membrane to separate hydrogen is placed in the reaction tube filled with a catalyst. An outer casing is set around the reaction tube. The raw materials are supplied to the reaction tube filled with a catalyst to generate hydrogen gas. An inert gas is passed through the inside of the sepn. membrane to allow the hydrogen gas to permeate through the membrane to go outside the system accompanied by the inert gas. The hydrogen-contg. gas is supplied to a fuel cell. The residual gas consists of inert gas and contains hydrogen at a low level, and after being consumed in the fuel cell is circulated to the inside of the sepn. membrane to be reused.    ADVANTAGE -   The heat generated as a result of combusting the unreacted raw material gases in the outer casing of the catalyst layer are used for catalytic reaction. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/3)
A metal substrate contg. dispersed fine graphite particles is heated in H2 or O2 atmos. at above 500 deg.C so that graphite is vaporised as CH4 or CO to form fine pores.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Crystallisation of graphite is controlled for specified pore size and porosity. For fuel cell, filter, etc. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The method comprises dispersing magnetic powder in aq. soln. in which a dispersing agent or binder is also dispersed to obtain a slurry; freezing the slurry; then drying in a vacuum. The magnetic powder pref. comprises iron oxide ferromagnetic powder or hexagonal ferrite ferromagnetic powder.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for the treatment of magnetic powder for magnetic recording use. Dispersibility of the magnetic powder is improved. Magnetic paint can be cost savingly be prepd.    In an example, 100 pts. wt. of Co-coated gamma iron oxide and 300 pts. wt. of pure water wre mixed, and 3 pts. wt. of 3-glycidoxypropyl-trimethoxysilane was added. The mixt. was frozen at minus 30 deg. C with dry methanol. After freezing, the slurry was heated to 50 deg. C to obtain the sample contg. 0.4 wt. % of water. 80 pts. wt. of the treated magnetic powder, 10 pts. wt. of the copolymer of vinylchloride-vinyl acetate-vinyl alcohol, and 10 pts. wt. of polyurethane elastomer were added to 174 pts. wt. of mixed soln. of methylethyl-ketone-toluene-cyclohexanone to obtain a slurry. The slurry was applied on polyester film to prepare magnetic tape. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP2306545-A)      The cathode comprises zinc or alloy powder with mercurised deg. of up to 1%, dispersed in gel state alkaline electrolyte. In the cathode, polyoxyethylene gp. alkylallylthioether type non-ionic surfactant is of formula (I), (where n = 8-15, R = 5-30C alkyl, EO = CH2CH2O, is added as 10-100ppm to the amt. of zinc).    ADVANTAGE -   Mercury content is effectively reduced without lowering discharge capability.
A lanthanum chromite-based complex oxide is represented by the formula: La1-xMxCr1-yO3, where M = at least one alkaline earth metal other than Mg; M' = at least one metal from the gp. of Co, Fe, Ni, Zn, Cu, Mn, Al, V, Ir, Mo, W, Pd and Y. x = 0-0.5; y = 0-0.5. The complex oxide has a perovskite structure.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used as a high-temp. electrically conductive material, partic. as a separator in a solid oxide fuel cell. The invented oxide may be sintered to at least 95% of theoretical density at normal pressure, has excellent resistance to both oxidn. and redn. and has an electrical conductivity more than twice that of conventional lanthanum chromite (LaCrO3). @(14pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Large-area film is continuously deposited by microwave CVD by continuously moving a band-shaped member (101) contg. a conductive member along its length so that a pillar-shaped film-forming space (104) is formed, in a vacuum (107), using the band-shaped member as a sidewall for the space; supplying gas (105) to the space; and radiating microwaves (103) through an antenna in all directions vertical to the direction of movement to generate a deposition plasma.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used esp. in mass prodn. of large-area solar cells. Films of good uniformity are deposited over large areas with high gas utilisation efficiency and high speed. @(90pp Dwg.No.1/23)@
Electrochemical appts. includes a generator section (22) contg.: axially elongated cells (16) each having an exterior fuel electrode (18), a solid oxide electrolyte and an interior air electrode; fuel gas feed inlet (28); oxidant gas feed inlet (30); and spent fuel exit channel (46) passing from the generator chamber to combine with fresh fuel inlet (28) at mixer (50). A reformable fuel channel (52) passes through the generator chamber (22) and connects with mixer (50), the channel contg. entry ports (54) within the chamber (22), the axis of the ports being transverse to the fuel electrode surfaces (18) and a catalytic reforming material being distributed near the entry ports (54).    ADVANTAGE -   ruel supply is distributed along the entire cell, with use of water vapour-contg. spent fuel added to the fresh fuel to allow in-situ reformation by a catalytic reformer distributed along the cell length. @(7pp DWg.No.1/2)@
Washing of electron tube parts to clean and remove grease from the parts uses cleaning liq., contg. min. 95% of limonene. After washing the parts they are dried at reduced pressure.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The parts can be cleaned by removing grease without pollution of natural environment.    In an example washing object (6) (parts for the electron tube) was soaked in limonene liq., in the first bath (1a). The limonene liq. was heated at 40.5 deg.C with the heater (8). After designated time for soaking, the parts (6) were transferred to the second bath (1b). Less contaminated cleaning limonene liq. flowed into the second bath (1b) from the third bath (1c). New cleaning liq. was supplied into the third bath (1c). The parts (6) were finally washed in the third bath (1c), then transferred to the chamber (1d) to remove limonene, then transferred to the reduced pressure chamber (2) and held at the pressure at up to 5 Torr for 3 min., then the pressure was released and the parts were taken out. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
Washing of electron tube parts to clean and remove grease from the parts uses cleaning liq., contg. min. 95% of limonene. After washing the parts they are dried at reduced pressure.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The parts can be cleaned by removing grease without pollution of natural environment.    In an example washing object (6) (parts for the electron tube) was soaked in limonene liq., in the first bath (1a). The limonene liq. was heated at 40.5 deg.C with the heater (8). After designated time for soaking, the parts (6) were transferred to the second bath (1b). Less contaminated cleaning limonene liq. flowed into the second bath (1b) from the third bath (1c). New cleaning liq. was supplied into the third bath (1c). The parts (6) were finally washed in the third bath (1c), then transferred to the chamber (1d) to remove limonene, then transferred to the reduced pressure chamber (2) and held at the pressure at up to 5 Torr for 3 min., then the pressure was released and the parts were taken out. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
Producing vinyl phosphonate contg. fluorine deriv. of formula RxCF=CF(O)P-(OR)2 (where R is substd. or non-substd. hydrocarbon gp. having 1-2C, Rx is perfluoroalkyl gp., polyfluoroalkyl gp., or alkyl gp.) comprises making phosphite cpd. of formula P(OR)3 react with a cpd. of formula RxCFClCFClX (where X is Br or I) under UV radiation and visual light having 250-340 nm wavelength.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Since polymers comprising phosphonate are heat-resistant and chemical-resistant, they can be used as an ion-exchange membrane, a diaphragm of fuel cell. Vinyl phosphonate contg. fluorine can be easily produced at high yield in comparison with conventional methods.    In an example, CF2ClCFCH was formed by making ICl and chloro-trifluoroethylene react in the presence of dichloromethane. The obtd. CF2ClCFCH (279g, 1 mol) was added to P(OCH3)5 (290g, 2.5 mol) under uv radiation at 25-30 deg C for 5 hrs. The resultant substance was distilled to obtain 95g of CF2=CFP(O)(OCH3)2. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Printed wiring board is made by roughening the surface of an insulating substrate by sputtering, depositing a metal film by deposition or sputter deposition, forming photosensitive resin (photoresist) patterns on the metal film deposited substrate surface, depositing a metal among the patterns by plating, removing the patterns, and etching the whole surface, to form plated metal part wiring.    The sputter deposition unit has insulating material feed mechanism, vacuum 1st reaction chamber for roughening the surface of the insulating material, and vacuum 2nd reaction chamber for deposition of metal film. The Cu-clad laminates comprises roughened surface of an insulating material, and a Cu film formed on the surface of the insulating material.    USE -   For high density printed wiring boards and Cu-clad laminates. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/4@
The contact material contains 6-20 wt.% tin, 1-5.5 wt.% bismuth and 0.01-10 wt.% Cd which is 50 wt.% of tin, or In in amt. 0.5-6 wt.% which is 50 wt.% of tin. Internal oxidn. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A solid oxide fuel cell comprises a solid oxide fuel cell unit consisting of a fuel electrode layer, an electrolyte layer and an air electrode layer, the layers being subsequently superimposed to form an integral unit on a substrate; a first region filled with air or O2; a second region filled with fuel gas. The 2 regions are sepd. by the fuel cell unit. Characteristically, the substrate has a coefft. of thermal expansion substantially equal to that of the electrolyte layer, which has been formed by spray coating and heat treatment. Pref., (i) the electrolyte layer is made of yttria stabilised r0, and the substrate is O stabilised by yttria, calcia or magnesia. (ii) the spray coated electrolyte layer is heat treated above 1300 deg.C for at least 1 hr.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Solid fuel cell utilising an electrolyte layer, formed by plasma spray coating and heat treatment, which has a low gas permeability coefft.
Component is claimed for current passage between adjacent flat stacked high temp. fuel cells with a stabilised zirconia solid electrolyte in which' the oxygen electrode of one cell is electrically connected to the fuel electrode of the next cell and in which the inter-electrode space is divided by a gastight electrically conductive separator plate into respective fuel and oxygen source gas passage spaces. The novelty is that the component comprises (a) a shape-determining core (1) of heat resistant material selected from (i) Fe or Ni-based alloys, (ii) Fe, Cr, Mo, W or their alloys contg. max 0.2 wt.% of Al, Ti, Nb, and Co and max. 0.5 wt.% of Si and (iii) Ni3Si; (b) a sheath (3) of AU, Pd, Pt or an alloy of at least two of these elements, which is non-oxidisable in an oxygen atmos. at the cell operating temp.; and (c) a diffusion barrier interlayer (2) of Ni3Si between the core (1) and the sheath (3).    ADVANTAGE -   Component has high metallic electrical conductivity, provides good electrical contact, has long term stability in neutral,reducing and oxidising atmos. and can be produced inexpensively, reproducibly and interchangeably. @(13pp Dwg.No.1/10)@
In a high temp. fuel cell having a stack of individual cells separated gas tightly by bipolar plates (2) which include gas channels (3) and which are interposed between electrode (5,7) coated solid electrolyte foils (5,7) have a sandwich construction of 'n' individual layers of different electrode materials and (ii) the individual layer materials are selected according to thermal expansion coefficients to provide continuous transition in 'n+1' steps between the thermal expansion coefficients of the solid electrolyte foil and the bipolar plate.    A high temp. fuel cell prodn. process involves, (a) successively producing 'n' individual layers of different electrode materials for the cathode (5) by a foil casting, sputtering, thermal spraying sol/gel, foil electrophoretic, screen printing or plasma spraying process on one side of a solid electrolyte foil (6), (b) sintering the multilayer in one or more steps, (c) producing the anode (7) on the other side of the foil (6) in a similar manner, (d) sintering the anode-forming multilayer, and (e) assembling several such coated foils (1) to form a gastight fuel cell stack in which the foils are separated by bipolar metallic plates (2) having grooves (3,3') which define fuel supply and withdrawal gas channels in the stack.    ADVANTAGE -   The fuel cell is suitable for permanent operation, is mechanically stable w.r.t. high temps. and pressure differences, and has good electrical capacity provided by the series connection of the stack. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A solar cell is mfd. by (a) cleaning and setting a slide glass covered with a mask in a deposition machine, (b) vacuum - depositing Cu and Zn on the slide glass located in a boat at 1x10 power minus 5 Torr, (c) introducing CdS powder and tungsten wire to the quartz tube, (d) removing water and depositing the CdS on the base plate at 100deg.C, (e) etching the CdS surface with H: soln. and heating the surface in CuCl2 soln. at 90deg.C, (f) forming an electrode by bonding a Cu electrode with Ag paste, and (g) moulding a cover glass with an epoxy resi
(JP2299167-A)      The Nb3Sn superconducting wire is obtd. by placing assemblies comprising Cu-coated Nb wires around a Sn-wire, a diffusion barrier layer is formed around a stabilising material that is wire drawn, followed by heat treating to form Nb3Sn by diffusion reaction. The numbers of the assemblies disposed around the diffusion barrier layer is 40-100.    USE -   For internal diffusion type N3Sn superconducting wires having high-critical current density.
The Nb3Sn superconducting wire is obtd. by placing assemblies comprising Cu-coated Nb wires around a Sn-wire, a diffusion barrier layer is formed around a stabilising material that is wire drawn, followed by heat treating to form Nb3Sn by diffusion reaction. The numbers of the assemblies disposed around the diffusion barrier layer is 40-100.    USE -   For internal diffusion type N3Sn superconducting wires having high-critical current density. @(4pp DWg.No.1/4)@
The Nb3Sn superconducting wire is obtd. by placing assemblies comprising Cu-coated Nb wires around a Sn-wire, a diffusion barrier layer is formed around a stabilising material that is wire drawn, followed by heat treating to form Nb3Sn by diffusion reaction. The numbers of the assemblies disposed around the diffusion barrier layer is 40-100.    USE -   For internal diffusion type N3Sn superconducting wires having high-critical current density. @(4pp DWg.No.1/4)@
A solvent is formulated around ethylene glycol. At least one of the following acids or their salts serving as a major solute and hexites and/or boric acid are added to the solvent. The mixt. is dissolved to form electrolyte for driving electrolytic capacitor. The acid is e.g. 1-methyl-1,7-heptane dicarboxylic acid, 1,7-dimethyl-1,7-heptane dicarboxylic acid, 1,3-dimethyl-1,3,9-nonane tricarboxylic acid, 1,3-dimethyl-3-carbomethoxy-1,9-nonane dicarboxylic acid, 1,3-dimethy 1,3-dimethyl-1,7-heptane dicarboxylic acid, 1-methyl-3-ethyl-1,7-heptane-dicarboxylic acid, 7-ethyl-1,16-hexadecane dicarboxylic acid, acid, 7,12-dimethyl-1,18-octandecane dicarboxylic acid, 7,8,11,12-tetramethyl-1,18-octadecane dicarboxylic acid, 7-methyl-1,14-tetradecane dicarboxylic acid.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrolyte is used a medium-or high-voltage electrolytic capacitor. The electrolyte has high spark voltage without increasing specific resistance. The resulting electrolytic capacitor has high reliability. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
A solvent is formulated around ethylene glycol. At least one of the following acids or their salts serving as a major solute and hexites and/or boric acid are added to the solvent. The mixt. is dissolved to form electrolyte for driving electrolytic capacitor. The acid is e.g. 1-methyl-1,7-heptane dicarboxylic acid, 1,7-dimethyl-1,7-heptane dicarboxylic acid, 1,3-dimethyl-1,3,9-nonane tricarboxylic acid, 1,3-dimethyl-3-carbomethoxy-1,9-nonane dicarboxylic acid, 1,3-dimethy 1,3-dimethyl-1,7-heptane dicarboxylic acid, 1-methyl-3-ethyl-1,7-heptane-dicarboxylic acid, 7-ethyl-1,16-hexadecane dicarboxylic acid, acid, 7,12-dimethyl-1,18-octandecane dicarboxylic acid, 7,8,11,12-tetramethyl-1,18-octadecane dicarboxylic acid, 7-methyl-1,14-tetradecane dicarboxylic acid.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrolyte is used a medium-or high-voltage electrolytic capacitor. The electrolyte has high spark voltage without increasing specific resistance. The resulting electrolytic capacitor has high reliability. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Thick film of complex oxide, Bi-Pb-Sr-Ca-Cu-O, is formed on the surface of metallic substrate. The thick film is preliminarily heat-treated at 400-600 deg.C, then compression force is applied on the multi-layered material of the thick film/metallic substrate.    The material is calcined at 800-870 deg.C for 12-100 hrs. and compression force is applied. The material is then calcined at 800-870 deg.C for 12-100 hrs. to arrange c axis of the complex oxide crystal in vertical orientation to make the axis vertical to the surface of the substrate, and to make strong bonding between the crystal particles, and to make them dense.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of the superconductive oxide thick film composed of Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca and Cu. Superconductive oxide multi-layered material with good c axis orientation can be prepd. at reduced cost. Critical current density and critical temp. of the material are improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/4)
Na/S cell comprises a beta-Al2O3 tube separating the anode and cathode active materials, the tube contg. water in an amt. not above 0.3, pref. not above 0.1 mg/sq.cm of tube surface area.    Cell is made by heating the tube after sintering to remove absorbed water to the above levels. The heating is pref. carried out at about 300deg.C, pref. above 600deg.C, and esp. above 1000deg.C, in dry air, N2, Ar or a vacuum for at least 30 mins., pref. at least 1 hr. In an embodiment microwave heating in a vacuum is used. The tube is then assembled into the cell.    ADVANTAGE -   Cell has prolonged life and reliability. @(14pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Prepn. of a silylmethane of formula CH 4-m(SiH3)m (I), where m is 2-4, comprises reacting an arylhalogenoosilane of formula ArSiH2X1 with a halogenomethane of formula CH/4-m)Xm. Ar is an (un)substd. aryl and X is a halogen. The reaction takes place in the presence of a reducing metal. The resulting arylsilyl -methane of formula CH4-m (SiH2Ar)m is reacted with a hydride.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   : In the prepn. of monocrystalline silicon. The prepn. of (I) is safe , simple and gives consistently high yields. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The surface of a semiconductor is covered with a thin film of noble metal, e.g. Au, Ag, Pt, Pd, etc., by vapour deposition under vacuum condition, etc., and then covered with a film of long-chain alkylthiophene polymer by coating a soln. of a long-chain alkylthiophene polymer doped on the surface of the semiconductor with the noble metal thin film and by evaporating the solvent.    The semiconductor is single crystal, polycrystal, or amorphous Si, Ga, GaAs, etc. and the long-chain alkylthiophene polymer doped is obtd. by adding a supporting electrolyte such as trifluoromethane sulphonic acid tetrabutyl ammonium, etc., with a thiophene cpd. such as 3-hexylthiophene, etc., and a solvent such as trichloroethylene to an electrolytic polymerisation system.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   This method effectively produces high-quality stabilised semiconductor electrodes which can be used stably with good performance for long periods of time even in electrolyte aq. solns. as wet-type photocells capable of converting solar energy into electric energy. @(3pp DWg.No.0/0)@ Dwg.not availabl
In the prepn. of a superconducting film made of Ta contg. oxide superconductor, a precursor of the superconductor is coated or adhered with a substrate and then baked in the presence of Ta to form the superconducting film.    ADVANTAGE -   Higher current density film is obtd. Contamination of film forming appts. by toxic Ta is prevented.    In an example a mixt. of 38.7g BaCO3, 7g SrCO3, 24.01g CaCO3 and 28.63g CuO is pulverised, baked at 900 deg.C for 10 hours in air, pulverised to under 325 mesh powders, thermally sprayed on Ni-Co-Fe alloy substrate using plasma (34 kW, 800 A, 200 seconds) as 100 microns thick and heated at 200 deg.C for 2 hours. The substrate is placed on an alumina plate with Ti oxide, closed with an alumina crucible and baked for 10 hours at 870 deg.C to form a superconducting film on it. The film has 117 deg.K of onset critical temp. and the critical current is 2500 A/sq.cm. at liq. N2 temp.. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
In the prepn. of a superconducting film made of Ta contg. oxide superconductor, a precursor of the superconductor is coated or adhered with a substrate and then baked in the presence of Ta to form the superconducting film.    ADVANTAGE -   Higher current density film is obtd. Contamination of film forming appts. by toxic Ta is prevented.    In an example a mixt. of 38.7g BaCO3, 7g SrCO3, 24.01g CaCO3 and 28.63g CuO is pulverised, baked at 900 deg.C for 10 hours in air, pulverised to under 325 mesh powders, thermally sprayed on Ni-Co-Fe alloy substrate using plasma (34 kW, 800 A, 200 seconds) as 100 microns thick and heated at 200 deg.C for 2 hours. The substrate is placed on an alumina plate with Ti oxide, closed with an alumina crucible and baked for 10 hours at 870 deg.C to form a superconducting film on it. The film has 117 deg.K of onset critical temp. and the critical current is 2500 A/sq.cm. at liq. N2 temp.. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A phosphoric acid fuel cell comprises an anode assembly and a cathode assembly each having respectivelyy a catalytic layer, and disposed on opposite sides of a matrix to form cell elements. The elements are disposed between a pair of conductive paltes that have grooves for supplying fuel gas to the anode assembly, and an oxidant to the cathode assembly. The catalytic anode layer is larger than the catalytic cathode layer. The conductive plate adjacent the cathode assembly has a wick disposed in each electrolyte groove to supply electrolyte to the matrix, which transports groove to supply electrolyte to the matrix, which transports electrolyte to the catalytic layer of the anode and cathode assemblies. The size of the catalytic layers, and the disposition of the electrolyte grooves, eliminate corrosion of the cathode layers and the adjacent conductive plate. Further disclosed is the method of sealing the rectangular fuel cell to allow operation at a pressure sufficient to exclude air, thus preventing corrosion of the cathode and adjacent conductive plate.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Phosphoric acid fuel cell, with a replenishment electrolyte feed to a cell matrix from the cathode side, where the cathode is smaller than the anode to prevent corrosion of the cathode side of the cell.
Dry seal for a fuel cell assembly comprises: a first impermeable seal strip (23) around the cathode (7) or anode (3) assembly; a second impermeable seal strip (25) around the other of the cathode and electrode assemblies, the first step being wider than the second; and a compliant seal strip (27) bonded to one of the others. The seal strips are sited to fit the perimeter of the plates and are between the plates to form a dry seal -to keep electrolyte from the edges of the cell and provide smooth exterior sealing surfaces.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. with phosphoric acid fuel cells. Dry cell edge seal is provided which does not rely on the H3PO4, -is easy to mfr. and instal and distributes cell compression forces. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/10)@
In the device, the motor-driven compressor is mounted on the tyre wheel; the inlet and outlet of the compressor are connected with outside air and the tyre through valves, respectively; and the motor is connected to the power supply on the vehicle through the sliding contact mechanism.    ADVANTAGE -   As the whole device is incorporated in the tyre wheel, the sliding seal portion can be eliminated and its structure is comparatively simple. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
In the device, the motor-driven compressor is mounted on the tyre wheel; the inlet and outlet of the compressor are connected with outside air and the tyre through valves, respectively; and the motor is connected to the power supply on the vehicle through the sliding contact mechanism.    ADVANTAGE -   As the whole device is incorporated in the tyre wheel, the sliding seal portion can be eliminated and its structure is comparatively simple. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
In the device, the motor-driven compressor is mounted on the tyre wheel; the inlet and outlet of the compressor are connected with outside air and the tyre through valves, respectively; and the motor is connected to the power supply on the vehicle through the sliding contact mechanism.    ADVANTAGE -   As the whole device is incorporated in the tyre wheel, the sliding seal portion can be eliminated and its structure is comparatively simple. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
Photo-electrochemical cell comprises: a soln. of an ionic salt; a metallic counter-electrode; and a supported semiconductor electrode formed of a transparent porous metal oxide membrane which catalytically induces charge when irradiated so that a potential is created between the electrodes. The cell is pref. contd. in a glass housing and the counter electrode is pref. Pt. The membrane is pref. of TiO2. The membrane is formed of (sintered) particulate TiO2. It may contain an absorbed dye to increase light absorption in a particular bandwidth; a pref. dye is a phenyl-fluorane dye. The membrane is supported on glass.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. in generation of electricity from sunlight. TiO2 membrane has good durability for use in the above application. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Amorphous semiconductor film is formed by: forming a 3-100 (5-100) Angstrom film, pref. by vacuum evapn., sputtering, ion plating, or plasma or phoso CVD, the film contg. not above 20 at%, (not above 10 at%), of bound H2; modifying the film; and repeating the sequence, pref. to deposit a film of overall thickness 1000 Angstrom to 10 micron.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. in solar cell prepn. The film has improved electro-optical properties to e.g. a conventional Si film. @(40pp Dwg.No.1/15)@
Continuous microwave plasma CVD process for a moving substrate web (101) includes moving the web in a curving and projecting columnar fashion (116) through an enclosed film-forming chamber (113) into which uni-directional microwave energy (108) and deposition gas (112) is continuously supplied such that a film is continuously deposited on the inner surface of the columnar substrate. Microwave radiation is prevented from leaking by mesh (114,115) and the substrate is supported on transporting rollers (102,103). The two ends of the column (116) are supported by transporting rings (104,105).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. in prodn. of large scale solar cells of e.g. amorphous Si, and also image sensors, etc.. Method allows continuous deposition of high quality films over a large area, with high gas utilisation and low cost; the microwave plasma can be applied uniformly over a large area and vol..
Continuous microwave plasma CVD process for a moving substrate web (101) includes moving the web in a curving and projecting columnar fashion through a film-forming chamber (116) into which microwave energy (107,108) and deposition gas (113) is continuously supplied such that a film is continuously deposited on the inner surface of the columnar substrate.    The substrate is supported on a pair of transporting rollers (102,103) and the two ends of the substrate columnar portion are supported by transporting rings (104,105).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. in prodn. of large scale solar cells of e.g. amorphous Si, and also image sensors, etc.. Allows continuous deposition of high quality films over a large area, with high gas utilisation efficiency and low cost; the microwave plasma can be applied uniformly over a large area and vol.. @(108pp Dwg.No.1/17)
A fuel cell comprises: (1) an electrolytic layer; (2) an oxygen pole attached to one face of the electrolytic layer; (3) a fuel pole attached to the other face of the electrolytic layer; (4) a separator made of electrically conductive material, opposite the oxygen pole to be connected to it; (5) an oxygen-contg. gas flow passage formed between the oxygen pole and the separator. The cell has a conductive member disposed in the oxygen-contg. gas flow passage, the member being made of flexible material, separate from the oxygen pole and the separator, and connecting entire or partial faces of the oxygen pole and the separator with each other.    ADVANTAGE -   The cell is less subject to thermal strain, and the tolerances required during mfr. are not as tight.
Rectangular fuel cell stack comprises anode (26), cathode (27) and electrolyte (20) elements with separators defining anode and cathodee chambers for receiving fuel and oxidant gases, the electrolyte (20) and separator plates (40) n extending to the edge of the stack and being sealed via a peripheral separator plate/ electrolyte wet seal structure (23) (23).    The separator plates and electrolytes also have a series of aligned holes (24, 25) surrounded by manifold wet seal structures (45, 46) with conduits extending through them to provide fuel gas to the anode chambers and oxidant gas to the cathode chambers.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. with high temp. molten carbonate fuel cells. Arrangement provides a sealed, fully internal manifolding, leading to long term durability and stability of cell operation.
Forming a solar cell with excellent mechanical and electrical integrity comprises depositing an intermediate layer (13) contg. one or more of Te, Se, Sn and Pb onto a substrate (10) which is conductive or has a conductive coating (11), and depositing a gp. I-III-VI2 semiconductor layer (12) onto this. Alternatively the two layers may be co-deposited.    Also claimed is a method exactly as above in which the I-III-VI2 layer contains elements selected from In, Tl, S, Se and Te, where at least two of the components are deposited onto the intermediate layer and all the layers are annealed at 350-600 de.g C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The film growth yields I-III-VI2 semiconductor films with good mechanical integrity and electrical properties so that efficient cells can be made. Formation of metallic nodules in the junction areas is avoided.
Sodium-sulphur thermal battery (10) operating above the m.pt. of Na and S, and with an electrode separator having a high ionic conductance, comprises Na (12) and S (14) electrodes divided by a separator (16) having sufficient porosity to allow the preliminary migration of liq. Na, S, and Na polysulphides during operation to form a mixed polysulphide electrolyte gradient within the separator.    Pref. the Na electrode comprises an Na-wettable wick (pref. of Ni or steel, pref. Ni felt) impregnated with Na. Pref. the S electrode comprises an S-wettable wick (pref. of graphite fibres or C powders, pref. of graphite felt) impregnated with S. pref. the separator is sintered silica fibre mat, an alumina felt or paper, or a porous oxide, pref. silica, alumina or zirconia. Pref. the separator is impregnated with polysulphide electrolyte, or pref. NaAlCl4, and pref. includes many layers. Pref. the layer closet to the S electrode is impregnated with polysulphide.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   An Na-S thermal battery (claimed) is provide in which a new separator permits high ionic conductance. The battery is rugged, has an indefinite shelf life and is capable of operation as a high power density source of electrical energy, as in rail traction. It is rechargeable and may be readily cooled and reheated. @(8pp dwg.No.1/4)@
Fuel treatment appts. for fuel cells for the removal of oxygen from the fuel, in which the fuel reforming appts. for a fuel cell tolerant of variations in oxygen content in the fresh fuel supply comprises (a) means defining an oxidiser contg. a catalyst for catalysing an oxidn. reaction consuming oxygen, and having a min. ignition temp.; (b) a fuel supply means for supplying fresh fuel to the oxidiser; (c) means defining hydrodesulphuriser connected to the oxidiser for receiving fuel from the oxidiser for converting sulphur to hydrogen sulphide and a removal device connected for receiving fuel from the hydrodesulphuriser for removing hyrogen sulphide from the fuel; (d) a reform reactor connected for receiving fuel from the hydrogen sulphide removal device for increasing the molecular hydrogen content of the fuel; (e) a recycle means for returning a recycled portion of the reformed fuel from a location downstream of the reform reactor to the oxidiser means; and (f) the oxidiser means including means arranged for heating only a portion of the fresh fuel consisting of means for initially mixing the recycled portion with only a portion of the fresh fuel and exposing this portion to the catalyst, and for thereafter heating the remaining fresh fuel in the presence of the catalyst.    ADVANTAGE -   With no oxygen present, only a minor amt. of heat is added and after dilution with the remaining fuel the temp. remains low. If there is oxygen in the fuel, however, the small portion which is heated initiates the oxidn. reaction, with the exothermic reaction heating the remaining fresh fuel being added thereafter so that all of the oxygen is consumed. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
An electroconductive composite material is prepd. by impregnating a monomer providing electroconductive polymer on the surface of a substrate, treating the surface of impregnated substrate with a soln. of an oxidising agent and doping opt. the surface to form a composite electroconductive polymer layer.    The substrate is e.g. a sheet of styrol/butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber, isoprene rubber, acrylonitrile/butadiene rubber, butyl rubber, ethylene/propylene/conjugated diene rubber or a film or sheet of urethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, Nylon, polyester or phenol resin. The monomer providing electroconductive polymer is e.g. a pyrrole or aniline and impregnated onto and into the substrate by immersing the substrate into the liq. monomer or by placing the substrate in the monomer vapour. The oxidising agent is e.g. NaCl03, NaIO3, FeCl3, etc. and used by dissolving it in a solvent having pref. penetrability into the substrate (e.g. acetone or acetonitrile for urethane rubber substrate) until the impregnated monomer has been polymerised. When the oxidising agent does not form a dopant anion, the polymer is doped with a halogen or protonic acid such as HCl. The oxidising agent does not remain in the substrate so it does not deteriorate the substrate. The polymer is formed in a pattern on the substrate by masking unnecessary portions with cellophane, etc.    ADVANTAGE -   The composite conductive material does not deteriorate the substrate by the residual oxidising agent. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
(JP2281567-A)      An electroconductive composite material is prepd. by impregnating a monomer providing electroconductive polymer on the surface of a substrate, treating the surface of impregnated substrate with a soln. of an oxidising agent and doping opt. the surface to form a composite electroconductive polymer layer.    The substrate is e.g. a sheet of styrol/butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber, isoprene rubber, acrylonitrile/butadiene rubber, butyl rubber, ethylene/propylene/conjugated diene rubber or a film or sheet of urethane resin, polyvinyl alcohol, Nylon, polyester or phenol resin. The monomer providing electroconductive polymer is e.g. a pyrrole or aniline and impregnated onto and into the substrate by immersing the substrate into the liq. monomer or by placing the substrate in the monomer vapour. The oxidising agent is e.g. NaCl03, NaIO3, FeCl3, etc. and used by dissolving it in a solvent having pref. penetrability into the substrate (e.g. acetone or acetonitrile for urethane rubber substrate) until the impregnated monomer has been polymerised. When the oxidising agent does not form a dopant anion, the polymer is doped with a halogen or protonic acid such as HCl. The oxidising agent does not remain in the substrate so it does not deteriorate the substrate. The polymer is formed in a pattern on the substrate by masking unnecessary portions with cellophane, etc.    ADVANTAGE -   The composite conductive material does not deteriorate the substrate by the residual oxidising agent.
To a perovskite oxide with the compositional formula of La1-xSrxCr1-yMgyO3 where x = 0-1, y = 0-1 are added 2-4.0 mol% Bi203 as Bi and 0.2-16 mol% B203 as B; then the mixt. is sintered to form a La-chromite double oxide at 1200-1400 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A dense La chromite double oxide sinter with over 93% of relative density can be obtd., which is used as an interconnector for solid oxide fuel cells, a heater for ultra-high temp. furnaces, or a electrode for MHD electric generators.    In an example LaCrO.9Mg0.103 was prepd. by heating the mixt. of La203, Cr203 and MgO in air at 1400 deg.C for 24 hrs., then pulverized into powders with 1 micron average dia.; 10 mol% Bi203 and 2 mol% B203 were admixed with the powders; the mixt. was press-moulded by isotropic hydrostatic pressing at 1500 kg/cm2, then sintered at 1300 deg.C in air for 5 hrs. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/1)
(A) A substrate for selective crystal growth is produced from a substrate having a layer of high nucleation density material and an overlying layer of low nucleation density material by generating an electric fluid which is concentrated in a desired region of the low nucleation density layer so that this region is removed to expose the high nucleation density layer. (B) A selective crystal growth process comprises carrying out process (A) to expose a small area of the high nucleation density layer, thus forming only a single seed from which a single crystal is grown, the seed being formed by a gas phase crystal growth method and a crystal being allowed to grow outwards from the seed. (C) A solar battery prodn. process comprises carrying out process (B) to form a semiconductor layer region.    (D) Also claimed is prodn. of a solar battery by (a) continuously moving an electrically conductive substrate within a reduced pressure chamber and forming a layer with a non-nucleating surface on the substrate surface; (b) generating a concentrated or punctiform electric field to remove a desired region of the layer and expose a substrate region sufficiently small to form only a single seed from which a single crystal is grown; (c) carrying out a crystal growth process to grow a crystal outwards from the seed; (d) growing, on the crystal, a further-crystal of different conductivity type; and (e) forming electrodes by forming an electrically conductive layer on this different conductivity type crystal.    ADVANTAGE -   Non-nucleating and nucleating surfaces are produced continuously on substrates without direct use of photolithography. Solar batteries, with good properties can be mass produced with satisfactory productivity. @(13pp Dwg.No.0/3)
Light for conversion in a solar cell is focussed using a lens-system. The feature is that the sensitive area of each solar cell is coated with a layer which can be formed into a lens by mechanical, electrical, magnetic, chemical or acoustic processes. The coating is pref. optical glass, a colloid, a magnetic liquid or a liq. crystal.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The conversion efficiency of the solar cell is increased by the action of the lens-system. The feature is used in the mfr. of portable electronic equipment to increase the energy yield of the solar cells. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Solar cell comprises: a semiconductor substrate contg. at least one pn junction; a front face (24) having no electrodes; a bilevel elevation back face (22) having a p-region at a first level interdigitated with an n-region at a second level, each region being doped greater than 10 power 18/cc., the n-region being more heavily doped than the p-region; and a positive electrode (28) contacting the p-region and a negative electrode (30) contacting the n-region, both on the back face. The substrate is pref. Si.    ADVANTAGE -   Highly efficient back face contact arrangement is provided which requires only one or two masks and low tolerances for mfr. @(38pp Dwg.No.1,2/8)@
The main beam (1), on adjustable legs seated in the river bed and guyed to the bank, supports upstream screens (4) and a column (2) carrying the submerged bulb-turbine, with the generator above (3). The turbine has its axis (XX') aligned with the river flow, which is directed and accelerated by spring-loaded deflectors on each leg, and drives the generator through enclosed bevel gears, shafting and toothed pulley belt.    The column swings horizontal for maintenance. An extension frame (5) carries another deflector and adjustable stop-logs.    USE -   Exploiting river flows, esp. in underdeveloped countries, without civil works. @(18pp Dwg.No.1/8)@
Prodn. of front and/or back electrical contacts on the semiconductor substrate of a solar cell with esp. undulating surface involves; (a) providing the substrate (1) a transparent electroconductive oxide film (4) (ICO) in the area to be contacted (b) applying a flexible metal mesh (5) to the entire surface of the oxide film (4); and (c) sealing the substrate (1) with the mesh (5) in a transparent plastics film (6, 7) so tightly fitting film ensures intimate electrical contact of the mesh (5) with the oxide film (4).    Pref. sealing is carried out in vacuo or under reduced pressure. The mesh consists of a wire spiral of zigzag springs, esp. of Cu or Ag wire; and the film of EVA. The mesh may be placed on one side so that it overhangs one edge of the substrate (1) and the overhanging section placed on the back contact of a similar substrate before sealing, so semiconductor substrates are connected in series. The required no. of similar substrates can be connected to a photovoltaic module. It is also possible to arrange the substrates so that they overlap slightly and connect these in series before sealing to give a stable electrical connection in the overlapping areas.    ADVANTAGE -   Ensures good contact with undulating and uneven surfaces and is economical. @(6pp DWg.No.2/5)@
The solar cell panels contain a covering glass panel to which the cells, pref. GaAs-cells, are attached by an adhesive and which overlaps the electrical contact areas to form integrated arrays. Single cells (3), with front surface contact-fingers (6) and a contact over the entire backside surface, are used with a single overlap (7). The contact fingers (6) of one panel are connected electrically to a region of the backside contact (5) of the cell partially overlapping it, using soldering or conductive adhesive attachment, forming serial or parallel connections. The finger contacts which are not connected with another cell are connected to tags (4), using welding, soldering or attachment with a conductive adhesive, for serial connection to the backside contact areas (5) of other panels.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Connection of the panels allow an increase in the active area of solar cell arrays for use in space flight. It makes it easier to use GaAs based cells which can currently only be made with small dimensions because of their fragility. The panels can be further integrated easily. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
The solar cell comprises a wafer of first type, an array of radiant energy-capturing vertical-walled and tilted, flat-bottomed cavities (102-8) in rows across the upper surface, each cavity including a pn junction on its internal surface, and a rear-mounted collection grid (not shown) for carrier collection via first type collection regions (132-3) and second type collection regions (134-5).    ADVANTAGE -   Cell has high transducer efficiency without use of anti-reflection coatings, as well as physical robustness and radiation hardness. @(24pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
The micro-hydro-electric station has axial turbines (1,6) with blades, connected to the cylindrical rim (3) inner surface. The generator (4) rotor (5) is fitted on the rim (3) outer surface. The turbines (1,6) are placed in the rotor (5) endfaces (7) plane. The rotor is short-circuited thus reducing the active resistance hence increasing the efficiency.    USE -   The innovation is used in micro-hydro-electric stations. Bul.3/23.1.91. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The Al layer is dry etched using Cl-system gas, followed by exposing the etched surface of the Al layer to a plasma of a non-oxidising mixed gas contg. CF4 or SF6 and N2.    USE -   Used for forming wirings such as of LSI's, preventing after-corrosion being generated after dry etching Al or Al alloy layer.@(5pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The Al layer is dry etched using Cl-system gas, followed by exposing the etched surface of the Al layer to a plasma of a non-oxidising mixed gas contg. CF4 or SF6 and N2.    USE -   Used for forming wirings such as of LSI's, preventing after-corrosion being generated after dry etching Al or Al alloy layer.@(5pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
A syphon duct (70) is curved at its lower end (72) so that air is forced to the upper surface of the duct, to be collected by a second duct (74) and returned to an air turbine (76) driving a generator (78).    Air valves (80) are integral with injectors (50) and receive low pressure air direct from the turbine (76). Any air loss is made up by venting from the atmosphere.    ADVANTAGE -   Electrical energy can be produced from low water head sources such as rivers. Does not require membrane. @(32pp Dwg.No.12,13/21)@
The set consists of a vaned turbine (1) combined with a power generator (2) comprising a stator (3) with a winding (4) and an external rotor (5) with an exciting winding (6). The external rotor is made in the shape of a hollow cylinder (7), surrounded by the vaned turbine, which has its vanes curved in a transverse direction. The exciting winding is located on the inner surface of the outer rotor, inside which is the stator and working winding, equipped with a detachable assembly unit (9), made in the form of a cylinder containing cooling channels for the stator winding.    During operation the water interacts with the turbine vanes (8), driving the turbine and outer rotor so that its magnetic flux intersects the working winding and induces an electrical current in it.    ADVANTAGE -   Reduced dimensions, weight and use of materials. Bul. 48/30.12.90 @(3pp Dwg.No 1/2)@
The underground chamber (2) is employed as a lower collecting magazine. Turbine pumps (1a,1b) are placed at different levels in an adjacent chamber in order to ensure max. usage of the chamber volume and drop height for electrical energy prodn. using the pumping power principle for converting night power supply into day supply. The turbines are fed with water from a nearby lake or sea via a drop pipe.    The turbines connected to asynchronous generators (3a,3b) are provided with guide rails and automatic controls. They are operated in such a way that a so-called load angle for the generators is produced so that the requisite electrical effect is delivered at night.    USE -   To convert cheap night electrical power into dearer day power. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
On the surface of a window is mounted a transparent photovoltaic layer or a liquid crystal or hologram foil to which a voltage is applied by a suitable regulating device or through which natural or artificial light passes.    Due to the alteration in molecular density and crystal orientation, an image or decorative optical effect is obtained. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Claimed are: (A) material (I) for space vehicle parts comprising a material of construction (II) with a protective coating consisting of a polymer (III) contg one of the elements (IV), Si, Ge, Sn or Pb of Gp IVB. III may esp be a) a polysiloxane of formula (V) where, R1 = hydrocarbon; R2 = H or hydrocarbon; n = at least 100; or b) a polystyrene deriv of formula (VI) where M = IV. (B) fabrication of I by coating at least part of the surface of II with a 0.1-100 micron thick layer of a) a 26% soln of V (mol wt = 100,000) in anisole and, heating at 150 deg C under nitrogen for 30 mins and drying, or b) a 20% soln of VI (M = Ge, mol wt = 50,000) or a 25% soln of VI (M = Sn, mol wt = 60,000), and heating at 120 deg C under nitrogen for 30 mins.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Claimed are use of I in the construction of solar panels with III on the upper surface; and as a conductor coated with III connecting solar batteries used in space vehicles. III prevents the degradation of surfaces by reaction with atomic oxygen present in space: it remains effective for several decades. @(21pp Dwg.No.3A/4)@
An insulating transparent substrate (1) is coated with a light receiving surface electrode (6) formed of a thin, not thicker than 200A, metal film made of nickel or aluminium, overlaid with an amorphous semiconductor layer (3). Also included is a patterned metallic back electrode. The metal film is adapted for use as a mirror.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Use of metal film eliminates need to heat substrate during forming of surface electrodes. Used in photovoltaic devices where surface electrode is used as mirror. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Four turbogenerators (T) spaced uniformly around the rim of a water collector plate (B) are supplied with water via a quatrefoil-shaped container (E). The water is delivered through a fixed vertical pipe passing through a roof from which the collector (B) is suspended (A).    From the turbine outlets the water returns to the collector (B) for recirculation (D). Drips from the roof are piped underground to a low-pressure water turbine (F).    ADVANTAGE -   Decentralised power supply without long land lines achieved from simple, inexpensive and transportable machine capable of functional under water without collector plate. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The method of measuring mechanical stresses involves determining the stressing force in theh first of three connected parts (13) by measuring the force required to relieve the stress in a third part depending on the variation in a reference parameter.    The reference parameter can be the deformation of one of the parts or the load on one of the parts. The third part is fully relieved by applying an increasing force. The applied force (33) and reference parameter variation are measured (42) and thier their relationship extrapolated using a computer (43) to give a stress value corresp. to a null reference parameter variation. @(7pp Dwg.No.4/4)@
The bearing includes an oil bath (10), segments (1) insulated from the oil bath and faced with a babbit on their friction surfaces. Since the segments have, on the side of the bottom supporting surface, cylindrical inserts (8) mounted in blind orifices with the centre of gravity of the segment located within the limits of the supporting surface area (B), increased carrying capacity is achieved.    USE -   Electrical machine design and construction. Bul.46/15.12.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Prepn. of ZnSe crystal film comprises forming film by vapour deposition in vacuum of Zn and Se on the (100) face of GaAs substrate; holding the substrate at 300-400 deg.C Zn at 200-250 deg.C and Se at 120-150 deg.C respectively, and positioning them in vacuum.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for film for EL device and photoelectric device. ZnSe single crystal film can be obtd. by the vapour deposition in vacuum.    In an example the (100) face GaAs single crystal substrate, was etched on its surface with etchant of NH4OH:4H202:12H20 for 10 mins. at room temp. Then the surface was treated with HF aq. soln. for 30 min. at room temp. The treated substrate was set in vacuum vapour deposition equipment. Zn and Se powder were put in the Knudsen cell. Inside the vessel was evacuated and substrate was heated at 500 deg.C for 30 min. then held at 350 deg.C Temp. of the cell of Zn powder was set at 250 deg.C and temp. of the cell of Se powder was set at 130 deg.C. Then Zn and Se were vapour-deposited for 2 hrs. on the substrate. ZnSe crystal film of 2 microns in thickness was obtd. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Polycrystalline semiconductor film (I) is produced by forming an amorphous semiconductor film (2) contg. crystalline phases (3) and then in a growing step implating ions into the amorphous film so that the range of the ions is larger than the thickness of the amorphous film.    ADVANTAGE -   (I) is produced at low temps with large and uniform granules, which can not be produced in other methods. A substrate can be used, e.g. a semiconductor, which cannot be used in other methods, since it would be deformed by the heat and contaminate the film by diffusion of substrate components.
Temperature sensors, such as thermocouples, are placed on the stator core and the stator frame to continuously monitor the respective temperatures. Heaters are mounted on the stator frame and controlled by a control unit that receives signals representing the sensed temperatures of the stator frame and core. Thus the temperature of the stator frame can be controlled to maintain it at substantially the same temperature as the stator core.    The thermal expansion is therefore substantially the same in both stator frame and stator core. It may be desirable to provide insulation to some or all of the heated frame parts to reduce heat loss to the ventilating air.    ADVANTAGE -   Reduces distortion caused by differential thermal expansion. @(23pp Dwg.No.3,4/4)@
The control apparatus comprises a rotation amount detector to ease an input rotation amount of the reduction device digitally at an absolute level from a certain reference position. A load torque controller is connected in electrical communication with the rotation amount detector for sensing load torque from rate of change of the detected input rotation amount and identifying magnitude of the detected load torque to control the electric motor.    An operation position controller is connected in electrical communication with the rotation amount detector for identifying the detected input rotation amount by measuring an operation position of the driven material at the absolute level of the input rotation amount of the reduction device and controlling the electric motor at operation points. The rotation amount detector is one of an incremental rotary encoder and an absolute rotary encoder with a backup battery.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For controlling valve or water-gate in electric power plant. Number of structural parts is reduced. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Forming method of the electrode for the multi-layered chip parts is new. For the inner electrode and outer lead electrode, electrode material particles of transition metal oxide powder are used having their particle surfaces coated with 5.0-15.0wt.% (to the base material) of precious metal. Sintering of the multi-layered body, formed by multilayering ceramic layer and the inner electrode layer, and baking of the outside lead electrode are simultaneously performed in the air, then a redn. treatment is performed in H2 atmos..    The redn. treatment is pref. effected in H2 atmos. at at least 200 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for forming an electrode used for multilayered chip parts. Costs of electrode material and electrode formation can be reduced. Defect in connection between the inner electrode and outer electrode can be prevented.    In an example, iron oxide powder and cobalt oxide powder plated with Pd on their surfaces were prepd.. 5.0g Of the Pd plated powders were mixed with 1.0wt.% of ethyl cellulose and terpinol to prepare electrode paste. Separately, green sheets principally consisting of BaTiO3 were prepd.. The paste was screen-printed on the green sheets to form an electrode pattern. The sheets were laminated and cut in required size. At the edge surface where the electrodes were exposed, the paste was applied to form the outer electrode. The laminated sheet was calcined at 1250 deg.C for 2 hrs. in air, then heated at 350 deg.C for 4 hrs. in H2 for redn. of the inner electrodes. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Stator design aims at improved reliability and less labour in mfr. The core (1) of the stator is made up of sectors of electrical engineering grade steel and is fixed on shelves or trays (2) by means of ribs (4). Supports or stops (7) are connected to the shelves or trays (2) and these U-shaped items (7) enclose the inclined surfaces (20) of the ribs (4) facing the core (1).    USE -   Design and assembly of laminated stator cores of vertical hydrogenerators. Bul.44/30.11.90. @(5pp Dwg.No.3/5)@
The device comprises a container, a cover, and a cover opening-and-closing means. The container has a magnetic body around its aperture, the cover has a rod-like suction means including a magnet at a position corresp. to the magnetic body, and a magnetic body at another position. The opening-and-closing means has a coil at a position corresp. to the suction means, and an electromagnet at a position corresp. to the magnetic body of the cover.    ADVANTAGE -   The container is opened or closed by a magnetic force instead of hinges. Contamination is prevented, and the mechanism is applicable to clean rooms. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Pen head comprises LC polymer contg. carbon fibres, and has sUit having 0.2-0.8 mm length in axial direction at the back side of ink introduction pipe hole.    Carbon fibre content is e.g. 10-50 wt.%.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The pen head is used for marker pen, signing pen, etc.. (1) The head improves stability of ink flow, drain back resistance, abrasion resistance and writing pressure strength. (2) It does not break when used for writing thick sheets. (3) It can be made economically by injection moulding. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/5)
Substrate consists of an electroconductive supporting body, and an active layer composed of novel polysilane cpd. of formula (I) having a wt. average mol. wt. of 6000 - 200000, and having a rough surface with the height of the roughness of 0.1 micron m or more on the electroconductive supporting body. In (I), R1 = 1-2C alkyl gp.; R2 = 3-8C alkyl gp. cyclo alkyl gp. aryl gp. or aralkyl gp.; R3 = 1-4C alkyl gp.; R4 = 1-4C alkyl gp.; A, A' = 4-12C alkyl gp. cycloalkyl, aryl gp. or aralkyl gp.; n + m = 1; n = 0-1; and m = 0-1.    The supporting body e.g. consists of Mo, W, Ti, Co, Cr, Fe, Cu, Ta, Nb, Zr, Al, stainless steel, or Ni-Cr alloy, and the supporting body may be formed on a film or sheet of polyester, polyethylene, polycarbonate, cellulose acetate, polypropylene, PVC, polyvinylidene chloride or polystyrene etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solar battery has improved power generation efficiency. @(19pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
A solar cell comprises an insulating or semi-insulating substrate (9) having a pair of holes. An n-type semiconductor layer (2 formed on the substrate and a p-type layer (3) formed on the side surface of the first hole and on a surface of the n-type layer (2). An n side electrode (12) formed on the surface of the n-type layer (2) in the second hole and also on part of the back surface of the substrate in succession thereto. A p side electrode (13) formed on the surface of the p-type layer (3) in the first hole and also on the back surface of the substrate in succession thereto. A plurality of solar cells on a wafer are provided by connecting, via wiring, the back surface n side electrode of one to the p side electrode of the adjacent cell. Adjacent cells are electrically isolated by a trench (15) which reaches the substrate.    ADVANTAGE -   There is no step difference in connecting adjacent solar cells in series, a simple wiring structure and easy connecting work are obtd. Also, physical stress e.g. heat applied to the cell body can be reduced and electrical characteristics are not degraded. @(1pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
Device has (i) high frequency wave voltage applied between etching electrode supporting the board and (ii) an electrode opposed to the etching electrode to generate plasma discharge to clean board surface and for forming metal film on the board by sputtering. Device is equipped with a heater to heat the opposed electrode.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For sputter etching board of semiconductor. Peeling of film adhered to the opposed electrode is avoided hence contamination of etching chamber forming of defect pattern of semiconductor device by foeign substance is avoidable. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
Device consisting of a photo semiconductor and a metal frame is dipped into a compsn. contg. an epoxy resin, e.g. bisphenol-A-type, bisphenol-AD type, bisphenol-F type, etc., phthalic anhydride, e.g. hexahydrophthalic anhydride, etc. and a thiophosphite, e.g. trioctyltrithiophosphite, etc. to form an epoxy resin film on the surface of the photo semiconductor; and the device is then dipped in compsn. contg. an epoxy resin and a phthalic anhydride to seal up the photo semiconductor with an epoxy resin sealant.    The preferred amounts of the phthalic anhydride and thiophosphite in the epoxy resin composition is 0.5-1.8 equivalent (based on 1 equivalent of epoxy group of the epoxy resin) and 0.2-6.0 pts.wt. (based on 100 pts.wt. phthalic anhydride) respectively. The epoxy resin and the phthalic anhydride are used in forming the epoxy resin film and the sealing compsn. are the same.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The photo semiconductor has little brightness deterioration and adhesion, and is used in information systems, etc. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The solar cell module has a number of cells (1) that are located behind a glass cover plate (2). Specific regions receive sunlight (4) that is transmitted onto the surface of the cells.    The outer surface of the glass plate in regions (5) away from the cells is selected to be of a colour that presents a uniform effect across the complete panel.    ADVANTAGE -   Panel provides uniform surface appearance. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
The floating power plant, designed to generate electricity from a water flow, consists of a flat-bottom vessel (1), anchored in the water flow and made with two chambers, one on each side of its centre line, containing vaned wheels (5) on horizontal shafts (4), linked kinematically to generators (6). The shafts are located above the water surface and the rotors project beneath the bottom of the craft.    The plant is equipped with a compressor (7) and a second generator (8), and two extra vaned wheels which are linked kinematically to the second generator. The chambers are rectangular in section and closed at the top and each is connected to the compressor output. The outer walls of the chambers form side keels (11) for the vessel.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides more reliable operation and increased output. Bul.4/30.1.91. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Device is prepd. by sealing a semiconductor element with a resin compsn. comprising (A) phenol resin prepd. by polycondensation of biphenyl and a phenol of formula (I), where R is H or 1-4C hydrocarbon residue and (B) epoxy resin.    (A) is pref. of formula (II). It is prepd. by methylating 4,4'-hydroxybiphenyl with formalin or paraformaldehyde and reacting the formed prod. with the phenol. The biphenyl and the phenol are used in a mol. ratio of 1:1-1:20. (B) is e.g. of bisphenyl-A type, glycidylamine type, glycidyl ester type, bisphenol-S type, bisphenol-F type, biphenol type or alicyclic epoxy resin or epoxy resin derived from phenol resin prepd. by polycondensation of phenol with an aldehyde other than formalin and pref. epoxy resin of biphenyl type such as 4,4'bis(glycidyloxy)-3,3'-diallylbiphenyl. The compsn. is blended opt. with a filler (e.g. SiO2, Al2O3, TiO2, Fe2O3, Ca silicate, CaCO3, BaSO4, WS2, K titanate, Al fibre, SiC whisker, Si3N4 whisker, etc.), a coupling agent (e.g. of glycidyl ether type, amine type, thiol type or urea type) and a hardening accelerator, wax, flame-retarding agent, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Resin compsn. develops no package crack under severe conditions e.g. soldering mounting. It is used for sealing semiconductor elements or as an impregnating resin compsn. for mfg. prepreg sheets which are used laminated with Cu foil to prepare a PCB. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
Device is prepd. by sealing a semiconductor element with a resin compsn. comprising (A) phenol resin prepd. by polycondensation of biphenyl and a phenol of formula (I), where R is H or 1-4C hydrocarbon residue and (B) epoxy resin.    (A) is pref. of formula (II). It is prepd. by methylating 4,4'-hydroxybiphenyl with formalin or paraformaldehyde and reacting the formed prod. with the phenol. The biphenyl and the phenol are used in a mol. ratio of 1:1-1:20. (B) is e.g. of bisphenyl-A type, glycidylamine type, glycidyl ester type, bisphenol-S type, bisphenol-F type, biphenol type or alicyclic epoxy resin or epoxy resin derived from phenol resin prepd. by polycondensation of phenol with an aldehyde other than formalin and pref. epoxy resin of biphenyl type such as 4,4'bis(glycidyloxy)-3,3'-diallylbiphenyl. The compsn. is blended opt. with a filler (e.g. SiO2, Al2O3, TiO2, Fe2O3, Ca silicate, CaCO3, BaSO4, WS2, K titanate, Al fibre, SiC whisker, Si3N4 whisker, etc.), a coupling agent (e.g. of glycidyl ether type, amine type, thiol type or urea type) and a hardening accelerator, wax, flame-retarding agent, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Resin compsn. develops no package crack under severe conditions e.g. soldering mounting. It is used for sealing semiconductor elements or as an impregnating resin compsn. for mfg. prepreg sheets which are used laminated with Cu foil to prepare a PCB. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
A waterproofing sheet has a rubber asphalt adhesive layer on single side or both sides of a reinforced core material sheet. The composite waterproofing layer comprises the waterproofing sheet and a glass fibre reinforced plastic (FRP) moulding plate. The rubber asphalt adhesive layer of the waterproofing sheet is laminated on and adhered to the rear of the moulding plate so that the moulding plate may be the exposed face.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The composite waterproofing application using glass fibre reinforced plastic moulding plate as protective face finds its application in roof sports facilities, roof resting places or roof waterproofing layer due to the following advantages: (a) forms a colourful plate; (b) has superior weatherabilty; and (c) forms the light and tough exposed layer. The plate has less abrasion, allowing the use for the outdoor floor of a parking lot. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
Domain to be analysed is divided into minute domain elements, and electric charge density and electric current density of a charged particle gp. of each element are determined as unknown factors. Within the total elements, analysis modelling is effected to satisfy the law of constant mass and the law of conservation of momentum of the charged particles gp..    ADVANTAGE -   Analysis is reliably effected. @(6pp Dwg.No.2,3a/4)@
Domain to be analysed is divided into minute domain elements, and electric charge density and electric current density of a charged particle gp. of each element are determined as unknown factors. Within the total elements, analysis modelling is effected to satisfy the law of constant mass and the law of conservation of momentum of the charged particles gp..    ADVANTAGE -   Analysis is reliably effected. @(6pp Dwg.No.2,3a/4)@
Domain to be analysed is divided into minute domain elements, and electric charge density and electric current density of a charged particle gp. of each element are determined as unknown factors. Within the total elements, analysis modelling is effected to satisfy the law of constant mass and the law of conservation of momentum of the charged particles gp..    ADVANTAGE -   Analysis is reliably effected. @(6pp Dwg.No.2,3a/4)@
Thin film is made by depositing thin film on a semiconductor substrate by RF-DC combined e sputtering. Upon depositing the thin film, a high-concn. imuprity layer is formed on a contact surface with a jig for supporting the substrate at the back surface of the surface on which the thin film is to be deposited.    USE -   Used for ohmic contacting semiconductor substrate and the electrodes without producing contamination of substrate by metals. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Prepn. of ceramic condenser with varistor characteristic is claimed. Perovskite type oxide powder principally consisting of SrTiO3 is mixed with 0.1-5.0 wt.% of sintering accelerator, 0.05-2.0 wt.% of Nb2O5, 0.1-8.0 wt.% of ZrO2, and 0.3-5.0 wt.% of oxide compsn. contg. Fe2O3, and formed with press, then calcined and reduced at 1250-1500 deg.C in oxidising atmos., and electrodes are attached on to prepare the ceramic condenser.    Pref. sintering accelerator comprises at least one of TiO2-MgO-SiO2 group, TiO2-MnO-SiO2 group, and TiO2-Al2O3-SiO2 group. Oxide compsn. contg. Fe2O3 comprises one of SrO.1/4Fe2O3.1/4Ta2O5, SrO1/4Fe2O3.1/4Nb2O5, SrO.1/3Fe2O3.1/3MoO3, and SrO.1/3Fe2O3.1/3WO3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For prepn. of the ceramic condenser having varistor characteristic. Intercrystalline barrier type ceramic varistor with high static capacitance can be obtd.    In an example, SrTiO(C2O4)2.4H2O was thermally decomposed to SrTiO3. SrTiO3 was mixed with 3.0 wt.% of TiO2-Al2O3-SiO2 sintering accelerator, 0.2 wt.% of Nb2O5, 1.5 wt.% of ZrO2, and 2.0 wt.% of SrO.1/4Fe2O3.1/4Ta2O5, and calcined at 900 deg.C, then pulverised, dried, pelletised, and formed into disks, then sintered at 1400 deg.C, then reduced with hydrogen at 1300 deg.C, then heat-treated at 950 deg.C in the air, then electrodes were attached on the prepd. condenser. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The solar power used for illumination of glass panelled rooms is controlled and used independently of main power. Thin film solar cells on glass panes absorb energy and control illumination by use of planar electrodes and liq. crystals.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Avoids unpleasant dazzling and heating effects from large areas of glazing by filtering sunlight. Saves energy. No servicing required. Flexible and simple in mfr. and installation.
In a light emitting diode array, an N-electrode layer (32) is extended from the bottom surface to the top surface of a semiconductor body (30) through the side surface. PN junctions (42) are exposed to the cleavage surface (S) and light is emitted from it. Since the N-electrode layer and P-electrode layers (41) are located on a common surface, the LED array can be mounted on a base plate through a soldering process.    An insulating layer (38) includes: a portion formed on the second side surface, and a second portion formed on the top surface having windows on the semiconductor regions. The windows are broken windows which are truncated at the first side surface. The second electrode layers are provided so as to fill the windows, respectively.    ADVANTAGE -   Has improved transmission efficiency. @(12pp Dwg.No.3/7)@
Forming insulation film for inter multilayer circuit of semiconductor devices comprises contg. soln. contg. polyamic acid silicone intermediate on substrate, heat treating at 100-200 deg.C to form silicon contg. polyimide film, fluoro resin film is formed on it then heat treated at 300-400 deg.C. Intermediate is prepd. by reaction of mixt. of aromatic tetra-carboxylic acid di-anhydride (1), amine NH2-R2-NH3 (2) and amino silicon (3). (R1 is four valent C cyclic aromatic gp., R2 is 6-30C aromatic gp., R3 and R4 are 1-6C alkyl or phenyl and k is 1-3).    ADVANTAGE -   Improved prodn. yield, since no exfoliaation is generated at semiconductor prodn. process. Semicodnuctor device has high speed work for signal. @(4pp DWg.No.1/1)@
In the mfr. of resin-enclosed electronic part, such as a lead frame, the lead frame is firstly prepd. and then is disposed within a resin moulding mould composed of a cope and a drag, and resin is then poured into the mould cavity contg. the lead frame.    ADVANTAGE -   Efficient resin enclosure is achieved. @(7pp DWg.No.1/7)@
An insulating core is provided throughout the overall length in the direction of length of the inner surface of an earth moulding M made of synthetic resin formed in a recess in cross section and continuous in the direction of length. The insulating core is covered and held by a jacket extrusion-moulded integrally with the earth moulding M.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Workability is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.1,2,4/10)@
The apparatus includes one or more floats (118 a b c d e) or float assemblies which may comprise scrap containers sealed to make them buoyant. They are moored by running tackle (120 a b c) or other selectively controlled restrainers in tidal waters e.g. by cables running in a continuous loop round guide pulleys between a supporting gantry (110) and a seabed anchorage (116), for controlled rising and falling motion on or submerged in the water. This motion is controlled and converted e.g. by harnessing the runs of cable to an energy converter for generation of electricity or other power output. The vertical movement of the floats may be regulated by a braking acting on the running tackles. The floats could be fillable with water to assist their downward travel. Instead of running tackle the floats may be connected to pivoted arms or guided within frames with the drive and braking being provided through a rack and pinion arrangement.    ADVANTAGE -   Can be used as small or large scale generator without any adverse ecological or environmental side effects. @(17pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Large scale solar cells are made by bonding a number of modular solar laminates into a common frame using a silicone rubber adhesive as bonding agent.    Pref. the adhesive used is a single component silicone adhesive/sealant with a non-corrosive curing system.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process allows prodn. of large scale solar power units having outputs in the kilowatt range. The silicone adhesive/sealant used provides the required good adhesion to glass and metal or plastics frames, good flexibility, resistance to weathering, and resistance to temp. cycling between -40 and +90    deg.C, including at a relative humidity of 85% and in frosty conditions, whilst allowing dismantling of the cell when necessary. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Glass artificial stone is obtd. by mixing and melt-sticking soda lime glass powder or borosilicate glass powder and opaque glass powder. Raw material has different glass particle sizes, formulation ratio, and colouring pigment is continuously or incontinuously varied and disposing them in a heating container or on a bed board, then the raw material is heated and melt-sticked.    USE -   For exterior and interior claddings of architectures. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/7)
The photoelectron emitting member (10) comprises a matrix (11) that is composed of a material capable of transmitting ultraviolet rays and a material (12) that is provided on the surface of said matrix or in its neighbourhood and which emits photoelectrons (7) upon irradiation (14) with ultraviolet rays or sunlight. The member emits photoelectrons upon irradiation with ultraviolet rays or sunlight in an electric field from the side opposite to the irradiated side.    When sunlight is applied to the member to have it emit photoelectrons, particles are electrically charged.    ADVANTAGE -   Efficient ray utilisation. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
(A) A laminated solar module has two spaced electrical connections with respective housings (12), at least one of which has an integrated safety diode (13) which bridges the series-connected solar cells as a normally blocked diode.    (B) Also claimed are large solar modules comprising several series-connected of modules as in (A), the cable connections (5) of the modules (1) being connected together by cable connectors or the modules (1) being electrically connected together directly by electrical plugs.    ADVANTAGE -   The laminated frame-less solar modules can be easily series connected to form large units using short connection cables or plugs, without the need for an expensive connection box on each module. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
The sun roof has a glass outer layer, on whose inside is an abutting, transparent solar cell layer on a support film. The solar cell layer (10) support film (11) and/or the contact faces (19) of the solar cell layer on the side away from the radiation form an energy transmission protective layer, limiting the impingement of the solar radiation into the car inside.    Pref. the solar cell layer has a layer of amorphous semi-conductor material typically amorphous silicon. The solar cell layer may be vapour deposited, or sputtered on the transmission protection layer and support film. The latter may form a reflection and/or absorption layer for thermal radiation.    ADVANTAGE -   Simple and low-cost mfr., and passenger protection. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A hydraulic turbine (1) is constructed from a plastics material pref. polyurethane and comprises a rotor (3) from which blades (11) extend radially, a housing (7) and a generator (5). The rotor (3) rotates on a shaft (23) which is connected at each end to bearings (21) which seat into mounting means (19). The mounting means (19) has nose and tail cones.    The rotor (3) is connected to an annular rim (13) which has gear teeth (33) meshing with the teeth (31) of a gear (17) attached to the generator (5).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Turbine is of light construction, is lubricated by water and has low maintenance. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
The control system consists of a servo-mechanism (1) in the form of hydraulic cylinders (2), divided by a piston (3) into chambers (4,5) for opening and closing the guide apparatus (6). The chambers are connected to oil pressure and discharge units (7,8) through a control slide-valve (9).    One of the hydraulic cylinders is equipped with an additional cylinder (10), located coaxially with it on the closing chamber side and containing a piston (11) with a rod (12), forming chambers (13,14). The piston chamber of the additional cylinder is connected to the oil pressure unit and the rod chamber to discharge. The rod of the additional cylinder is able to interact with the main cylinder's piston at the initial stage of its movement in the direction of closing the guide apparatus.    ADVANTAGE -   Higher efficiency through increased traction effort. Bul.39/23.10.90.
The cross-piece and sections of the hydrogenerator rest on jacks (4) for fastening the cross-piece to foundation. The jacks rest on foundation plate (6) through support shoes (5) and plate-like elastic elements (7). Each of the latter includes a membrane (8) and the cavity between the latter and the elastic element (7) is filled with an operational liq. e.g. lubricant and connected via throttle (9) with an operational liq. reservoir, during operation of the hydrogenerator vibrations is sharply reduced.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In electrical machine engineering. Improved reliability by reduction of dynamic action. Bul.38/15.10.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.3/3)@
Each solar cell element has a semiconductor layer and a top electrode, fitted on a conductive substrate surface. The solar cell elements are arranged on a support in a spaced manner, with each two adjacent elements electrically interconnected. Between the two adjacent elements (301) is inserted an insulating material (303), onto which is deposited a conductor (305) formed by a conductive paste.    One end of the conductor is coupled to the conductive surface (302) on one of the adjacent elements, while its other end is linked to the top electrode (304) of the other element.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For non-polluting power generation, with improved weather resistance and long service life. @(13pp Dwg.No.3a/5)@
The test device is designed to test a wider range of types of hardware than the earlier model and now has the contact unit (1) designed in the form of a self-regulated pedestal. The optically polished contact face (2) is turned inwards into the chamber and the pedestal is made from a material absorbing radiation in a range characterising the radiator.    USE -   Optoelectronics, i.e. measurement of parameters of photocells (with and without housings) with planar lead-outs. Bul.47/23.12.90. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/4)@
The plastics magnet compsn. composed of 90-95 wt.% Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder, and 10-5 wt.% of a mixt. of titanate coupling agent, lubricant, and 12-Nylon. The Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder is coated with oxide coating film.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The plastics magnet compsn. is used for injection moulding of the parts for the motor and the magnetic field generating devices. Heat-stability and fluidity change with time in molten state of the compsn. are improved.    In an example, Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder was put in a rotary vacuum drier and treated at 350 deg. C and the pressure of 1 mm Hg for 5 hrs. After the powder was heated, pressure in the drier was brought back to atomspheric pressure with Ag gas, then cooled down to room temp. Thickness of oxide coating film on the obtd. powder. was 100 Angstrom. 90 wt.% of the treated Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder, 9.25 wt.% of 12-Nylon, 0.5 wt.% of titanate coupling agent, and 0.3 wt.% of magnesium stearate were kneaded with an extruder to prepare pellets of the compsn. Fluidity change with time of the compsn. in molten state was good. @(4pp Dwg.No 0/0)
The electrohydraulic servo mechanism has a piston (2) and a rod (3), forming working cavities (4, 5). The two-stage amplifier includes an electrically controlled jet element (6) (first stage), and a spring-loaded hydraulically controlled distributor (7). The feedback mechanism for the position of the piston is in the form of a lever (8) kinematically linked to the rod and an electromechanical converter.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For water turbines. Automatic cut-off of water inflow in emergencies. Bul. 4/30.1.93
The pumping system is made up of an extended cylinder, made of plastic material and divided into two or three chambers which are bottom (1), middle or upper (3), and top (2). Water flows between chambers at differing rates.    The cylinder is lowered so it is immersed, forcing air out of the top and thus starting delivery of water to a collecting pit. As the cylinder is not lighter it rises, then lowers again as it fills from the bottom.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For hydro electricity. Gravity circulation device operating without moving mechanical parts to riase water from deep wells. @(15pp Dwg.No.3/5)@
Semiconductor device is made by disposing a semiconductor substrate in a sputtering chamber, feeding Ar and N2, as sputtering gas, into the chamber, sputtering Ti-target for forming a reactive TiN film between the semiconductor substrate and a wiring member, or between wiring members to be disposed on the semiconductor substrate, in which oxygen plasma is fed into the chamber.    USE -   Used for controlling resistivity of reactive TiN film easily by controlling the amt. of oxygen plasma being fed. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The semiconductor laser oscillator comprises active layers of which at least one layer has hetero-aromatic high polymer orientation thin film having secondary non-linear optical effect as the higher harmonic generating layer.    The hetero-aromatic high polymer orientation thin film comprises the high polymer orientation thin film having unit structure of hetero-aromatic polymer unit having any one of or both of electron accepting gp. and electron donor gp., or the precursor unit which can derive the hetero-aromatic polymer unit, or both of them. (2) The high polymer thin film comprises the film prepd. by the Langmuir-Blodgett's technique.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The semiconductor laser oscillator is used for the optical disk memory and optical printer. Coherent light can be oscillated in wide range including infrared rays, and more short wave.    In an example, 2,5-diamino-1,4- benzenethiol.2 hydrochloric acid salt was dissolved in distilled water. Benzene soln. of 1 wt.% 2-nitro-dihexylterephthal- aldimine was dropped on the salt soln. to spread on the surface. After polymerisation and condensation reaction film on the water surface was compressed, then 50 layers of the film were laminated on InP substrate by LB technique to form the higher harmonic generating layer. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The compressor-container (9) has pref. the shape of a prism or conical frustum with its smaller surface (8) uppermost in contact with the pressure plate (4). The larger surface in the region of the baseplate (16) of the expulsion chamber (23) is connected to a pressure line (20).    Inlet valves (17.1-17.4) of conventional pattern are opened by the pressure plate (4) operating a limit-of-travel switch (39). Water (24) is discharged through a nozzle (21) at blades of a turbine (29).    ADVANTAGE -   Electric power can be generated intensively from rivers, reservoirs etc. with high efficiency and without damage to the environment. @(16pp Dwg.No.2/4)@
The generator shaft (A) carries two 3 metre diameter chain wheels (A1, A2). The chains (C,D) which are linked at 2.5 metre intervals by cross rods (E), also pass over chain wheels on a shaft (B) which is 17.8 metres downstream.    Attached to each cross bar is an inflatable balloon which is inflated with several hundred litres of air as it starts to move downstream. As each balloon passes around the drive shaft it is deflated so that it provides minimal resistance as it moves upstream. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Enclosing the sector (3) of a large diameter eater powered generator is a rotor with excitation poles (18) carried by a ring shaped rotor (17) connected by a composite boss (5,6,7) to the rotor pindle (11). The annular part is made from two types of alternating laminations, one narrower than the other, the wider one having holes for clamping bolts.    This forms a projection (22) for securing th a ring (7) forming the inner edge of a circuit sheet (5) forming part of the boss. The laminations also form inner, centre and outer sections (19,20,21) with holes for ring longitudinal channels from top to bottom.    ADVANTAGE -   Minimum offset of centrifugal force and temperature. @(8pp DWg.No. 1/4)@
To control flow between two lines (1, 2) operating at different pressures within a district heating network, a reverse - running centrifugal pump (3) in series with a control valve (6) is connected by an electromagnetic clutch (8) to a generator (4), frequency converter (5) and electrical return line (15). Parallel to the pump is a branch (9) with a control valve (7) and a weak flow valve (14).    A further branch (12) includes a control valve (11) and safety switching valve (10). The bypass system allows the return flow to be regulated by fixing an optimum speed to match the difference in pressure.    ADVANTAGE -   Medium flow and electrical energy are kept within safe limits.
The photodetector includes a waveguide layer to propagate lights. A clad layer is laminated onto the waveguide layer and has a refractive index smaller than that of the waveguide layer and has at least two portions having different thicknesses. Photoelectric converting devices are respectively provided on the surfaces of the different thickness protions of the clad layer on the side opposite to the side which faces the waveguide layer.    The pair of photoelectric converting devices each comprise a semi-conductor light absorbing layer to generate a photocurrent and an electrode to extract the photocurrent. The light absorbing layer has a multiplier structure in which a non-doped layer and an n-tupe semiconductor layer are alternately laminated on a p-type semiconductor layer. The light absorbing layer has a super lattice structure in which a well layer and a barrier layer are alternately laminated.    ADVANTAGE -   Can be easily manufactured and is suitable for miniatursation.
An air bubble generator (5) connected to the gas pump (7) is immersed into the electroplating bath (4), and generated gas bubbles are filtered by a bubble adjusting plate (9) placed above the generator (5).    ADVANTAGE -   Detrimental air pit generation is controlled. @(6pp Dwg.No. 1/7)
An air bubble generator (5) connected to the gas pump (7) is immersed into the electroplating bath (4), and generated gas bubbles are filtered by a bubble adjusting plate (9) placed above the generator (5).    ADVANTAGE -   Detrimental air pit generation is controlled. @(6pp Dwg.No. 1/7)
The device uses rectangular photovoltaic cells of monocrystalline silicon, with a PN junction. Each cell has cathode metallisation on its lower surface and anode metallisation on one lengthwise edge of its upper surface.    The device includes eight identical cells (11-18) connected in series. The first four cells (11-14) being arranged in one direction , in pairs, end to end down a central line (31) and across a second line the anodes being opposite to the second line. The four other cells (15-18) are similarly arranged but at right angles to the first plane and superimposed on the first. The fibre optic beam is directed orthogonally to the first and second planes.    USE -   Conversion of light output from fibre optic to electrical signal. @(7pp Dwg.No. 2/3)@
An electric circuit is formed on at least a side of a metal substrate via an insulating layer. The insulating layer contains an aromatic polyamide film having up to 4wt.% water absorption coefft. (CWA) and 2-20 microns thickness.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for an IC etc.. The substrate is bendable and has improved insulating reliability, etc..    In an example, an aromatic polyamide (11wt.% concn., 3100 poise) was prepd. by reaction of 0.9 mol 2-chloro-p-phenylene-diamine, 0.1 mol 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 0.2 mol terephthalic chloride in N-methyl pyrrolidone for 2 hrs., neutralised by calcium hydroxide. The polymer soln. was cast on a stainless steel belt, dried at 130 deg.C for 4 mins. to form a film, washed, dried to form 12.5 microns thick polyamide film, oriented 1.1 times longitudinally and 1.3 times laterally and heat treated for 3 mins. at 320 deg.C to form a film (CWA = 1.8wt.%). A 1.0mm Al plate was formed on a side of the film and a 35 microns thick Cu foil was formed on the other side of the film via an epoxy nylon gp. heat curing type to form a 20 microns thick laminate. The Cu foil was etched to form circuit substrate. A dielectric strength test showed 4.9 kV initially and 4.6 kV on bending. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The system receives energy from a resource and converts the energy into electrical power for supply to a polyphase electric power grid operating at a system frequency. A prime mover is driven by the resource energy and a converter, such as a power electronic converter, produces excitation power from power received from a source. A brushless double-fed generator has a rotor with windings and a stator with windings comprising two polyphase stator systems.. The rotor is driven by the prime mover. The first stator system applies the electrical power to the grid,, and the second stator system receives the excitation power from the converter.    A sensor detects a parameter of the electrical power output supplied to the grid and produces a sensor signal corresponding to the sensed parameter. A controller controls the converter in response to the sensor signal. The controller establishes a reference signal, then processes the sensor signal with the reference signal to produce a controller signal. The converter produces the excitation power at an excitation frequency in response to the controller signal so as to increase the ratio of the electrical power output to the resource energy power input received by the prime mover.    USE -   Particularly for hydro, wind, geothermal and solar power generation. @(37pp Dwg.No.1/20)@
Solar cell array is mfd. by forming a metal pad on Si spheres mounted in a conductive foil matrix by: forming a cell sandwich of foil matrix, spheres insulating layer and foil; forming apertures in the insulating layer through to each sphere; pressing and heating the cell sandwich; increasing the pressure to fuse the metal foil to the exposed portion of the spheres; and removing excess foil, leaving a metal pad on each sphere.    ADVANTAGE -   The method is simple, efficient and low cost. @(11pp Dwg.No.1a/4)@
In the hydroelectric power station underwater part construction method, a mobile shelter (6) of the size of one generating set is assembled on the assembly area on railway tracks near the foundation simultaneously with making of the building foundation and assembly of centring (8), reinforcement (9) and metal structure of the first tier of the first generating set section (1).    ADVANTAGE -   This hydroelectric power station underwater part construction method improves working conditions. Bul.42/15.11.90 @(3pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
A plasma device comprises a bell jar (8) of a material transmitting microwaves providing in a plasma generating chamber so that an opening part is positioned facing a sample chamber; and a gas introduction pipe introduced in the belt jar from the interior of a sample chamber so as to point to the microwave introduction port side.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Heavy metal is not contaminated by a material of which the peripheral wall of a plasma generating chamber is formed. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
In the device a ring is preliminarily formed of pressing plates and the lower pack of the core is set on the ring. The device is then set so that the calibrating plate (1) is pressed closely into the joint slot and the teeth of the lower pack are pressed into the slots of one of the U-shaped elements (4). The second and third packs of the core are then assembled by inserting their teeth into the slots of the element (4).    This ensures a determined mutual positioning of the joint slots of different packs of the core along the height of the stator and also ensures a determined size of the slots. The device is then removed by moving it in the radial direction of the stator and is then set so that only one element (4) is freed. When the next pack is assembled, the process is repeated, to assembly the core.    USE -   Assembly by sectors of stator cores of vertical electric machines. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Body is formed into a cylinder under factory conditions by several sections with joint plates and axial wedges are fixed on the internal surface of body by strips and bolts. Core of the stator is made of standard segments of electrotechnical steel with fixing slots for connection to wedges and slots for the winding. Shortened segments are placed adjacent to each other at the position of joint plane.    Core is then press fitted using pressing flanges, the winding is placed in slot and the stator is split into sections and taken to the place of use, where the sections are reconnected by plates. Removable wedges are taken out and shortened segments are replaced by one additional standard segment. Wedges are then reinstalled, the core is press fitted and wedges are welded.    USE -   Assembly of stators of large-size vertical hydrogenerators in high power hydro-electric stations. @(19pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The variable speed generation system includes a turbine for converting a resource energy input from the resource into mechanical energy at a rotor speed. An energy converter produces excitation power. A doubly fed generator is coupled to the turbine and has a rotor with excitation rotor windings and a device for applying the excitation power from the energy converter to the rotor windings.    The rotor is driven by the mechanical energy from the turbine and a stator with stator windings supplies the electrical power output to the power grid. A controller vanes the rotor speed in response to the power output and resource energy input to increase the ratio of the electrical output power to the resource energy input received from the resource.    _    ADVANTAGE -   High efficiency. @(31pp Dwg.No.1/14)@
C or ion contg. C obtd. by discharge decomposition of hydrocarbon gas diluted by H2 are acceleratedd by DC electric field, deposited on Si (111) single crystal or a crystal coated by SiC before or after irradiation with H ions or active atomic H at 20-600 deg.C and pref. thermally treated at over 400 deg.C to form SiC.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The SiC forming region is easily controlled using this method. The method is applicable to SiC formation and homo-epitaxial substrate formation.    In an example, CH4 gas diluted by H2 gas is discharge decomposed to form C ion or ions contg. C. The obtd. ions were accelerated by DC electric field, deposited on Si (111) single crystal after irradiated by H ion and thermally treated at over 400 deg.C to form a crystalline SiC. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
C or ion contg. C obtd. by discharge decomposition of hydrocarbon gas diluted by H2 are acceleratedd by DC electric field, deposited on Si (111) single crystal or a crystal coated by SiC before or after irradiation with H ions or active atomic H at 20-600 deg.C and pref. thermally treated at over 400 deg.C to form SiC.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The SiC forming region is easily controlled using this method. The method is applicable to SiC formation and homo-epitaxial substrate formation.    In an example, CH4 gas diluted by H2 gas is discharge decomposed to form C ion or ions contg. C. The obtd. ions were accelerated by DC electric field, deposited on Si (111) single crystal after irradiated by H ion and thermally treated at over 400 deg.C to form a crystalline SiC. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
In an engine a nitrogen-oxygen sepg. filter composed primarily of a zeolite, e.g., natural or synthetic zeolite, is set in an air supplying part, and oxygen-enriched air is supplied into a combustion chamber. Pref. the nitrogen-oxygen sepg. filter uses a dried mixt. of natural or synthetic zeolite or clay contg. a small amt. of potassium chlorate or MnO2 and sodium perchlorate.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The Diesel engine can effectively and simply reduce the emission of NO2 and black smoke in the exhaust gas, and the nitrogen-oxygen sepg. filter used can be easily set in the engine of truck, etc.. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/2)
The solar battery comprises photoelectric conversion layers having different photo-responses respectively, which are formed on one surface of a prism. The photoelectric conversion layers are arranged corresp. to the wave length ranges of the lights dispersed with the prism.    ADVANTAGE -   Out-put power and stability in continuous operation of the solar battery are improved.    In an example, a translucent Al conductive layer (1) was formed on the bottom surface of the prism (4) by deposition in vacuum. Three kinds of CdS's were deposited to form the photoelectric conversion layer (2). Namely, CdS to the 2-i position, CdS:Ag to the 2-ii position, and CdS:Cu to the 2-iii position. Gold electrode (3) was deposited on the photoelectric conversion layer to complete the solar battery. 10 batteries were connected in parallel to form the solar battery module. In the test results on the module, conversion efficiency, open-circuitt voltage, and short-circuit current of the module are improved as opposed to results obtd. using the batteries without the prism system. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
W-silicide film is formed on a substrate by implanting high-m.pt. metals ion into the surface of the substrate, followed by forming W-silicide film on the substrate by vapour phase epitaxial method.    USE -   For improving uniformity of W-silicide film compsn. and film thickness at the surface of substrate. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The control system has a flow amount calculator for the head tank input. High efficiency operation of each generating unit is processed to obtain a maximum total power generation output for that water amount. The results of the calculation are used as the basis to distribute that water amount to each unit for power generation most efficiently.    ADVANTAGE -   Constant water amount discharge. @(16pp Dwg.No.3/6)@
Prodn. of a photovoltaic solar generator, consisting of solar cells which have contact elements extending across their width and which form a shingled assembly embedded in hot melt adhesive foils between a support and a cover, comprises (a) coating the contact elements with a contacting paste which, on low temp. vacuum treatment, produces an electrical connection between the overlying contact elements of adjacent cells; (b) assembling the cells on an adhesive foil on the support so that adjacent contact elements are loosely bonded together by the paste; (c) electrically connecting the edge regions of the shingled assemblies and providing electrical terminals; (d) covering the assemblies with a second adhesive foil and a cover; and (e) subjecting to low temp. vacuum treatment to produce an electrically conductive bond between the contact elements and, immediately afterwards, to cause mechanically rigid bonding of the support, the adhesive foils, the solar cells and the cover to obtain a solar cell, generator.    ADVANTAGE -   The process has a reduced number of steps and allows prodn. of curved or domed generators. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Unit contains brake jacks (3) located inside jacket (4). In the output tube (5) of the jacket there is a filter (6) and axial fan (7). In the side wall of the tube there is a recess (8) formed and at its end there is an ejector (9) located. The created air rarefaction inside body (14) hinders the fall (into the generator) of dust formed during braking of the rotor.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In power equipment of hydro-generators and motor-generator aggregates. Brake has high reliability achieved by making a recess on the side of a tube and using an ejector. Bul.30/15.8.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The energy plant allows the wave movement to be converted into a rotation using a series of drum chambers, supported by a common rotation shaft. Each drum chamber has a slit through which water can enter, with double sealing flaps (3, 4) for periodically blocking the individual chambers. The sealing flaps, are controlled so that the ingress of water and the contained air ensure continuous rotation of the shaft.    The space enclosed by the inside walls (1) of the drum chambers pref. comprises a hollow chamber acting as a float.    ADVANTAGE -   High energy efficiency. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Etching liq. comprises hydrazine (1) or mixed liq. (2) of hydrazine and ethylene diamine, and at least 1 inorganic alkali.    Pref. the inorganic alkali comprises KOH, NaOH, or LiOH.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for etching polyimide resin film for a flexible printed circuit, etc. A polyimide resin film may be rapidly etched. Biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid polyimide may be etched.    In an example, (1) 100 pts. wt. of hydrazine and 25 pts. wt. of KOH were mixed to prepare the etching liq. The etching rate on pyromellitic acid polyimide film was 35 microns/min. as opposed to 10 microns/min. for the liq. without the alkali. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Etching liq. comprises hydrazine (1) or mixed liq. (2) of hydrazine and ethylene diamine, and at least 1 inorganic alkali.    Pref. the inorganic alkali comprises KOH, NaOH, or LiOH.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for etching polyimide resin film for a flexible printed circuit, etc. A polyimide resin film may be rapidly etched. Biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid polyimide may be etched.    In an example, (1) 100 pts. wt. of hydrazine and 25 pts. wt. of KOH were mixed to prepare the etching liq. The etching rate on pyromellitic acid polyimide film was 35 microns/min. as opposed to 10 microns/min. for the liq. without the alkali. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The multi-layered semiconductor solar battery has common electrodes (103,104) on an isolated substrate (101). An isolation layer (102) coveres the substrate (101) and the common electrodes (103,104). Holes in the layer (102) allow direct contact of the electrode (103,104) with p-type and n-type semiconductor crystals (105,112) resp..    Additionally, a high resistance region (106) with no doping and long minority carrier lifetime is provided along with n-type and carrier lifetime (107,111) resp..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Solar batteries. High energy conversion efficiency. @(14pp Dwg.No. 1A/6)@
A hollow cylinder (1) rotating about its horizontal axis (3) is divided by a serpentine partition (2) into two chambers (10,11) which are filled and emptied alternately via ports (8,9).    The tube (12) extends through the centre of the partition (2) which is assembled from two oppositely curved half-shells (4,5) of dia. equal to the radius of the cylinder (1). In the starting position one port (8) is fully open to atmos., and the other port (9) is closed at the bed of the stream (15,16).    ADVANTAGE -   Universally applicable appts. can be operated economically without complex construction or costly head regulation. @(13pp Dwg.No.1/20)@
The converter changes the flow energy of moving surface water into electric energy and has a water driven turbine coupled by hydraulic energy transfer system to an electric power generator (19). An anchored floating streamlined container (2) provides a sealed housing having water flow ducts (8), entirely immersed below the water line during normal operation, containing pumping units (10) connected to the turbine shafts.    The pumping units are hydraulic pressure sources, coupled to hydroengine (17) which is connected within the rigid structure of the buoyant housing.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For anchoring in predetermined orientation in stationary near-to-shore position to allow free following of rise and fall of surface water level. High efficiency, low flow resistance, and compact construction allowing utilisation of water curernts of very small layer dimensions. For tidal systems, wave power.
A thin, lightweight solar cell assembly (10) having front contact metallisation comprises a cover glass (24) adjacent to the front surface (20) of the cell with contact metallisation (28,30) between the two which is embedded in both cover glass and cell to give a smooth interface. There is a means (26) for refracting incident light (34) away from the metallisation.    Also claimed is a cell as above also comprising means for recessing the metallisation in the cell and cover glass facing surfaces to give a smooth interface for electrostatic bonding and several grooves in the glass for refracting light away from the metal.    Further claimed is a method of making a solar cell assembly of a semiconductor wafer as above comprising forming p+ and n+ regions in the wafer surface by diffusing dopants, forming the triangular grooves in the cover glass, masking the wafer and opposite cover glass surface, and forming recesses in the masked surfaces,. Metal contact material is deposited into the recesses to give a smooth interface, the filled recesses aligned, the cover glass and wafer joined by electrostatic bonding and the opposite surface of the wafer covered (32).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A solar cell assembly (claimed) which is thin, light weight and has improved positioning of metal contacts and improved bonding between cell and cover glass is provided. All contact metallisation is in the incident surface but none of it protrudes. Current carriers are less likely to be trapped by defects in this configuration which makes it useful for space radiation environments. @(9pp Dwg.No. 1/25)@
Resist composite includes (A) copolymer having the structure unit of formula (I) and (II) in the molecular chain and (B) a cpd. generating acid by irradiation with active ray of light. R1 and R3 are H or alkyl gp., R2 is alkyl gp., -S(O2)-R6 or -C(O)-OR6, R4 and R5 are H, halogen or alkyl gp., and R6 is alkyl gp. or aryl gp. The resist composite includes copolymer having the structure unit of formula (I) and (II) in the mol. chain, cpd. generating acid by irradiation of active ray of light, and alkali soluble phenol resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The resist composite has good sensitivity, definition, etching-proof property, and preservability. The resist composite is used as pattern forming material suitable for lithography using light of short wavelength, and is also suitable as the positive resist for fine processing of semiconductor element. @(10pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
G1
The system has pipes at least one of which is partially submerged in a body of water and each of which includes a water introducing and descending portion having a certain descending slope. A water lifting portion, ascends with a steep slope from the lower end of the water introducing and descending portion. Pumps are used for accelerating the water flow within the pipes.    The introduction of compressed ash into the pipes also provides for acceleration of the water enclosed in them.    USE -   For hydroelectric power generation.
A laminated semiconductor material having a quantum well structure is obtd. by holding (pinching) a zinc blende structured semiconductor between semiconductors having a bigger forbidden band width and a larger lattice constant than those of the zinc blende structured semiconductor (more than two of above mentioned semiconductor materials are pref. laminated).    A light modulator is also claimed, comprising the above mentioned laminated semiconductor material, an electric field application means and light entering terminal. The intensity or phase of the entering light wave is modulated according to the intensity of the electric field applied.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The dependency of the optical modulator on the polarised light is eliminated, i.e. the connection with a normal optical fibre becomes very easy. @(4pp Dwg.No.3/3)@
The Al-nitride substrate is made by applying an active metal brazing material paste to a desired cementing pattern on an Al-nitride substrate, cementing a Cu-sheet having sufficient surface area to cover the cementing pattern on the applied paste, and forming circuit pattern having at least the cementing pattern on the Cu-sheet of the cemented body using an etching resist, followed by etching the Cu-sheet for removing unrequired part.    USE -   For making heat releasable circuit boards suited for power semiconductor modules. @(7pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Thermal head comprises laid from top to bottom, (1) a head cover, (2) a flexible support, (3) a ceramic support and (4) a radiator plate. A heat conductive sheet is formed between (3) and (4). The sheet is grooved on a side facing (4), and the pitch of the groove is up to the pitch of thermal dots of the head. Holes are punched through the sheet at recesses of the groove.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Heat radiation is effected uniformly. The strain of (3) is corrected, resulting in a flat line of heating dots. Air is discharged so that (3) may be held rigidly. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/5)
The solar generator has a number of solar cells (1,1') fastened by adhesive (2,2') to a base element (3), the upper side of one solar cell (1) being connected to the underside of the other solar cell (1') by means of a connector (4) of pseudo-elastic material.    The connector is pref. of a 50% Ti - 50% Ni alloy, Cu - Zn - Al, or Cu - Ni - Al alloy. Contact is made with the cells by metallising the contact artas with the alloy, followed by welding or soldering.    ADVANTAGE -   Can withstand large number of thermal cycles without fracturing or cracking. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
G1
In partial electroplating lead frame portion where electroplating is not necessary is covered by mask. Flow of plating liq. is formed through covered portion to anode arranged in downstream side, and plating applied to covered portion.    ADVANTAGE -   Anode can be exchanged easily. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
In partial electroplating lead frame portion where electroplating is not necessary is covered by mask. Flow of plating liq. is formed through covered portion to anode arranged in downstream side, and plating applied to covered portion.    ADVANTAGE -   Anode can be exchanged easily. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
A spectroscope has first and second crystal plates, a switch, and a pulse motor. The switch comprises a moving contact; and a fixed contact. The first and second crystal plates are arranged in a vacuum container and in positions spaced away from each other. The plates have respective rotary shafts in the respective crystal plates. The rotary shaft is vertical to incident light. The moving contacts are respectively mounted to the first and second crystal plates in a place away from the rotary shaft. The fixed contact is securely mounted in the vacuum container facing the moving contact in a rotation position where the first and second crystal plates are located in parallel to incident light. Two pulse mOlOrS r mOUnted Outsid the vacuUm containr, nd serv to respectively rotate the first and second crystal plates. Through the drive of a pulse motor, the number of pulses counted starting from a time when the moving contact sepd. away from the fixed contact is converted, and a rotation angle can be obtd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Rotation angle can be read even in a vacuum, and monochromatic light of a long wavelength obtd. @(7pp Dwg.No.1,2/6)@
The water-operated machine, driven by a stream or river, generates electric power, has a supporting base frame (7). At each of the latter's four corners a sprocket (9), with a shaft and bearing, engages the transport chains (12).    The latter are fixed to distance-pieces (5) forming stabilisers on which brackets for the blades are fixed, the blades hinging on them.    ADVANTAGE -   Can be mounted at an above water level or completely submerged, and used in ebbing and flowing currents. @(4pp Dwg.No.3/5)@
Bonding method of semiconductor substrates is new. Each surface to be bonded of two semiconductor substrates is polished to mirror face. Each polished surface is treated to convert the surface hydrophilic. The prepd. hydrophilic surfaces are directly attached each other, then heat-treated to bond the two semiconductor substrates each other. In the treatment to convert the polished surfaces hydrophilic, treatment of at least one of the polished surfaces of the substrates is done by forming oxidized layer on the surface through reaction with oxygen ion or oxygen radical.    Thickness of the oxidised layer formed is more than 15 Angstrom. In one of the semiconductor substrates before treatment, semiconductor element with metallic circuit is formed at the end surface opposite to the surface to be bonded. (3) The heat-treatment of the closely bonded two semiconductor substrates is done at the temp. corresp. to the temp. for sintering of the semiconductor element. At the heat-treatment, electric field is impressed between the attached surfaces of the two substrates to compensate bending of the substrates by electrostatic force generated between the attached surfaces.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for bonding semiconductor substrates. Required strong bonding strength can be obtd. by heat-treatment at lower temp. than the temp. in conventional method. @(10pp Dwg.No.1a/7)@
G1
A film, grown in a low-gravity environment (at most 10% of normal) free of buoyancy-driven convection, of a phthalocyanine (Pc) comprises at least 50% of a single polymorph. The film has a surface roughness factor of between 1.000000 and 1.000010, a density at least 50% greater than one produced at lG, and at least 50 wt.% of the molecules have the same axial orientation.    Also claimed is a polymorph of CuPc (i.e. M-CuPc) which shows 6 x-ray diffraction peaks corresp. to lattice spacings of 0.32-0.38 nm and an i.r. absorption peak at 727-728 cm-1 and no peak at 778 cm-1.    Pref. the polymorph may or may not contain a metal, and the metal is pref. Cu, Pt, Pd, Fe, Nb or any other gp. III, IV or V metal, and oxides, sulphides, selenides and halides of them. Pref. the ring substits. are halo, nitro, alkyl, cycloalkyl or aromatic. Pref. the M-Cu polymorph has a herringbone packing in the crystal. Pref. the film is at least 90 wt.% of a single polymorph and has a density at least double that produced at lG.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A Pc film grown under low gravity and a CuPc polymorph (claimed) are provided. The film, grown in a space shuttle orbiter, is smoother, more highly oriented, contains larger amts. of one polymorph, and is much denser than when grown on Earth. The films are useful in optoelectronic devices such as photoconductive imagers, information storage, energy conversion, optical processing and in sensors, e.g. photovoltaic converters, information storage video, integrated optics. @(28pp Dwg.No.3/9)@
Metal film is deposited using a substrate at least part of which surface has exposed Si.By pretreating it for forming a state on the Si-surface, H atoms are adsorbed and between the end of the pretreatment and the initiation of the deposition process a period during which the temp. of the substrate surface is prevented from rising above 200 deg.C and the partial pressure of steam in the atmos. to which the substrate surface contact is at least kept below 0.01 Pa.    The substrate surface is pref. heated to 350-500 deg.C in an atmos. of up to 10 power(-2) Pa of the partial pressure of steam between the end of the pretreatment and the initiation of the deposition process.    USE -   For forming metal thin film having a good interface property with the surface of a substrate informing electrodes at the contact portion of semiconductor devices. @(11pp Dwg.no.1/7)@
The device comprises a cathode and an anode facing each other in a chamber. A subject material is supported on the anode and the cathode is formed of silicon carbide.    USE -   The life of the electrode is increased. The chamber can be cleaned easily. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
An insulating inorganic coating in an inverse pattern to a desired circuit is formed on a die surface, plating is applied to the surface to form the conductor circuit, and desired resin is injected into the die, while the plating surface is released from the die surface to be transferred to a resin moulded surface.    USE -   Three-dimensional wiring board can be produced effectively and stably.@(4pp Dwg.No.1-5/5)@
A front contact layer disposed on a substrate includes a number of segments separated by first scribe lines forming submodules with at least one of the submodules forming a module. A bus interconnects two or more of the submodules in parallel with each other. A thin film of a semiconductor material is disposed on the front contact layers.    A back contact layer is disposed on the thin film and is scribed along second scribe lines corresponding to and adjacent the first scribe lines. A unit interconnects adjacent areas of the rear and back contact layers. The thin film is scribed along third scribe lines, the interconnecting rears including a portion of the back contact layer being disposed in the third scribe lines.    ADVANTAGE -   Facility of computer control for producing reproducible patterns. @(36pp Dwg.No.2(e-g)/8)@
When supplying discharge form the additional water reservoir (2) through the additional hydro-generators (4) to the lower water-race, the discharge from the main water reservoir (1) through main hydro-generators (3) is reduced until the load on the latter reduces by a value determined from a formula given in the patent.    USE -   The method is used for energy accumulating hydro-electric power station water flow regulation. Bul.33/7.9.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
In the formation of Au bumps in semiconductor appts. using an Au plating soln., the Au soln. is controlled based on the Pb concn. of the Au plating soln. or both of the Pb concn. and the Au concn.    Pref. Pb concn. of the Au plating soln. is controlled to maintain a value of less than 1 ppm.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Provides Au bumps avoiding shape defects, and the plating soln. can be controlled with high accuracy.    In an example in a cyanate-free plating soln. which was previously controlled to maintain an Au concn. of 8 g/l, the bath was then controlled detecting the Pb concn. and controlling it to less than 1 ppm. A defect occurred at an Au concn. of 8.7 g/l, a level previously considered optimum for plating, but the Pb concn. was found to be 1.0 micro-g (=1 ppm). @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Device is prepd. by (a) forming an impurity region by adding an impurity to single crystal or polycrystal boron nitride and irradiating pulsed laser beams having a wavelength of 70-300 nm, at the impuriti region.    The impurity pref. comprises; Gp. IIa elements including beryllium, or Gp. IVb elements including C, Si, or Ge, pref., Si. The laser beams pref. comprise: excimer laser, or Fs(157 nm), Arf (193 nm), or KrCP (222 nm) laser beam having a pulse width of 5-200 nm/secnd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for transistors, integrated circuits or diodes. The added impurity is activated by laser annealing as well as ion implantation. The use of fixed dope amt. gives the electronic device high controllability. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
Device is prepd. by (a) forming an impurity region by adding an impurity to single crystal or polycrystal boron nitride and irradiating pulsed laser beams having a wavelength of 70-300 nm, at the impuriti region.    The impurity pref. comprises; Gp. IIa elements including beryllium, or Gp. IVb elements including C, Si, or Ge, pref., Si. The laser beams pref. comprise: excimer laser, or Fs(157 nm), Arf (193 nm), or KrCP (222 nm) laser beam having a pulse width of 5-200 nm/secnd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for transistors, integrated circuits or diodes. The added impurity is activated by laser annealing as well as ion implantation. The use of fixed dope amt. gives the electronic device high controllability. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
In a tungstenm paste contg. organic vehicle and a powdered material contg. powdered tungstenm, the powdered material contains 10-99 wt.% of powdered tungstenm and 1-90 wt.% of powdered TiN.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For metallising AlN baseboard surface to give sufficient bonding strength to the baseboard.    In an example, a tungstenm paste contg. 30.0 wt.% of powdered tungstenm and 70.0 wt.% of powdered TiN and necessary amts. of organic vehicle was prepd.. The paste was coated on a green AlN sheet in a circle having a dia. of 3mm., dried and debindered. The sheet was calcinated for 5 hrs. at 1850 deg.C. A Ni layer was formed on the metallised layer by electroplating. A wire was soldered on the Ni layer and the bonding strength of the tungstenm layer was measured. The obtd. result was 5.8 kg/mm2. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A roofed housing (12) anchored to the bed of a river (26) encloses a waterwheel (18) whose axle (20) is geared (22) to the top of an inclined Archimedean screw (24) lifting water from a submerged intake (36) to a tank (29) immediately under the roof (14).    Water is discharged from the tank (29) through a vertical pipe (32) to drive a turbine (34) coupled to an electric generator, before being returned to the river (26). Several such plants may be coupled together in the direction of the flow.    ADVANTAGE -   Kinetic energy of flowing water is converted easily and efficiently into electric power.
The method and appt. for repairing and resurfacing turbine liner walls (8) pitted as a result of cavitation and the like in an hydraulic assembly (1) includes rotation of turbine blades (6) and a turbine shaft (2) through a turning mechanism (18) positioned on a blade (6). The turning forces are exerted directly between the turning mechanism and the surface of the liner wall (8). The method and appts. further includes the use of a repair assembly (16) mounted to the turbine blades (6) for selectively positioning a grinding mechanism (104) adjacent the liner wall (8) for grinding and sanding the same.    The grinder mechanism (104) includes components for selectively adjusting horizontal and vertical positioning of the mechanism (104). The horizontal and vertical positioning components can also be employed with other mechanisms for performing repairing and resurfacing operations.    USE -   Maching and resurfacing curved surfaces, partic. in hydraulic turbine, also paper mill digesters.
In the system the mouth of the chamber is rectangular or oblong, with the longer axis running substantially parallel to the shoreline. The turbine mounted inside the open end of the stack turns as air flows over it, absorbing energy. The turbine blades radiate from a central hub, to which they are engaged by turbine blade shafts passing through the hub. The turbine blades are each axially balanced and free to rotate about an axis concentric with the shaft (change their pitch). The blades are longitudinally balanced by counterweights inside the hub.    Since the blade areas on either side of the blade axis differ, the blades are balanced, each of the blades will rotate about its axis in response to the pressures exerted by air flow in and out of the stack. This rotation is stopped by the counterweight hitting either an upper or a lower strike plate. The strike plates are above and below the hub. The separation of the plates is controllable by an approp. mechanism. The axial rotation of the blades responds to the wind velocity through the stack in such a way that the turbine will be urged to rotate in a single direction, regardless of the in or out direction of air flow.    ADVANTAGE -   Improved efficiency. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
After plasma etching Al alloy film and a barrier metal the chamber is cleaned by using a combination of discharging by Cl2-contg. gas and by F2-contg. gas.    USE -   For cleaning plasma etching chambers effectively. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The folding vane (28) attached to the rotor (12) of a fluid driven motor (10) transfers the driving thrust to the rotor. The vane has a supporting structure to which are mounted two hydraulically operated pivoting panels which open and close synchronously according to their direction of motion through the fluid.    An angled side panel (77) producesa a thrust when the fluid flows parallel to the vane axis. Shock absorbing springs reduce the shocks produced by the panel movements and abraking method is also present to reduce or half rotor movement.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For wind or water driven generators and turbines. The variation of panel surface area produces maximum thrust available from the medium in use.
The photovoltaic region is formed in an amorphous layer (3) of semiconductor material between respective upper (41, 42, 43) and lower (21, 22, 23) layers of spaced electrodes overlapping in plan on a substrate region (1) of insulating material. These are connected in series to form the photovoltaic device by irradiating spaced locations where the electrodes overlap using a laser to melt the semiconductor and electrodes to form a connection between upper and lower electrodes.    Irradiation is effected through the substate plate, which is of glass, using a beam from a YAG laser such that the upper electrodes are not melted right through. A laser beam of similar wavelength may be used to divide up a transparent conductive film to make the lower electrodes.    USE -   In thin film photovoltaic solar cells or photosensors of good reproducibility. @(6pp Dwg.No.1(d)/3)@
Method involves (a) co-extrusion moulding polyamide resin and a thermoplastic elastomer having continuous phase composed of polyamide resin to form an inner tube, (b) forming reinforcing layer on the inner tube (1) with a knitting and braiding machine, and (c) extrusion-moulding thermoplastic elastomer to form an outer tube on the reinforcing layer.    Pref. the thermoplastic elastomer is a polymer blend of an epichlorhydrin rubber dispersed in a polyamide resin or cured-dispersed in a polyamide resin. The inner tube has a strength 20% elongation of 20-200 kg f/sq.cm. when measured in the shape of a sheet.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For coolers and air-conditioners in motorcars. Delamination resistance, i.e. durability is high. Inner tube can be reused. Conventional use of a mandrel is eliminated. This is effective in cost-saving and no cracking. The prodn. efficiency is high. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/4)
A solar module with a large surface area is assembled from several photovoltaic cells (1) in line, each held between a front glass plate (2) and a rear glass plate (3). The gaps between them are filled up with a hardenable resin (4) which is completely transparent. A low-viscosity methacrylate resin with an admixt. of UV-absorbing substances meets these requirements.    ADVANTAGE -   Such solar modules can be mfd. without any significant scrap. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The linear gravitational generator has a pair of spaced wire coils in which the electrical current is to be induced secured in the generator. A pulley train is secured in the generator, providing for travel and passage of permanent magnetic buckets through the pair of spaced wire coils. A pair of cables driven by the pulley train and fastened to the magnetic buckets and mechanical drive source drive the pulley train causing the permanent magnetic buckets to travel through the coils.    The pair of spaced wire coils are vertical mounted in the generator and wound upon cores, and the wire coils are wound in series with each other and ends of the coils provide for connecting to any work-load desired. The pulley train is secured to an upper surface and a lower surface of the generator by a pillow block.    ADVANTAGE -   Simple to use, high efficiency. @(5pp Dwg.No.2/4)@
Light emitting diodes (LED) which are aligned in a row and need to be individually controlled are integrated in a single semiconductor substrate. The substrate is connected with control circuitry in such a way that the LED are connected as a matrix and are operated in multiplex. The pref. diodes are formed on a semi-insulating GaAs substrate with the columns consisting of the n-GaAs contacts doped e.g. by implantation. On this a GaAsP-layer is deposited in which a p-type region is formed by doping which is the light source. The row-contacts are connected to the p-type regions. The wiring is carried out on the surface of the circuit.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The advantages of the construction is the reduced number of connections which needs to be made to the outside. The matrix method reduces the quantity to the square root of the number of LED's. Using an integrated control chip reduces this even further. The construction is used in printers. @(5pp Dwg.No.2/6)@
A solar concentrator device comprises a solar energy receiver; and a flat solar energy reflector arranged to reflect solar energy to the receiver. The reflector includes a substantially square-shaped frame limiting an inner space, a number of individual flat reflective panels arranged in the space in a first group or rows extending in a first direction and a second group of rows extending in a second direction substantially transverse to the first direction. Each of the panels is turnable about three mutually perpendicular axes.    The panels are mounted so that they are turnable about the axes. The mount including a first device which connect the panels in the rows extending in one of the directions so that the panels in each of the rows extending in the one direction are jointly turnable about a first one of the axes. A second device mounts each of the panels so that in each of the rows extending in the one direction each of the panels is turnable about a second one of the axes. A third device mounts each panel in each of the rows extending in one direction so that each of the panels is turnable about a third one of the axes.    ADVANTAGE -   Conversions can be made under cloudy or hazy conditions. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
A direct current power source feeds current converted from generator output for the coil of the nuclear fusion experiment appts. body. A direct current power source is used for a neutral particle incidental appts. or a radio-frequency induction heating appts. is included. Commercial system power receiver appts. is provided with a peak load detector.    ADVANTAGE -   No need for capacitor conditioning driving improving efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Rotor (1) rotation device of a vertical hydraulic generator consists of the cable block (2) fixed on the upper body lug over the generator rim (3). Wedge-shaped plates (5) are placed on the rotor frame external diameter. In order to facilitate rotation each wedge-shaped plate (5) is equipped with a fixing plate (6) attached by the bolts (7) and used to maintain the cable (8) vertical height.    Before the operation a pulley (2) is fixed above the rotor rim (3) having the radius slightly larger than the wedge plate distribution radius.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Device is used to rotate vertical hydraulic generator rotors. Smooth rotation of the unit is ensured. Bul.26/15.7.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Circuit board comprises a ceramic sheet contg. at least 4-17 wt% SiO2 and 10-50 wt% zirconia. At least one piece of a circuit board unit has at least a wiring comprising a metal layer extending on the ceramic sheet, and wiring comprising a metal layer formed through the ceramic substrate.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For forming circuit boards having a similar thermal expansion to GaAs, and on which metal wirings such as Cu are formed. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)
A simple, low-cost method of making an apertured foil matrix to receive Si spheres for a solar array comprises feeding an assembly (107) of an upper plate (104), foil (102) and embossing tool (106) through a roller mill (108,110), pressing regions of lesser thickness into the foil, and etching the pressed foil to remove these regions and provide apertures for the Si spheres.    Also claimed is an appts for the above comprising embossing means, a flexible cover plate, a pair of rollers (108,110) with a nip (114) less than that of the assembly (107), and a means of feeding the assembly through the rollers. Further claimed is an appts exactly as above with an additional means of etching to remove the thin parts of the foil.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A method of making an optical foil matrix to receive Si spheres (claimed) for the prodn of a solar array is provided. The method is simple, cheap and efficient, constant foil thickness is achieved and foil flaps are eliminated. @(12pp DWg.No.4/13)@
The power generating installation is constructed off-shore between an artificial island (3) and the coast line (2), both of which have been constructed with an elliptical profile. This produces a venturi effect that increases the flow rate of sea water through the turbines/generators that are built into the barrage (1) linking these two structures. The system consists of a single turbine/generator set but this may be expanded to provide for local power requirements.    To avoid the periodic complete loss of power generation that would occur at times around tidal flow changes, several generating stations can be built along a coast-line to make use of the tidal phasing. If three such stations are suitably positioned and their outputs linked by a central distribution station, power generation will be continuous.    ADVANTAGE -   Reduces coastal erosion. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The electric rotating machine includes a rotor (50) having a spider arm (1) which is fixedly mounted on a vertical shaft (11) and has arms (14) extending radially outwardly from the shaft (11). An annular rotor rim (2) is fixedly mounted on distal ends of the arms (14) of the spider arm (1). The laminated core (3) is fixedly mounted on an outer periphery of the rotor rim (2) and is composed of a number of fan-shaped thin core plates (31) of steel laminated and arranged in an annular shape.    Slot grooves (32) are formed in an outer periphery of the core plates. The rotor rim (2) is composed of laminated rim members each made of an annular thick steel plate.    ADVANTAGE -   Enhanced electric and magnetical energy conversion efficiency.
The hydraulic piston cylinder assembly operates the governor of a turbine which powers a hydropower generator. The assembly has a servo valve flowing only a portion of its flow requirements during normal low power fluctuation conditions of the turbine's operation. During high power fluctuation conditions of the turbine's operation, such as during start-up, hydraulic fluid also flows to and from the piston and cylinder assemblies through high flow pressure and return conduits that bypass the servo valve. Control of fluid flow in the high flow conduits is accomplished by a proportional throttling valve located in the high flow return line.    The servo valve and proportion throttling valve together have a flow capacity which is equal to the flow requirements of the piston and cylinder assembly and they are both actuated by the same electronic controller. However, the electronic controller only actuates the proportional throttling valve when the flow requirement of the piston and cylinder assembly exceeds the flow capacity of the servo valve. A hydraulic logic circuit activated by the electronic controller allows the high flow pressure and return conduits to be reversed for two-way operation of the piston and cylinder assembly.    ADVANTAGE -   Has safety shut-down which isolates servo valve from piston and cylinder when there is interruption of power to system. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
LC actuator used to reverse mechanical energy by impression release of electric field, has a polymer liq. crystal or liq. crystal elastomer as the main construction material.    A mixt. of 1:1:2 ratio of    CH2=CH-(CH2)6-OC6H4-COO-C6H4-CN (I)    CH=CH-Si(CH3)2-O-Si(CH3)2-CH=CH2 (2)    (CH3)3SiO-(SiH(CH3)O)n-Si(CH3)3 (3)    is stirred in toluene for 24 hours at 80 deg.C for teflon coated vessel, washed by iso-propanol, A test of the product, as is set in between e.g. ITU electrodes change of gap between the electrodes under 100 V of impressed voltage is measured, showing that change in the rate of the gap is 15.0% and which returns to original gap after release of the impressed voltage.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The IC actuator is used in miniature medical devices and robots. The actuator has improved elasticity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A method is disclosed of growing a ternary or quaternary cpd. semiconductor layer, comprising: 1) exposiing, in an enclosure, an initial layer comprising at least 2 of the elements of the cpd. semiconductor, and 2) similarly exposing a source comprising all the elements of the cpd. semiconductor and having the compsn. of an off-stoichiometric melt, 3) heating the initial layer and the source in the enclosure to place them in three-phase equilibrium, to grow the cpd. semiconductor on or from the initial layer, with vapours from the source being transported to the initial layer.    A sensing device is also claimed, utilising a cpd. semiconductor layer grown according to the invention.    ADVANTAGE -   The invention uses a single source of melt, avoids the need for complicated process steps, and makes possible the growth of a Hg1-xCdxTe epitaxial layer, where the mole fraction x can be controlled by growth temp..
In attaching film with high temp. softening bonding agent to the lead frame mounted with semiconductor IC element, after the film is temporarily attached the temp. of the press board at the lead frame side is held at 100-350 deg.C as high as the temp. of the press board at the film side. For effecting permanent bending.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Effective attachment can be obtd. between the lead frame and film without bending or with very small bending of the film. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The method comprises dispersing magnetic powder in aq. soln. in which a dispersing agent or binder is also dispersed to obtain a slurry; freezing the slurry; then drying in a vacuum. The magnetic powder pref. comprises iron oxide ferromagnetic powder or hexagonal ferrite ferromagnetic powder.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for the treatment of magnetic powder for magnetic recording use. Dispersibility of the magnetic powder is improved. Magnetic paint can be cost savingly be prepd.    In an example, 100 pts. wt. of Co-coated gamma iron oxide and 300 pts. wt. of pure water wre mixed, and 3 pts. wt. of 3-glycidoxypropyl-trimethoxysilane was added. The mixt. was frozen at minus 30 deg. C with dry methanol. After freezing, the slurry was heated to 50 deg. C to obtain the sample contg. 0.4 wt. % of water. 80 pts. wt. of the treated magnetic powder, 10 pts. wt. of the copolymer of vinylchloride-vinyl acetate-vinyl alcohol, and 10 pts. wt. of polyurethane elastomer were added to 174 pts. wt. of mixed soln. of methylethyl-ketone-toluene-cyclohexanone to obtain a slurry. The slurry was applied on polyester film to prepare magnetic tape. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A Hydro Electric Generator Unit receives water via a pipe (1) and delivers it to a circumferential space between inner and outer cylinders (3,4) which rotates in opposite directions. Attached to and integral with the cylinders are right handed and left handed helical passageways, for water flow. The helical passageways change in direction frequently or infrequently depending on the volume and velocity of the available water.    A pipe (12) receives water from the helical passageways and discharges it at the base. A system of spur gears wheels, pinions and shafts (13,14,15,17,18,19,20) transmits rotational power to an Electric Generator (16). Support and bearing arrangements form a support structure for the cylinders. Two or more units may be installed one above the other.    USE -   Generating electricity from waterfalls and dams. @(19pp Dwg.No.1/15)@
An internally-threaded adaptor (150) is screwed onto at least two full threads (30) projecting beyond the nut (33) on a core bolt. A nut (112) on an external thread on the adapter clamps a two-legged jack (100) against the core endplate (21).    Hydraulic pressure is applied to rams in each leg of the jack and the extension measured by a comparator (305). The required strain is obtained by inserting a horseshoe washer of suitable thickness (e) over the core bolt between its nut (33) and washer (32) before relaxing the pressure.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. for retightening stator cores of waterwheel generators. Can be used where space is limited and allows close control of prestressing of magnetic circuit.
A power converter, e.g. using the energy of wind or water, consists of driving and driven pulleys (1,2), surrounded by an endless conveyor (3) with hinged and folding vanes (4). The outer end of each vane is equipped with a float (5) and its inner end with a magnet (6). The pulleys are also equipped with magnets (7) round the outside. The poles of the vanes' magnets face in the same direction as the magnets of the driving pulley and in the opposite direction to those in the driven pulley.    During operation the floats and magnets lift the vanes on the working side of the conveyor and fold them on the other side.    ADVANTAGE -   Reduces resistance and higher efficiency. Bul.8/ 28.2.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The power plant, for use in power generating, consists of a floating housing (1) with side walls (2) which are separated by an endless chain with vanes (4) and journals, surrounding a generator with a stator (7), while the rotor is linked kinematically to the vanes. The housing is made from a non-magnetic material and is equipped with closed magnetic circuits (9) surrounding the chains at the ends of the vanes, and a hollow partition (10) between the side walls, surrounded by the chain. The side walls have annular grooves (11) for the vane journals, and the stator comprises windings (13) inside the partition (10) and at its ends and the rotor is in the form of permanent magnets with alternating polarity on the ends of the vanes.    ADVANTAGE -   Increases the equipment efficiency. Bul.8/28.2.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
In the device, the motor-driven compressor is mounted on the tyre wheel; the inlet and outlet of the compressor are connected with outside air and the tyre through valves, respectively; and the motor is connected to the power supply on the vehicle through the sliding contact mechanism.    ADVANTAGE -   As the whole device is incorporated in the tyre wheel, the sliding seal portion can be eliminated and its structure is comparatively simple. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
In the device, the motor-driven compressor is mounted on the tyre wheel; the inlet and outlet of the compressor are connected with outside air and the tyre through valves, respectively; and the motor is connected to the power supply on the vehicle through the sliding contact mechanism.    ADVANTAGE -   As the whole device is incorporated in the tyre wheel, the sliding seal portion can be eliminated and its structure is comparatively simple. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
In the device, the motor-driven compressor is mounted on the tyre wheel; the inlet and outlet of the compressor are connected with outside air and the tyre through valves, respectively; and the motor is connected to the power supply on the vehicle through the sliding contact mechanism.    ADVANTAGE -   As the whole device is incorporated in the tyre wheel, the sliding seal portion can be eliminated and its structure is comparatively simple. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
The method of measuring alignment status detects changes in the position of a beam (4) of a laser (1) on a sensor unit (10, 11) fixed to a shaft line. The beam is produced by one laser (1) is formed into a flat fan-shaped beam (4) by means of optical components (2, 3). The beam (4) is directed onto at least two adjacent measurement sensor units (10, 11) so that the beam (4) hits the sensor elements (7) of at least two sensor units simultaneously.    The beam position of the laser (1) on the sensor element (7) is determined at the start of the measurement session and the obtained value is set as the zero reference point of each sensor unit. The displacement of each sensor unit during the measurement session is compared with said zero reference point, whereby a representative value of relative displacement is obtained for each sensor unit.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For e.g. measuring alignment of shaft connecting several turbines and generator in hydroelectric power plant or alignment of propeller shaft of boat or skip. Also, for vibration measurements. Improved precision. @(11pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
Each photocell has thin polycrystalline layers, one or more of CdTe, on a glazed substrate (12), a heteroblocking layer being formed from two layers. The cells are in a plane parallel to a face of the substrate, and are electrically in series, current being derived from the device.    A rear cap (28) of flat material is spaced from the cells leaving a gap, and is brought around to provide a fluid-tight seal to the substrate. A drying agent (56) fills the resulting planar space so that no water vapour can affect the cells.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Using solar power from smallest to largest application, e.g. buoys along shipping lanes, wrist watches, refrigerators for medicines, irrigation pumps and communication stations as well as wolar collectors. High stability over length of useful life. Relatively low material cost.
The linear movement between the control rod (15) and the turbine shaft 813) effects a turning of the tubine wheel blading (12). The control rod (15) is coupled at its free end with an electric motor (17), for carrying out the linear shift in the turbine shaft (13), so that the end of the control rod (15) projecting over the free end of the turbine shaft is connected, transmitting the torque with the rotor (17.1) of the electric motor (17).    The rotor (17.1) is located in the stator (17.2) of the electric motor to allow linear movement and the stator (17.2) is fixed locally. The electric motor is assigned a frequency control, so that the control rod (15) can be driven at varying speeds relative to the turbine shaft (13).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Adjusting unit for water turbine wheel blading. Gives pure mechanical adjusting unit for impellor.
A polymerisable metal phthalocyanine deriv. of formula (I) is new. In (I) M = Fe, Cu, Co or Ni and at least one of R1-4 = a group of formula CH2=CX-CO2CH2-CH(CH2OH)-O-OC-, where X = H or CH3, and the other = COOH.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The invention provides metal phthalocyanine derivs. having at least one or both of hydrophilic hydroxyl and carboxyl gps., and a polymerisable unsatd. double bond(s) with improved redoxy functions because of the hydrophilic gps.. Derivs are useful for oxidants, reductants, deodorants, dyes, sensors and photo-electric conversion elements capable of moulding into macromolecular film, hollow, fibre and powder shapes by copolymerisation with other monomers and a simple high yield mfg. method for the derivs.    In an example into soln. of 2g iron 2,9,16,23-tetracarboxy phthalocyanine in 100 ml dimethylformamide, are added 20ml glycidyl methacrylate and 0.5g hydroquinone; the mixt. is stirred for 72 hours at 40 deg.C and filtered, the filtrate is concn. under reduced pressure and poured into ether to ppte; the ppte is dissolved into a mixed solvent of chloroform and methanol (9:1). To the soln. is added ether to re-ppte. and the ppte. is purified by column chromatography to give 2.0g iron (tetrakis(2'-hydroxy methyl-1'-methacrylethyl-eneoxy -2-carbonyl)phthalocyanate) with a mol. wt. of 1311.8 (yield:48.7%).
The resin bonded rare earth magnet comprises a magnetic powder contg. a rare earth metal and organic resin. In prepn. of the magnet a mixt. of magnetic powder coated with organic resin binder, and a microcapsule contg. lubricant is used.    ADVANTAGE -   The density and properties of the magnet are improved without lowering the fluidity of the magnetic powder. In an example, epoxide resin dissolved in triethane was added to Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder at 2 wt.% corresp. to amt. of epoxide resin, and stirred for evaporation of the solvent to obtain the magnetic powder coated with the resin. Separately, olive oil was added to gelatine aq. soln. and emulsified. Arabic gum aq. soln. was added to the emulsion, then pH was adjusted to the value of 4-4.3 with acetic acid to precipitate coacervate. Formalin aq. soln. was added, then pH was elevated to the value of 8.5 to obtain the microcapsule of gelatine-arabic gum containing oliver oil. The magnetic powder with resin coating was mixed with 2 wt.% of the microcapsule. Using the prepd. material, blocks were formed, then calcined at 150 deg.C for 1 hr. Density of the calcined article was 6.3 g/cm3 as opposed to 5.8 g/cm3 for the article made by the conventional method. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A substrate (1) has a number of conductive faces (2), surrounded by an insulating surface (3). The conductive faces are covered by numerous first photoelectric elements (4-6) with monocrystalline layered zones (4,5). Over the first photoelectric elements is deposited a second photoelectric element (7-9), with the monocrystalline layered zones formed in a mutually separate manner.    Pref. the second photoelectric element contains amorphous material and may contain a layered zone of a microcrystalline material. The core density of the conductive faces may be larger than that of the insulating surface, with the conductive faces of a dia. of max. 4 micrometer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For solar cells, photosensors, solid image scanners etc., with improved energy conversion effect and low-cost mfr. of large surfaces. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Solar cell comprises: a semiconductor substrate contg. at least one pn junction; a front face (24) having no electrodes; a bilevel elevation back face (22) having a p-region at a first level interdigitated with an n-region at a second level, each region being doped greater than 10 power 18/cc., the n-region being more heavily doped than the p-region; and a positive electrode (28) contacting the p-region and a negative electrode (30) contacting the n-region, both on the back face. The substrate is pref. Si.    ADVANTAGE -   Highly efficient back face contact arrangement is provided which requires only one or two masks and low tolerances for mfr. @(38pp Dwg.No.1,2/8)@
Resin compsn contains (A) photosensitive prepolymer composed of reaction prod of (a) (un)satd polybasic acid anhydride, and (b) sec 0H gp of esterification prod obtd by esterification of novolak type epoxy cpd and unsatd monocarboxylic acid, (B) photo-polymerisation initiator, (C) diluting agent selected from photo-polymerisable vinyl monomer and oligomer, or organic solvent, (D) water-soluble or water-dispersible melamine resin, and (E) vinyl triazine or mixt of vinyl triazine and dicyandiamide.    Photo-polymerisable vinyl monomer (C) is pref eg 2-hydroxy ethyl acrylate, mono- or di-acrylate or ethylene glycol, etc, and organic solvent (C) is pref eg ketone, aromatic hydrocarbon, glycol ether, ester, alcohol, or petroleum base solvent etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Photosensitive thermosetting resin comspn shows good photosensitivity, adhesive strength, electric insulation property, corrosion heat, solvent, alkali and acid resistances has a long pot life, and it is suitable as solder resist material. @(11pp Dwg.No 0/0)
A sealed chamber receives exhaust air from a turbine while a water column is rising. This air becomes compressed and stores energy from the sea, which is available to boost the return stroke when the water column is falling. By matching the differential volume of the water column to the volume of the sealed chamber and the incoming sea frequency, the system will resonate and power surges will occur.    Some tuning may be obtained by varying the capacity or the air pressure in the sealed chamber. Damping is a function of friction and turbine output. A roller shaped turbine with integral generator may be used. This requires rectifying flap valves which alternatively, a wells turbine could be used.    The device may be built into a cliff face or installed on a ship, and be associated with a desalinating. N @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Prodn. of front and/or back electrical contacts on the semiconductor substrate of a solar cell with esp. undulating surface involves; (a) providing the substrate (1) a transparent electroconductive oxide film (4) (ICO) in the area to be contacted (b) applying a flexible metal mesh (5) to the entire surface of the oxide film (4); and (c) sealing the substrate (1) with the mesh (5) in a transparent plastics film (6, 7) so tightly fitting film ensures intimate electrical contact of the mesh (5) with the oxide film (4).    Pref. sealing is carried out in vacuo or under reduced pressure. The mesh consists of a wire spiral of zigzag springs, esp. of Cu or Ag wire; and the film of EVA. The mesh may be placed on one side so that it overhangs one edge of the substrate (1) and the overhanging section placed on the back contact of a similar substrate before sealing, so semiconductor substrates are connected in series. The required no. of similar substrates can be connected to a photovoltaic module. It is also possible to arrange the substrates so that they overlap slightly and connect these in series before sealing to give a stable electrical connection in the overlapping areas.    ADVANTAGE -   Ensures good contact with undulating and uneven surfaces and is economical. @(6pp DWg.No.2/5)@
The solar cell panels contain a covering glass panel to which the cells, pref. GaAs-cells, are attached by an adhesive and which overlaps the electrical contact areas to form integrated arrays. Single cells (3), with front surface contact-fingers (6) and a contact over the entire backside surface, are used with a single overlap (7). The contact fingers (6) of one panel are connected electrically to a region of the backside contact (5) of the cell partially overlapping it, using soldering or conductive adhesive attachment, forming serial or parallel connections. The finger contacts which are not connected with another cell are connected to tags (4), using welding, soldering or attachment with a conductive adhesive, for serial connection to the backside contact areas (5) of other panels.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Connection of the panels allow an increase in the active area of solar cell arrays for use in space flight. It makes it easier to use GaAs based cells which can currently only be made with small dimensions because of their fragility. The panels can be further integrated easily. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
The apparatus comprises solar cells mounted on a honeycomb lightweight panel (10) in optical alignment with solar energy concentrators (13) mounted on a front panel side. The cells are mounted on metallised surfaces of a heat spreader (36) that is attached to a panel wall rear panel side (16).    A circuit carrier (42) has conductors which are bonded to metallisation islands that are on one side only of the heat spreader. The circuit is stuck to the rear panel side (16).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. for space applications. Panel elements are able to withstand large temperature changes and intense radiation. @(35pp Dwg.No 1,2/13)@
The apparatus comprises solar cells (12,14,16) mechanically and electrically connected in the form of a string using a flexible circuit tape (48) and mounted in optical alignment with solar energy concentrators (22,24) in a module (10). A head spreader body (46) is attached to each cell unit as part of a heat sink and the cells are precisely positioned to provide optical alignment.    The flexible circuit tape (48) is formed by conductive strips (50,52,54) sandwiched between layers of polymer dielectric tape and provided with tabs (62,64,66,68) at predefined holes in the tape for bonding to current carrying surfacesa of concentrated sunlight tandem solar cell units.    ADVANTAGE -   Combines optimised electrical power output with minimum cost for terrestrial use and minimum weight for space. @(36pp DWg.No.1/9)@
The solar cell comprises a wafer of first type, an array of radiant energy-capturing vertical-walled and tilted, flat-bottomed cavities (102-8) in rows across the upper surface, each cavity including a pn junction on its internal surface, and a rear-mounted collection grid (not shown) for carrier collection via first type collection regions (132-3) and second type collection regions (134-5).    ADVANTAGE -   Cell has high transducer efficiency without use of anti-reflection coatings, as well as physical robustness and radiation hardness. @(24pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
A 2-phase liq. separating and collecting device has a metallic sepn. part of hot water and vapour and gas on the upper part and a condenser which liquifies the vapour and gas with a screwed metallic pipe, and cooling water is placed under the liq. and gas separating part.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A 2-phase liq. separating and collecting device is used for a subterranean heat power station. Because the material of the device is metal, it has improved safety and handling of the device and the operation of the device are easy too.    In an example, a 2-phase liq. flows into a separating case (14) through a pipe (7a) and is separated into the hot water and the vapour and gas and the vapour and gas is collected from a vapour delivery port (19b) or collected from a condensed water delivery port (22a) through a condenser (13). @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The solar collector has a transparent glass or plastics cover (4) overlying the absorber or solar cells. Amplification of the solar radiation is provided by mirror surfaces between them.    The mirror surfaces (1, 2, 3) are incorporated within the transparent glass or plastics cover (4) and pref. extend parallel to its planar surfaces. The mirror surfaces (1, 2, 3) may be formed as part of a heat insulating mat (5).    ADVANTAGE -   Simple mfr. and lightweight construction. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
A process is claimed for utilising thermal energy potentials (esp. of small temp differences) or mechanical energy potentials, esp. of naturally occurring environmental energy sources (e.g. counterflowing ocean currents or ocean currents and ambient air) or of sec. and environmental energy sources resulting from industrial energy conversion and use, the temp. differences being sufficient for driving electrical energy generating processes.    The novelty is that (a) the temp. drop between the energy potentials is used to drive electrical energy generating processes, (b) the generated electrical energy is used at or near the generating site for electrolysis of liq. or evapd. water and metal oxides, (c) the resulting hydrogen and metals are chemically combined to form metal hydrides, (d) the metal hydrides are transported as energy source (i.e. synthetic fuel) to the site of energy need where they are combusted with technical purity 02 or air in fuel cells to release electrical and opt. thermal energy or in special combustion chambers to release thermal energy, with prodn. of metal oxides and steam.    ADVANTAGE -   The process allows ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) processes to be made almost independent of the energy source location, reduces investment costs and avoids use of materials hazardous to the environment and safety requirements. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Semiconductor device has a bonded part between dissimilar substances. A buffer plate is inserted into the bonded part for releasing influences caused by the differences between dissimilar substances. A barrier layer is formed on the surface of the buffer plate for preventing reaction between the bonding material and the buffer plate.    USE -   Used for semiconductor devices free from damage caused by substances being bonded resulting from the difference of coefft. of thermal expansion. @(4pp Dwg.No.3/3)@
The Al layer is dry etched using Cl-system gas, followed by exposing the etched surface of the Al layer to a plasma of a non-oxidising mixed gas contg. CF4 or SF6 and N2.    USE -   Used for forming wirings such as of LSI's, preventing after-corrosion being generated after dry etching Al or Al alloy layer.@(5pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The Al layer is dry etched using Cl-system gas, followed by exposing the etched surface of the Al layer to a plasma of a non-oxidising mixed gas contg. CF4 or SF6 and N2.    USE -   Used for forming wirings such as of LSI's, preventing after-corrosion being generated after dry etching Al or Al alloy layer.@(5pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The thermoelectric energy converter, has a number of converter elements connected electrically one after the other, with a tubular metal housing (31) acting as the negative pole, enclosing a solid electrolyte sleeve (32) for transporting Na ions. A porous conductive electrode layer (33) on its inside acts as the positive pole.    Liquid Na acts as the heat transfer medium for transferring heat from a source (43) with a space for the Na vapour around the electrolyte sleeve (32). Condensate surfaces (37) allow the condensed vapour to be returned to the heat source (43). The condensate surfaces lie above the metal housings (31) and define a condensate space above the open end of each sleeve (32).    ADVANTAGE -   Improved efficiency.
The converter allows the received solar energy to be initially converted into heat before conversion into electrical energy, using point heating of a plate (3) by concentration of the sun's rays using a biconvex lens (4). The heat energy is fed to individual plus cathodes (18).    The electrical energy is generated by the electron flow between the plus cathodes and a directly cooled minus anode (20). The quantity of electrical energy is regulated by varying the amount of solar radiation incident on the plate (3).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. for space applications. Eliminates need for auxiliary medium, e.g. helium. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The energy converter has a metal housing (1) acting as the negative pole, containing at least one solid electrolyte sleeve (2) for transporting Na ions. A coaxial, conductive, porous electrode layer (3) is applied to its outer surface, acting as the positive terminal.    Liquid Na transports heat from a source, with the Na vapour passed over the sleeve (2) and the electrode layer (3) and condensed via a condenser surface (7) at the top, with return of the condensate to the heat source.    ADVANTAGE -   Improved efficiency.
Terminal of crosslinking polyethylene insulating cable core has finally cut excessive portion. Sectional working is applied to excessive portion from outer face to conductor or as deep as near conductor. Sectional working is applied to several places in length direction. Predetermined mechanical straightening work is applied to several places.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Straightens terminal of crosslinking polyethylene insulating cable core. Flexural rigidity at sectional working-applied portions is decreased to that of real conductor. Crosslinking polyethylene insulators are connected by low-flexural rigidity-portions. Obtd. low-flexural rigidity portions are easily bent, aligning disconnected insulators. No heating treatment is required, simplifying series of straightening, reducing working time. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The semiconductor growth equipment comprises the semiconductor growth chamber, the bubbler of the Gp. (V) organic metal for the material, the 1st piping to supply bubbling gas to the bubbler, and the 2nd piping to supply the Gp. (V) organic metal accompanied with the bubbling gas to the semiconductor growth chamber from the bubbler. Branch pipes are mounted on the 1st piping and the 2nd piping through triple valves. At the end of the branch pipes, vacuum evacuating machine is installed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The semiconductor growth equipment is used for growing the Gp. (III)-(V) cpd. semiconductor. Removal of the residual Gp. (V) organic metal in the pipings can be effectively done in short time for safety of the growth operation and replacement of the bubbler. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The energy conserving system consists of an electric motor, a reducing gear, an alternator and gearbox and a spiral spring wound around an axle connecting the motor and alternator. The axle is placed through the centre of the spiral spring housing and the start of the spring is connected to the axle. The outer end of the spring is connected to the spring housing.    An endless screw meshes with teeth on the outside of the spiral spring housing. Rotation of the axle winds the spring around it. Once the spring is unwound it is rewound using the endless screw so that there is continouso spring discharge and charge.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides electrical energy supply without exterior energy supply. @(14pp Dwg.No.6/8)@
Claimed are: (A) material (I) for space vehicle parts comprising a material of construction (II) with a protective coating consisting of a polymer (III) contg one of the elements (IV), Si, Ge, Sn or Pb of Gp IVB. III may esp be a) a polysiloxane of formula (V) where, R1 = hydrocarbon; R2 = H or hydrocarbon; n = at least 100; or b) a polystyrene deriv of formula (VI) where M = IV. (B) fabrication of I by coating at least part of the surface of II with a 0.1-100 micron thick layer of a) a 26% soln of V (mol wt = 100,000) in anisole and, heating at 150 deg C under nitrogen for 30 mins and drying, or b) a 20% soln of VI (M = Ge, mol wt = 50,000) or a 25% soln of VI (M = Sn, mol wt = 60,000), and heating at 120 deg C under nitrogen for 30 mins.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Claimed are use of I in the construction of solar panels with III on the upper surface; and as a conductor coated with III connecting solar batteries used in space vehicles. III prevents the degradation of surfaces by reaction with atomic oxygen present in space: it remains effective for several decades. @(21pp Dwg.No.3A/4)@
An insulating transparent substrate (1) is coated with a light receiving surface electrode (6) formed of a thin, not thicker than 200A, metal film made of nickel or aluminium, overlaid with an amorphous semiconductor layer (3). Also included is a patterned metallic back electrode. The metal film is adapted for use as a mirror.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Use of metal film eliminates need to heat substrate during forming of surface electrodes. Used in photovoltaic devices where surface electrode is used as mirror. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The motor, especially for converting geothermal or solar energy into mechanical energy consists of a housing with a thermomagnetic element (8) in the form of an inversion thermal magnet and a permanent power magnet (15) and heating and cooling systems.    The motor has an additional thermomagnetic element (9), with the housing in the form of two rods (2,3) with horizontal stub-axles (4,5). The two thermomagnetic elements are attached to the ends of the rods and have apertures (10,11,12, 13) for an additional guide (14). The power magnet (15) is set on the guide so that it can reciprocate and create an unbalanced mass effect, while the heater is in the form of reservoir of a heating agent through which the two thermo-magnetic elements pass in sequence.    ADVANTAGE -   Utilises dispersed thermal energy. Bul.48/30.12.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
The generator consists of a pontoon (1) with piezoelements, immersed below the water surface and attached by a line (4) to an anchor (3) on the bed and a float (5) which is connected to the pontoon by rods (6) and pivots (7). The float is made in two sections and the pontoon is in the shape of a triangular prism, situated horizontally with one of its edges facing downwards.    The piezoelements (2) are fixed to the faces of the prism and the rods are equipped with three panels (8,9,10) which are able to make contact with the piezoelements. One section of the rods is situated along the sides of the prism and the other above it, while the rod pivots are located above and below the prism and on the undersides of the float sections. The waves cause the float sections to move up and down, with the rods continuously squeezing and releasing the piezoelements to generate and EMF.    ADVANTAGE -   Higher overall efficiency. Bul.48/30.12.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The wave-powered generator consists of piles (1) fixed to the sea bed, floats (5) and a pulley and cable system (2,3,6) which is attached to the floats and drives a shaft (9) connected to the generator (4).    The piles (1) are linked by horizontal frame members (7) to support the pulleys (2,3) and the drive shaft is made in separate sections connected by clutches (9). The floats (5) are conical in shape, with smoothly-rounded lower ends and have their smaller ends facing downwards. During operation the vertical movement of the floats from the action of the waves is transmitted to the shaft sections and creates a one-way motion in the generator.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides improved assembly and performance. Bul.48/30.12.90. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
The generating plant consists of a vertical housing (1), divided by a lengthwise tubular partition (12) into two chambers (2,3), one connected to the outside water through apertures (4) with regulating shutters (5), while the other contains a cylindrical float (6) in bearing sleeves (10). The float is linked kinematically at the top to the generator (7) and the housing is equipped with shock absorbers (8,9) to protect the float.    The waves acting on the tubular partition raise the water level in the chambers (2,3) so that the float rises in the bearing sleeves and drives the generator. The shutters are operated to control the apertures according to the direction and power of the waves.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides more reliable operation. Bul.48/30.12.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The power generation system includes an actively interlocking unit comprising a wheel with four orthogonally intersecting arms in a permanent magnetic field. Each arm has a weight (C, M, F, J) connected by an inextensible line to a corresponding electric motor/generator (4', 5' 6', 7') on the circumference of the wheel.    Sensors (3) read the angle of rotation of the wheel and transmit control signals to the motors to cause the weights to ascend. When the weights descend under gravity the motors act as generators which supply the control elements or capacitors.    ADVANTAGE -   Uses natural gravitational energy. @(10pp Dwg.No.5)
Device has a boat including upper chamber including 1st slider for a board on which epitaxial growth is performed and bottom plate in which slit or hole is formed intermediate chamber for satd. molten material by which the epitaxial growth is performed, lower chamber for container to which the molten material is introduced, a pin for supporting the upper chamber and 2nd slider for partitioning the intermediate chamber from the lower chamber and 2nd slider for partitioning the intermediate chamber from the lower chamber and in which an opening is formed. Before starting epitaxial growth, the upper chamber and the intermediate chamber are filled with inert gas.    ADVANTAGE -   Abnormal epitaxial growth due to oxidn. can be avoided. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/4)@
The ceramic energy converter features a substrate made of or containing the oxide of a transition metal. On both surfaces of this flat substrate metal electrodes (4), pref. of Cu with a CrNi adhesion promoting layer, have been formed. Holes have been drilled through the ceramic in such a way that the walls of the holes become at least partially semiconducting, pref. using a Nd:YAG-laser with an energy rating of 2-5 W. This can be done before or after application of the electrodes.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The converter is capable of acting as a thermocouple, converting temp. differences into electrical energy. The low thermal conductivity of the ceramic, e.g. TiO2, is an advantage, by reducing the heat-flow. The device is not sensitive to collecting dust and does not short out or otherwise become inactive when damaged as current semiconducting solar cells. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Purifier comprises a housing (12) buoyantly supporting the purifier (18) and carrying a solar cell (14) above water to be treated, and purification means depending from the housing to be positioned in the water and connected electrically to the cell. The connection between cell and means is sealed by a chamber in the housing surrounding the connection.    The sealing chamber pref. contains potting compd. (102) and the housing is hermetically sealed with expanded polyurethane foam injected into it, or includes a floatable foam plastic body or includes expandable/retractable means vented to atmos. to accommodate temp. and pressure changes.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   e.g. for purifying swimming pool or spa water by preventing algal growth has enhanced performance, efficiency and operating life. @(17pp Dwg.No. 4/7)@
Forming method of the electrode for the multi-layered chip parts is new. For the inner electrode and outer lead electrode, electrode material particles of transition metal oxide powder are used having their particle surfaces coated with 5.0-15.0wt.% (to the base material) of precious metal. Sintering of the multi-layered body, formed by multilayering ceramic layer and the inner electrode layer, and baking of the outside lead electrode are simultaneously performed in the air, then a redn. treatment is performed in H2 atmos..    The redn. treatment is pref. effected in H2 atmos. at at least 200 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for forming an electrode used for multilayered chip parts. Costs of electrode material and electrode formation can be reduced. Defect in connection between the inner electrode and outer electrode can be prevented.    In an example, iron oxide powder and cobalt oxide powder plated with Pd on their surfaces were prepd.. 5.0g Of the Pd plated powders were mixed with 1.0wt.% of ethyl cellulose and terpinol to prepare electrode paste. Separately, green sheets principally consisting of BaTiO3 were prepd.. The paste was screen-printed on the green sheets to form an electrode pattern. The sheets were laminated and cut in required size. At the edge surface where the electrodes were exposed, the paste was applied to form the outer electrode. The laminated sheet was calcined at 1250 deg.C for 2 hrs. in air, then heated at 350 deg.C for 4 hrs. in H2 for redn. of the inner electrodes. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The device comprises a container, a cover, and a cover opening-and-closing means. The container has a magnetic body around its aperture, the cover has a rod-like suction means including a magnet at a position corresp. to the magnetic body, and a magnetic body at another position. The opening-and-closing means has a coil at a position corresp. to the suction means, and an electromagnet at a position corresp. to the magnetic body of the cover.    ADVANTAGE -   The container is opened or closed by a magnetic force instead of hinges. Contamination is prevented, and the mechanism is applicable to clean rooms. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Substrate consists of an electroconductive supporting body, and an active layer composed of novel polysilane cpd. of formula (I) having a wt. average mol. wt. of 6000 - 200000, and having a rough surface with the height of the roughness of 0.1 micron m or more on the electroconductive supporting body. In (I), R1 = 1-2C alkyl gp.; R2 = 3-8C alkyl gp. cyclo alkyl gp. aryl gp. or aralkyl gp.; R3 = 1-4C alkyl gp.; R4 = 1-4C alkyl gp.; A, A' = 4-12C alkyl gp. cycloalkyl, aryl gp. or aralkyl gp.; n + m = 1; n = 0-1; and m = 0-1.    The supporting body e.g. consists of Mo, W, Ti, Co, Cr, Fe, Cu, Ta, Nb, Zr, Al, stainless steel, or Ni-Cr alloy, and the supporting body may be formed on a film or sheet of polyester, polyethylene, polycarbonate, cellulose acetate, polypropylene, PVC, polyvinylidene chloride or polystyrene etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solar battery has improved power generation efficiency. @(19pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
The system has an offset reflector structure made up of a number of solar energy reflector panel sections a interconnected with one another to form a piecewise approximation of a portion of a (parabolic) surface of revolution rotated about a prescribed focal axis. Each panel section has a number of reflector facets whose reflective surfaces effectively focus reflected light to preselected surface portions of the interior sidewall of a cylindrically shaped solar energy receiver. The longitudinal axis of the receiver is tilted at an acute angle w.r.t. the optical axis such that the distribution of focussed solar energy over the interior surface of the solar engine is optimised for dynamic solar energy conversion.    Each reflector panel section has a flat, hexagonally shaped truss support framework and a plurality of beam members interconnecting diametrically opposed corners of the hexagonal framework recessed without which a number of (spherically) contoured reflector facets is disposed. The depth of the framework and the beam members if greater than the thickness of a reflector facet such that a reflector facet may be tilted (for controlling the effective focus of its reflected light through the receiver aperture) without protruding from the panel section.    USE -   For space deployable solar energy system. @(14pp Dwg.No.5/13)@
An array of photovoltaic cells, interconnected and packaged using tape carrier, comprises many cells having a mass: surface area ratio of less than 60 mg cm -2 (10) and supported on the carrier surface of a dielectric tape (24) which also supports a cell interconnect (22) including an electrical circuit (26) including many contact fingers (44,46). Many prim openings (28) are defined in the dielectric tape, each positioned so that a contact finger can be directed from below the carrier surface towards each cell to connect with it, with part of both sides of the finger being free of the dielectric tape.    Also claimed is the array as above in which the dielectric tape has a carrier support surface and interconnect surface on opposite sides of the tape.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Photovoltaic cell arrays, packages, methods of prodn and substrates for them (claimed) are provided. The arrays are useful for spacecraft power and as alternative power sources on Earth. The interconnections are isolated form the space environment including atomic 0 and space plasma, array fabrication is simplified giving higher yield and operational reliability, and the interconnection is adaptable to a wide range of configurations as well as giving dense packing.
Device has (i) high frequency wave voltage applied between etching electrode supporting the board and (ii) an electrode opposed to the etching electrode to generate plasma discharge to clean board surface and for forming metal film on the board by sputtering. Device is equipped with a heater to heat the opposed electrode.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For sputter etching board of semiconductor. Peeling of film adhered to the opposed electrode is avoided hence contamination of etching chamber forming of defect pattern of semiconductor device by foeign substance is avoidable. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
Device consisting of a photo semiconductor and a metal frame is dipped into a compsn. contg. an epoxy resin, e.g. bisphenol-A-type, bisphenol-AD type, bisphenol-F type, etc., phthalic anhydride, e.g. hexahydrophthalic anhydride, etc. and a thiophosphite, e.g. trioctyltrithiophosphite, etc. to form an epoxy resin film on the surface of the photo semiconductor; and the device is then dipped in compsn. contg. an epoxy resin and a phthalic anhydride to seal up the photo semiconductor with an epoxy resin sealant.    The preferred amounts of the phthalic anhydride and thiophosphite in the epoxy resin composition is 0.5-1.8 equivalent (based on 1 equivalent of epoxy group of the epoxy resin) and 0.2-6.0 pts.wt. (based on 100 pts.wt. phthalic anhydride) respectively. The epoxy resin and the phthalic anhydride are used in forming the epoxy resin film and the sealing compsn. are the same.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The photo semiconductor has little brightness deterioration and adhesion, and is used in information systems, etc. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
G1
The solar cell module has a number of cells (1) that are located behind a glass cover plate (2). Specific regions receive sunlight (4) that is transmitted onto the surface of the cells.    The outer surface of the glass plate in regions (5) away from the cells is selected to be of a colour that presents a uniform effect across the complete panel.    ADVANTAGE -   Panel provides uniform surface appearance. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Domain to be analysed is divided into minute domain elements, and electric charge density and electric current density of a charged particle gp. of each element are determined as unknown factors. Within the total elements, analysis modelling is effected to satisfy the law of constant mass and the law of conservation of momentum of the charged particles gp..    ADVANTAGE -   Analysis is reliably effected. @(6pp Dwg.No.2,3a/4)@
Domain to be analysed is divided into minute domain elements, and electric charge density and electric current density of a charged particle gp. of each element are determined as unknown factors. Within the total elements, analysis modelling is effected to satisfy the law of constant mass and the law of conservation of momentum of the charged particles gp..    ADVANTAGE -   Analysis is reliably effected. @(6pp Dwg.No.2,3a/4)@
Domain to be analysed is divided into minute domain elements, and electric charge density and electric current density of a charged particle gp. of each element are determined as unknown factors. Within the total elements, analysis modelling is effected to satisfy the law of constant mass and the law of conservation of momentum of the charged particles gp..    ADVANTAGE -   Analysis is reliably effected. @(6pp Dwg.No.2,3a/4)@
A photovoltaic device is claimed, comprising an insulating transparent substrate plate (1), a thin metal film, pref. aluminium or nickel, provided thereon as a front electrode, an amorphous semiconductor layer (3) provided on the front electrode, and a back electrode (4) provided on the amorphous semiconductor layer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used as solar cell, photosensor, etc., esp. in a thin-film device having several photovoltaic regions connected in series. Invented device has a front electrode made of a material which is cheaper than the SnO2 or ITO used in known devices, and moreover, is easier to form in large quantities. The thin metal film may be formed in a single sputtering apparatus, using an inexpensive metal target without the need to heat the substrate. @(12pp Dwg.No.6/6)@
The hydro-unit has a water duct (1) in the rotor of the generator (6) in the form of a through axial channel (9). The gear element (8) to engage alternately with the gear crowns (4,5) of the turbines (2,3) is in the form of teeth cut on the internal surface of the axial channel. The turbines are in the channel, and can be moved axially by the flow.    ADVANTAGE -   Exhibits simpler design. Bul.42/15.11.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The system collects and converts solar radiated power into electrical energy. The system locates key elements deep underground, decreasing thermal losses and increasing system efficiency to an estimated 80 percent. In particular, a vertical mine shaft, at least 100 metres deep is used for transmitting collected solar flux from above ground heliostat fields, down to an insulated boiler.    The boiler converts injected water into superheated steam which drives a steam turbine connected to an alternator or generator producing 50 to 100 Mw electrical power. Provision is made for an auxiliary drive system, using stored water or stored heat to operate the generator during hours of darkness or high load demand.    ADVANTAGE -   Non-polluting. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The collector consists of a concentrator (1) with a cylindrical radiation receiver (2) located in its plane of symmetry. The receiver is offset along the axis of symmetry (3) away from the tip of the concentrator towards the inlet (4) by an amount determined from the angle of taper of the concentrator and the diameter of the base of the receiver. The flow of solar energy enters through the inlet (4). Part of it goes directly to the cylindrical receiver, while the other part is reflected into the receiver from the walls of the concentrator.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides higher efficiency. Bul.2/15.1.91. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The photoelectric module, comprises a solar energy concentrator in the form of an optically transparent prism with full internal reflection, made in the shape of a truncated pyramid with its two opposite and different-sized bases acting as the radiation inlet and outlet faces and with a light converter in contact with the outlet face.    The flat sides of the pyramid are linked by conical surfaces at the corners, so that when the sun's rays pass through the inlet face they are reflected back by the angled side and corner surfaces to emerge through the outlet face where the converter is situated. The converter absorbs the solar rays and converts their energy into electricity.    ADVANTAGE -   Increased solar energy concentration. Bul.2/15.1.91. @(3pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
Prepn. of ceramic condenser with varistor characteristic is claimed. Perovskite type oxide powder principally consisting of SrTiO3 is mixed with 0.1-5.0 wt.% of sintering accelerator, 0.05-2.0 wt.% of Nb2O5, 0.1-8.0 wt.% of ZrO2, and 0.3-5.0 wt.% of oxide compsn. contg. Fe2O3, and formed with press, then calcined and reduced at 1250-1500 deg.C in oxidising atmos., and electrodes are attached on to prepare the ceramic condenser.    Pref. sintering accelerator comprises at least one of TiO2-MgO-SiO2 group, TiO2-MnO-SiO2 group, and TiO2-Al2O3-SiO2 group. Oxide compsn. contg. Fe2O3 comprises one of SrO.1/4Fe2O3.1/4Ta2O5, SrO1/4Fe2O3.1/4Nb2O5, SrO.1/3Fe2O3.1/3MoO3, and SrO.1/3Fe2O3.1/3WO3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For prepn. of the ceramic condenser having varistor characteristic. Intercrystalline barrier type ceramic varistor with high static capacitance can be obtd.    In an example, SrTiO(C2O4)2.4H2O was thermally decomposed to SrTiO3. SrTiO3 was mixed with 3.0 wt.% of TiO2-Al2O3-SiO2 sintering accelerator, 0.2 wt.% of Nb2O5, 1.5 wt.% of ZrO2, and 2.0 wt.% of SrO.1/4Fe2O3.1/4Ta2O5, and calcined at 900 deg.C, then pulverised, dried, pelletised, and formed into disks, then sintered at 1400 deg.C, then reduced with hydrogen at 1300 deg.C, then heat-treated at 950 deg.C in the air, then electrodes were attached on the prepd. condenser. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The closed loop electricity generating system uses an electrical motor (1) of size to suit the power requirement needs. The motor is coupled to a generator (2) having a current output (3) for the user and a second output (4) which feeds back to supply the motor (1).    A regulator (5) is used to maintain the correct operating regime of the motor as well the charge level of a battery (8). The regulator is connected to the motor by one circuit (6) and to the battery by another circuit (7).    ADVANTAGE -   Generates electricity in closed remote locations, which are expensive to connect to normal network. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The solar power used for illumination of glass panelled rooms is controlled and used independently of main power. Thin film solar cells on glass panes absorb energy and control illumination by use of planar electrodes and liq. crystals.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Avoids unpleasant dazzling and heating effects from large areas of glazing by filtering sunlight. Saves energy. No servicing required. Flexible and simple in mfr. and installation.
The heliostat comprises a base (1) in the form of an azimuthally-turning platform (2) carrying rows of zenith-turning flat facets (3), forming a mirror which is circular in plan. The facets of each row are fixed to a corresponding shaft (4), forming a focusing mirror strip (5). These strips form a Fresnel mirror. The solar radiation flux reflected by the heliostat has reduced cross-section on the radiation receiver of the tower-type solar power station.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides more efficient collection of solar energy. Bul.40/30.10.90.
Forming insulation film for inter multilayer circuit of semiconductor devices comprises contg. soln. contg. polyamic acid silicone intermediate on substrate, heat treating at 100-200 deg.C to form silicon contg. polyimide film, fluoro resin film is formed on it then heat treated at 300-400 deg.C. Intermediate is prepd. by reaction of mixt. of aromatic tetra-carboxylic acid di-anhydride (1), amine NH2-R2-NH3 (2) and amino silicon (3). (R1 is four valent C cyclic aromatic gp., R2 is 6-30C aromatic gp., R3 and R4 are 1-6C alkyl or phenyl and k is 1-3).    ADVANTAGE -   Improved prodn. yield, since no exfoliaation is generated at semiconductor prodn. process. Semicodnuctor device has high speed work for signal. @(4pp DWg.No.1/1)@
Oxide transparent electroconductive film is made by feeding activated oxygen which was generated at a place except a chamber in which metal vapour deposition source and a substrate were disposed, into the chamber, and allowing the activated oxygen to flow toward the substrate side opposite to the vapour deposition source.    USE -   For LCD, EL displays, transparent electrodes for solar cells, windows for Braun tubes. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@Z
The apparatus includes one or more floats (118 a b c d e) or float assemblies which may comprise scrap containers sealed to make them buoyant. They are moored by running tackle (120 a b c) or other selectively controlled restrainers in tidal waters e.g. by cables running in a continuous loop round guide pulleys between a supporting gantry (110) and a seabed anchorage (116), for controlled rising and falling motion on or submerged in the water. This motion is controlled and converted e.g. by harnessing the runs of cable to an energy converter for generation of electricity or other power output. The vertical movement of the floats may be regulated by a braking acting on the running tackles. The floats could be fillable with water to assist their downward travel. Instead of running tackle the floats may be connected to pivoted arms or guided within frames with the drive and braking being provided through a rack and pinion arrangement.    ADVANTAGE -   Can be used as small or large scale generator without any adverse ecological or environmental side effects. @(17pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Large scale solar cells are made by bonding a number of modular solar laminates into a common frame using a silicone rubber adhesive as bonding agent.    Pref. the adhesive used is a single component silicone adhesive/sealant with a non-corrosive curing system.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process allows prodn. of large scale solar power units having outputs in the kilowatt range. The silicone adhesive/sealant used provides the required good adhesion to glass and metal or plastics frames, good flexibility, resistance to weathering, and resistance to temp. cycling between -40 and +90    deg.C, including at a relative humidity of 85% and in frosty conditions, whilst allowing dismantling of the cell when necessary. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Glass artificial stone is obtd. by mixing and melt-sticking soda lime glass powder or borosilicate glass powder and opaque glass powder. Raw material has different glass particle sizes, formulation ratio, and colouring pigment is continuously or incontinuously varied and disposing them in a heating container or on a bed board, then the raw material is heated and melt-sticked.    USE -   For exterior and interior claddings of architectures. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/7)
(A) A laminated solar module has two spaced electrical connections with respective housings (12), at least one of which has an integrated safety diode (13) which bridges the series-connected solar cells as a normally blocked diode.    (B) Also claimed are large solar modules comprising several series-connected of modules as in (A), the cable connections (5) of the modules (1) being connected together by cable connectors or the modules (1) being electrically connected together directly by electrical plugs.    ADVANTAGE -   The laminated frame-less solar modules can be easily series connected to form large units using short connection cables or plugs, without the need for an expensive connection box on each module. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
The sun roof has a glass outer layer, on whose inside is an abutting, transparent solar cell layer on a support film. The solar cell layer (10) support film (11) and/or the contact faces (19) of the solar cell layer on the side away from the radiation form an energy transmission protective layer, limiting the impingement of the solar radiation into the car inside.    Pref. the solar cell layer has a layer of amorphous semi-conductor material typically amorphous silicon. The solar cell layer may be vapour deposited, or sputtered on the transmission protection layer and support film. The latter may form a reflection and/or absorption layer for thermal radiation.    ADVANTAGE -   Simple and low-cost mfr., and passenger protection. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A hemispherical to paraboloidal cavity gathers light for the solar cell at the focal point. It includes thermal insulation. Architectural shapes can be achieved, and special effects, by the use of variable reflector layers. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The pump, basically as described in Parent Cert., consists of a body (1) supporting an elastic sphere (6) filled with a free-flowing dry material (8) and an electro-rheological suspension (7). The sphere is located on top of pump chambers (3) with valves (4,5) and membranes (2) reinforced by electrodes (10) which are connected to a power supply.    During operation the sphere acts on the membranes (2), changing the volume of the chambers (3) and delivering a working substance to a consumer unit. The relative positions of the sphere and electrodes causes the viscosity of the electrorheological suspension to vary, lessening the impact between the sphere and the side walls of the body and increasing its effect on the membranes.    ADVANTAGE -   Higher productivity and more reliable operation. Bul.39/23.10.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The device includes ship speed sensor (2), fuel flow sensor (1), averaging filters (3,4), divider (15), comparator (17) and diesel engine mode setter and actuator. It also incorporates first and second ship speed and fuel flow-rate increase units (7,8) and limit and inhibit unit (19).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In ship engineering, e.g. regulation of IC engines partic. ship power plants contg. main diesel engine and auxiliary wind power plant. Improved accuracy and faster speed of response. Bul.39/23.10.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Each solar cell element has a semiconductor layer and a top electrode, fitted on a conductive substrate surface. The solar cell elements are arranged on a support in a spaced manner, with each two adjacent elements electrically interconnected. Between the two adjacent elements (301) is inserted an insulating material (303), onto which is deposited a conductor (305) formed by a conductive paste.    One end of the conductor is coupled to the conductive surface (302) on one of the adjacent elements, while its other end is linked to the top electrode (304) of the other element.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For non-polluting power generation, with improved weather resistance and long service life. @(13pp Dwg.No.3a/5)@
Seebeck and Peltier elements are electrically coupled together and the hot ends of the Seebeck elements are coupled to a heat source of arbitrary high temperature, e.g. a boiler. The warm ends of the Seebeck elements are coupled to a heating system, while the cold ends of the Peltier elements are coupled to a source of low temperature, e.g. ambient and the warm ends of the Peltier elements are also coupled to the heating system.    ADVANTAGE -   Simple and robust, and applicable to domestic system. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The collector system includes a parabolic circular concave primary mirror and a hyperbolic circular convex secondary mirror. The primary mirror includes a circular hole located at its centre wherein a solar collector is located. The mirrored surface of the secondary mirror has three distinct zones; a centre circle, an on-axis annulus, and an off-axis section. The parabolic shape of the primary mirror is chosen so that the primary mirror reflects light entering the system on-axis onto the on-axis annulus.    An amount of the light entering the system off axis is reflected by the primary mirror onto either the off axis section or onto the centre circle. Subsequently, the off axis sections reflect the off axis light towards the solar collector.    ADVANTAGE -   Off-axis light is captured which would otherwise be lost to system. @(15pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
The plastics magnet compsn. composed of 90-95 wt.% Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder, and 10-5 wt.% of a mixt. of titanate coupling agent, lubricant, and 12-Nylon. The Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder is coated with oxide coating film.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The plastics magnet compsn. is used for injection moulding of the parts for the motor and the magnetic field generating devices. Heat-stability and fluidity change with time in molten state of the compsn. are improved.    In an example, Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder was put in a rotary vacuum drier and treated at 350 deg. C and the pressure of 1 mm Hg for 5 hrs. After the powder was heated, pressure in the drier was brought back to atomspheric pressure with Ag gas, then cooled down to room temp. Thickness of oxide coating film on the obtd. powder. was 100 Angstrom. 90 wt.% of the treated Nd-Fe-B magnetic powder, 9.25 wt.% of 12-Nylon, 0.5 wt.% of titanate coupling agent, and 0.3 wt.% of magnesium stearate were kneaded with an extruder to prepare pellets of the compsn. Fluidity change with time of the compsn. in molten state was good. @(4pp Dwg.No 0/0)
Thermal process to separate fluid mixts., which are not or only slightly absorptive, uses a combination of evapn. and condensn. with an overlaid flow of recirculating neutral gas, passes the cold fluid feed against the heated neutral gas flow or against the condensn. flow, in heat exchangers to raise its temp. The condensn. flow is recirculated through the external heat exchanger and the condenser for the condensed fluid to be taken from the cold end of the condenser, and the enriched mixt. flow from the cold end of the evaporator. Pref. to linearise the enthalpy temp. characteristics of the neutral gas recirculation from the evaporator, a mixed neutral gas flow is passed to the condenser with a stepped increase in the steam content and temps. without heat exchange and without heat exchange with the steam-charged total neutral gas flow, to be heated by the first heat exchanger in the condenser against the neutral gas and steam mixt. or with the condensn. flow with heated fluid. It passes to the second heat exchanger in the evaporator against the neutral gas/stream flow or with the condensn. for heat exchange. In the thermal process, the entropy-free energy is returned to the evapn. process through a recuperative heat exchanger, and an external heater provides the temp. for the evapn. process. With an isobar action, there is no neutral gas recirculation, but it is provided for an isothermal action.    ADVANTAGE -   Method gives a conversion of heat into entropy-free useful work with a process for heat insulation derived from the Gibbs-Helmholtz equation of thermodynamics. @(55pp Dwg.No 0/9)
Compositions for a composite oxide thin films with high thermal resistance and high refractive indexes consisting of solutions of organic solvents which contain mixtures and/or reaction prods of titanium ccpds.pcpds.ds soluble in organic solvents and cmetalpds of at least one cpds. selected from Si, Sn, Sb and Ta soluble in organic solvents in an atomic ratio of M/Ti = 0.001 to 0.3 (M= at least one of Si, Sn, Sb and Ta) and which may contain up to 10 wt.% phosphorus compounds and/or boron compounds soluble in organic solvents calculated on the basis of oxide w.r.t. the composite oxide.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thin films can be used in light reflection films or antireflection films for lamps, mirrors, solar heat concentrating mirrors, optical filters, cold mirrors and solar cells. They have high heat resistance, high refractive indexes, and high visible transmittance.
Semiconductor device is made by disposing a semiconductor substrate in a sputtering chamber, feeding Ar and N2, as sputtering gas, into the chamber, sputtering Ti-target for forming a reactive TiN film between the semiconductor substrate and a wiring member, or between wiring members to be disposed on the semiconductor substrate, in which oxygen plasma is fed into the chamber.    USE -   Used for controlling resistivity of reactive TiN film easily by controlling the amt. of oxygen plasma being fed. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The combined roof covering and solar heat collecting system uses tiles (1) made of clay, ceramic, concrete or plastics material to which is connected a solar panel (5) with photovoltaic cells. The solar panel overlaps the tile along two adjacent edges and side clamps are used to form the connection; the panel being slid into position.    The edge of the solar panel interlocks with grooves along the edge of the tile, which has a concave top surface. The solar panel can be bent to fit into position.    ADVANTAGE -   Simple design for easy installation and complete incorporation in a structure.
The facility has support (1) and a casing (2) connected to it by an elastic connector (8). The casing is toroidal-shaped with an inlet tangential confusor (3) and an outlet opening (4) and electric generator whose magnetic rotor is positioned in the cavity of the toroidal casing (2), the induction winding (6) is located on the outside of the casing. The facility is provided with floats (7).    ADVANTAGE -   Widened range of operation. Bul.44/30.11.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
O2 sensor is centralised section of exhaust pipes. Feedback control is applied to each cylinder unit signal from O2 sensor to obtain O2 feedback correction coefft for each cylinder and O2 feedback correction coefft of O2 feedback for all cylinders. Fuel injection amt. of each cylinder is independently controlled unit result.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Fuel injector is used for fuel injection engine. Used for independently controlling fuel injection of each cylinder. Controlling independently fuel injection of each cylinder unifies air/fuel ratio of each cylinder. Result improves fuel consumption and operation property. Result also detects deterioration of fuel injection valve, for fault diagnosis. @(12pp Dwg.No.0/20)
The decorative member (panel comprises a transparent or semi-transparent base body and a coating film formed on the rear of the base body. A sealant is provided between the coating film and the car body to anchor the decorative member to the car body. The adhesive strength of the base body and the coating film is higher than those of the coating film and the sealant, and the sealant and the car body. The tensile strength of the sealant is lower than the adhesive strength of the coating film and the sealant and that of the sealant and the car body.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The decorative member is mounted on a panel reading automobile model. The base body and the coating film have higher adhesive strength. The sealant has lower tensile strength. Excessive stress generated in thermal shock test is absorbed by cohesive failure in the sealant, causing no sepn. between the base body and the coating film. The sealant adhesive performance is maintained even if cohesive failure is generated partially in the sealant, and hence the decorative member does not drop. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Paste comprises (A) 60-80 wt.% powdery Ag, (B) hardeners of bisphenol F and a potential amine cpd. and (C) epoxy resin which is liq. at room temp. and contains hydrolysable Cl content of up to 500 ppm.    The powdery Ag contains ionic impurities of up to 10 ppm and may take any form of flakes, dendrides or spheres. It is prepd. by mixing relatively coarde particles and fine particles. The bisphenol F is solid at room temp. and acts as a bifunctional hardener so as to provide relatively lower crosslinking density and low elasticity and to mitigate the strain. It increase the viscosity of paste so that it is blended with a potential amine cpd. which has high storage stability and which reduces the viscosity (e.g., adipic acid hydrazide, dodecanoic acid dihydrazide, isophthalic acid hydrazide, p-hydroxybenzoic acid hydrazide or dycyandiamide). The epoxy resin is e.g., diglycidyl ether type which is liq. at room temp. and prepd. by reacting bisphenol A or -F or phenol novolak with epichlorohydrin or vinylcyclohexene dioxide, dicyclopentadiene dioxide, alicyclic diepoxyadipate, n-butyl-glycidyl ether, styrene oxide, phenylglycidyl ether, cresylglycidyl ether, dicyclopentadiene diepoxide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The paste is used for bonding semiconductor elements such as integrated circuits or large scale integrations with Cu-42 alloy, ceramic base board or glass/epoxy base board. It prevents failure of IC by the chip cracks or chip strain caused by the difference of thermal expansion coefft. Cu frame and silicone chips. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The system uses a very deep bore-hole of around 500m depth with a lining (1) at the bottom, inside which is a tubular body (4) incorporating a massive trunco-conical head (9) filled with concrete and sealed against a conical section (2) of the lining by a lead joint (10). After filling annular space (11) with waste, it is closed by cover (13) also provided with a lead joint
A method for implementing a thermodynamic cycle comprises the steps of: expanding a gaseous working stream, transforming its energy into usable form and producing a spent stream. The spent stream is mixed with a lean stream forming a pre-condensed stream. The precondensed stream is condensed producing a liquid working stream. An enriched stream and the leans stream is formed from the liquid working stream. The method further includes the steps of heating the enriched stream with heat transferred from an external heat source having a temp. of less than about 400 deg.F.    ADVANTAGE -   Enhanced transfer efficiency. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The transducer (700) of great sensitivity incorporates a magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) cell (738) exposed to the flow of an electrically conductive fluid (712) within a channel (704). Flexible diaphragms (722) form the ends of the channel (704) and deflect with the fluid motion. The deflection is sensed by strain gauges (724) and the signals from the MHD cell and strain gauges are processed.    An MHD power generator is contemplated which generates power from a moving electrically conductive fluid, such as sea water in geophysical motion. A strong magnetic field is established normal the direction of fluid flow. Electrodes are positioned normal to both the magnetic field and fluid flow to complete a circuit to transfer the power generated by the movement of the electrically conductive fluid through the magnetic field.    ADVANTAGE -   Maintains usefulness of device. More accurate measurement. @(16pp Dwg.No.32/43)@
The system receives energy from a resource and converts the energy into electrical power for supply to a polyphase electric power grid operating at a system frequency. A prime mover is driven by the resource energy and a converter, such as a power electronic converter, produces excitation power from power received from a source. A brushless double-fed generator has a rotor with windings and a stator with windings comprising two polyphase stator systems.. The rotor is driven by the prime mover. The first stator system applies the electrical power to the grid,, and the second stator system receives the excitation power from the converter.    A sensor detects a parameter of the electrical power output supplied to the grid and produces a sensor signal corresponding to the sensed parameter. A controller controls the converter in response to the sensor signal. The controller establishes a reference signal, then processes the sensor signal with the reference signal to produce a controller signal. The converter produces the excitation power at an excitation frequency in response to the controller signal so as to increase the ratio of the electrical power output to the resource energy power input received by the prime mover.    USE -   Particularly for hydro, wind, geothermal and solar power generation. @(37pp Dwg.No.1/20)@
Solar cell array is mfd. by forming a metal pad on Si spheres mounted in a conductive foil matrix by: forming a cell sandwich of foil matrix, spheres insulating layer and foil; forming apertures in the insulating layer through to each sphere; pressing and heating the cell sandwich; increasing the pressure to fuse the metal foil to the exposed portion of the spheres; and removing excess foil, leaving a metal pad on each sphere.    ADVANTAGE -   The method is simple, efficient and low cost. @(11pp Dwg.No.1a/4)@
The binary cycle power recovery apparatus comprises, in combination, a steam separator for separating steam from hot water. A hot water tank has hot water is produced by directly introducing the steam from the steam separator into water. A device installed in the hot water tank heats and evaporates a liquid working medium by the hot water in the tank. A turbine is derived by the evaporated working medium from the heating and evaporating device. A device condenses the gaseous working medium from the turbine. A pump circulates the condensed working medium from the condenser to the heating and evaporation device. The internal power for working the apparatus is reduced. The apparatus may be constructed in a small size adapted for use for example, by a private administrator of a small hot spring hotel to recover electric power or cold heat source from waste steam which has been discarded.    ADVANTAGE -   Improved heat exchange efficiency. @(8pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
In the hydroelectric power station underwater part construction method, a mobile shelter (6) of the size of one generating set is assembled on the assembly area on railway tracks near the foundation simultaneously with making of the building foundation and assembly of centring (8), reinforcement (9) and metal structure of the first tier of the first generating set section (1).    ADVANTAGE -   This hydroelectric power station underwater part construction method improves working conditions. Bul.42/15.11.90 @(3pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
A plasma device comprises a bell jar (8) of a material transmitting microwaves providing in a plasma generating chamber so that an opening part is positioned facing a sample chamber; and a gas introduction pipe introduced in the belt jar from the interior of a sample chamber so as to point to the microwave introduction port side.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Heavy metal is not contaminated by a material of which the peripheral wall of a plasma generating chamber is formed. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
A plasma device comprises a bell jar (8) of a material transmitting microwaves providing in a plasma generating chamber so that an opening part is positioned facing a sample chamber; and a gas introduction pipe introduced in the belt jar from the interior of a sample chamber so as to point to the microwave introduction port side.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Heavy metal is not contaminated by a material of which the peripheral wall of a plasma generating chamber is formed. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The system consists of a solar collector and a tube of round cross section clamped at one end. The free end of the tube deflects in a defined direction when heated on one side and slides in a guide connected via a rotatable shaft to the solar collector.    The tube deflection controls a drive motor via a contact or using contactless signal transfer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. for guiding collectors in evacuated glass tubes, e.g. in winter garden and in space travel. Enables simple, rapid and relatively stable sun tracking and hence increases solar energy utilisation. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/8)@
The method involves storing electrical energy using heat pump, heat engine and thermal energy storage. The heat pump is driven by an electric motor. The heat pump pumps heat from one thermal storage system to another. The storage system receiving energy from the heat pump is referred to as the hot storage. The storage system supplying heat to the heat pump is referred to as the cold storage.    A heat engine is driven by a working fluid gas that receives energy from the hot storage and discharges surplus heat to the cold storage. The heat engine drives an electric generator. By running the motor or heat pump only, energy is stored in the thermal storage system. By running the heat engine or generator, electrical energy is drawn out of the storage system.    USE -   For hydroelectric generators. @(9pp No Dwg.)@
The versatile animal-laden portable animal energy converting system harnesses a portion of animal kinetic energy while the animal is grazing or travelling utilising the portion for generating and storing electrical and/or mechanical energy on board of same animal in which the stored energy is collected, at intervals, for end-use wherever it is demanded in rural areas; so as to facilitate and modernise life there. Prime movers (1A) each are fastened to a humerus or a thigh of an animal such as a camel, horse, cow, donkey etc. to convert the oscillational motion of the humerus or thigh, with driving belts (5A,6A), gullies (7A,8A) and free-wheeled gullies (17.0A,18.0A), into rectified rotational motion to drive a device such as an electric generator (16) mounted on saddle (15A) which also includes a base for a battery to store the generated electricity.    Alternatively no belts, gullies or free-wheeled gullies are used since each prime mover (1B) is directly in mesh with free-wheeled gears.    ADVANTAGE -   Reduces green-house effect detriment.
The attitude control system for a stabilised satellite includes two fins (4,5) carrying solar power generating panels, extending inm opposite directions from the body of the satellite. Two drive motors control them independently about their longitudinal axes to keep them facing the sun.    Detectors (7) sense the angles of the fins and calculating system determines the control signals necessary for the motors controlling the attitude of the satellite. The solar power collecting fins also include additional surfaces at an angle to their main surfaces.    USE -   Controlling satellite which is to be stabilised about three axes. @(21pp Dwg.No.3/13)@
C or ion contg. C obtd. by discharge decomposition of hydrocarbon gas diluted by H2 are acceleratedd by DC electric field, deposited on Si (111) single crystal or a crystal coated by SiC before or after irradiation with H ions or active atomic H at 20-600 deg.C and pref. thermally treated at over 400 deg.C to form SiC.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The SiC forming region is easily controlled using this method. The method is applicable to SiC formation and homo-epitaxial substrate formation.    In an example, CH4 gas diluted by H2 gas is discharge decomposed to form C ion or ions contg. C. The obtd. ions were accelerated by DC electric field, deposited on Si (111) single crystal after irradiated by H ion and thermally treated at over 400 deg.C to form a crystalline SiC. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
C or ion contg. C obtd. by discharge decomposition of hydrocarbon gas diluted by H2 are acceleratedd by DC electric field, deposited on Si (111) single crystal or a crystal coated by SiC before or after irradiation with H ions or active atomic H at 20-600 deg.C and pref. thermally treated at over 400 deg.C to form SiC.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The SiC forming region is easily controlled using this method. The method is applicable to SiC formation and homo-epitaxial substrate formation.    In an example, CH4 gas diluted by H2 gas is discharge decomposed to form C ion or ions contg. C. The obtd. ions were accelerated by DC electric field, deposited on Si (111) single crystal after irradiated by H ion and thermally treated at over 400 deg.C to form a crystalline SiC. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
In an engine a nitrogen-oxygen sepg. filter composed primarily of a zeolite, e.g., natural or synthetic zeolite, is set in an air supplying part, and oxygen-enriched air is supplied into a combustion chamber. Pref. the nitrogen-oxygen sepg. filter uses a dried mixt. of natural or synthetic zeolite or clay contg. a small amt. of potassium chlorate or MnO2 and sodium perchlorate.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The Diesel engine can effectively and simply reduce the emission of NO2 and black smoke in the exhaust gas, and the nitrogen-oxygen sepg. filter used can be easily set in the engine of truck, etc.. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/2)
The solar battery comprises photoelectric conversion layers having different photo-responses respectively, which are formed on one surface of a prism. The photoelectric conversion layers are arranged corresp. to the wave length ranges of the lights dispersed with the prism.    ADVANTAGE -   Out-put power and stability in continuous operation of the solar battery are improved.    In an example, a translucent Al conductive layer (1) was formed on the bottom surface of the prism (4) by deposition in vacuum. Three kinds of CdS's were deposited to form the photoelectric conversion layer (2). Namely, CdS to the 2-i position, CdS:Ag to the 2-ii position, and CdS:Cu to the 2-iii position. Gold electrode (3) was deposited on the photoelectric conversion layer to complete the solar battery. 10 batteries were connected in parallel to form the solar battery module. In the test results on the module, conversion efficiency, open-circuitt voltage, and short-circuit current of the module are improved as opposed to results obtd. using the batteries without the prism system. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
W-silicide film is formed on a substrate by implanting high-m.pt. metals ion into the surface of the substrate, followed by forming W-silicide film on the substrate by vapour phase epitaxial method.    USE -   For improving uniformity of W-silicide film compsn. and film thickness at the surface of substrate. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The device uses optical focussing e.g. a lens or mirror to focus radiant emission from a heat sink onto a second heat sink, and then utilises the tmep. differential between the second heat sink and a third heat sink to generate a non-thermal power output. Thermoelectric elements are used to generate an electrical output.    Alternatively, heat engines are used to generate the power output. In one form, heat (H) is supplied to a reverse heat engine (23) and an optical radiation converter (20) is connected by fluid conduits to the engine, heat store (21) and a stirling engine (19). Electrical power produced in the converter is conveyed to an electrical power system (22) which may power the engine. The engine may alternatively be driven by the stirling engine.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides significant gain in power output capacity for given area of radiation surface. @(25pp Dwg.No.4/4)@
A device is claimed which comprises (A) a substrate; and (B) a film-forming continuous phase comprising a charge transport cpd. and finely divided conductive particles dispersed in the continuous phase. The continuous phase can be of an insulating film-forming binder having the charge transport cpd. dissolved or dispersed in it or a film-forming binder can form both the film-forming continuous phase and the charge transport cpd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The device can be used e.g. as ground planes for photoreceptors or electrographic imaging members, as solar cell electrodes, as electric shielding for electronic devices or as a stable electrode for electronic devices. The conductive layer is humidity insensitive and the device can provide an extended life electrostatographic imaging member of high dark stability which allows photodischarge with low residual voltage during cycling. The device is easily mfd. and has a ground plane layer resistant to disturbance or dissolving by components of subsequently applied layers. @(35pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Prepn. of a device comprising a continuous, semi-transparent conductive layer comprises (i) applying to a substrate a coating comprising a dispersion of conductive particles of average size less than 1 micron and having an acidic or neutral outer surface in a basic soln. comprising a film-forming polymer dissolved in a solvent; and (ii) drying the coating to remove the solvent.    A device prepd. as above is also claimed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For prepn. of electrically conductive devices, e.g. transparent ground planes for photoreceptors, semi-transparent electrodes in solar cells, EMI shielding. The conductive layer is semi-transparent and is stable over a wide humidity range. The conductive particles are uniformly dispersed. @(35pp Dwg.No.0/0)
In a thermoelectric generator with two chambers (2,3) held at different temps. and sepd. by an alakli metal ion-conductive solid electrolyte (4) and an electrode (5) a heat transport medium (8) is pumped from the lower temp. chamber (3) to the higher temp. chamber (2) by an electrochemical pump (11).    Pref. the pump (11) is formed by a 0.1 mm thick alkali metal ion-conductive solid electrolyte layer of beta-Al203 on a porous ceramic support.    ADVANTAGE -   The pump is automatically regulated in dependence on electric power decrease and has reduced energy consumption compared with an electromagnetic pump. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
(A) in a thermoelectric generator (1), alkali metal heat transport medium (8) is passed through two different temp. chambers (2,3) which are sepd. by an alkali metal ion-conductive solid electrolyte (4) and which are connected by a pipe (10), the novelty being that the solid electrolyte (4) is in the form of a layer applied directly onto a surface of a support (5) pref. an electrochemically conductive electrode.    (B) also claimed is prodn. of the generator, in which the electrode (5) is pressed from powder of more than 5 microns, particle size and has a porosity of about 50%.    ADVANTAGE -   The solid electrolyte can be thinner than in conventional generators (e.g. total thickness reduced from 1mm to 0.1mm) and, by using a support which also acts as an electrode, the electrical resistance of the generator can be reduced by a factor of ten. @(5pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
The thermoelectric power plant safety is increased when the pipeline is damaged. In the even of damaging the total balance of the direct and return circuit water flow rate considering the make-up in all the lines, the sectioning slides are closed on the manifolds thus splitting the power plant system into longitudinal parallel independent lines. The flow-rate material balances are then analysed in each independent line considering the pressure in the circuit characteristic points, the damaged line is isolated whilst the other lines continue to operate.    USE -   The method is used for thermoelectric power plant protection from flooding. Bul.30/15.8.90.
The apparatus for driving an electrical generator (11) includes a breakwater (30) which houses a weighted buoy (20) which rises and falls with the waves within the breakwater. An elongate grooved or toothed member (23) is attached to the weighted buoy and extends up through a platform (10) positioned over the breakwater.    Vertical displacement of the buoy and thus of the grooved member is converted into one-way rotation of the drive shaft (18) of the generator on the platform. A flywheel (13) is provided. The breakwater acts to trap waves and maximise their vertical displacement. The buoy includes protective notches on an outer surface.    ADVANTAGE -   Has greater efficiency. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
The energy plant allows the wave movement to be converted into a rotation using a series of drum chambers, supported by a common rotation shaft. Each drum chamber has a slit through which water can enter, with double sealing flaps (3, 4) for periodically blocking the individual chambers. The sealing flaps, are controlled so that the ingress of water and the contained air ensure continuous rotation of the shaft.    The space enclosed by the inside walls (1) of the drum chambers pref. comprises a hollow chamber acting as a float.    ADVANTAGE -   High energy efficiency. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The internal combustion engine uses fuel mixed with alcohol in gasoline. The knocking control unit has: (a) a detector provided in the internal combustion engine main body which detects knocking by converting the mechanical vibration of the main body into electrical vibration; (b) a knocking control unit which controls knocking by controlling ignition timing of the internal combustion engine in accordance with an electrical signal showing knocking state from the detector; (c) an alcohol concn. detector which detects alcohol concn. in the fuel; (d) a knocking control inhibition region determinating means which determines the operating region suspending knocking control by the knocking control unit, using the detected alcohol concn.; and (e) control means which suspends knocking control by the knocking control unit.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The knocking control unit is used for alcohol mixed fuel internal combustion engine and controls ignition timing. The knocking control unit inhibits knocking, preignition regardless of a change in alcohol concn. and promotes ignition timing without preignition. The results increase engine compression ratio and improves fuel consumption rate. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/4)
Etching liq. comprises hydrazine (1) or mixed liq. (2) of hydrazine and ethylene diamine, and at least 1 inorganic alkali.    Pref. the inorganic alkali comprises KOH, NaOH, or LiOH.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for etching polyimide resin film for a flexible printed circuit, etc. A polyimide resin film may be rapidly etched. Biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid polyimide may be etched.    In an example, (1) 100 pts. wt. of hydrazine and 25 pts. wt. of KOH were mixed to prepare the etching liq. The etching rate on pyromellitic acid polyimide film was 35 microns/min. as opposed to 10 microns/min. for the liq. without the alkali. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Etching liq. comprises hydrazine (1) or mixed liq. (2) of hydrazine and ethylene diamine, and at least 1 inorganic alkali.    Pref. the inorganic alkali comprises KOH, NaOH, or LiOH.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for etching polyimide resin film for a flexible printed circuit, etc. A polyimide resin film may be rapidly etched. Biphenyl tetracarboxylic acid polyimide may be etched.    In an example, (1) 100 pts. wt. of hydrazine and 25 pts. wt. of KOH were mixed to prepare the etching liq. The etching rate on pyromellitic acid polyimide film was 35 microns/min. as opposed to 10 microns/min. for the liq. without the alkali. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The multi-layered semiconductor solar battery has common electrodes (103,104) on an isolated substrate (101). An isolation layer (102) coveres the substrate (101) and the common electrodes (103,104). Holes in the layer (102) allow direct contact of the electrode (103,104) with p-type and n-type semiconductor crystals (105,112) resp..    Additionally, a high resistance region (106) with no doping and long minority carrier lifetime is provided along with n-type and carrier lifetime (107,111) resp..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Solar batteries. High energy conversion efficiency. @(14pp Dwg.No. 1A/6)@
The converter changes the flow energy of moving surface water into electric energy and has a water driven turbine coupled by hydraulic energy transfer system to an electric power generator (19). An anchored floating streamlined container (2) provides a sealed housing having water flow ducts (8), entirely immersed below the water line during normal operation, containing pumping units (10) connected to the turbine shafts.    The pumping units are hydraulic pressure sources, coupled to hydroengine (17) which is connected within the rigid structure of the buoyant housing.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For anchoring in predetermined orientation in stationary near-to-shore position to allow free following of rise and fall of surface water level. High efficiency, low flow resistance, and compact construction allowing utilisation of water curernts of very small layer dimensions. For tidal systems, wave power.
A thin, lightweight solar cell assembly (10) having front contact metallisation comprises a cover glass (24) adjacent to the front surface (20) of the cell with contact metallisation (28,30) between the two which is embedded in both cover glass and cell to give a smooth interface. There is a means (26) for refracting incident light (34) away from the metallisation.    Also claimed is a cell as above also comprising means for recessing the metallisation in the cell and cover glass facing surfaces to give a smooth interface for electrostatic bonding and several grooves in the glass for refracting light away from the metal.    Further claimed is a method of making a solar cell assembly of a semiconductor wafer as above comprising forming p+ and n+ regions in the wafer surface by diffusing dopants, forming the triangular grooves in the cover glass, masking the wafer and opposite cover glass surface, and forming recesses in the masked surfaces,. Metal contact material is deposited into the recesses to give a smooth interface, the filled recesses aligned, the cover glass and wafer joined by electrostatic bonding and the opposite surface of the wafer covered (32).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A solar cell assembly (claimed) which is thin, light weight and has improved positioning of metal contacts and improved bonding between cell and cover glass is provided. All contact metallisation is in the incident surface but none of it protrudes. Current carriers are less likely to be trapped by defects in this configuration which makes it useful for space radiation environments. @(9pp Dwg.No. 1/25)@
The unit has an hydro-turbine (4) working wheel at each end provided with directing apparatus (8). The electro-generator rotor (5) is fitted on the working wheel inner part and is provided with a permanent magnet (9) with axial pole orientation, a stator (6) made of two parts, placed with a gap at the rotor top and bottom and provided with bracket-shaped shoes (10), whose soles (11) are placed opposite magnets (9). The rotor and each part of the stator are provided with magnet guides made as separate same type cylindrical bodies (12,13) placed on above the other. The upper and lower ends of the magnet conductor contact the shoes inner surfaces (14). The stator windings (7) are placed on the outer surfaces side.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For wave power conversion. Efficiency is increased. Bul.29/7.8.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
G1
The apparatus is for setting and maintaining the focus of a stretched-membrane mirror module. The mirror module includes spaced apart membranes stretched between a perimeter support defining a closed plenum space. The perimeter support is orientated relative to a reference plane and a first of the membranes having a reflective coating that reflects energy incident to a focal point determined by the curvature of the first membrane relative to the reference plane. The apparatus comprises a device for inserting a mass of fluid into the closed plenum space at a first pressure. The first pressure causing the first membrane to assume a first curvature relative to the reference plane when in equilibrium with atmospheric pressure.    A device controllably changes the volume of the plenum space without changing the mass of fluid in the closed plenum space. The changed plenum volume causing the first pressure to change to a second pressure. The second pressure causing the first membrane to alter its curvature relative to the reference plane when in equilibrium with atmospheric pressure, thereby causing the focal point of the first membrane to change.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For solar energy collector. More rapid and accurate. @(15pp Dwg.No.4/8)@
The generator consists of a fixed support (1) and a float (2) which is connected at the top and bottom by an endless cable loop (3) and pulleys to a power generator (5) via a mechanical converter.    The mechanical converter is in the form of two cable drums (6) on which the cable is wound in opposite directions, mounted on an horizontal shaft (7) which can rotate in one direction only by means of clutches and is linked kinematically to the generator (5). One of the cable pulleys (4) is located on a line between the two drums and is spring-loaded. To facilitate the spiral winding of the cables, the drums can have spiral grooves.    ADVANTAGE -   Design simplicity. Bul.36/30.9.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The Al-nitride substrate is made by applying an active metal brazing material paste to a desired cementing pattern on an Al-nitride substrate, cementing a Cu-sheet having sufficient surface area to cover the cementing pattern on the applied paste, and forming circuit pattern having at least the cementing pattern on the Cu-sheet of the cemented body using an etching resist, followed by etching the Cu-sheet for removing unrequired part.    USE -   For making heat releasable circuit boards suited for power semiconductor modules. @(7pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
The solar generator has a number of solar cells (1,1') fastened by adhesive (2,2') to a base element (3), the upper side of one solar cell (1) being connected to the underside of the other solar cell (1') by means of a connector (4) of pseudo-elastic material.    The connector is pref. of a 50% Ti - 50% Ni alloy, Cu - Zn - Al, or Cu - Ni - Al alloy. Contact is made with the cells by metallising the contact artas with the alloy, followed by welding or soldering.    ADVANTAGE -   Can withstand large number of thermal cycles without fracturing or cracking. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Compsn. (I) contains a sulphonated polyaniline (II): y = 0-1; R1-6 = H, SO3H, R7SO3H, SO3M, R7SO3M, OCH3, CH3, C2H5, F, Cl, Br, I, N(R7)2, NHCOR7, OH, O-, SR7, OR7, OCOR7, NO2, COOH, COOR7, COR7, CHO or CN; R7 = 1-8C alkyl, aryl or aralkyl; and M = positive cation, pref. Li+, Na+, K+, Rb+. Cs+, NH4+, Ca2+ or Ba2+. Fraction of phenyl or quinoid rings that have an SO3- gp. is x. The fraction of these phenyl or quinoid rings that have M is z. When z is less than x, (I) is a conductor; when the value of z approaches that of x, (I) is non-conducting.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   (I) has claimed uses as an electromagnetic absorbing compsn., optical coupling device, microwave attenuator, erasable optical information storage aptps. and a three dimensional holographic grating.
Composite metal wire has a metal plating layer of 0.03-0.3 mmicrons thickness that is sparingly diffusible into a molten solder comprising Fe or Fe-Ni alloy formed on Cu or Cu alloy very fine dia. conductor, and on the outer periphery, a metal layer of at least 0.03 microns thickness, having good wettability to solder.    USE -   For use as a chip coils, or watch coils, preventing diffusion and elution of the conductor into a molten solder. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Conductive anisotropic heat sealing members are mfd. by: forming a conductive paint of conductive powder, rubber and/or thermoplastic binder, solvent and second conductive powder; screen printing thin stripes onto a flexible insulating substrate and drying; forming an insulating; heat-bonding paint of inorganic powder, thermoplastic resin binder, solvent and adhesive; applying the point to the entire surface including the stripes; and drying the paint by heating to form a press-bonding layer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used esp. in connecting the electrode of e.g. electrochromic displays, solar cells, etc. to the terminals of printed circuits or for connecting the terminals of printed circuits to each other. Connector is simple, low cost and reliable and can cope with very fine circuit pattern pitches. @(22pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The unit has a vertical hollow bearing (1), a float (2) with hinged blades (7), placed on the bearing with the possibility of reciprocating and single direction rotation motion. The electric generator armature winding is placed in the bearing cavity and the induction element (3) is connected to the float (2) by means of a toothed coupling with gears (6). The bearing upper end is provided with a single direction rotation wind drive with blades (4), directed in the opposite direction to the blades (7). Due to the waves and the wind the armature winding and the induction element (3) rotate in opposite direction and the electric energy flbws to the current remover (9).    USE -   The unit is used for wave energy conversion. Bul.34/15.9.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The unit has a housing (1) made of soft envelope and contains a cylinder with a piezo-element, filled with gas with excess pressure and submerged under the water level. The cylinder is made of two parts (2,3) which can relatively vertically displace and are connected at the ends to the envelope (1). The piezo-elements form two grids, one of which is made of ring elements (4), connected to the cylinder on their outer dia. and the other is made as circular elements (5) connected to the cylinder ends and situated between the ring elements (4) and their outer diameters are greater than the ring elements inner diameter and the connection to the cylinder ends is made as a spring (6).    USE -   The unit is used for wave energy utilisation. Bul.34/ 15.9.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The unit has a floating housing (1) which contains electricity generators (2,10), flywheels (3,11) and step-up reducers (4,5), connected by means of ratchet mechanisms (16,17) with two vertical racks (13,12). The racks are threaded in the upper part. The thread interacts with the gear (14) or (15), which contacts the toothed wheel (7), fitted on an horizontal axle (6). The latter is placed above the body upper part, connected by two vertical rods (9) to the body of inertia (8) and has two sloping U-shaped limiters (20,21). The body (1) oscillates, on the waves, w.r.t. the toothed wheel (7) and the movement is transformed to uni-direction electric generators rotation. The limiters (20,21) prevent the body overturning in stormy conditions.    USE -   The unit is used for wave energy conversion. Bul.34/ 15.9.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Bonding method of semiconductor substrates is new. Each surface to be bonded of two semiconductor substrates is polished to mirror face. Each polished surface is treated to convert the surface hydrophilic. The prepd. hydrophilic surfaces are directly attached each other, then heat-treated to bond the two semiconductor substrates each other. In the treatment to convert the polished surfaces hydrophilic, treatment of at least one of the polished surfaces of the substrates is done by forming oxidized layer on the surface through reaction with oxygen ion or oxygen radical.    Thickness of the oxidised layer formed is more than 15 Angstrom. In one of the semiconductor substrates before treatment, semiconductor element with metallic circuit is formed at the end surface opposite to the surface to be bonded. (3) The heat-treatment of the closely bonded two semiconductor substrates is done at the temp. corresp. to the temp. for sintering of the semiconductor element. At the heat-treatment, electric field is impressed between the attached surfaces of the two substrates to compensate bending of the substrates by electrostatic force generated between the attached surfaces.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for bonding semiconductor substrates. Required strong bonding strength can be obtd. by heat-treatment at lower temp. than the temp. in conventional method. @(10pp Dwg.No.1a/7)@
Prepn. comprises; (1) forming diamond on substrate, forming mask selectively on the diamond, and implanting impurities apart from each other portion; and (2) forming electrodes on the impurity regions, after annealing the implanted impurities.    Impurities are pref. implanted by the ion implantation method, and the implanted impurities are annealed by irradiation of laser beam.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Heat resistant thermistor of at least 6000 in thermistor constant at low working voltage can be obtd. Temp. characteristic of resistance can be reduced to the value within 3 sec.    In an example, substrate (1) with Si3N4 film (1-2) was soaked into alcohol in which diamond granules were mixed, then ultrasonic wave was applied to make minute scratchs on the substrate. Genuine diamond film (2) was formed on the Si3N4 film with the microwave plasma CVD device. Then photoresist (8) was formed on the diamond (2), and boron was implanted into the diamond to form the impurity regions (10-1), (10-2) selectively, then the photoresist was removed. The impurity was annealed with excimer laser beam. A pair of electrodes (5-1, and 2) were formed by sputtering. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
The wave-actuated power generating apparatus comprises an impulse-type water turbine mounted for rotation on an upright output shaft within a housing. The housing includes a back panel and opposing sides and upper and lower surfaces which form an inlet water nozzle. The water nozzle is oriented to face oncoming waves and to direct them into the housing. A wave splitter directs a portion of each oncoming wave directly against the facing surfaces of the water turbine blades, while another wave portion is directed first against the back panel of the housing and, thereafter, against the facing surfaces of the blades.    Each wave portion is redirected arcuately forwardly through about 180 degrees inwardly toward the central portion of the housing causing the water turbine to rotate. Thereafter, the water within each wave entering the housing is discharged downwardly through a water outlet positioned in the housing lower surface behind the wave splitter.    ADVANTAGE -   By this arrangement of wave splitting, a more uniform and extended wave pulse per wave for rotating the water turbine to produce power is effected. @(9pp Dwg.No.2/10)@
The solar harness includes a stack of solar cells (1, 3, 5, 7, 9). The cells are arranged so that their active surfaces are all facing the same direction. In front of solar cell (1) is magnet (13) and located between the solar cells are spaces (21, 23, 25, 27) with magnets located between each adjacent solar cell within the spaces. The magnets create the spaces and create solderless contacts. The magnets hold the solar cells in a single array without the need for any mechanical attachment and "suspend" these solar cells in place.    The apparatus may be employed in conjunction with a parabolic reflector so as to work with concentrated solar energy, and used in conjunction with means for converting electrical energy to transmittable wave energy and deployed extraterrestrially. Alternatively, the solar harness apparatus may be reversed with power being put into it so as to create a wave energy transmission device.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   To generate power directly for a space station, space vehicle or satellite. Permit thermal expansion and contraction, easy removal of a defective or worn cell. Permits replacement, increase or decrease of the number of cells in the stack. Magnets enhance photon conversion. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
The generating plant has a trough (1) above water level connected to an accumulating reservoir (2) with hydraulic unit (3). There are auxiliary water receiving troughs (4) connected to the side walls of the main trough. The side walls of the troughs have planes (5) inclined to the water level and bases inclined towards the reservoir. When waves occur, water enters the troughs along the inclined planes and goes out to the reservoir, rotating the hydraulic unit.    ADVANTAGE -   Wider range of operation. Bul.24/30.6.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The electroconducting working body is lowered from the container (1) into a cooler (10) along channel (9). The body is cooled due to the heat removal in lower cool layers of the ambience, and is then heated in a condenser (4) and a heater (11) on account of feeding the heat from upper hot layers of the ambience, then the working body passes via a magneto dynamic generator (12) producing a useful work and to a mixer (7).    The vapour of low boiling substance passes from the capacity (1) into a condenser (4) to be condensated there and under the action of hydrostatic column passes to the mixer (7). There this substance boils due to cooling of the current conducting body and the two-phase mixture of working bodies lifts along the channel (8) into the capacity (1).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In power plant utilising rising temperature of ambience with height, e.g. warm surface and cold deep sea waters. Effectiveness improved by using the ambient heat and by lowering the energy expenditure for the circulation of working body. Bul.24/30.6.90.
Metal film is deposited using a substrate at least part of which surface has exposed Si.By pretreating it for forming a state on the Si-surface, H atoms are adsorbed and between the end of the pretreatment and the initiation of the deposition process a period during which the temp. of the substrate surface is prevented from rising above 200 deg.C and the partial pressure of steam in the atmos. to which the substrate surface contact is at least kept below 0.01 Pa.    The substrate surface is pref. heated to 350-500 deg.C in an atmos. of up to 10 power(-2) Pa of the partial pressure of steam between the end of the pretreatment and the initiation of the deposition process.    USE -   For forming metal thin film having a good interface property with the surface of a substrate informing electrodes at the contact portion of semiconductor devices. @(11pp Dwg.no.1/7)@
The device comprises a cathode and an anode facing each other in a chamber. A subject material is supported on the anode and the cathode is formed of silicon carbide.    USE -   The life of the electrode is increased. The chamber can be cleaned easily. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
A front contact layer disposed on a substrate includes a number of segments separated by first scribe lines forming submodules with at least one of the submodules forming a module. A bus interconnects two or more of the submodules in parallel with each other. A thin film of a semiconductor material is disposed on the front contact layers.    A back contact layer is disposed on the thin film and is scribed along second scribe lines corresponding to and adjacent the first scribe lines. A unit interconnects adjacent areas of the rear and back contact layers. The thin film is scribed along third scribe lines, the interconnecting rears including a portion of the back contact layer being disposed in the third scribe lines.    ADVANTAGE -   Facility of computer control for producing reproducible patterns. @(36pp Dwg.No.2(e-g)/8)@
The unit has a pontoon (1) with linear electro+generators, each generator armature (2) is connected to a flexible tie (3) with a stationary bearing and is provided with a piston (5). The electro-generator induction element is made as a cylindrical body (6) with a base. The armature (2) is fitted in the induction element forming a gas-tight cavity (7) between the piston (5) and the base. The gas pressure in cavity (7) is lower than atmos. The pontoon movement on the waves causes armature displacement.    USE -   The unit is used for wave power conversion. Bul.33/ 7.9.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
In the formation of Au bumps in semiconductor appts. using an Au plating soln., the Au soln. is controlled based on the Pb concn. of the Au plating soln. or both of the Pb concn. and the Au concn.    Pref. Pb concn. of the Au plating soln. is controlled to maintain a value of less than 1 ppm.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Provides Au bumps avoiding shape defects, and the plating soln. can be controlled with high accuracy.    In an example in a cyanate-free plating soln. which was previously controlled to maintain an Au concn. of 8 g/l, the bath was then controlled detecting the Pb concn. and controlling it to less than 1 ppm. A defect occurred at an Au concn. of 8.7 g/l, a level previously considered optimum for plating, but the Pb concn. was found to be 1.0 micro-g (=1 ppm). @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Device is prepd. by (a) forming an impurity region by adding an impurity to single crystal or polycrystal boron nitride and irradiating pulsed laser beams having a wavelength of 70-300 nm, at the impuriti region.    The impurity pref. comprises; Gp. IIa elements including beryllium, or Gp. IVb elements including C, Si, or Ge, pref., Si. The laser beams pref. comprise: excimer laser, or Fs(157 nm), Arf (193 nm), or KrCP (222 nm) laser beam having a pulse width of 5-200 nm/secnd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for transistors, integrated circuits or diodes. The added impurity is activated by laser annealing as well as ion implantation. The use of fixed dope amt. gives the electronic device high controllability. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
Device is prepd. by (a) forming an impurity region by adding an impurity to single crystal or polycrystal boron nitride and irradiating pulsed laser beams having a wavelength of 70-300 nm, at the impuriti region.    The impurity pref. comprises; Gp. IIa elements including beryllium, or Gp. IVb elements including C, Si, or Ge, pref., Si. The laser beams pref. comprise: excimer laser, or Fs(157 nm), Arf (193 nm), or KrCP (222 nm) laser beam having a pulse width of 5-200 nm/secnd.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for transistors, integrated circuits or diodes. The added impurity is activated by laser annealing as well as ion implantation. The use of fixed dope amt. gives the electronic device high controllability. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)@
Picture display appts. comprises a picture display unit, to the input of which video data is applied, camera to track the gaze of an observer seeing the displayed picture, and counter to measure the time, for which the gaze of the observer stays.    USE -   For radiation picture display appts. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/4)@
In a tungstenm paste contg. organic vehicle and a powdered material contg. powdered tungstenm, the powdered material contains 10-99 wt.% of powdered tungstenm and 1-90 wt.% of powdered TiN.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For metallising AlN baseboard surface to give sufficient bonding strength to the baseboard.    In an example, a tungstenm paste contg. 30.0 wt.% of powdered tungstenm and 70.0 wt.% of powdered TiN and necessary amts. of organic vehicle was prepd.. The paste was coated on a green AlN sheet in a circle having a dia. of 3mm., dried and debindered. The sheet was calcinated for 5 hrs. at 1850 deg.C. A Ni layer was formed on the metallised layer by electroplating. A wire was soldered on the Ni layer and the bonding strength of the tungstenm layer was measured. The obtd. result was 5.8 kg/mm2. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The panel (7) is attached to a tube (6) with attachment straps (4). The tube (6) is attached to a 3-dimensional joint (3), and is thus linked to a second tube (5). The other end of the tube is attached to a fixed clamping ring (2) which is itself bolted to a metal plate (1) attached to a fixed surface. Several panels can be attached to the mechanism if required.    ADVANTAGE -   Allows optimisation in situ of panel position, for maximum sunlight or readability. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The interconnect for adjacent solar cells comprises an extended stress relief part (32) running parallel to the edges of the adjacent cells (45, 54); and connection parts (40, 50) for making electrical contact with the cells.    Pref. the connection parts are L-shaped and are solder bonded to the extended stress relief part.    ADVANTAGE -   Stress induced in interconnect by thermal cycling is reduced, removal and replacement of cells is facilitated.    SPECIFICALLY - The end connection parts are of material having about the same thermal expansion as Si and are pref. of Mo, Invar or K ovar. A solar cell array including the above interconnect arrangement is claimed. The stress relief part may be typically made of Be-Cu (not claimed).
After plasma etching Al alloy film and a barrier metal the chamber is cleaned by using a combination of discharging by Cl2-contg. gas and by F2-contg. gas.    USE -   For cleaning plasma etching chambers effectively. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The almost circular platform is fitted above a water body and carries solar energy converters, rotated about a vertical axis at the angular velocity of the sun movement. Underneath the platform is enclosed an air space at a slight overpressure. Between the platform and the water level is pref. fitted a bottom made of a foil.    The bottom may consist of two foils sewn together enclosing water filled cavities. A peripheral bead may be coupled to the bottom. Partial regions of the platform are typically coupled to a ballast container, each with a filling facility with a valve and water supply system. Another valve may be used for the ballast water discharge.    ADVANTAGE -   Economical system for energy conversion. @(7pp Dwg.No.8/8)@
The solar rays are focussed onto a receptor line. The disc shaped concentrators are formed from rows of facets, extending parallel to the receptor line. The vertical intersection planes in parallel to the receptor line form a continuous angle with the receptor surface. In the orthogonally extending intersection planes they form another angle with the surface.    The intersection planes are reduced down to 0 deg. from the edge to the vertical plane, contg. the receptor line. Pref. the undersides of the facet are reflectively mirrored. The concentrators are typically made integrally of pressed glass.    ADVANTAGE -   Steeper impingement of diffracted or reflected rays onto the receptor. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/6)@
The solar system incorporates dispersive concentrators (2) and multijunction photovoltaic cells. At least two optically parallel component photovoltaic cells differ in their energy band gap values. The dispersive concentrators contain many prismatic elements that do not all have constant cross sections. Focussing surfaces are formed on the sides of these dispersive concentrators.    The dispersive concentrator has a first portion (4) and a second portion (5). Direct solar radiation enters the dispersive concentrator. The solar radiation passes from the prismatic elements into the second portion of the dispersive concentrator. The radiation then leaves the second portion via focussing surfaces. The focussing surfaces converges the beam which then impinges on the multijunction cell.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Producing electricity from solar radiation. Converts solar radiation into electricity more efficiently than conventional solar systems.
Agent contains a satd hydrocarbon type petroleum solvent. Also claimed is a method for the prepn of an experimental model animal having nose mucosa hypersensitiveness by using the solvent, and an evaluation method of an anti-allergy substance by using the model animal.    ADVANTAGE -   Method is simple    In an example, 20 micro of 0S lubricant (I) is dropped to both sides of the nose vestibule of a Hartley male guinea pig for 5 days and then the dropping is stopped for 21 days and then again 20 micro of (I) is dropped 3 times in 3 day intervals to the left side of the nose vestibule and the hypersensitiveness is measured on the 36th day. Snivel secretion induced by mesacorine (1 x 10 power -2 g/ml) is 9.4 mm compared to 0.5 for the control. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Method involves (a) co-extrusion moulding polyamide resin and a thermoplastic elastomer having continuous phase composed of polyamide resin to form an inner tube, (b) forming reinforcing layer on the inner tube (1) with a knitting and braiding machine, and (c) extrusion-moulding thermoplastic elastomer to form an outer tube on the reinforcing layer.    Pref. the thermoplastic elastomer is a polymer blend of an epichlorhydrin rubber dispersed in a polyamide resin or cured-dispersed in a polyamide resin. The inner tube has a strength 20% elongation of 20-200 kg f/sq.cm. when measured in the shape of a sheet.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For coolers and air-conditioners in motorcars. Delamination resistance, i.e. durability is high. Inner tube can be reused. Conventional use of a mandrel is eliminated. This is effective in cost-saving and no cracking. The prodn. efficiency is high. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/4)
A solar module with a large surface area is assembled from several photovoltaic cells (1) in line, each held between a front glass plate (2) and a rear glass plate (3). The gaps between them are filled up with a hardenable resin (4) which is completely transparent. A low-viscosity methacrylate resin with an admixt. of UV-absorbing substances meets these requirements.    ADVANTAGE -   Such solar modules can be mfd. without any significant scrap. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
A sun sensor for detecting two components of an angle of incidence of sunlight, comprises a transmitter having an opening with two linear portions for transmitting sunlight. A line is parallel to the first linear portion crossing a line parallel to the second linear portion at an angle different from 90 degrees. A detector has plural detecting elements and didposed along a line, for generating output signals corresponding to sunlight passing through the two linear portions. A processor determines and produces data signals corresponding to two components of the angle of incidence of the sunlight in response to the output signals from the detector. The transmitter includes an opening having a shape of a triangle through which sunlight is transmitted. The detector includes photodiodes generating output electrical signals corresponding to the sunlight the photodiodes being arranged along a straight line. The detector may also includes charge coupled device elements generating output electrical signals corresponding tothe sunlight, the charge coupled device elements being arranged along a straight line.    ADVANTAGE -   Simplified sun sensor easily incorporated in satellite.
A solar concentrator device comprises a solar energy receiver; and a flat solar energy reflector arranged to reflect solar energy to the receiver. The reflector includes a substantially square-shaped frame limiting an inner space, a number of individual flat reflective panels arranged in the space in a first group or rows extending in a first direction and a second group of rows extending in a second direction substantially transverse to the first direction. Each of the panels is turnable about three mutually perpendicular axes.    The panels are mounted so that they are turnable about the axes. The mount including a first device which connect the panels in the rows extending in one of the directions so that the panels in each of the rows extending in the one direction are jointly turnable about a first one of the axes. A second device mounts each of the panels so that in each of the rows extending in the one direction each of the panels is turnable about a second one of the axes. A third device mounts each panel in each of the rows extending in one direction so that each of the panels is turnable about a third one of the axes.    ADVANTAGE -   Conversions can be made under cloudy or hazy conditions. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Prepn involves (a) a polyimide film having a silicone cpd is formed on a semiconductor substrate which has a first metal circuit, (b) a fluororesin film is formed on it, (c) the surface of the fluororesin film is reformed by reactive ion etching using CF4 gas or 02 gas or sputtering using Ar, (d) an inorganic insulating film or a metal film is formed on it, (e) a hole is opened on the inorganic film or the metal film by photo etching, (f) a hole is opened on the fluororesin film and the silicone contg polyimide film, (g) the inorganic film or the metal film is opt removed, (h) a metal film is formed on it then photo etched to form the second metal circuit and (i) repeating the processes.    ADVANTAGE -   The structure allows high speed operation of semiconductor devices using fluororesin interlayer insulating films having a 2.0-2.1 dielectric constant. @(6pp dwg.No.1/3)@
Prepn involves (a) a polyimide film having a silicone cpd is formed on a semiconductor substrate which has a first metal circuit, (b) a fluororesin film is formed on it, (c) the surface of the fluororesin film is reformed by reactive ion etching using CF4 gas or 02 gas or sputtering using Ar, (d) an inorganic insulating film or a metal film is formed on it, (e) a hole is opened on the inorganic film or the metal film by photo etching, (f) a hole is opened on the fluororesin film and the silicone contg polyimide film, (g) the inorganic film or the metal film is opt removed, (h) a metal film is formed on it then photo etched to form the second metal circuit and (i) repeating the processes.    ADVANTAGE -   The structure allows high speed operation of semiconductor devices using fluororesin interlayer insulating films having a 2.0-2.1 dielectric constant. @(6pp dwg.No.1/3)@
The solar cell array (10) comprises solar cells (11) interconnected via conductors (12) and connection tags (13) to the wires (14). The cells (11) and conductors (12) are held in place by transparent adhesive (15) to a base (17). A transparent outer covering (16) protects the device (10) allowing passage of light rays.    Additionally, the solar cells are made from silicon and various arrays may be interconnected depending on voltage and current requirements.    ADVANTAGE -   Flexibility of material types: mono, polycrystal or amorphous crystal.
An existing geothermal power plant, utilising geothermal steam from a production well in a geothermal field to drive a multi-stage steam turbine when the available steam pressure from the production well for rated mass for steam through the turbine is less than the design pressure of the turbine, is retrofitted by increasing the mass flow of steam from the production well by an incremental amount. All of the incremental amount of steam is diverted to an organic fluid Rankine cycle power plant for converting heat in the diverted steam to power and producing waste fluid in the form of steam condensate and non-condensable gases. The waste fluid is injected into a reinjection well in the geothermal field.    Pref. the non-diverted portion of steam is applied to the steam turbine and an intermediate stage of the turbine where the design pressure of the stage matches the steam pressure of the applied steam.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides solution to problem of reduced reservoir pressure. @(10pp Dwg.No.3/6)@
The rotary motion generating appts. includes an outer hollow sleeve and a float sealably attached across the upper end of the outer sleeve to define an interior cavity to prevent entry of water into the cavity and provide the outer sleeve with sufficient buoyancy to floatably follow up and down motion of waves. An inner hollow sleeve is fitted telescopically within the outer sleeve, and an anchoring arrangement is attached to the inner sleeve for restraining it from following up and down motion of waves with the outer sleeve and float. The outer sleeve will slidably move up and down relative to the inner sleeve as the outer sleeve and float floatably follow up and down motion of waves and correspondingly will draw a flow of water upwardly and force a flow of water downwardly through the inner sleeve. The apparatus also includes a single rotary motion-producing mechanism mounted within the inner sleeve intersecting and engaging the flow of water through the inner sleeve. The rotary mechanism includes a rotary shaft and a turbine rotor mounted on the shaft for rotation. The rotor has a set of hinged blades being pivotally reversable in their deflected positions in response to change in direction of the flow of water upwardly and downwardly through the inner sleeve for continuously rotating the shaft in a single direction.    USE -   For generating electricity. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Collected bales of waste material are passed through a bale breaker to release the material into a free condition so it can moved in a free flowing stream into a conveyor-type storage unit for movement to a grinder which reduces the mix of material to a uniform particle size. This occurs prior to the material being moved by air into a boiler for recovery of the heat value which on burning produces steam to drive a generator to produce electrical power for energizing the power consumers in the system, with any excess being fed to an external power grid.    Breaking up of the bales proceeds in accordance with the sensed fuel demand of the boiler.    ADVANTAGE -   Enables heat energy to be released with no pollutants given off. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The device comprises a reduced pressure CVD unit equipped with a gas introducing and exhaust system, and a leading and draining system for cleaning chemical and pure water.    USE -   The device can be cleaned automatically without removing a flange part, etc., from the system. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/3)
The equipment uses a pulverised carbon raw material such as coal as a gasifying raw material. A nitrogen gas or a carbonic acid gas is used as a carrier gas for the pulverised carbon raw material. Oxygen or air is used as an oxidant. The pulverised carbon raw material is gasified at temps. exceeding the m.pt. of the pulverised carbon raw material ash. The pulverised raw material gasifying burners have exhaust gas nozzles provided at the upper stream nearby the outlet of the pulverised carbon raw material carrying line. Each nozzle exhausts a nitrogen gas, a carbonic acid gas, or an inert gas to the outlet to meet the gas with the pulverised carbon raw material.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The pulverised raw material gasifying burners and the pulverised raw material gasifying equipment find their application in a pulverised carbon raw material (coal, coke, or liquefied petroleum residue) gasifying furnace. Deposit does not grow on the nozzle outlet. Controlling the exhaust amt. of the gas at the outlet positively removes the deposit on the outlet without unrequired gas. Each burner uniformly distributes the raw material, without causing decrease in gasifying efficiency, and assures continuous safe operation. The use of the gas formed in the equipment as the gas for exhausting to the outlet saves costs. @(10op Dwg.No.0/11)
The internal wiring is made by evacuating an etching unit for decreasing O2-concn., and introducing a gas mixt. of SiCl2 and Cl2, as an etching gas into the etching unit at specified flow rate, pressure, and specified power supply, to etch Al/ZrN laminated wiring.    USE -   For making Al/ZrN laminated wirings, capable of micro-processing easily. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
Circuit board comprises a ceramic sheet contg. at least 4-17 wt% SiO2 and 10-50 wt% zirconia. At least one piece of a circuit board unit has at least a wiring comprising a metal layer extending on the ceramic sheet, and wiring comprising a metal layer formed through the ceramic substrate.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For forming circuit boards having a similar thermal expansion to GaAs, and on which metal wirings such as Cu are formed. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)
Circuit board comprises a ceramic sheet contg. at least 4-17 wt% SiO2 and 10-50 wt% zirconia. At least one piece of a circuit board unit has at least a wiring comprising a metal layer extending on the ceramic sheet, and wiring comprising a metal layer formed through the ceramic substrate.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For forming circuit boards having a similar thermal expansion to GaAs, and on which metal wirings such as Cu are formed. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/3)
A film based on silicon dioxide and contg. zirconium etc. Prepd. by reactive DC sputtering. Various multilayered films contg. the film, such as those used for antirefletion coating, alkali barrier film, or achromatic glass can be produced by physical vapour deposition without breaking a vacuum. @(51pp Dwg.No.0/7)
Array interconnect system comprises a pair of spaced-apart flexible conductive sheets, with electronic components located between them and providing current flow between them, the sheets being of Al foil with a native oxide coating.    In an embodiment, a portion of each component extends through one of the sheets; the components are pref. semiconductor spheres each having p and n regions one region being coupled to one sheet and the other to the other sheet.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Solar cell arrays of Si spheres in a metal foil matrix. Array is low cost to mfr. @(11pp Dwg.No.5/6)@
The generator consists of a floating housing (1) which is partially submerged below water level and open at the bottom, divided by a vertical partition (2) into two chambers (3,4) which are linked at the top by a channel (5) connected to a turbo-generator (6). The chambers are connected to the outside atmosphere and to the channel through non-return valves (7-10).    The housing is equipped with an additional container (11) with a nozzle (12) and a vertical tube (13) which has a non-return valve (14) on its lower end, submerged in the water. The nozzle (12) connects the additional container to the intake of the turbo-generator.    During operation the water rises and falls in the chambers (3,4), increasing the air pressure in the channel (5) feeding the turbine. The additional container fills with water through tube (13) and supply additional power to the turbine through the nozzle.    ADVANTAGE -   Provides higher efficiency. Bul.14/15.4.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Periphery of a conductive wire is covered with insulating resin. A portion of an end of the insulated wire led from a top of binding tool is removed to expose the metal wire. An end of the metal wire is bound with the other electrode by applying ultrasonic vibration. The insulated wire is fed from the top of bonding tool to extend to loop shape while applying the vibration. The metal wire of the other end of the wire is exposed and connected with the other electrode with same method.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is applied to wire bonding of electrodes connection of LSI with improved reliability as resonance of inner lead wire is prevented by ultrasonic vibration. @(65pp Dwg.No.1/59)
An electrical power generating apparatus comprises moving a number of relatively heavy objects from a low position to an upper position and allowing the objects to respectively fall from the upper position to the low position.    At least one gear is coupled to the shaft of an electric generator. The objects engage teeth of the gear on falling to the low position so as to turn the gear and thereby drive the electrical generator. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
A new clean energy source is created uniquely by combining two existing technologies together to create a new energy system for domestic and commercial applications. The two technologies that are combined are; (1) microwave heating technology and (2) steam boiler technology.    Multi-magnetron banks can be used to increase intensity and efficiency of the microwave steam generating process. By combining greater wattage ratings, higher microwaves (radio frequencies) with more efficient water-tubing systems will increase efficiency of the process.    ADVANTAGE -   New environmentally safe, economical and highly efficient energy source/system. @(24pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
A simple, low-cost method of making an apertured foil matrix to receive Si spheres for a solar array comprises feeding an assembly (107) of an upper plate (104), foil (102) and embossing tool (106) through a roller mill (108,110), pressing regions of lesser thickness into the foil, and etching the pressed foil to remove these regions and provide apertures for the Si spheres.    Also claimed is an appts for the above comprising embossing means, a flexible cover plate, a pair of rollers (108,110) with a nip (114) less than that of the assembly (107), and a means of feeding the assembly through the rollers. Further claimed is an appts exactly as above with an additional means of etching to remove the thin parts of the foil.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A method of making an optical foil matrix to receive Si spheres (claimed) for the prodn of a solar array is provided. The method is simple, cheap and efficient, constant foil thickness is achieved and foil flaps are eliminated. @(12pp DWg.No.4/13)@
If the photo-sensor is required to maintain a panel perpendicular to the sun's rays, it is fixed on the panel with its optical axis (10) perpendicular to the plane of the panel.    The panel is rotated by the corresponding drives until pairs of photo-elements (6,8,7) on the base are illuminated uniformly by the sun. The elements are connected in pairs to amplifiers, forming zero signals during correct orientation.    USE -   Orientation of panels of helio-stations. Bul.25/7.7.90. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
In the method an axle (4) with unbalanced weights (3) is raised to an assigned height over a floating device (1) and is released until a movable support (5) contacts a fixed support (6) on the float (1). The potential energy of the weights (3) is converted into kinetic energy during falling, which moves the fixed support (6) with float (1), while the weights (3) rotate about the axle (4). The forces of inertia then lift the axle (4) with the weights (3) until a movable support (5) contacts an oscillation generator (2) with upward movement limiting devices (8).    The float (1) starts rising, while the limiting devices (8) are in a relative fixed position, reducing time of rotation of the weights (3) about the axle (4). During lifting of the axle (4) by the float (1) and rotation of the weights (3) about the axle (4), the centre of mass of the weights (3) describes an assigned trajectory (10). The weights (3) rotatable about the axle (4) during rise and fall of the float (1) and maintain their accumulated energy, which can be transformed into electrical energy.    USE -   Conversion of wave energy into useful form of energy. @(54pp Dwg.No.1/9)@
In attaching film with high temp. softening bonding agent to the lead frame mounted with semiconductor IC element, after the film is temporarily attached the temp. of the press board at the lead frame side is held at 100-350 deg.C as high as the temp. of the press board at the film side. For effecting permanent bending.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Effective attachment can be obtd. between the lead frame and film without bending or with very small bending of the film. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
At least one rotor and one blower are arranged in a housing (10;60) so that the housing has openings (12,14,16,18) for the in-flow of the air. The air pressure produced by the blower concentrates at the rotor.    The rotor rotates about a vertical axis (42) and drives two generators (34,34'). At least two rotors (62,62') are provided with blades (68,68'). The axes of the rotors are in parallel and arranged so that one blower (64) simultaneously rotates at least two rotors.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Converting air pressure to electrical energy. Works with high efficiency and not only produces electrical energy but also drives itself. @(8pp Dwg.No.2/7)@
A rotary shaft is equipped with a light receiver and a thermo-deforming plate forces an area in proximity to its light collecting portion with a raised temperature to become the lowest portion of curved concave. A convex lens is placed over the thermo-deforming plate and a follower rod is connected to the rotary shaft in a manner to be able to swivel in the axial direction of the rotary shaft. The follower rod is equipped with a rolling piece in its lower end, so that the thermo-deforming plate underneath and transverse to the rotary shaft in a position where the rolling piece of the follower rod is placed on the thermo-deforming plate in a manner such that the follower rod is forcibly pressed down to place the rolling piece constantly against the bottom of the curved concave of the thermo-deforming plate formed by its thermal deformation.    Sunlight passing through the convex lens is collected by the thermo-deforming plate and its light collecting portion deforms thermally leading to the parabolic deformation of the whole thermo-deforming plate. As a result, the rolling piece is rollingly moved by the follower rod towards the lowest portion of the thermp-deforming plate and the light receiver rotationally pursues the sun by the rotation of the rotary shaft connected to the follower rod. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/9)@
To attain controlled etching process applied for mfg. semiconductors, a light beam having single wave length is applied to thin film (3) on the substrate (7), and etching rate for the film can be estimated with high accuracy.    ADVANTAGE -   For majority of films having optically homogeneous quality, this etching film estimation process is applicable. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
The method comprises dispersing magnetic powder in aq. soln. in which a dispersing agent or binder is also dispersed to obtain a slurry; freezing the slurry; then drying in a vacuum. The magnetic powder pref. comprises iron oxide ferromagnetic powder or hexagonal ferrite ferromagnetic powder.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for the treatment of magnetic powder for magnetic recording use. Dispersibility of the magnetic powder is improved. Magnetic paint can be cost savingly be prepd.    In an example, 100 pts. wt. of Co-coated gamma iron oxide and 300 pts. wt. of pure water wre mixed, and 3 pts. wt. of 3-glycidoxypropyl-trimethoxysilane was added. The mixt. was frozen at minus 30 deg. C with dry methanol. After freezing, the slurry was heated to 50 deg. C to obtain the sample contg. 0.4 wt. % of water. 80 pts. wt. of the treated magnetic powder, 10 pts. wt. of the copolymer of vinylchloride-vinyl acetate-vinyl alcohol, and 10 pts. wt. of polyurethane elastomer were added to 174 pts. wt. of mixed soln. of methylethyl-ketone-toluene-cyclohexanone to obtain a slurry. The slurry was applied on polyester film to prepare magnetic tape. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An electrical conductor for the anode of a thermoelectric alkali metal converter, includes a connected electrode located in the alka-li metal vapour chamber of the converter, which runs through the chamber, and which is electrically insulated as it runs through the outer wall of the alkali metal vapour chamber.    The material is a ceramic material which is electrically conduct-ing, and has an electrical conductivity and thermal conductivity above that of cobalt.    ADVANTAGE -   The conductor heat losses are reduced.@(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The method for implementing a thermodynamic cycle comprises the steps of expanding a gaseous working stream, transforming its energy into usable form and producing a spent stream. The spent stream is reheated and expanded to transform its energy into a usable form. A multicomponent oncoming liq. working stream is heated by partially condensing the spent stream to preheat and partially evaporate the multicomponent oncoming liq. working stream to produce a heated liq. working stream. To create such a multicomponent liq. working stream, the working fluid used in the process of the present invention may be a mixture comprising a high-boiling component and a low-boiling component, which begins to boil at a temp. that is lower than the temp. at which the high-boiling component begins to boil.    The heated liq. working stream is evaporated using heat produced by an external heat source, to form the gaseous working stream.    ADVANTAGE -   Reduces thermodynamic losses.
The solar collector utilising the energy of the sun for providing heating has a heat exchanger supplied with a heat exchange medium for acting as a thermic collector (1), the latter combined with a photovoltaic collector (2). Pref the thermic collector (1) is transparent to visible and/or UV radiation, with the photovoltaic collector (2) lying behind it in the propagation direction of the incident radiation.    Pref. IR absorbing material is used for the thermic collector with the heat exchanger pipes embedded in a super insulating acrogel.    USE -   For simultaneous provision of heat and electrical energy.
The generation plant has propeller turbine and generator stages (1, 2) and a pair of angled guide surface cooperating to define a funnel which directs the waves to the turbines. Pref. a number of propeller turbines (1) are positioned one above the other, each driving a respective generator (2), the enclosing housing supported by a submerged float (11), with a further float at the opposite end of each guide surface.    Pref. sensors are used to detect the wave amplitude, with the inlet opening between the guide surfaces controlled accordingly for optimum turbine efficiency.    ADVANTAGE -   Suitable for different sea conditions. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A shell has a closed upper end and an open lower end, with weight in the form of a piston sealingly slidable in the shell. Partial vacuum can be produced in the shell above the weight and atmospheric pressure consequently raises the weight. Pressurised air can lift the weight, against the action of weight. The weight has driving connection with a load, such as a generator. Upon being permitted to drop, acting by its potential energy, this drives the load.    The partial vacuum is produced in one form, by heating and cooling units or in another form, by natural heating and cooling. Power plants are utilised to drive a single load, so that one weight can be raised and the power plant re-activated, while others continue to drive the load, maintaining continuity of drive. A common reservoir and individual power plant units can be provided, with the vacuum or the pressurised air in the common reservoir affecting all of the units.    USE -   Atmospheric pressure utilisation for power generation. @(13pp Dwg.No.1/16)@
The solar power concentrator includes inflatable annular casing (1) with fastened front and rear dielectric films (2,3) to its contour. The films have metallised layer (4) and due to electrostatic interaction form dual curvature surfaces. The layer (4) of the rear film (3) is made in the form of a central circular zone and coaxial annular zones. The charges flow is possible only in the range of a single zone.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   As solar energy concentrator. Improved concentration factor. Bul.9/7.3.90. @(2pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The bump is made by laminating a metal having m.pt. of up to 350 deg.C on outer terminals made by laminating Pd, and Ni alloy in sequence selectively on a wiring metal of semiconductor circuitry.    USE -   For the bump, preventing defective bonding. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,a,b,c/2)@
The bump is made by laminating a metal having m.pt. of up to 350 deg.C on outer terminals made by laminating Pd, and Ni alloy in sequence selectively on a wiring metal of semiconductor circuitry.    USE -   For the bump, preventing defective bonding.
The structure can be used either as an electrically powered heat pump or as a generator, converting fluid flows at different temps. into electricity. The gas flows through a series of metallic heat exchangers (1), positioned in recesses in a flexible separator (2).    The liq. flows through earthed tubes (4), fitted with electrically insulating sleeves (5) and passing through holes in metal blocks (3). Semiconductor type thermoelectric elements (6) are held in compression between the heat exchangers and the metal blocks.    ADVANTAGE -   Enables batteries of thermoelectric elements to be built while respecting fragility of semiconductor material and desirability of earthing water pipes. @(18pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The scheme uses a set of massive underground spinning wheels, each wheel being fitted with a mechanism to receive and transmit gravitational torque pulses from a passing vehicle to keep the wheels in motion. The mechanism used to apply the torque pulses to the spinning wheels consists of a stepping board, a hollow cylindrical rod disposed vertically and a shoe attached to the lower end of the vertical rod by a hinge. The upper end of the rod protrudes above the ground surface. A steel linkage connecting the stepping board and the lower part of the shoe is used for initial positioning of the shoe.    Both the stepping board and the protruding end of the vertical rod are kept in their initial upward positions using two springs. The electricity is generated by using each spinning wheel in combination with an appropriate gear system to act as the prime mover of an alternator.    ADVANTAGE -   Improved efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The mixture is pumped (5) to a preheater (3) for liquefaction and then passed to an absorber (4) along with a recycled part stream of solvent from a desorber (1) is enriched in mixture enrichment section (41m 42) without mutual mixing to the smae concn. and temp. with the evaporating component. A neutral gas stream from the liquefier and several neutral gas streams from the desorber with different contents of the evaporating component are fed to equal vapour pressure locations of the enrichment section against the absorbing liquid streams.    In the first part (41) the re-concentrating solvent stream is heated and in the second part it heats the mixture stream. The liquid streams combine at the end for supply to the desorber.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Galvanic cell, thermoelectric cell. Energy requirements are less than current processes. @(15pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
The energy conversion element (5) at the focus of a paraboloidal reflector (4), which tracks the sun throughout its diurnal movement, is held at a temp. of at least 850 deg.C with the aid of an additional heat source (2) burning fossil fuel.    A temp. probe (6) within the convertor (5) is linked to a comparator (9) with a set-point device (8). Temp. variations dueing e.g. cloudy spells are counteracted by adjustment of the burner (2A).    ADVANTAGE -   Damage to material of the converter and/or heat store from fluctuations in brightness of the sun is prevented. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
In the device, the motor-driven compressor is mounted on the tyre wheel; the inlet and outlet of the compressor are connected with outside air and the tyre through valves, respectively; and the motor is connected to the power supply on the vehicle through the sliding contact mechanism.    ADVANTAGE -   As the whole device is incorporated in the tyre wheel, the sliding seal portion can be eliminated and its structure is comparatively simple. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
In the device, the motor-driven compressor is mounted on the tyre wheel; the inlet and outlet of the compressor are connected with outside air and the tyre through valves, respectively; and the motor is connected to the power supply on the vehicle through the sliding contact mechanism.    ADVANTAGE -   As the whole device is incorporated in the tyre wheel, the sliding seal portion can be eliminated and its structure is comparatively simple. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
In the device, the motor-driven compressor is mounted on the tyre wheel; the inlet and outlet of the compressor are connected with outside air and the tyre through valves, respectively; and the motor is connected to the power supply on the vehicle through the sliding contact mechanism.    ADVANTAGE -   As the whole device is incorporated in the tyre wheel, the sliding seal portion can be eliminated and its structure is comparatively simple. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/3)
The system includes platforms for receiving a car to be parked and being moveable along guide rails horizontally as well as vertically, and a control unit for controlling movement of the platforms to, from, and within, a given storage area. The platforms may be supported by air cushions and driven by linear motors. The control unit assess the length, width and height of the cars and makes a video recording.    A power generator is mounted with floating platform for movement in a vertical direction. The downward movement of the platform is achieved by weight of the car. The power generator may comprise a piezo electric unit or an electric generator the rotor of which is rotated as a result of movement of the platform, or may comprises one or more fluid actuators operable to pump fluid as a result of movement of the platform. The pumped fluid may be stored as pressurised fluid for subsequent use or may be used to drive a turbine or other electrical power generator. Alternatively, the fluid may be stored as a head of fluid.    ADVANTAGE -   Enables one to store up to six times the number of vehicles per given area, compared with conventional car parking arrangements. @(19pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Each photocell has thin polycrystalline layers, one or more of CdTe, on a glazed substrate (12), a heteroblocking layer being formed from two layers. The cells are in a plane parallel to a face of the substrate, and are electrically in series, current being derived from the device.    A rear cap (28) of flat material is spaced from the cells leaving a gap, and is brought around to provide a fluid-tight seal to the substrate. A drying agent (56) fills the resulting planar space so that no water vapour can affect the cells.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Using solar power from smallest to largest application, e.g. buoys along shipping lanes, wrist watches, refrigerators for medicines, irrigation pumps and communication stations as well as wolar collectors. High stability over length of useful life. Relatively low material cost.
The unit has a floating body (1) which contains partially immersed in water wave receiving chamber (2), a pneumatic chamber (3) placed above chamber (2) and provided with air turbine (4) and variable volume chamber (5) with elastic walls and forward wave receiving panel (6) fitted on the chamber (5) body by a vertical hinged axle. The variable volume chamber is opened at the base. With the incoming wave the water level increases in the chamber (2) and the panel (6) turns reducing chamber (5) volume. The displaced air flows to pneumatic chamber (3) and the air turbine (4).    USE -   The innovation is used in the wave power conversion units. Bul.16/30.4.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The turning body (1) has a wave receiving panel and a vertical cylinder (2) connected to the body. The cylinder piston shaft is connected to the float (3). The panel is made of two walls forming a cavity (6), which is provided with a unidirectional valve (7) and elastic tubular element (8) and is connected to the receiving chamber (9) using opening (10) and to the surrounding atmos. through longitudinal slots (11). The valves (7) are placed in openings (10), and elements (8) opposite slots (11). The elements (8) are connected to cylinder piston cavity. The incoming wave increases the air pressure in chamber (9).    USE -   The receiving chamber is used in wave power conversion unit. Bul.16/30.4.90.
A substrate (1) has a number of conductive faces (2), surrounded by an insulating surface (3). The conductive faces are covered by numerous first photoelectric elements (4-6) with monocrystalline layered zones (4,5). Over the first photoelectric elements is deposited a second photoelectric element (7-9), with the monocrystalline layered zones formed in a mutually separate manner.    Pref. the second photoelectric element contains amorphous material and may contain a layered zone of a microcrystalline material. The core density of the conductive faces may be larger than that of the insulating surface, with the conductive faces of a dia. of max. 4 micrometer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For solar cells, photosensors, solid image scanners etc., with improved energy conversion effect and low-cost mfr. of large surfaces. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Solar cell comprises: a semiconductor substrate contg. at least one pn junction; a front face (24) having no electrodes; a bilevel elevation back face (22) having a p-region at a first level interdigitated with an n-region at a second level, each region being doped greater than 10 power 18/cc., the n-region being more heavily doped than the p-region; and a positive electrode (28) contacting the p-region and a negative electrode (30) contacting the n-region, both on the back face. The substrate is pref. Si.    ADVANTAGE -   Highly efficient back face contact arrangement is provided which requires only one or two masks and low tolerances for mfr. @(38pp Dwg.No.1,2/8)@
A solid oxide fuel cell having a metallic fibre-ceramic composite comprises a solid state electrolytic cell (10) whose electrolyte (11) is a ductile composite of an ordered array of ductile intersupported continuous fibres intimately mixed with a ceramic matrix. The cell is connected (13,14) to a load and fuel and air are converted to electric power, generating current. Also claimed is a cell as above in which the ceramic phase is ionically conductive and is surrounded and supported by the continuous ordered ductile metallic array. Further claimed is a laminar cell as above comprising a centre sheet of the composite above coated with a layer of mixed ionic and electronic conductor, which is itself coated with a thin layer of electronically conductive and gas porous material forming cathode and anode on the bottom and top surfaces respectively. Additionally claimed is the cell first claimed above incorporated into a vehicle, utility power system or portable power source.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A solid electrolyte fuel cell useful in vehicles, utility or sub-utility power systems or portable power devices (claimed) is provided. The novel cell composite is mechanically rugged with minimal cracking on abuse and 90% of the composite vol. is solid electrolyte giving high ionic conductivity.
A fuel cell stack giving a higher voltage in a given space comprises several cell plaques (17), each having several individual fuel cells (18,19,20) isolated from one another, with fluid interconnections to give fuel and oxidiser to each cell and with adjacent cells forming a substack in a plaque-to-plaque relationship. Each substack is connected in series to another to increase the stack voltage.    Pref. there are ports in the frame for fluidly connecting the cells to reactant and oxidiser supply and return manifolds. Pref. each plaque comprises 2-10, pref. 3, fuel cells and pref. each stack contains 2-10 plaques. Pref. there is at least one cooling plaque having a means for cooling each fuel cell, a support, and a coolant fluid interconnection with the support.    Also claimed is a fuel cell plaque as above comprising several fuel cells side-by-side insulated from one another by an insulating frame and having fuel and oxidiser inputs.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A compact plaque fuel cells tack (claimed) is provided which is useful in giving a higher stack voltage for a given height in e.g. aircraft applications. Stack voltage is increased without increasing the complexity of the supply system and coolers may also be incorporated. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Battery includes a cathode comprising Al (alloy), an anode and electrolyte. The Al (alloy) has a specific surface area of at least 0.01 m2/g.    ADVANTAGE -   Battery has high discharge voltage, high discharge capacity, and high rate discharge characteristics. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Battery includes a cathode comprising Al (alloy), an anode and electrolyte. The Al (alloy) has a specific surface area of at least 0.01 m2/g.    ADVANTAGE -   Battery has high discharge voltage, high discharge capacity, and high rate discharge characteristics. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Battery includes a cathode comprising Al (alloy), an anode and electrolyte. The Al (alloy) has a specific surface area of at least 0.01 m2/g.    ADVANTAGE -   Battery has high discharge voltage, high discharge capacity, and high rate discharge characteristics. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Powdery coating compsn for dip coating contg thermosetting resin, filler and additive, the compsn. further contains thermoplastic resin fine power having mpt 80-150 deg C, average particle size of 5-30 micron, and which does not + dissolve or swell in organic solvent, in an amt of 50-250 pts wt to 100 pts wt of the thermosetting resin.    Thermosetting resin is pref eg phenol resin, epoxy resin, silicone resin, melamine reisn, or polyimide resin. Filler is pref eg CaC03, crystal silica, alumina, talc, kaolin or Al(0H)3. Additive is pref eg silane coupling agent, epoxy silane or Ti coupling agent.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Coating compsn shows good heat moisture, chemical and heat impact resistances, and it is suitable for use in electric or electronic device eg ceramic capacitor or hybrid IC etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP3248941-A)      An elongated trim to be attached to a panel of car body comprises a main trim body attached with fixtures for installing it to the panel of car body and an elongated buffering sealant comprising an inner core of foamed elastomer having closed cells and a non-foamed and tacky skin layer and attached to the fixtures so as to be interposed between the panel of car body and the fixtures.    Pref. the elastomer is a tacky thermoplastic resin or rubber (e.g. styrene/ethylene/butylene terpolymer) and extruded by heating it to melt into mobile state and mixing it with pressurised N2 gas, etc. and extruding it under substantially atmos. pressure to foam the N2 gas while cooling externally the outer surface to form the non-foamed skin layer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The sealant is attached easily to the main trim and exhibits high sealing activity and buffering activity. It is used as a door weather strip retainer, drip rail moulding, door opening trim, wheel opening trim, body side moulding, etc. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/3)
Solid electrolyte compsn. contains at least 50% Bi2O3 and at least one of CeO2, In2O3, K2O and Na2O.    ADVANTAGE -   The compsn. has high oxygen ion conductivity and an ionic transferase number of at least 0.95
The vehicle battery cooling system uses a housing (9) enclosing the battery with air entry and exit openings, for passage of a cooling air stream. The battery cooling when the vehicle is at a standstill is maintained via a rotary fan (7), used to evacuate the warm air from the interior of the housing (9), with relatively cold air sucked in via a second air line.    Pref. the cooling air is fed to the battery housing (9) at its base and is removed via the battery housing cover (11).    ADVANTAGE -   Effective coolIng without use of additional electrical energy. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Solid state electrolytic sheet (SSES) comprises (a) a Li ion conductive electrolyte powder (LiE) and/or Ag ion conductive electrolyte (Age) powder and (b) a mixt. of a bismaleimide homogeneously dispersed in a polymer elastomer (PEM).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The sheet is suitable for a sec. cell, with improved temp. characteristics, storage property and cycle life.    In an example, PEM was prepd. as follows: 1 pt.wt. styrene ethylenee butylene styrene block copolymer (SEBS) of ''Kraton G1650'' (RTM) was dissolved in toluene, 4,4'-bis-maleimidil diphenyl methane of formula (I) was added to the soln. at rate of 35 pts.wt. to 100 pts.wt. SEBS, 70 vol.% for total of Ag6I4WO4 powder was added to the PEM and mulled for 3 hrs. to form a mixt., the mixt. was impregnated into a polyester fabrics, dried in N2 to form SSES. A test of a cell using the SSES showed that ion conductivity = 1.0 x 10 power(-3), self discharge characteristics = 1300 hrs., life cycle 1300 and discharge capacity after 1000 hours discharge at 100 deg.C. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/0
Fuel reforming catalysts consist of active catalytic agents and one or more than one other component elements which inhibit the sintering of the active catalytic agents.    Pref. the active catalytic agent is pref. Ni and the other component elements are pref. one or more than one elements selected from Mg, Al, Zr, La and Cr.    Pref. also prepn. of fuel reforming catalysts is pref. mixing with a substrate a powder mixture containing an active catalytic agent and one or more than one other component elements inhibiting the sintering of the active catalytic agent, an alloy powder consisting of the above components, or a soln. mixt. of the nitrates of the above components and firing and oxidising the mixture obtd..    ADVANTAGE -   The fuel reforming catalysts obtd. can maintain their effective catalyst lives for relatively long periods. The specific surface areas of the active catalytic agents do not decrease even after they are used in fuel reforming reactions for a long time. @(8pp Dwg.No.5/9)@
Scrubber, which is used to remove phosphoric acid from the waste gas of phosphoric acid type fuel cells, has stacked layers of steel wool and grids (7) by which the stacked layers (10) are sepd. from one another in a gas flow direction. The grids (7) are fixed with a given spacing by supporting pipings(8).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used to remove phosphoric acid from fuel cell exhaust. The density of the stacked layers can be kept constant, so that the exhaust can be passed through the scrubber at a uniform rate with a min. fluctuation of pressure loss.    In an example, in a larger scale fuel cell, the steel wool is stacked in 2000 mm and weighs 2000 kg. The steel wool is stacked in the scrubber to form a number of layers; one layer is placed on a grid which is supported with piping. The lower layers are hardly compressed by the weight of the upper layers. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
(JP3245471-A)      Gas diffusion electrode comprises a reaction layer contg. a catalyst laminated on a hydrophobic, porous, gas transmission layer having a collector. PbO2 is used as catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Treatment of waste water contg. organic material (claimed). The electrode is easy to produce at lower cost compared with Pt electrode. The catalyst is not easily poisoned.    In an example, a 32 mesh Cu net was used as a collector for an electrode. The hydrophobic porous gas transmission layer (RFT) was prepd. by coating 0.5 g of 40 wt.% PTFE and 60 wt.% hydrophobic acetylene black on the collector, forming a 0.5 mm layer. A reactor layer (RFR) on the RFT was prepd. by coating mix of 0.3 g of equal wts. of PbO2 powder contg. 20 wt.% PTFE and hydrophobic acetylene black contg. 30 wt.% PTFE, forming a layer 0.5 mm thick. The electrode was moulded at 300 deg.C under 600 kg/sq.cm pressure. An electrolysis device of cycle fluid type was prepd. with the electrode as an anode and stainless steel plate as a cathode. A fluid contg. 100 mg/l phenol cycled at rate of 1/min. was electrolysed, as the result concn. of the phenol was reduced to 0.2 mg/l at 90th minute.
Gas diffusion electrode comprises a reaction layer contg. a catalyst laminated on a hydrophobic, porous, gas transmission layer having a collector. PbO2 is used as catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Treatment of waste water contg. organic material (claimed). The electrode is easy to produce at lower cost compared with Pt electrode. The catalyst is not easily poisoned.    In an example, a 32 mesh Cu net was used as a collector for an electrode. The hydrophobic porous gas transmission layer (RFT) was prepd. by coating 0.5 g of 40 wt.% PTFE and 60 wt.% hydrophobic acetylene black on the collector, forming a 0.5 mm layer. A reactor layer (RFR) on the RFT was prepd. by coating mix of 0.3 g of equal wts. of PbO2 powder contg. 20 wt.% PTFE and hydrophobic acetylene black contg. 30 wt.% PTFE, forming a layer 0.5 mm thick. The electrode was moulded at 300 deg.C under 600 kg/sq.cm pressure. An electrolysis device of cycle fluid type was prepd. with the electrode as an anode and stainless steel plate as a cathode. A fluid contg. 100 mg/l phenol cycled at rate of 1/min. was electrolysed, as the result concn. of the phenol was reduced to 0.2 mg/l at 90th minute. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Gas diffusion electrode comprises a reaction layer contg. a catalyst laminated on a hydrophobic, porous, gas transmission layer having a collector. PbO2 is used as catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Treatment of waste water contg. organic material (claimed). The electrode is easy to produce at lower cost compared with Pt electrode. The catalyst is not easily poisoned.    In an example, a 32 mesh Cu net was used as a collector for an electrode. The hydrophobic porous gas transmission layer (RFT) was prepd. by coating 0.5 g of 40 wt.% PTFE and 60 wt.% hydrophobic acetylene black on the collector, forming a 0.5 mm layer. A reactor layer (RFR) on the RFT was prepd. by coating mix of 0.3 g of equal wts. of PbO2 powder contg. 20 wt.% PTFE and hydrophobic acetylene black contg. 30 wt.% PTFE, forming a layer 0.5 mm thick. The electrode was moulded at 300 deg.C under 600 kg/sq.cm pressure. An electrolysis device of cycle fluid type was prepd. with the electrode as an anode and stainless steel plate as a cathode. A fluid contg. 100 mg/l phenol cycled at rate of 1/min. was electrolysed, as the result concn. of the phenol was reduced to 0.2 mg/l at 90th minute. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Gas diffusion electrode comprises a reaction layer contg. a catalyst laminated on a hydrophobic, porous, gas transmission layer having a collector. PbO2 is used as catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Treatment of waste water contg. organic material (claimed). The electrode is easy to produce at lower cost compared with Pt electrode. The catalyst is not easily poisoned.    In an example, a 32 mesh Cu net was used as a collector for an electrode. The hydrophobic porous gas transmission layer (RFT) was prepd. by coating 0.5 g of 40 wt.% PTFE and 60 wt.% hydrophobic acetylene black on the collector, forming a 0.5 mm layer. A reactor layer (RFR) on the RFT was prepd. by coating mix of 0.3 g of equal wts. of PbO2 powder contg. 20 wt.% PTFE and hydrophobic acetylene black contg. 30 wt.% PTFE, forming a layer 0.5 mm thick. The electrode was moulded at 300 deg.C under 600 kg/sq.cm pressure. An electrolysis device of cycle fluid type was prepd. with the electrode as an anode and stainless steel plate as a cathode. A fluid contg. 100 mg/l phenol cycled at rate of 1/min. was electrolysed, as the result concn. of the phenol was reduced to 0.2 mg/l at 90th minute. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Gas diffusion electrode comprises a reaction layer contg. a catalyst laminated on a hydrophobic, porous, gas transmission layer having a collector. PbO2 is used as catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Treatment of waste water contg. organic material (claimed). The electrode is easy to produce at lower cost compared with Pt electrode. The catalyst is not easily poisoned.    In an example, a 32 mesh Cu net was used as a collector for an electrode. The hydrophobic porous gas transmission layer (RFT) was prepd. by coating 0.5 g of 40 wt.% PTFE and 60 wt.% hydrophobic acetylene black on the collector, forming a 0.5 mm layer. A reactor layer (RFR) on the RFT was prepd. by coating mix of 0.3 g of equal wts. of PbO2 powder contg. 20 wt.% PTFE and hydrophobic acetylene black contg. 30 wt.% PTFE, forming a layer 0.5 mm thick. The electrode was moulded at 300 deg.C under 600 kg/sq.cm pressure. An electrolysis device of cycle fluid type was prepd. with the electrode as an anode and stainless steel plate as a cathode. A fluid contg. 100 mg/l phenol cycled at rate of 1/min. was electrolysed, as the result concn. of the phenol was reduced to 0.2 mg/l at 90th minute. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Solid oxide fuel cell comprises: a solid electrolyte (1) and conductive distributors (5,8) connected to the fuel side electrode (2) and air side electrode (3) of the electrolyte respectively. The solid electrolyte and distributors are stacked to form a disc cell (10), the cells being connected via interconnectors (12) to form a laminate structure.    ADVANTAGE -   The disc cell can be made thin so that the effective electrode area per unit vol. becomes large and cell efficiency is increased. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
The gas feed allows O2 carrier gas and CH4 fuel gas to be fed between the ceramic, high temp. fuel cell plates, using (Zr, O2) as the fixed electrolyte (1), via channels at the corners of the plates, perpendicular to the plane of the latter, with similar removal of the ballast gas and the reaction products.    The gas flow path within each fuel cell extends in a S-shape between diagonally opposing corners, the carrier and fuel gases and the ballast gas and reaction products flowing in the same or opposing directions.    ADVANTAGE -   Maintains electrode surfaces at constant temp. @(18pp Dwg.No.1/15)@
The main battery comprises six cells connected in series, the first three cells (A1) having a charge capacitance at least 10 per cent higher than that of the remaining three (A2). The back-up battery uses three further series battery cells (B) connected in parallel with the second three main battery cells (A2) via a switch (SW).    Pref. the latter is coupled to a diode, allowing the back-up battery to be charged when the switch is open.    ADVANTAGE -   Allows starting of engine when main battery is drained by leaving electrical load switched on. @(9pp Dwg.No.2/11)@
The battery post connector has a moulded metal body member with a clamping portion for attachment to a terminal battery post and a base portion configured for rigid connection to a battery cable to provide a primary battery connection. The clamping portion has a post opening configured to receive a battery terminal post and aligned bolt receiving apertures for securing teh clamping portion to the terminal post. At least one non-moulded metal aux. connector terminal member is secured to the body member. The terminal number has a base end securely embedded in the body member and a terminal end projecting outwardly from the body member and being configured for detachable connection to a mating connector of a conductor wire to provide an auxiliary battery connection.    Pref., the terminal member is integrally formed with a non-moulded metal support brace which is moulded within the body member so that the terminal end of the terminal member projects outwardly from the body member. The support brace may have a number of such terminal members which are each configured to form a tab terminal adapted for detachable connection to push-type mating clip terminals.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Die cast battery post connectors for automobile storage batteries and like. Strong and durable. @(18pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
The battery cable assembly has an in-line captive switch device, in which the battery cable conductor is divided into two parts. A conductive contact pad is electrically attached to the end of each part. The pads are axially aligned within the bore of a housing having a threaded sleeve member formed, at least partially, of insulating material. The first pad is secured within the sleeve in fixed non-rotating relation and in fixed position relative to the first cable portion.    The second cable portion is provided with a threaded ferrule which is rotatable relative to the second cable portion for providing relative axial displacement between the pads. The rotatable ferrule is captively rotatable to preclude separation of the two cable portions. A blinking light-emitting device is electrically coupled to the two cable portions for energisation via the storage battery and electrical circuit through the light-emitting device to provide visual indication when the pads separate.    ADVANTAGE -   Eliminates problems of removal. @(18pp Dwg.No.1/22)@
A cooperative control arrangement for a fuel cell power plant and waste heat recovery system comprises: a fuel cell power plant including fuel cells; a fluid loop for passing fluid coolant thorugh the cells; a waste heat exchanger located in the fluid loop at a location to receive fluid coolant leaving the cells; a waste heat fluid flow path through the waste heat exchanger; a heat rejection heat exchanger located in the fluid loop between the waste heat exchanger and the return to the fuel cells; a heat rejection fluid flow path through the heat rejection heat exchanger for receiving heat from the coolant; a waste heat temp. sensor for sensing the temp. of the waste heat fluid leaving the waste heat exchanger; a first means for varying the heat exchange effectiveness of the waste heat heat exchanger in response to the temp. of the waste heat fluid leaving the waste heat heat exchanger; a coolant return temp. sensor for sensing the temp. of coolant returning of the fuel cell; a coolant return set point temp. for establishing a desired coolant return temp.; second means for varying the heat exchange effectiveness of the heat rejection heat exchanger in response to the coolant return temp.; third means for further reducing the heat exchange effectiveness of the waste heat heat exchanger by overriding the first means in response to inability of the second means to maintain a sufficiently high coolant temp. to satisfy the coolant region set point temp.. Pref. the first and second means each comprises means for bypassing the coolant flow around the appropriate heat exchanger.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Cooperative control arrangement for a fuel cell power plant, and a waste heat recovery system, which improves fuel cell efficiency.
Process is by heat treating W-coil filament obtd. by coil forming a W-wire by directly passing current through the coil filament. Coil filament fulfills relationship B/Ax100 = under ( 654A+239 ) where A= dia. of filament wire (mm), B= inner dia. of filament coil (mm).    USE -   Useful for lamps for copying machines or infrared ray lamps
A system for getting knowledge for assisting operations in sewage disposal plant is to output quantity of evaluation of condition in the plant, and amt. of operations in the plant and to output follow changing factors, 1. physical and chemical properties of sewage introduced, 2. quantity of state of the plant, and 3. season and time is equipped with neural circuit model including input layer, intermediate layer ad output layer to input the 1 and 2 and 3. By making learning of the neural model and 4 and 5 corresponding to the input knowledge and for describing relation among the factors, 1,2,3,4,5 symbols or languages are used.    ADVANTAGE -   The knowledge can be obtd. from data of past, and by forecasting by neural circuit guidance of operation and control can be obtd. @(9pp Dwg.No.3/6)@
A fully internally manifolded fuel cell stack is provided by each separator plate (40) in the stack having a number of aligned perforations (24) forming gas manifolds extending for the length of the stack. Each perforation is surrounded by a flattened manifold wet seal structure (46,45) which contacts the electrolytes on each face of the plate to form separator plate-electrolyte wet seals under cell operating conditions.    Conduits provide gas communication between two sets of manifolds (24,25) and the anode and cathode chambers respectively. Reforming chambers are interspersed along the cell axis.    ADVANTAGE -   Endurance and stability of operation; hydrocarbon fuels reformed without poisoning catalyst.
A battery box is arranged below a step board, the box being provided with a support arm supported by the down tube. The box is also provided with an opening which is covered by a cap facing transversely outside of the vehicle body.    The battery box has an inside surface with respect to the vehicle body and the support arm extends inwardly from the insidee surface of the box and has an outside surface having a portion secured to the step board.    ADVANTAGE -   Running stability of vehicle is improved. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/9)@
A power generation system comprises several molten carbonate type fuel cells (I, II, III) each having a cathode chamber (2) into which cathode gas is supplied. Intermediate cathode gas lines (27, 28) connect the cathode chambers in series.    Heat exchangers (28, 30) on these lines allow heat exchange between the gas supplied to the most upstream cell (I) and gas entering the cathode chambers of the cells downstream (II, III). An air preheater (7) at the intersection of lines (11) from the most downstream cell and (8) reaching the most upstream cell preheats the gas supplied to the upstream cell.    ADVANTAGE -   Cathode chambers require less cooling air. @(19pp Dwg.No.2/9)@
A water treatment system for a fuel cell power plant is supplied with a constant flow of water irrespective of the demands of the cell coolant loop. Dirty water passes through the treatment system from a storage tank to a clean storage tank. Clean water is recirculated by overflow to the dirty tank with any make up being drawn to the coolant loop on demand from the clean tank.    ADVANTAGE -   The constant flow through the treatment system prevents channelling or slime build up in the demineraliser caused by low or no flow conditions. Additionally, as clean water is passed several times through the treatment system the level of purity is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Concurrent gas phase electrocatalytic oxidative dimerisation of methane at the anode on one side of a solid electrolyte and redn. of carbon dioxide to gaseous hydrocarbons at a cathode on the other side of the electrolyte comprises passing methane contg. gas in contact with a rare earth metallic oxide anode layer of an anode comprising a rare earth metallic oxide anode layer in contact with one side of an ionic and electronic conducting metallic oxide perovskite anode layer in contact with one side of a solid electrolyte on its opposite side, the anode catalytically oxidatively dimerising the methane to C2 species; transferring through the solid electrolyte an ionic species selected from O2- species from the cathode to the anode and a proton mediating ion from the anode to the cathode at cell operating temps.; passing carbon dioxide contg. gas in contact with one side of an ionic and electronic conducting metal cathode electrocatalyst capable of providing adsorption sites for carbon dioxide and chemisorbed and Faradaically generated hydrogen species in proximity to said adsorbed carbon dioxide and capable of catalytic redn. of the carbon dioxide to predominantly C2 species; and withdrwing the C2 species from the region of the anode and cathode.    ADVANTAGE -   The solid electrolyte electrochemical cell provides concurrent gas phase electrocatalytic oxidative dimerisation of methane on one side of the solid electrolyte and redn. of carbon dioxide to gaseous hydrocarbon prods. on the opposite side of the solid electrolyte. @(8pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
The fuel cell system has at least two solid polymer fuel cells connected electrically through a load. Each cell comprises a cathode, an anode, an electrolyte disposed, therebetween, a cathode chamber, and an anode chamber means for delivering and regulating fuel to the anode chamber means for delivering and regulating oxidant to the cathode chamber are provided. At least one hydrophilic porous element for transferring water from the cathode chamber to the anode chamber, and at least one hydrophilic porous element for removing water from the anode chamber are provided.    Heat from the system is removed with at least one heat pipe, wherein the heat pipe maintains as low a temp. gradient across the cell as is practical. The combination of the heat pipe and the porous element prevents excess heat from building up and the anode from drying out and the initial porous element prevents accumulation of water at the cathode and wets the anode. The means for delivering and regulating the fuel and oxidant is a coupled regulator.    ADVANTAGE -   High current density. Prevents temp. gradients across cell and anode dry out. @(6pp Dwg.No. 2/3)@
The CeO2-based high-conductive solid electrolyte has formula of: CeO2+X mol % M1 +Y mol. % M2 + Z mol. % M3. Where x = 4-16, Y = 1-8, Z = 1-8. M1 = Y203, Yb203, Gd203, Sm203, Dy203, H0203, Er203, Eu203, Tm203, or Ca0, or Ca0, M2 = Mg0 or Sr0, M3 = Co304, or MnO.    USE -   For fuel cell devices, sensor devices, or gas separation devices. The electrolyte shows sufficient oxygen ion conductivity even under a low oxygen partial pressure reducing atmosphere. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Fuel cell reactor has desulphuriser and carbon monoxide modifying integrated unit. Desulphuriser dusulphurises natural gas before reforming as cell fuel, and the modifying unit modifies carbon monoxide in reformed gas. Reactor has coaxial multi tubular structure with inner desulphuriser surrounded by the modifying unit.    ADVANTAGE -   Reactor can be operated even at start and under decreased load. @(7pp Dwg.No.5/5)@
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode for the battery with organic electrolyte comprises the formed article of the non-soluble and non-meltable base material powder which is heat-treated material of aromatic resin contg. at least 10 wt. % of thermosetting resin component contg. nitrogen, and has polyacene skeleton structure in which atom number ratio of hydrogen and carbon is 0.05-0.5 and the ratio of nitrogen and carbon is at least 0.01 and of which specific surface area by BET method is at least 600 m2/g and tap density is at least 0.35 g/cm3.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the compact size battery with organic electrolyte. Capacity per unit volume of the electrode is improved.    In an example melamine resin spherical particle of 60 microns in average size, and resol type phenol resin aq. soln. were mixed in such mixing ratio that the resin solid ratio was 1:1 in wt. Zinc chloride at amt. of three times as much as the solid in the mixt. and water at amt. of 3.5 times as much as the solid were added into the mixt. to obtain slurry of them. The slurry was poured into a die, then heated at approx. 100 deg.C for 2 hrs. for curing. The cured material was heat-treated up to 500 deg.C to obtain the non-soluble and non-meltable base. Material was pulverised. The pulverised material was mixed with binder and formed into the electrode. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An electrode for cell having a main activation material of insoluble and infusible substrate contg. a polyacetylene structure (PAS) which is a heat treated aromatic gp. condensation polymer contg. C, H and O,. The polymer has (a) a condensate of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. and aldehyde (b) the condensation prod. of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having no phenolic hydroxide gp. and an aldehyde, and (c) a component selected from freon resin and H/C of its heat treated material is 0.50-0.05. The electrode contg. a thermoplastics resin as binder.    ADVANTAGE -   The electrode has improved strength and no lowering of electric conductivity at impregnation of electrolyte. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An electrode for cell having a main activation material of insoluble and infusible substrate contg. a polyacetylene structure (PAS) which is a heat treated aromatic gp. condensation polymer contg. C, H and O,. The polymer has (a) a condensate of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. and aldehyde (b) the condensation prod. of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having no phenolic hydroxide gp. and an aldehyde, and (c) a component selected from freon resin and H/C of its heat treated material is 0.50-0.05. The electrode contg. a thermoplastics resin as binder.    ADVANTAGE -   The electrode has improved strength and no lowering of electric conductivity at impregnation of electrolyte. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An electrode for cell having a main activation material of insoluble and infusible substrate contg. a polyacetylene structure (PAS) which is a heat treated aromatic gp. condensation polymer contg. C, H and O,. The polymer has (a) a condensate of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. and aldehyde (b) the condensation prod. of a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having phenolic hydroxide gp. a aromatic hydrocarbon cpd. having no phenolic hydroxide gp. and an aldehyde, and (c) a component selected from freon resin and H/C of its heat treated material is 0.50-0.05. The electrode contg. a thermoplastics resin as binder.    ADVANTAGE -   The electrode has improved strength and no lowering of electric conductivity at impregnation of electrolyte. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The system generates electrical energy and remote heat, and consists of a fuel cell power plant (5) equipped with alkaline fuel cell generators (6) working in combination with a hot water plant (3) supplying hot water to a remote heat network (15). The working temp. of the generators is around 80-100 deg.C, and the hot water supplied by the hot water plant is at a temp. exceeding that of the cooling water coming from the generators.    Cooling of the cell generators is principally by circulation of hydrogen fed to them through a heat exchanger (8) in which the downstream flow from the remote heating network (14) is used as a coolant, after which it is reheated in the hot water plant, for delivery as an upstream flow to the remote heating network. @(Provisional basic advised week 91/42)@ @(9pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The cathode active substance for the alkaline cell comprises Zn alloy powder or amalgamated Zn alloy powder of 3.7-4.1 in apparent specific gravity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The cathode active substance is used for the alkaline cell. H2 gas generation in the cell can be improvedly reduced, holding discharge characteristic at high level. In an example a Zn base metal of at least 99.997% in purity was melted at 500 deg deg. In the molten Zn, required amt of Pb was added, and stirred to form alloy of them. Then the alloy was atomised to form powder in the atmos of 02 concn at 1-3 vol%. The powder was classified into the powder of 35-200 mesh in size. The obtd powder was composed of 0.05 wt% of Pb and balance of Zn. Apparent specific gravity of the powder was 3.8. Cathode agent was prepd with the cathode active substance, gelator, and electrolyte of 10% K hydroxide satd with Zn oxide. Anode agent was prepd with Mn02 and conduction agent. Alkaline manganese cell was prepd with the cathode agent and the anode agent. H2 generation in the cell was 1.60 ml/cell at 60 deg C for 20 days as opposed tp 1.90 ml/cell fro the conventional cell. Discharge time of the cell was at index of 102 as opposed to the index of 85 for the conventional type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/1)@
Electric power system includes a molten carbonate fuel cell (25) and a reformer (26) which is supplied with fuel gas (31) and steam (36). Gases discharged from cell anode chamber (27) are supplied to the reformer combustion chamber (30) where they are burned with air (43) to heat the reforming chamber (29). H2-rich gas from the reforming chamber (29) is supplied to anode chamber (27), air (43) is supplied to cathode chamber (28) and cathode exhaust is partially fed to the combustion chamber (30) while the remainder is discharged.    ADVANTAGE -   System allows the pressure differences between the anode and cathode chambers to be maintained within a suitable range without controlling entrance and exit pressure difference of the chambers. Heat produced by the system can also be efficiently recovered. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Fuel cell module (10) comprises individual cells (12-16) each formed of solid electrolyte (22), and permeable electrode structures (24, 30) and (20, 18). Adjacent cells are interconnected by permeable current collectors (28-32), pref. conductive corrugated members so that a required fuel/oxidiser mixt. has access to virtually the entire surface of one side of each cell. The assembly may be packaged in a flat or spiral form.    ADVANTAGE -   Module provides a high voltage and power output and can be mfd. in a low-cost continuous process. @(18pp Dwg.No.1/4)
Prepn. of sinter-reactive doped lanthanum chromite of formula LaCr1-xMxO3 (I) where M = divalent metal and x = 0.03-3.0 comprises: 1) Preparing a precursor of empirical formula (I) (Adsorbate) where M = Mg or Ca. The adsorbate is volatile matter adsorbed on the powder and is up to 35 wt.% of the total precursor wt.. 2) Calcinating the precursor at 650-1100 deg. C for 0.5-4 hrs. followed by deagglomeration to obtain a sinter-reactive ceramic powder of formula (I).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Useful as interconnect material for monolithic SoFCs. Provides good compsn. control of doped powder and formation of fine powder via supercritical sepn. of solid particles from liq.. The powder sinters to better than 95% of theoretical density at a lower temp. than is known in prior art. @(20pp Dwg.No.0/3 Dwg not reproducible)
The most outer layer of a strand is an Sn-plated wire. The inner strand has at least one non-Sn-plate bare wire. The strands are hoisted and Sn is coated on the twisted wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in wiring cables, medical cables, or robot cables. The wire has flexibility and no looseness. @(4pp Dwg.No.1-6/6)@
The most outer layer of a strand is an Sn-plated wire. The inner strand has at least one non-Sn-plate bare wire. The strands are hoisted and Sn is coated on the twisted wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in wiring cables, medical cables, or robot cables. The wire has flexibility and no looseness.
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Reactive low-molecular oligomer, e.g, novolak-type multi-functional epoxy resin, etc., is added to a film-forming thermoplastic resin, e.g, block-copolymerised nylon-12, etc., having a mol. wt. of 30,000 or more. The mixt. is dissolved in a solvent, e.g, xylene, etc., to form compsn. (A); and a crosslinking agent, e.g, diamine such as methanediphenyldiamine, etc., which reacts with the oligomer is added to a thermoplastic resin, eg., alcohol-soluble copolymerised polyamide resin, etc., having a molecular weight of 30,000 or more and the mixt. is dissolved in an organic solvent, e.g, xylene, to form compsn. (B); and (A) and (B) are alternately coated over a conductor, e.g, soft copper wire, directly or through another insulating film and dried to form at least two layers on the surface of the conductor.    Pref. a copper conductor wire of dia. 0.270mm is coated with a polyesterimide insulator and baked to form an insulator film, followed by coating of (A) and (B) alternately and baking at about 300 deg.C to form at least two films to obtain a thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thermosetting self-hot bonding enamelled copper wire has good storage life as well as in hot bonding and heat resistant properties. The wire is used for coil winding of a small-size motor, etc. @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
Electrolyte is a mixt. of stabilised cubic zirconia and stabilised tetragonal zirconia.    USE -   Used for solid electrolyte type fuel cells, steam electrolysing, oxygen pumps, and oxygen sensors. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The cover assembly consists of various fitted sections. A primary cover is secured to a battery and provides for gases to escape from the battery as well as electrolyte to flow to the battery. A gas condensation chamber is secured to the primary cover and contains escaped gas received from the battery. A handle is fitted into the primary cover and is inserted through a secondary cover which is fitted over the primary cover, the gas condensation chamber and the handle.    Two synthetic or ceramic microporous disks are fitted into the gas condensation chamber in order to avoid flame or spark penetration into the battery. The battery is opened by cutting into a U-slot provided on the secondary cover for access to the cells of the battery. A lever provided on the secondary cover allows the handle to lift through the secondary cover when the lever is depressed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Inviolable cover assembly for maintenance-free lead-acid battery having four separate sections.
Pressure differential (6) between cathode (2) and anode (3) is controlled by valve (24, 26) of valve complex (20). The complex is located within anode recirculation loop (8, 9, 3, 20) whereby controllability is not lost with no flow through the anode. Control is thereby retained during nitrogen purging of the cathode.    An orifice (22) in the valve complex precludes accidental full closure of the complex, and is selected to avoid immediate damage to the fuel cell on such closure.    ADVANTAGE -   Cell cross presure control of the prior art is achieved without dange of immediate damage in the event of a closed valve failure of the control valve. Furthermore, the ability to maintain pressure differential across the electrolyte membrane is achieved during nitrogen purging with the plant shut down. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The method comprises: preparing ceramic material or its precursor having superconducting character covering the ceramic material with metallic sheath; repeating the dia. redn. work and uni-directional solidifying work alternately several times on the ceramic material covered with the metallic sheath; and heat-treating the ceramic material covered with the metallic sheath.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For prepn. of ceramic superconductive wire material for the magnet and cable. Critical current density of the superconductive wire is improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Photomagnetic recording medium comprises a recording layer contg. rare earth metal selected from Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu, Gd, Tb, Dy and/or Ho, and Fe and/or Co, and hydrogen.    The Tb-Fe-Co family recording layer is formed in the alloy direct current sputtering device with the alloy having the compsn. of Tb24.5Fe64.5Co11.5 as the target.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The photomagnetic recording medium has a lower Curie temp. and thus the ratio of signal to noise and the writing-in sensitivity are improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.3/4)@
(JP3219565-A)      In the cover attached to close an opening of a battery bath divided into plural segment chambers, a gas exhausting chamber connected commonly to each gas exhausting hole connected to the segment chamber individually is disposed.    ADVANTAGE -   Detrimental gas exhausting from the battery path is reliably sealed hermetically.
In the cover attached to close an opening of a battery bath divided into plural segment chambers, a gas exhausting chamber connected commonly to each gas exhausting hole connected to the segment chamber individually is disposed.    ADVANTAGE -   Detrimental gas exhausting from the battery path is reliably sealed hermetically. @(9pp Dwg.No.12/14)@
Appts. comprises (a) H2 reforming equipment in which a H2 raw material is heated to produce a H2 contg. reformed gas, (b) CO decreasing equipment where CO in the reformed gas is selectively absorbed and removed and (c) CO removing equipment where the trace amt. of CO contained in the reformed gas from the CO decreasing equipment is further oxidised and removed. Energy recovery equipment having an exhaust gas turbine which rotates by the reformed gas running from the CO decreasing equipment to the CO removing equipment is in the middle of the reformed gas passage between the CO decreasing equipment and the CO removing equipment.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Hot reformed gas from the CO decreasing equipment expands adiabatically, and a cool reformed gas is passed to the CO removing equipment, so that, without oxidising the H2, the CO may be selectively oxidised, and the remaining CO concn. may be reduced from the conventional level. @(8pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
The combustion tube (A) is equipped with a burner (B) which burns gas contg. unreacted hydrogen from fuel cell and a spiral tube (C), that generates reformed raw fuel gas for fuel cell. (C) is heated by (B). Catalyst that promotes the combustion of methanol is installed in (A). On starting the plant, a mixt. of air and vaporised methanol is supplied to (B).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for starting the reformer of raw fuel gas for fuel cell, esp. for a fuel cell using a solid polymer membrane. This method ignites vaporised methanol at room temp., so that a specially installed burner for starting conventional plant is unnecessary. @(9pp Dwg.No.1,2/6)@
Mfg. an air electrode overcoming the present problems of thermal mismatch between the porous electrode and the electrolyte coating material, and providing a uniform, leak tight, well bonded interconnection, in a cost effective manner, involves applying a thin layer of doped LaCrO3 particles on the surface of the porous electrode followed by vapour depositing a dense skeletal LaCrO3 structure between and around the particles incorporating them into the final interconnection layer. By selection of suitable dopants the thermal expansion of the coating can be matched to the substrate.    The electrode is pref. a porous tubular air electrode of doped LaMnO3 used in a tubular electrochemical cell comprising: air electrode; gas tight solid electrolyte contacted to the air electrode by a narrow strip of the interconnection material described in the invention; fuel electrode. The LaCrO3 particles are doped with an element or mixt. of elements from the group Ca, Sr, Co, Ba, Mg and have a particle size 10-500 um and comprises 10-90 wt.% of the combined interconnection. The particles are applied by wetting the electrode, spray coating the electrode with doped LaMnO3 followed by the application of the LaCrO3 particles by a tape application method. The LaCrO3 particles are larger than the LaMnO3 particles and remain as a closely packed layer throughout subsequent processing. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Application of conductive oxide particles to an electrode prior to incorporation into a vapour deposited interconnection structure. The doped particles are selected to reduce thermal mismatch between the electrode and the interconnection material and are applied by; dispersing the particles in a solvent; admixing a fugitive polymer; casting to form a film; drying the film; The film is applied to a preheated top surface of the electrode followed by vapour deposition to encapsulate the particles. Additional layers of electrolyte and fuel electrodes can be applied to construct a fuel cell.    The conductive oxide particles are selected from the group of compounds with the approximate formula .89Sr0.1000.1Cr0.9O3 and La0.94Ba0.05Co0.1Cr0.9O3 doped with an element(s) from the group Ca, Sr, Co, Ba, Mg, and dispersed in a solvent using a dispersing aid, followed by wet screening to give particles in the range 30-80 um. A thermoplastic polymer which vapourises at less than 1100 deg.C is selected from the group acrylic, polyvinyl chloride, and polystyrene polymers and admixed with the particle dispersion to give the ratio polymer/particles between 65/35 and 50/50. The dispersion is cast onto a substrate to give a wet film thickness of 80-150 um, the film is dried and stripped from the substrate. The particle/polymer film is applied to the surface of a tubular porous cathode of doped LaMnO3 which is preheated to above the glass transition temperature of the polymer, 30-80 deg.C. A protective fugitive polymer film is applied over the particle film and a LaCrO3 structure built up by electrochemical vapour deposition during which the fugitive polymers in the films are volatilised.    @(11pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
An electromagnetic digitiser tablet has an electrode array under an active tablet area and a pointing device having an inductor, the combination when energised with the pointing device over the electrode array will generate electrical signals representative of the pointing device location over the array with respect to at least one tablet coordinate. The electrode array comprises a number of individual elongated conductors capable of selective excitation or selective signal detection. Each array conducto comprises at least three active parallel conductor portions distributed under the active tablet area.    The active parallel conductor portions of each array conductor are interconnected such that the current flowing in one of the parallel conductor portions is divided among the other parallel conductor portions. A device is selectively connectable to each array conductor such that excitation or induced currents flow simultaneously in all its parallel portions.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Low cost digitiser tablet. Contains fewer individual conductors without decrease in resolution. @(48pp)@
A unitary layered ceramic structure comprises, a central sintered layer of yttria stabilised zirconia (YSZ). The YSZ is about 8 mole% yttria and has a density of at least 95% of theoretical. Sintered outer layers of strontium lanthanum manganite (LSM) has compsn. La0.8Sr0.2MnO3, a density of 50-60% of theoretical and interconnected porosity of 40-50% with an interconnect pore dia. of 1-5 microns. The YSZ layer is sandwiched between, bonded and sintered to the outer LSM layers and is essentially free of significant amts. of Mn.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Useful as a membrane for sepg. O2 from air (claimed) and could be used for breathing appts. in the field of medicine. Also useful as a membrane material in fuel cells, esp. in high temp. solid electrolyte electorlysis fuel cells. The ceramic structure has porous electrodes and a dense electrolyte layer which is produced at a lower single firing temp.. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The system includes the fuel cell (1), load resistance (2), additional resistance (3), switch (4), clock pulse generator (5), LC-circuit (6), measured resistance (7), amplitude detector (8), low pass filter (9), squarer (10), divider (11), comparator (12), concentration controller (13), regulator (14) and a fuel pump (15).    The short-circuited current is used for parameter of fuel concn. indicator defining by a divider unit (11), to which is fed the measured value of load voltage in condition of connected and disconnected additional resistor (3).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In control and regulation of electrochemical generators. Accuracy of maintaining fuel is increased and its power section is simplified. Bul.44/30.11.90. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Device comprises a means to monitor change of parameters for insulation composite material consisting of synthetic resin to coat metal wire, a means to change set values for the coating facility based on the change of monitored parameters, and a control means to control the temp. of the composite material.    USE -   Yield is improved. @(10pp Dwg.No.2/5)@
Composite dielectric comprises hydraulic material and a dielectric material.    USE -   For composite dielectrics used without firing. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Composite dielectric comprises hydraulic material and a dielectric material.    USE -   For composite dielectrics used without firing. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A tool for determining colour density of a test paper coloured by the reaction with a given component in sample comprises arranging a translucent colour filter which has a colour tone complementary to the colour tone of the test paper and pts. of different colour densities prescribed at multi-steps. The method of determining colour density comprises determining the colour density after colouring of the test paper by using the tool, overlaying the coloured pt. of the test paper on each colour filter, selecting a colour filter by which the overlaid pt. becomes almost black, and determining the colour density of the test paper based on it.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The tool and the method are useful for determining the colour density of a test paper for detecting a given component (e.g., glucose or cholesterol in blood or glucose or haemoglobin in urine). The determn. of the colour density of the test paper can be carried out with improved accuracy by simple operation. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
A solid oxide fuel cell comprising: (i) a dense gas-tight substrate, (ii) at least one hollow portion formed between substrate and porous support parts, (iii) numerous single cells arranged on each hollow portion, (iv) each cell has opposing inner and outer electrodes with electrolyte between, (v) numerous interconnections between single cells in series of parallel on substrate.    Pref. oxide fuel cell further including numerous porous support parts of polygonal or semi-cylindrical contour between inner surface of each single cell and associated hollow portion. Substrate has predetermined position over which support part is disposed. Support part is the inner electrode. Single cells are arranged on both substrate surfaces in mirror image symmetry or asymmetry relative to substrate. Hollow portions are defined by recess in substrate which has a step in the mouth with each porous support part supported on step in mouth of recess.    Also, a method of mfg. a solid oxide fuel cell is claimed.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For use as fuel cell which directly converts chemical potential into energy thus generating electric power. Solid oxide fuel cell is easy to assemble and has a dense substrate holding single cells which reduces the thickness of the support part with the redn. in strength of the support part thus improving the efficiency of generating electric power. @(13pp Dwg.No.1/12)@
A connection type heat transfer system comprises fluid supply nozzles (18) and fluid return nozzles (20) coupled to a facesheet and the workpiece (10) allowing the flow of fluid along a short distance between adjacent supply and return nozzles by the action of pumps and conduits.    The cold fluid supplied absorbs heat from the workpiece and warm fluid is returned to a supply tank. The spacing of the nozzles minimises the length of contact with the coldsheet to maximise heat transfer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Applicable to chemical transfers such as plating or etching PCB's, for transfer through semi-permeable membranes and in desalination plants, kidney dialysis machine and electrochemical fuel cell. Uses low fluid pressure and flow to achieve intense heat transfer over large surface area.
A process for energy storage and energy transformation, using an H2/O2/H2O system, includes changing the electrolysis/fuel reaction operation, using a cell with an anode-and cathode chamber, and an ion exchange membrane as an electrolyte. The anode chamber utilises a bifunctional oxidn. electrode and the cathode chamber utilises a bifunctional redn. electrode. Distilled water is fed into the anode chamber during the electrolysis cycle.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process is simple and efficient, and electrical energy can be stored for long periods. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
A metallic electrode is encapsulated in a nonporous solid composite material comprising a hydrogel uniformly dispersed in an inert matrix. The hydrogel forms 10-50 wt% of the dry composite material and is bonded sufficiently to the matrix that the hydrogel is not leached from the composite.    The metal of the electrode is zinc, silica, lead, lead oxide, lead sulphate, zinc oxide, copper, copper oxide, silver oxide, platinum,m carbon or stainless steel. The hydrogel is of polyethylene oxide, polyacrylic acid, polyacrylamide, hydroxyethyl cellulose, gelatin, pectin, cellulose or starch. The inert matrix is polyvinylidene chloride, PVC, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The composite material acts as a polymeric ionic semiconductor or selective permeable membrane driven by ionic depletion gradients. It is used in reversible chemical/electrical energy conversion, eg fuel cell, zinc-air cell, capacitor.
Amorphous buffer layer of which surface is smooth is deposited on a substrate at under 350 deg. C and coated by oxide superconductor at over 600 deg. C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Oxide superconductor with good Tc, Jc and c axis orientation is mfd. easily by this method.    In an example, buffer layer of MgO (thickness = 0.4 micron) is deposited on hastelloy alloy substrate at room temp. by RF magnetron sputtering method and coated YBa2Cu3O7 oxide superconductor (thickness = 0.2 micron) at 650 deg. C by RF magnetron sputtering method. @(5pp Dwg.No 1,2/2)@
Amorphous buffer layer of which surface is smooth is deposited on a substrate at under 350 deg. C and coated by oxide superconductor at over 600 deg. C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Oxide superconductor with good Tc, Jc and c axis orientation is mfd. easily by this method.    In an example, buffer layer of MgO (thickness = 0.4 micron) is deposited on hastelloy alloy substrate at room temp. by RF magnetron sputtering method and coated YBa2Cu3O7 oxide superconductor (thickness = 0.2 micron) at 650 deg. C by RF magnetron sputtering method. @(5pp Dwg.No 1,2/2)@
Amorphous buffer layer of which surface is smooth is deposited on a substrate at under 350 deg. C and coated by oxide superconductor at over 600 deg. C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Oxide superconductor with good Tc, Jc and c axis orientation is mfd. easily by this method.    In an example, buffer layer of MgO (thickness = 0.4 micron) is deposited on hastelloy alloy substrate at room temp. by RF magnetron sputtering method and coated YBa2Cu3O7 oxide superconductor (thickness = 0.2 micron) at 650 deg. C by RF magnetron sputtering method. @(5pp Dwg.No 1,2/2)@
The layered sealing member is produced by (1) applying non-hardened epoxy resin compsn. contg. 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin, 5-50 pts. wt. of thermoplastic resin having number average mol. wt. of 5000 or more, 5-300 pts. wt. of inorganic filler, and hardener onto a surface of a plastics film having a thickness of 20-200 microns to obtain a layered epoxy resin sheet, and then (2) punching the layered epoxy resin sheet into a desired shape suitable for sealing an electronic device part.    The epoxy resin is e.g. bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin, brominated novolak epoxy resin, or modified prod. thereof. The thermoplastic resin is e.g. polyamine, polycarbonate, polyester, polyurethane, silicone resin, phenoxy resin, PVC, ABS, methacrylic resin, natural rubber, butadiene rubber or nitrile rubber, etc.. The inorganic filler is e.g. mica, silica, glass, talc, Ca carbonate, Li oxide or Al oxide, etc.. The hardener is e.g. amine, acid anhydride, or phenol resin type hardener, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The layered sealing member is easy to handle for sealing of electronic parts, and the obtd. sealed electronic parts show a beautiful appearance and a smooth surface. @(6pp Dwg.No.1-4/4)@
The layered sealing member is produced by (1) applying non-hardened epoxy resin compsn. contg. 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin, 5-50 pts. wt. of thermoplastic resin having number average mol. wt. of 5000 or more, 5-300 pts. wt. of inorganic filler, and hardener onto a surface of a plastics film having a thickness of 20-200 microns to obtain a layered epoxy resin sheet, and then (2) punching the layered epoxy resin sheet into a desired shape suitable for sealing an electronic device part.    The epoxy resin is e.g. bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin, brominated novolak epoxy resin, or modified prod. thereof. The thermoplastic resin is e.g. polyamine, polycarbonate, polyester, polyurethane, silicone resin, phenoxy resin, PVC, ABS, methacrylic resin, natural rubber, butadiene rubber or nitrile rubber, etc.. The inorganic filler is e.g. mica, silica, glass, talc, Ca carbonate, Li oxide or Al oxide, etc.. The hardener is e.g. amine, acid anhydride, or phenol resin type hardener, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The layered sealing member is easy to handle for sealing of electronic parts, and the obtd. sealed electronic parts show a beautiful appearance and a smooth surface. @(6pp Dwg.No.1-4/4)@
The layered sealing member is produced by (1) applying non-hardened epoxy resin compsn. contg. 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin, 5-50 pts. wt. of thermoplastic resin having number average mol. wt. of 5000 or more, 5-300 pts. wt. of inorganic filler, and hardener onto a surface of a plastics film having a thickness of 20-200 microns to obtain a layered epoxy resin sheet, and then (2) punching the layered epoxy resin sheet into a desired shape suitable for sealing an electronic device part.    The epoxy resin is e.g. bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin, brominated novolak epoxy resin, or modified prod. thereof. The thermoplastic resin is e.g. polyamine, polycarbonate, polyester, polyurethane, silicone resin, phenoxy resin, PVC, ABS, methacrylic resin, natural rubber, butadiene rubber or nitrile rubber, etc.. The inorganic filler is e.g. mica, silica, glass, talc, Ca carbonate, Li oxide or Al oxide, etc.. The hardener is e.g. amine, acid anhydride, or phenol resin type hardener, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The layered sealing member is easy to handle for sealing of electronic parts, and the obtd. sealed electronic parts show a beautiful appearance and a smooth surface. @(6pp Dwg.No.1-4/4)@
The layered sealing member is produced by (1) applying non-hardened epoxy resin compsn. contg. 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin, 5-50 pts. wt. of thermoplastic resin having number average mol. wt. of 5000 or more, 5-300 pts. wt. of inorganic filler, and hardener onto a surface of a plastics film having a thickness of 20-200 microns to obtain a layered epoxy resin sheet, and then (2) punching the layered epoxy resin sheet into a desired shape suitable for sealing an electronic device part.    The epoxy resin is e.g. bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin, brominated novolak epoxy resin, or modified prod. thereof. The thermoplastic resin is e.g. polyamine, polycarbonate, polyester, polyurethane, silicone resin, phenoxy resin, PVC, ABS, methacrylic resin, natural rubber, butadiene rubber or nitrile rubber, etc.. The inorganic filler is e.g. mica, silica, glass, talc, Ca carbonate, Li oxide or Al oxide, etc.. The hardener is e.g. amine, acid anhydride, or phenol resin type hardener, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The layered sealing member is easy to handle for sealing of electronic parts, and the obtd. sealed electronic parts show a beautiful appearance and a smooth surface. @(6pp Dwg.No.1-4/4)@
(JP3208258-A)      The layered sealing member is produced by (1) applying non-hardened epoxy resin compsn. contg. 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin, 5-50 pts. wt. of thermoplastic resin having number average mol. wt. of 5000 or more, 5-300 pts. wt. of inorganic filler, and hardener onto a surface of a plastics film having a thickness of 20-200 microns to obtain a layered epoxy resin sheet, and then (2) punching the layered epoxy resin sheet into a desired shape suitable for sealing an electronic device part.    The epoxy resin is e.g. bisphenol A epoxy resin, brominated bisphenol A epoxy resin, o-cresol novolak epoxy resin, brominated novolak epoxy resin, or modified prod. thereof. The thermoplastic resin is e.g. polyamine, polycarbonate, polyester, polyurethane, silicone resin, phenoxy resin, PVC, ABS, methacrylic resin, natural rubber, butadiene rubber or nitrile rubber, etc.. The inorganic filler is e.g. mica, silica, glass, talc, Ca carbonate, Li oxide or Al oxide, etc.. The hardener is e.g. amine, acid anhydride, or phenol resin type hardener, etc..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The layered sealing member is easy to handle for sealing of electronic parts, and the obtd. sealed electronic parts show a beautiful appearance and a smooth surface.
The connector for electrically connecting the bared end of one or more battery cables to a terminal post of a storage battery, comprises a body having flat, parallel top and bottom walls, flat, parallel side walls, and end walls extending between the opposite ends of the top, bottom and side walls. An elongate slot connects the top and bottom walls of a width to fit over the terminal post, the slot has its sides disposed symmetrically of the side walls of the body. An opening connects the side walls and intersects one end of the slot near one end wall of the body to permit the bared ends of the cables to be inserted into the opening for disposal between the one end of the slot and one side of the post. A threaded hole connects the other end wall and other end of the slot.    A bolt is threadedly received within the hole for inward and outward movement toward and away from the one end of the slot so as to permit its inner end to be engaged tightly with the other side of the post, when moved inwardly, so as to compress the bared ends of the cable between the one end of the slot and one side of the post.    ADVANTAGE -   Bared ends of cables may be easily installed in connector and tightly compressed with less likelihood of arcing and thus possible corrosion.
In a fuel cell structure with a porous flat support (2) which contains air or oxygen passages (2H) and which has fuel cells (12) on its surfaces (2A, 2B), the novelty is that at least two vertically arranged rows (10H,20H,30H,40H) of fuel cells are provided on the two surfaces (2A,2B) of the support (2) and are electrically connected together by circuit lines (4,5).    Prodn. of the structure involves foil casting and/or screen printing anode (0), solid electrolyte (11) and cathode (12) layers onto the support and then producing permanent bonding by sintering at 1350-1450 deg. C..    ADVANTAGE -   The fuel cell structure has improved power density. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
H2O2 is mfd. by: cathodic redn. of O2 using an electrolyte of halide ions, H ions and molecular O2 which is electrolysed at a voltage of -0.2 to -0.75V pref. 0.2 to -0.5V relative to Hg/Hg2SO4 reference electrode.    The cathode is pref. Pd, Pt or Au or their alloys, esp. Pd or Pt or their alloys.    Halide concn. is not above IM, O2 pressure is 1-4000 pref. 14-1500 psia and temp. is 0-90 deg.C. Pref. halides are Br and Cl, esp. Br. H ion source is HCl, H2SO4, H3PO4, HNO3, perchloric acid or sulphonic acid, at a concn. of 1 x 10 power (-4) to IM and pKa below 8.    ADVANTAGE -   H2O2 is obtd. in commercially useful concns. @(19pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The lock and hold-down device includes a pair of identical brackets which are located at opposite sides of the battery and a crossbar which extends across the top of the battery between the side brackets. First ends of the side brackets are secured to a battery plate underneath the battery. The opposite ends of the side brackets have slots formed through which to receive the crossbar.    One end of the crossbar is bent, and the opposite end of the crossbar is interconnected with a padlock so that the crossbar cannot be removed from the side brackets. A pair of manually adjustable fasteners are moved through holes in the crossbar and into engagement with respective top plates which underlie the crossbar. A downward force is applied to the battery to minimise displacement as the vehicle is driven over a rough of bumpy terrain.    USE -   Lock and hold-down device to surround the top and sides of a battery in a motor vehicle to prevent unauthorised removal. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Appts. for surface treatment of a shadow mask built within a colour cathode ray tube has a shield plate having curvature equivalent to that of the shadow mask disposed inside the vacuum chamber opposite outer surface of the shadow mask.    ADVANTAGE -   As there is no deposited matters on outer surface of the shadow mask, halation degradation is prevented. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Appts. for surface treatment of a shadow mask built within a colour cathode ray tube has a shield plate having curvature equivalent to that of the shadow mask disposed inside the vacuum chamber opposite outer surface of the shadow mask.    ADVANTAGE -   As there is no deposited matters on outer surface of the shadow mask, halation degradation is prevented. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Appts. for surface treatment of a shadow mask built within a colour cathode ray tube has a shield plate having curvature equivalent to that of the shadow mask disposed inside the vacuum chamber opposite outer surface of the shadow mask.    ADVANTAGE -   As there is no deposited matters on outer surface of the shadow mask, halation degradation is prevented. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Fuel reformer includes reaction tube through which fuel gas is passed, surface combustion burner for heating reaction tube, and honeycomb structure place in reaction tube and adapted to carry catalyst. Combustion gas is contacted with ctalyst to convert it into reformed gas.    ADVANTAGE -   Honeycomb catalyst can be uniformly heated. @(9pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
Thick film paste contains electroconductive particles and liq state organic resin.    The electroconductive particles e.g. consist of metal particles or metal oxide particles, and the liquid state organic resin is thermosetting resin, and pref. has a property to be hardened at a temp. lower than the oxidn. temp. of the metal particles to eliminate addn. of known reducing agent to prevent the oxidn. of the metal particles. No reducing agent is required when the electroconductive metal oxide particles are used owing to chemical stability of the metal oxide particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thick film paste is suitable for use in a screen printing, and fine electroconductive pattern of a direct current type PDP free from undesirable discharge concn. can be obtd. @(8pp Dwg.No.4/5)@
Thick film paste contains electroconductive particles and liq state organic resin.    The electroconductive particles e.g. consist of metal particles or metal oxide particles, and the liquid state organic resin is thermosetting resin, and pref. has a property to be hardened at a temp. lower than the oxidn. temp. of the metal particles to eliminate addn. of known reducing agent to prevent the oxidn. of the metal particles. No reducing agent is required when the electroconductive metal oxide particles are used owing to chemical stability of the metal oxide particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thick film paste is suitable for use in a screen printing, and fine electroconductive pattern of a direct current type PDP free from undesirable discharge concn. can be obtd. @(8pp Dwg.No.4/5)@
Thick film paste contains electroconductive particles and liq state organic resin.    The electroconductive particles e.g. consist of metal particles or metal oxide particles, and the liquid state organic resin is thermosetting resin, and pref. has a property to be hardened at a temp. lower than the oxidn. temp. of the metal particles to eliminate addn. of known reducing agent to prevent the oxidn. of the metal particles. No reducing agent is required when the electroconductive metal oxide particles are used owing to chemical stability of the metal oxide particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thick film paste is suitable for use in a screen printing, and fine electroconductive pattern of a direct current type PDP free from undesirable discharge concn. can be obtd. @(8pp Dwg.No.4/5)@
Thick film paste contains electroconductive particles and liq state organic resin.    The electroconductive particles e.g. consist of metal particles or metal oxide particles, and the liquid state organic resin is thermosetting resin, and pref. has a property to be hardened at a temp. lower than the oxidn. temp. of the metal particles to eliminate addn. of known reducing agent to prevent the oxidn. of the metal particles. No reducing agent is required when the electroconductive metal oxide particles are used owing to chemical stability of the metal oxide particles.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The thick film paste is suitable for use in a screen printing, and fine electroconductive pattern of a direct current type PDP free from undesirable discharge concn. can be obtd. @(8pp Dwg.No.4/5)@
High Cr-Ni material contg 50-90 wt% Cr and not more than 0.5 wt% impurities with the remainder substantially comprising Ni, having a metallurgical structure consisting of two phases of a hard phase and a soft phase, and having crystal grains with a dia of not more than 50 microns.    Prepn of the high Cr-Ni material as specified comprising preparing an ingot having a packing density of 7g/cm3 or more using Cr-powder having a purity of 99% or higher and nickel carbonyl powder, heating the ingot in vacuo or in an inert gas, and hot working the heat treated ingot, is independently claimed, where pref a high Cr-Ni powder is used as a raw material powder.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Material has excellent workability, and corrosion and abrasion resistance. It can be formed into wires, and wires for coating. It can be used as an anticorrosion material for molten carbonates contg trace impurities, and partic as a vessel (electrolytic cell) for anode and cathode active substances in a molten carbonate type fuel cell. The carbonates can be of eg Na, Li, Mg, Sr, Ba and impurities eg chlorides, fluorides of the specified alkali and alkaline earth metals. It can be directly subjected to sec processing into complicated shapes or structures. It can be prepd by a relatively simple process. @(30pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) comprising cylindrical solid oxide fuel cell elements (30) each of which comprises, at least, a fuel electrode (6), a solid electrolyte (5) and an air electrode (1). A multi-contact point type current-collecting member (9) contacts the fuel electrode of at least 1 fuel cell element which is electrically connected to the air electrode of a SOFC element adjacent to it through the current-collecting member (a) and an interconnector (7). The current-collecting member (9) is contacted with the entire surface of the fuel electrode.    The air electrodes, oxidising gas feed pipe and ribs integrally connected to these are made of material selected from LaMn03, CaMn03, LaNi03, LaCo03 and LaCr03 which is doped or not doped. Gaps between the cell elements are formed with electrically insulating spacer material.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Useful in power generating equipment. Current loss due to ohmic resistance of the fuel electrode and air electrode is reduced and power generation efficiency is improved. @(2pp dwg.No.1/2)@
The terminal clamp has a main body (4) with a main aperture (3) that fits over the terminal post of the battery and has a slit end (A) that leads to a section that receives a screw (12).    The screw threads into a captive nut located in a recess. The nut has a formed 'V' groove that locates against angled surfaces on the clamp. When the screw is tightened the force on the angled surfaces cause the gap (A) to close and a radial force is applied to the post.    ADVANTAGE -   Simple assembly by hand or by robot. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
The fuel cell has frames (1) of stabilised zircon oxide that alternate with thin foils (2) and plates (3) of high temp. resistant steel. In this way each cell has two chambers (11,12). The separating steel plates have formed U-shaped sections (16) to minimise thermal loads on the system.    A gas supply channel (13) is formed to pass through the fuel cell assembly. The connection of a cathode (4) to the anode (5) is provided by a hollow ceramic element (6) filled with nickel powder (7).    ADVANTAGE -   High resistance to temp. changes. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
A determined discharge current is taken alternately from the sec. element (4). The charge amount taken is intermittently stored and the loss in the charge is resupplied.    The necessary current for maintaining the charge is supplied in pulses to the sec. element, and the necessary small charge amount is automatically drawn by the sec. unit during the pulse pauses.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Lead accumulator batteries for motor vehicles. Starting ability of lead batteries maintained under cold starting conditions using capacitors (1,2). Low cost. Increases life of batteries.
The moulding comprises a reinforcing sheet which is formed by using a strip formed of a metallic sheet and having at least one line protruding in a U-shape along a longitudinal direction; and a resin moulded prod. formed with hollow wall bodies having a protruded surface on which the line of protrusion of the reinforcing sheet is formed along the longitudinal direction of the strip. The reinforcing sheet is embedded in a wall body part of the resin moulded prod. moulded along the surface shape of the reinforcing sheet. The wall body part positioned facing the reinforcing sheet of the resin moulded prod. is coupled at the wall body part to the top part of the line of protrusion. Two hollow chambers extending along the longitudinal direction of the reinforcing sheet are substantially partitioned by the line of protrusion embedded in the resin moulded prod. and the wall body part located along the line of protrusion.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   When the buffering part and the resin moulded prod. of a moulding are deformed, the strength against longitudinal bending of a reinforcing sheet is high and warp and bending do not occur in the moulding. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/8)
Electrocatalytic material used as a cathode in a phosphoric acid fuel cell comprises an alloy of Pt on a conductive carbon support. The Pt loading on the support is 20-60 (20-45) wt.% and the electrochemical area (ECA) of the alloy is greater than 35, (greater than 40) m2/g. The alloying element is selected from gps. IVB, VIB, VIIB, VIII, IB and IIIA. The pref.elements are: Ti, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Ga, Zr and Hf. The most pref. elements are: Cr, Mn, Co and Ni. The BET surface area of the catalyst is less than 1000 (less than 300) and pref. less than 120 m2/g.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Catalytic electrodes provide increased power output w.r.t. prior art, by a factor of two-four. The stability of the electrode material is also good. @(9pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
A mixt. of nonionic surfactant plus a 1-3C alkyl nitrile or 8-11C aliphatic alcohol solvent is added to an aq. soln. of zirconium and yttrium carboxylates to ppte. a colloidal zirconium and yttrium mixed oxide precursor at pH 5-7 and ambient temp.. Ppte. is sepd. and calcined to effect conversion into a cubic crystal form prod. of ZrO2 (Y2O3) mixed oxide. Prod. contains 15-21 wt.% Y and comprises 0.1-2 micron size spherical particles. Carboxylates are pref. acetates. Solvent is e.g. acetonitrile or n-octanol and surfactant is pref. Brij 30 (RTM). Pref. reaction mixt. is held at temp. for 1-60 minutes and pH is adjusted with NaOH or butylamine. Calcination is e.g. at 900-1400 deg.C. for 1-10 hrs..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Prod. is a solid electrolyte for fuel flow cells. Morphology of prods. is reproducible. Reactants are cheap. @(7pp Dwg.No0/0)
The power generation system comprises a train of pile units of flat fuel cells of solid electrolyte disposed in a horizontally extending fuel gas duct adapted to supply the train of pile units of flat fuel cells with the fuel gas. Each of the pile units of flat fuel cells have on the one hand, horizontal flat flow paths for the fuel gas each disposed above each fuel-side porous electrode sheet and opening freely at both path ends on the opposing side faces of the pile unit.    On the other hand, horizontal flat flow paths are provided for the oxidant gas each disposed beneath each oxygen-side porous electrode sheet separately from the fuel gas flow paths and each connected at both path ends to either a supply line or to an exhaust line for the oxidant gas.    ADVANTAGE -   High power generation efficiency. @(19pp Dwg.No.1/13)@
(A) a battery terminal bushing is formed by (i) pouring molten Pb alloy into a mould cavity defining the exterior surface of the bushing; (ii) forcing a cylindrical punch into the melt to a predetermined depth along the central axis of the mould cavity and forcing a plug of the Pb alloy through the open bottom end of the mould cavity; and (iii) withdrawing the punch and removing the resulting bushing from the mould cavity. (B) appts. for carrying out the process is also claimed.    ADVANTAGE -   A non-porous battery terminal bushing is obtd. without recourse to die casting. @(9pp Dwg.No.5/8)@
The switch is contained in a plastics material housing (H). The two contacts (A) at the top of the housing are connected to the battery and to the vehicle's electric loads. In normal circumstances, the terminals are shorted together by a copper plate (B). The copperplate is held in position by a long central spring. The lower end of the central spring is seated in an intermediate plate (E) on top of a tensioned spring (E).    In the event of an accident, a heavy weight (C) attached to the middle of the central spring causes the spring to 'kink' and allows the upper and lower springs (I, E) to break contact. The switch is mechanically reset by a lever (F) which straightens the central spring. @(5pp Dwg.No. 1/1)@
An ionically conductive solid electrolyte comprises (A) a block copolymer of polyalkylene glycol and polystyrene (deriv.); (B) an inorganic ionic salt; and opt. (C) polyalkylene glycol (deriv.).    The polyalkylene glycol is of formula: HO(CH2CHRO)nH where R is H or a lower alkyl and n = 5-1000 (e.g., polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, poly-1,3-butylene glycol, etc.). (A) is prepd. e.g. by polymerising a styrenic monomer (e.g. styrene, methylstyrene, alpha-methylstyrene, dichlorostyrene, etc.) in the presence of a polymerisation initiator of azobiscyanopentanoic acid chloride and polycondensation reacting the formed polyalkylene glycol contg. terminal reactive acid chloride gps. with polyethylene glycol; (B) is e.g. LiClO4, LiSCN, LiBF4, LiAsF6, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solid electrolyte has high ionic conductivity, moulding workability and mechanical strength. It is used as the solid electrolyte for primary cells, secondary cells, fuel cells, electrochromatic display elements, etc. type. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
The electrolyte is prepd. by hardening a compsn. comprising (A) polyalkylene oxide modified by acryloyl gp., (B) a block copolymer comprising polyalkylene and polystyrene or polystyrene deriv. and (C) an inorganic ionic salt and opt. (D) polyalkylene glycol or its deriv.    (A) is prepd. by modifying polyethylene glycol in polyethylene oxide polymer or polypropylene glycol in polypropylene oxide polymer with a (meth)acrylate ester. It has a mol. wt. = 200-30000. (B) is prepd. by polymerising a styrenic monomer of formula (I) where R1 - R3 are each independently H, a lower alkyl, a halogen or an alkoxy gp. in the presence of a polymerisation initiator comprising azobiscyanopentanoic acid chloride and polycondensation reacting the terminal reactive acid chloride gps. of the styrenic polymer with polyethylene glycol or polymerising radically styrene or a styrenic monomer in the presence of a polymerisation initiator. (C) is e.g. LiClO4, LiSCN, LiBF4, LiAsF6, LiCF3SO3, LiPF6, NaI, NaSCN, NaBr, KI, CsSCN, AgNO3, CuCl2, Mg(ClO4)2, etc. and used in a mol. ratio/alkylene oxide in (A) and/or (B) = 0.05-50 mol.    .    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The solid electrolyte has high ionic conductivity, moulding workability and mechanical strength. It is used as solid electrolytes for primary cells, secondary cells, fuel cells, electrochromic display elements, etc. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
Anode active substance contg. 0.05-2.0 wt. % of phosphor and at least 92 wt. % of pure Mn02.    Pref. the battery in which the anode active substance is used. Manganese sulphate with additive of phosphor cpd. and H2SO4 soln. was electrolysed. Obtd. electrolytic Mn02 is treated with mineral acid and/or with Mn(NO3)2 aq. soln. and oxidiser.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Cell is used for the automatic winder of cameras, stroboscope, and portable tape recorder. Discharging time and discharge characteristic at heavy load of the battery are improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Anode active substance contg. 0.05-2.0 wt. % of phosphor and at least 92 wt. % of pure Mn02.    Pref. the battery in which the anode active substance is used. Manganese sulphate with additive of phosphor cpd. and H2SO4 soln. was electrolysed. Obtd. electrolytic Mn02 is treated with mineral acid and/or with Mn(NO3)2 aq. soln. and oxidiser.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Cell is used for the automatic winder of cameras, stroboscope, and portable tape recorder. Discharging time and discharge characteristic at heavy load of the battery are improved. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The insulated wire comprises a conductor which has porous sintered powder layer coated around outer surface.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The insulated wire is used for inside connection of the electronic computer or connection of it to auxiliary devices. Insulated wire with good electric capability and with thinner dia. than that of the conventional wire can be prepd.    In an example, on outer surface of single core silver plated copper wire or copper conductor of stranded copper wires, porous sintered powder layer consisting of sintered fine particles in spherical shape, hollow spherical shape, needle shape, flake shape or radiated shape was coated. Outer surface of the sintered powder layer, surface protective coating layer was coated. Material of the fine powder to form the sintered powder layer was pref. PTFE, PFA, FEP, ETFE, alumina, glass, or composite material of glass powder coated with the resin. Resin to form the surface protective layer was pref. PFA, FEP, or ETFE. @(3pp Dwg.No.1-6/6)@
Power plant having dual operating modes comprises: an H2/O2 fuel cell; a reformer supplied with a liq. H2-contg. cpd. pref. methanol for forming H2 gas by endothermic reaction; a decomposer for exothermically decomposing a supply of H2O2 to form an O2 stream in a first mode of operation; an air supply for supplying O2 in a second mode of operation; and means for supplying heat from the decomposer to the reformer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used as a space and weight efficient powder system for a submarine (claimed), the system operating underwater in the first mode and on the surface or during snorting operations in the second mode. @(45pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Electrical generating plant comprises H2/O2 fuel cell; a liq cpd. endothermic reaction H2 source. liq H2O3 supply; a reformer for liberating H2 gas from the source; a decomposer for providing O2 from the H2O2; a heat supply for the reformer; and means for supplying the H2 and O2 to the cell.    The heat supply system includes a heat-exchanger arranged upstream of the reformer so as to impart up to 80% of the required heat to the cpd before it reaches the reformer. The remaining heat is supplied to the reformer, pref. via an electrical heater. The heat for the heat-exchanger is (partly) supplied by the exothermic reaction in the decomposer.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. in a submarine. System provides optimum weight, space and chemical efficiency. @(26pp Dwg.No. 1/4)@
High temp. battery system has 1. a first cylindrical vessel (52) having a battery (30) which in turn has cell(s) of laminated construction using a solid oxidant cathode an electrolyte element (14), a catalyst, and a gas intermediate separator sheet providing an anode for the cell, with each element in electrical contact with the next, 2. a second cylindrical vessel (54) in the form of a metal container having metal hydride bed (56) in which hydrogen is reversibly stored, 3. piping means connecting the two vessels (52,54) so battery (20) can be exposed to hydrogen gas to generate a voltage by consuming the hydrogen and solid oxidant.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   System can operate at a temp. in the range from 0 to +200 deg.C and under severe vibrational conditions (both claimed) while the shelf life of several years or more is anticipated. @(6pp Dwg.No.3/3)@
An electrochemical appts. comprises: (i) fresh gaseous feed fuel inlet; (ii) gaseous feed oxidant inlet, (iii) gaseous spent fuel recirculation channel, (iv) separate hot combusted exhaust gas exit channel, (v) a generator chamber contg. a plurality of electrochemical cells, (v) a reforming chamber, where the reforming chamber has a top close to the generator chamber, and a bottom close to the fresh gaseous feed fuel inlet, and contains:    an outer portion contg. reforming material, and connected to the generator chamber; an inner portion, contg. a mixer-diffuser within a shell barrier, and connected to the outer portion at the bottom of the reforming chamber; a middle portion between the inner and outer portions, connected to the gaseous spent fuel recirculation channel at the top of the reforming chamber and feeding into the mixer-diffuser at the bottom of the reforming chamber, a mixer nozzle is near the bottom of the reforming chamber, and is connected to the fresh gaseous feed fuel inlet and where the mixer nozzle also feeds into the mixer diffuser at the bottom of the reforming chamber.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Fuel cell generator, utilising fresh, gaseous feed fuel at a temp. below 400 deg. C to eliminate carbon deposition, and the need for high temp. sealing. An integrated mixer nozzle and a mixer-diffuser contained within the body of the reforming chamber eliminates complicated crossover gas streams, and improves efficiency.
A closed loop reactant product management system for electrochemical galvanic energy devices comprises: (a) modular package comprising a plurality of galvanic cells, 2 internal gas flow conduits for independently carrying each of 2 gaseous reactants, which form a liquid prod. within the galvanic cells and an internal liquid flow conduit for independently carrying a cooling liquid to the galvanic cells the cooling liquid being derived from the liquid prod. (b) 2 gas supply connections to provide make-up gaseous reactants to the system, (c) indirect heat exchanger means in fluid flow connection with the internal liquid flow conduit. (d) 2 liquid-gas separators and 2 liquid reservoirs respectively being in open fluid flow connection, with the reservoirs being designed to provide a liquid-free, gas filled space in the upper portion while maintaining liquid in the lower portion, the first reservoir being in pressure-tight fluid flow connection with the heat exchanger and with the respective internal liquid flow passage, each of the reservoirs being in pressure-tight flow connection with the respective gas supply connections, and the liquid gas separators being in pressure tight fluid flow connection with the respective gas flow conduits; gas repressurisation means between each of the gas flow conduits and the respective liquid-gas separators, designed to increase the pressure of gas from the internal gas flow conduit.    Pref. the system further comprises a central microprocessor linked to a monitor and a control system.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Low temp. H2-02 fuel cell requiring cooling water and gas flow management, which is provided in a simple and self-adjusting manner. All reactants and products are maintained within the system without loss. Useful for submarine or aircraft applications. @(11pp Dwg.No.4/4)@
Mixt. of long chain aliphatic diols of the following formula, HO-(CH2)n-OH, where n=16-20, and one or mixt. of organic titanate cpd. are dissolved and/or suspended in solvent to prepare lubricant compsn. Compsn. is applied on the insulating layer of the insulated wire, and baked.    Wire comprises the lubricative layer of up to 0.1 micron in average thickness on the insulating layer.    In an example, 100 parts of long chain aliphatic dion (SL 20 Diol) was dissolved and suspended in 523 parts of cresol, then 2 parts of tetrabutyl titanate monomer was added to prepare the lubricant compsn. On the surface of the polyester insulated wire, the compsn. was applied and baked at 500 deg.C at running speed of 20 m/minutes.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Self-lubricative insulated wire is used for coils of the communication appts. Wire has good wearing-resistance, lubricity, and heat-resistance. @(5pp)
Mixt. of long chain aliphatic diols of the following formula, HO-(CH2)n-OH, where n=16-20, and one or mixt. of organic titanate cpd. are dissolved and/or suspended in solvent to prepare lubricant compsn. Compsn. is applied on the insulating layer of the insulated wire, and baked.    Wire comprises the lubricative layer of up to 0.1 micron in average thickness on the insulating layer.    In an example, 100 parts of long chain aliphatic dion (SL 20 Diol) was dissolved and suspended in 523 parts of cresol, then 2 parts of tetrabutyl titanate monomer was added to prepare the lubricant compsn. On the surface of the polyester insulated wire, the compsn. was applied and baked at 500 deg.C at running speed of 20 m/minutes.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Self-lubricative insulated wire is used for coils of the communication appts. Wire has good wearing-resistance, lubricity, and heat-resistance. @(5pp)
Mixt. of long chain aliphatic diols of the following formula, HO-(CH2)n-OH, where n=16-20, and one or mixt. of organic titanate cpd. are dissolved and/or suspended in solvent to prepare lubricant compsn. Compsn. is applied on the insulating layer of the insulated wire, and baked.    Wire comprises the lubricative layer of up to 0.1 micron in average thickness on the insulating layer.    In an example, 100 parts of long chain aliphatic dion (SL 20 Diol) was dissolved and suspended in 523 parts of cresol, then 2 parts of tetrabutyl titanate monomer was added to prepare the lubricant compsn. On the surface of the polyester insulated wire, the compsn. was applied and baked at 500 deg.C at running speed of 20 m/minutes.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Self-lubricative insulated wire is used for coils of the communication appts. Wire has good wearing-resistance, lubricity, and heat-resistance. @(5pp)
In a head lamp for a vehicle employing a resin lens, UV ray filter is formed about in a tunnel shape by using a clear member absorbing UV rays. The UV ray filter is disposed so as to cover all light from a light source to a reflecting mirror.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Yellowing of a resin lens is completely prevented. @(4pp DWg.No.0/2)
The overhoot indicator contins a filter unit (1) to which the main votage (UN) under investigation is fed and an evaluation unit (3-5). The filter is a band blocking filter tunes to the fundamental frequency of the network.    The filter output voltage is compared in the evaluation unit with the unfiltered mains. The amplitude of the overshoot appears at the output of the evaluation unit. An amplifier is arranged between the filter and comparison stage.    ADVANTAGE -   Can be used by unskilled operators.@(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Cell comprises: a porous member in which a liq. electrolyte is absorbed; and an anode and cathode in contact with the member.    The porous member is pref. a rigid ceramic member and the anode and cathode are particulate materials held against opposite sides of the member or may be coatings applied to the opposite sides.    Conductors, pref. Au printed on the porous member, make contact with the electrode materials; additional conductors provide contact to the cell terminals. The cell has a protective coating, pref. formed by dipping in liq. rubber or plastic material.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. as a lead-acid battery e.g. for vehicle in which the electrolyte is H2SO4 and the electrode materials are Pb and Pb oxide (claimed). Cell is safer than conventional Pb acid batteries while being low cost and easy to mfr. @(18pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The battery (lead+acid) is for starting and supplying ignition circuits of gasoline operated otto-engines having double action, functionally divided and increased dynamic start capability. It consists of a number of monocells (9) and auxiliary battery and an electronic switching circuit (6).    ADVANTAGE -   Battery supplies sufficient energy and voltage to achieve safe start of motors even at extremely cold conditions. @(9pp Dwg.No.5/5)@
The electrode plate for use in electrochemical cells such as batteries is formed of multiple layers of electrode material. Each layer is provided with pores through the layer and creases, folds, corrugations, scoring or the like and is juxtaposed on and electrically connected with the other layers in the plate without intervening layers of opposite polarity.    Electrolyte flow by diffusion and/or capillary action takes place within the plate through the pores and between the layers. In an alternative embodiment, a plate is formed of layered grids to which is applied a paste of active material. The grids are then formed into a multilayered plate.    ADVANTAGE -   Increased capacity of battery. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Mother material, consisting of 30-40 wt.% Co, 10-20 wt.% Ni, 10-20 wt.% Cr, 2-10 wt.% W, 2-10 wt.% Mo, up to 1 wt.% Ti, up to 1 wt.% Mn, up to 1 wt.% Si, and balance of Fe, is plated with Ni for undercoating 0-10 microns in thickness, and then with Au of 1-10 microns thickness on the undercoating. The material is worked on by drawing, then heat-treated at 400-800 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of the material for electric contact use. Amt. of Au applied per unit wt. of the wire can be saved. Spring function of the wire is improved. @(3pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
Mother material, consisting of 30-40 wt.% Co, 10-20 wt.% Ni, 10-20 wt.% Cr, 2-10 wt.% W, 2-10 wt.% Mo, up to 1 wt.% Ti, up to 1 wt.% Mn, up to 1 wt.% Si, and balance of Fe, is plated with Ni for undercoating 0-10 microns in thickness, and then with Au of 1-10 microns thickness on the undercoating. The material is worked on by drawing, then heat-treated at 400-800 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of the material for electric contact use. Amt. of Au applied per unit wt. of the wire can be saved. Spring function of the wire is improved. @(3pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
An insulating core is provided throughout the overall length in the direction of length of the inner surface of an earth moulding M made of synthetic resin formed in a recess in cross section and continuous in the direction of length. The insulating core is covered and held by a jacket extrusion-moulded integrally with the earth moulding M.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Workability is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.1,2,4/10)@
The battery comprises two electrodes of which at least one comprises polyaniline as the principal electrode active substance. The component of the battery contains benzimidazole of the following formulae (1) or (2), where R = alkyl.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The battery is used for devices which require compact size battery. A rechargeable battery having improved wt. energy density and vol. energy density, and good cycle-charge-discharge characteristic can be obtd.    In an example, perchloric acid was dissolved in water at concn. of 0.2 M/100 cm3, then aniline was added at concn. of 0.1 M. Two Ni-mesh electrodes were put in the soln. Anode oxidn. was performed to reduce polyaniline at the anode. The polyanaline was pulverised. 2g of the polyaniline powder and 0.1g of 2-mercaptobenzimidazole were mixed for the active substance. The active substance was attached with pressure onto stainless steel expanded metal to prepare the polyaniline electrode. The polyaniline anode, Li cathode plate, and the separator were rolled and put in a casing, then a mixt. of lithium borofluoride and propylene carbonate/dimethoxyethane was put in the casing as electrolyte. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)@
Electrically operated, balanced heat output sheets, contg. graphite and other additives embedded in thermoset resins, are prepd. from (all wt.%): 100 thermoset resin, pref. polyester; 20-60 pref. 38 graphite, 1-10 pref. 5 "aerosolite" and/or 1-10 pref. 5 fine aluminium powder.    This mixt. is homogenised, poured into moulds, brushed or sprayed on required substrates and polymerise
A current collector for current transfer between stacked high temp. fuel cells (1,2,3) having a doped stabilised zirconia solid electrolyte (1), is claimed, in which the oxygen electrode (2) of each cell is electrically connected to the fuel electrode (3) of the next cell and in which the electrode interspace is divided into fuel and oxygen source spaces by a gastight electrically conductive separator plate (14). The novelty is that the collector consists of spring elements which are fully elastic at the operating temp. of 800-1000 deg.C and which consist of an Fe-base or Ni-base alloy contg. at least 15 wt.% Cr and at least 4 wt.% Al, the alloy forming a high temp. protective oxide. The elements are provided with electrical contact regions (7) in the form of slightly domed porous droplets or spots of max. 80 microns thickness and max. 1.5 mm diameter, consisting of Pt (alloy) or Pd (alloy) bonded to the spring elements opt. via an intermediate layer.    ADVANTAGE -   The current collector has a simple construction and provides a compact fuel cell stack structure with optimal series connection of the individual cells. @(13pp Dwg.No.1/8)@
A lead-acid battery housing (4) made from plastics material is constructed to rupture in a predetermined manner in the event of an internal gas/air explosion during charging or service. The housing is moulded to provide a number of relatively wear lines of fracture (1) supported by a strong cagelike framework (3,6).    An internal explosion thus results in immediate break-up of the housing (4) into defined sections (2) accompanied by rapid pressure release. All sections (2) are bent outwards but retained by the reinforcing action of the edge construction to reduce danger to personnel.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For vehicle batteries. Considerably reduces danger to personnel from battery case fragments projected by accidental explosion as experienced with conventional construction. Little extra cost is involved since mutually self reinforcing edges and angles of individual cells inherently provide strong cage. @(3pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The fuel cell power operating method comprises the steps of recycling inert gas serially through a fired gas reformer, a first pass in a two way heat exchanger, a heat rejecting heat exchanger, a blower, a second pass in the two way heat exchanger in counter flow relationship with the first pass, and returning inert gas to the reformer, while preheating the components of the power plant in preparation for operation. The power plant is operated on gaseous fuel including passing hot reformed fuel from the reformer through a first pass in the two-way heat exchanger and passing raw gaseous fuel through a second pass in the two-way heat exchanger in counterflow relationship with the first pass.    The power plant is alternately operated on liquid fuel including passing hot reformed fuel from the reformer through a first pass in the two-way heat exchanger, and passing raw liquid fuel through a second pass in the heat transfer exchanger in parallel flow relationship with the first pass to vaporise the liquid fuel. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
Ion source is equipped with a hole for extracting ion beam and to which gas for generating plasma is introduced, a device for forming in plasma chamber a zone of electron cyclotron resonance magnetic field, and tubes outside the plasma chamber for generating microwave.    ADVANTAGE -   Ion beam having large dia. is obtd. uniformly. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
Ceramic superconducting conductor is made by filling superconductor or its precursor, and metal oxide and/or peroxide of superconductor components into a metal container, pressing the filled material together with the container to be up to 0.5 mm of the superconductor in the container, and heatingit so that at least part of the filled material can melt.    USE -   Used for wound wire for magnet coils, cables, electric and electronic circuitry, and electromagnetic shielding. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Ceramic superconducting conductor is made by filling superconductor or its precursor, and metal oxide and/or peroxide of superconductor components into a metal container, pressing the filled material together with the container to be up to 0.5 mm of the superconductor in the container, and heatingit so that at least part of the filled material can melt.    USE -   Used for wound wire for magnet coils, cables, electric and electronic circuitry, and electromagnetic shielding. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The water injection type micro biological cell comprises a microorganism, a mediator, a water absorbance gel and a cathode are enveloped with a water absorbable sheet. Pref. the mediator is organism oxidn. redn. material, an anode activator cpd. has high oxidn. and reduction potential, and etc..    ADVANTAGE -   The cell is easily portable, has improved electromotive force and life.    In an example an 0.3 g agar (water absorbablee gel) was dissolved in 20 ml water at 100 deg.C cooled to 60 deg.C, an 1.74 g anode activator of iridium hexa-chloride-ammonium was added then cooled ot room temp. to form gel, cast in 15 cc anode space with 40 anodes and solidified, an opening of the room was shielded by an ion exchange film. A 26.1 mg HNQ of mediator, 0.1 g water absorber gel 3 g skim-milk and sodium-glutamic acid as microorganism were mixed to form electron generating material, and fixed with a non-woven fabrics, then placed in cathode room to form water injection type micro biological cell. A test of the cell with 500 ohm resistance showed that the cell had function same with conventional cell and more improved life. (Provisional Basic previously advised in week 9131) @(9pp)
The lid (2) comprises in combination a flat surface (21) which constitutes the upper part of the raising (6) of the lid (2) and which presents at least one couple of openings. Each opening has in its inner part at least one projecting grip pawl (12) and at least one elastic handle (3), the latter presenting at least one projecting tooth (10) in its ends (4). The central body (9) of the handle (3) is entirely lodged inside a housing (8) made in the raising (6) and each end (4) is coupled within at least one of the openings (5) which are situated in the raising (6).    When the handle is lifted, its projecting teeth (10) engage in the corresponding projecting grip pawls (12) of the lid, thus allowing the accumulator to which the lid is connected to be lifted.    ADVANTAGE -   Quick assembly of handle to lid. @(5pp Dwg.No.3/3)@
Fuel cell for power generation or gas-sensing comprises: solid electrolyte wall (17) between first and second electrodes (15,16); second and third solid electrolyte partitions defining, with the solid electrolyte wall, first and second chambers (11,12); gas-flow limiters between a fuel mixt. and each chamber; and a fuel-oxidant gas mixt. to which the first and second electrodes are exposed.    ADVANTAGE -   Separate supplies of fuel and oxidant gases are not required and a single gas mixt. of e.g. CH4/air is used. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/10)@
Cl2 generator cell is supplied with a power supply generally fed from an external network and has anode plus cathode sepd. by a membrane or diaphragm. The cell contains aq. electrolyte e.g. aq. NaCl. Generated H2 and Cl2 are fed to a fuel cell contg. cathode and anode. A barrier cation selective membrane e.g. a solid polymer electrolyte is placed over the anode to prevent chloride ion poisoning and to promote HCl formation. HCl output from the cell is fed to a location near the generator cell anode to maintain anode acidity. Electrical energy provided by the fuel cell electrodes is utilised to power a portion of the generator cell via generating and driven loops.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   HCl returned to anode region prevents degeneration of anode reaction into O2 generation. Use of electrical output from fuel cell reduces demand from external power network and can also be used to drive pumps, blowers etc. in the Cl2 generating plant. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
A bracket member has a cross-shaped configuration that defines four arm positions which are arranged to form a first and a second pair of opposing arms that are positioned in normal relation to each other. Each of the pair of opposing arms further defines a first and second pair of engagement surfaces that are of curved configuration.    The bracket member is mounted to the base to secure the batteries between, the mounting being engaged with the bracket member at a location that is centrally disposed on the bracket member w.r.t. the four arm portions to urge the bracket member between a first position. The engagement surfaces maintain their curved configuration and are in partial engagement with the batteries and a second position where the engagement surfaces are flat and are fully engaged with the batteries.    USE -   For mounting a pair of batteries having a number of terminals defined on an upper surface to a base. @(9pp Dwg.No.6/6)@
Oxide superconducting wire is prepd. by packing the fine particles of halide of metal elements constituting the oxide superconductor into a metal fine tube, then wire drawing or rolling the tube into a shape or size and heat treating in steam-contg. oxidising atmos.    USE -   For making oxide superconducting wire or coils of improved orientation, and large critical current density. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A battery booster apparatus for use in automobile storage lots comprises a portable support arranged to be moved between a storage location at which a power outlet is available, and a usage location where substantial ambient light is present but a power outlet is not conveniently available. A booster battery is supported by the support and a battery charger is supported by the support. The battery charger is connected to the power outlet when the support is at the storage location, the charger being operable to charge the booster battery when so connected.    A solar panel on the support is positioned to generate electricity when the support is exposed to the ambient light, the solar panel being operable to charge the booster battery when so exposed. The booster battery is electrically connected in parallel with a battery to be boosted. A switch automatically connects the booster battery only to the charger when the charger is operative to charge the booster battery and only to the solar panel when it is not.    USE -   Suitable for boosting batteries in fleets or inventions of automobiles that remain idle for extended periods. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
A storage battery and heater combination for use with a vehicle having an engine provided with an alternator, includes an insulated chamber which is normally closed but which has a removable cover. A primary storage battery and a secondary storage battery are provided, both batteries within the chamber and each including a cable connectable to the alternator and a ground cable. At least one starter circuit is connected to the primary battery and a circuit connected to the secondary battery and including a thermostatically controlled switch responsive to the temperatures within the chamber and a heater, the heater within the chamber.    The chamber includes a reticulated floor spaced above the bottom of the chamber and the heater is located under the floor.    ADVANTAGE -   Does not require use of storage battery of vehicle, outside circuitry of fuel consuming heaters. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Electron gun pref. used for chemical reaction process within medium deg. of vacuum atmos. having electron feeding element conducting photo or thermo-electron radiation, has inert gas feeder to maintain electron radiating portion of element in inert gas atmos.    ADVANTAGE -   Long term stabilised radiating condition is obtd. for electron gun. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Electron gun pref. used for chemical reaction process within medium deg. of vacuum atmos. having electron feeding element conducting photo or thermo-electron radiation, has inert gas feeder to maintain electron radiating portion of element in inert gas atmos.    ADVANTAGE -   Long term stabilised radiating condition is obtd. for electron gun. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Solid oxide electrochemical oxygen generator in which an electrochemical device, and its method of mfr., capable of generating oxygen from air upon the application of an electrical current such that (a) several adjacent electrochemical cells electrically connected in series, each cell contg. an inner, porous oxygen electrode, (b) a dense, solid oxide electrolyte capable of transporting oxygen ions partly disposed on top of the inner electrode and partly disposed between inner electrodes of adjacent cells, (c) an outer, porous air electrode disposed on top of the electrolyte, and (d) separate, dense, electronically conductive segments of interconnection material disposed between adjacent cells, the interconnection electrically and physically connecting the outer air electrode from one cell, to the inner oxygen electrode from an adjacent cell, in which (e) the device has gas impermeable, dense, contacting segments of electrolyte and interconnection material between inner electrodes of adjacent cells.    ADVANTAGE -   Thin film alternate technology oxygen generator has the capability of producing high purity (99.9%) oxygen and has the potential of being cost effective. This generator, driven by a D.C. power source and operating at 650 deg.C-1100 deg.C with preheated air, which can be unpressurised, can extract 99% pure oxygen at 0.1-10 litres/min. from incoming air. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
High-temp. fuel cells are operated using ion-conducting electrolytes in which hydrogen produced by a carbonaceous charge is introduced on the anode side and oxygen-contg. ions are converted with prodn. of electrical energy. Cathode and anode off-gases are removed and the crude anode off-gas recycled to one or more sections of the hydrogen-producing stage of the process.    Pref. the anode off-gas is recycled hot. A section of the hydrogen-producing process is steam reforming of a carbonaceous charge. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Useful in molten carbonate fuel cells and solid oxide fuel cells. The thermal effectiveness of the whole process is improved. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The two piece enclosure has a separate cover and a hollow body into which is placed a multiplicity of wires which have had the insulation stripped away adjacent their respective ends so they can be connected together by a connector. The hollow body is partially filled with a waterproof gel and the connector and ends of the connected wires are placed in the hollow body so that they are immersed within the waterproof gel. The top of the hollow body and the cover have aligned openings to permit a respective wire to extend out of the closed assembly through the aligned openings after the cover has been placed on the body.    The cover further comprises a centrally disposed rod which extends transversely to the interior of the cover and is aligned with the connector. In this way, the wires can move through the aligned openings between the cover and the hollow body, and the connector and connected wires can be pulled on without causing the entire assembly to be pulled out of the ground, while the transverse rod serves to prevent the connector and the connector ends of the wires from being pulled out of the waterproof gel. The cover may also include a webbed opening to permit additional waterproof gel to be added after the cover is closed.    USE -   For electrical watering system. Can be buried in ground.
A jaw-type jumper cable clamp has a pair of handle members each provided with an end portion presenting a jaw. End pivot mounts the members for movement of the jaw portions toward and away from each other about a predetermined axis. A contact sleeve has a longitudinal axis ahd is adapted to receive the battery cable securing bolt.    The sleeve is secured conductively to the clamp between the pivot and the jaw portions with the axes of the pivot and the sleeve inn parallelism. The bolt may be captured by the sleeve and electrical contact made by positioning the connector alongside the battery and displacing it laterally toward the battery with the axis of the sleeve aligned with the bolt.    USE -   Jumper connector for attachment to a battery. @(9pp Dwg.No. 17/19)@
The electrode is composed of the high polymer cpd converted to linear high polymer in vertical direction (direction of b axis) to the ring through the centre metal phthalocyanines having polyvalent metal element in its centre.    The centre metal element of the phthalocyanine is bonded with thee oxygen gp element. The centre metal of phthalocyanines comprises Ga, Ge, r Si.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the prim and sec cells and capacitor. Charge-discharge characteristic of the sec cell is improved.    In an example, polyphthalocyanine electrode:phthalocyanine iron difluoride was heated at 200 deg C for 18 hrs in vacuum to obtain 140 mg of polyphthalocyanine powder. The powder was mixed with 50 mg of acetylene black, and 10 mg of binder of PTFE (PJ-60 made by Mitsui Fluorochemical KK). 100 mg of the mixt was made to a disk of 18 mm in dia. The disk was used for the anode of a coin type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode is composed of the high polymer cpd converted to linear high polymer in vertical direction (direction of b axis) to the ring through the centre metal phthalocyanines having polyvalent metal element in its centre.    The centre metal element of the phthalocyanine is bonded with thee oxygen gp element. The centre metal of phthalocyanines comprises Ga, Ge, r Si.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the prim and sec cells and capacitor. Charge-discharge characteristic of the sec cell is improved.    In an example, polyphthalocyanine electrode:phthalocyanine iron difluoride was heated at 200 deg C for 18 hrs in vacuum to obtain 140 mg of polyphthalocyanine powder. The powder was mixed with 50 mg of acetylene black, and 10 mg of binder of PTFE (PJ-60 made by Mitsui Fluorochemical KK). 100 mg of the mixt was made to a disk of 18 mm in dia. The disk was used for the anode of a coin type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode is composed of the high polymer cpd converted to linear high polymer in vertical direction (direction of b axis) to the ring through the centre metal phthalocyanines having polyvalent metal element in its centre.    The centre metal element of the phthalocyanine is bonded with thee oxygen gp element. The centre metal of phthalocyanines comprises Ga, Ge, r Si.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the prim and sec cells and capacitor. Charge-discharge characteristic of the sec cell is improved.    In an example, polyphthalocyanine electrode:phthalocyanine iron difluoride was heated at 200 deg C for 18 hrs in vacuum to obtain 140 mg of polyphthalocyanine powder. The powder was mixed with 50 mg of acetylene black, and 10 mg of binder of PTFE (PJ-60 made by Mitsui Fluorochemical KK). 100 mg of the mixt was made to a disk of 18 mm in dia. The disk was used for the anode of a coin type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The electrode is composed of the high polymer cpd converted to linear high polymer in vertical direction (direction of b axis) to the ring through the centre metal phthalocyanines having polyvalent metal element in its centre.    The centre metal element of the phthalocyanine is bonded with thee oxygen gp element. The centre metal of phthalocyanines comprises Ga, Ge, r Si.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for the prim and sec cells and capacitor. Charge-discharge characteristic of the sec cell is improved.    In an example, polyphthalocyanine electrode:phthalocyanine iron difluoride was heated at 200 deg C for 18 hrs in vacuum to obtain 140 mg of polyphthalocyanine powder. The powder was mixed with 50 mg of acetylene black, and 10 mg of binder of PTFE (PJ-60 made by Mitsui Fluorochemical KK). 100 mg of the mixt was made to a disk of 18 mm in dia. The disk was used for the anode of a coin type cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
In a nuclear powered electricity generating plant supplying electricity to a cyclic demand the excess power produced at periods of low demand is stored as compressed air, hydrogen or batteries. At subsequent periods of low demand the stored energy is to drive generators to produce the extra power required.    The electricity generation system comprising a nuclear reactor (2), steam generator (6) and turbine (10) of conventional design. During periods of low demand hydrogen can be produced in a hydrogen production unit (20) form methanol, water and steam from the steam generator (6), and stored (28). Excess mechanical power from the turbine can be used to drive a compressor to produce compressed air which can be stored in a large storage unit (36). Excess electrical power can be utilised to produce hydrogen and oxygen in a water electrolyser (40) or be stored in batteries via a converter (50). These stored forms of energy can be utilised in turbines (56,58) at periods of high demand. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Solid oxide fuel cell comprises: porous ceramic electrode plate (3) contg. gas flow passages (4); a dense plate interconnector (12); dense solid electrolyte film (9); electrode film (10); gas supply chamber (30); partition (1) sepg. the gas supply chamber from an exhaust gas combustion chamber (7); and a partition (2) separating the latter chamber from the power generation chamber (8).    The flowing gas is turned around an end portion of the cell at the side of the power generation chamber and moves towards the gas supply chamber and is then discharged to the exhaust gas combustion chamber through port (6) formed in the gas flow passage.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In e.g. power generation systems. Cell design mitigates thermal stresses and provides more uniform temp. operation. @(18pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
Solid oxide fuel cell has tube-shaped cell elements (1-5), with either the oxidising gas or the fuel gas flowing in an internal space (12) of the elements and the other gas flowing in an external space of the elements. Means (9,10) for converting either or both gas flows into turbulent flow is provided.    Means for providing turbulent flow is an elongate body (9) such as a tube, pillar, cylinder or a rod with plates extending in the longitudinal direction of the element. The body is connected to a porous support tube -(1) on the inside of the element by radial ribs (10). The ratio of the dia. of the body to the dia. of the internal space is not less than 0.3; alternatively the body may have a tapered cylindrical shape.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In e.g. power generation systems. More efficient use of the fuel and/or oxidising gas is achieved. @(21pp Dwg.No.1/16)@
Solid oxide fuel cell includes parallel, flat-plate laminates (50), one surface of each laminate being covered with an air electrode film (1) and the other being covered with a fuel electrode film (3). Oxidising gas flow passages (8) are arranged between the laminates facing the air electrode film and fuel gas flow passages (7) arranged between the laminates face the fuel electrode film, with air electrode films (6), solid electrolyte films (5) and fuel electrode films (7) interposed between the oxidising and fuel gas passages.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In e.g. power generating systems. Oxidising and fuel gases are supplied in passages, in e.g. a honeycomb structure, without any leakage or mixing. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
Solid oxide fuel cell comprises a cylindrical housing contg. an air electrode (5), solid electrolyte (6), fuel electrode (7) and a gas feed pipe (1) for fuel or oxidising gas, the pipe (1) having a gas feeding portion (2) in its lateral face.    The gas feeding portion (2) may comprise a row of holes of the same size (as shown) or of increasing size towards the bottom, or a straight slit, or a slit widening towards the bottom.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In e.g. a power generating system. Non-uniformity in reactivity and temp. in the longitudinal direction is reduced; and thermal stress and strain are reduced. @(33pp Dwg.No.1/14)@
Solid oxide fuel cell comprises cylindrical housing (6); solid electrolyte (8); air electrode (7); fuel electrode (9); gas supply tube (10) for supplying oxidising or fuel gas; partitions (1) between the housing and the supply tube for dividing the space into gas flow passages; seal (4); exhaust parts (2) in each gas flow passage; and a support (16) for holding the open end side of the housing.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   An e.g. a power generating system. Structure has good strength against vibration etc. and the gas supply tube can be accurately positioned. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
A method is described for operating a power generation system using a fuel cell (I) which includes an electrolyte plate (1) sandwiched between a cathode provided with a cathode chamber (2), and an anode, provided with an anode chamber (3). Oxidising gas is fed to the cathode chamber and fuel gas (FG) is fed to the anode chamber for power generation, using a CO2 separator.    The method comprises: (a) introducing gases (referred to as cathode exhaust gas) discharged from the cathode chamber (2) into the CO2 separator (27); (b) introducing CO2 contained in gases (referred to as anode exhaust gas) discharged from the anode chamber (3) to the cathode chamber (2); and (c) allowing all or part of the CO2 sepd. by the CO2 separator (27) to merge with CO2 of the anode exhaust gas and recirculating them to the cathode chamber (2), whereby highly efficient power generation is achieved in the fuel cell at a low CO2 utilisation factor, using CO2 of high concn. fed to the cathode chamber (2).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A large amt. of CO2, which promotes the fuel cell reaction, is retained in the cathode chamber and the CO2 partial pressure from the entrance of the cathode chamber through to its exit is maintained at a high level, thereby improving generation efficiency. The amt. of CO2 exhausted to the atmos. is reduced. @(15pp Dwg.No.1/12)@
In a H2/O2 fuel cell battery, H2/O2 recombination catalysts are in the oxygen entry or exit . lines between oxygen electrode gps. for recombining the hydrogen content of the oxygen gas catalytically with oxygen to form water. Catalysts pref. have temp. sensors and are in heat exchange relationship with the electrolyte flowing through the cells or with the cell-cooling water circuit. Moisture collection may be effected by arranging the catalysts in water vapour exchange relationship with the electrolyte or the circuit. The catalysts pref. comprise gp. VIII precious metal supported on an electrolyte resistant support (e.g. Al203, TiO2 or MgO) which is hydrophobised with PTFE.    ADVANTAGE -   Catalysts prevent enrichment of the oxygen stream, in a cascade-type fuel cell battery, with hydrogen which acts as an inert gas, obtd. water supplied to the electrolyte. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A battery having an integral emergency circuit breaker for preventing the transmission of electrical current from the battery to a vehicle in which the battery is connected in an electric circuit. The battery is connected in the circuit so its negative terminal is grounded, and its positive terminal is ungrounded, under normal conditions. The battery has an impact resistant case for shielding the contents from electrical contact with the structure of the vehicle in the event of an accident.    A fuse link is provided for interrupting the flow of electrical current from the positive pole of the charge storage section to the positive terminal of the battery in response to an increase in the electrical current flowing through the fuse link. The first end of the fuse link is connected to the positive pole of the charge storage section and the second end of the fuse link is connected to the exposed positive terminal. The fuse link permits the flow of current therethrough to the positive battery terminal under normal conditions.    ADVANTAGE -   Disconnects battery in event of accident. @(50pp Dwg.No.1/8)@
A solid oxide fuel cell includes a triplex sheet having laminar layers of fuel electrode, electrolyte and air electrode, the sheet being sandwiched between support layers. At least 2 of the layers have inorganic whiskers projecting from the surface of one layer and interengaged with the other layer, so as to anchor the 2 layers together.    Pref. (i) the whiskers are a Si cpd., 100-400 microns long and 500-1000 microns thick; (ii) the whiskers are uniformly distributed in the layers, and occupy 5-10 vol.% of the layer. Further disclosed is a process for fabricating laminar sheets for a solid oxide fuel cell having sheets joined together as a stack, which comprises: forming a first plastic composite material into a layer (I), which includes a multiplicity of inorganic whiskers projecting from the surface; forming a second plastic composite material into a second layer (II), also having a multiplicity of inorganic whiskers projecting from the surface; joining and curing the layers together to form a rigid laminar sheet, wherein the whiskers of the first layer are physically interengaged with the whiskers of the second layer to serve as anchors between the layers.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A solid oxide fuel cell structure, fabricated so that the layers of electrodes, electrolytes, interconnector and support structures are more resistant to internal cracking, layer lift off, delamination, or bubbles formed during fabrication and in use. @(9pp Dwg.No.6/6)@
The device comprises satd. reactors each having a sec. winding, and each sec. winding is provided with a reset circuit consisting of a power source, a resistor and an inductance connected serially.    USE -   High repetition of pulses is enabled. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
The device comprises satd. reactors each having a sec. winding, and each sec. winding is provided with a reset circuit consisting of a power source, a resistor and an inductance connected serially.    USE -   High repetition of pulses is enabled. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
The deflection electromagnet comprises core to form magnetic circuit of the deflection electromagnet, which consist of iron or iron alloy. Slits are formed on the pole-faces, of the core, which face to each other.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The deflection electromagnet is used for generating magnetic field in the high vacuum duct of the synchrotron radiation ray generator. The generator can be made compact. Particles which move round the duct can be made stable for long time to continue the movement. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The deflection electromagnet comprises core to form magnetic circuit of the deflection electromagnet, which consist of iron or iron alloy. Slits are formed on the pole-faces, of the core, which face to each other.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The deflection electromagnet is used for generating magnetic field in the high vacuum duct of the synchrotron radiation ray generator. The generator can be made compact. Particles which move round the duct can be made stable for long time to continue the movement. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The deflection electromagnet comprises core to form magnetic circuit of the deflection electromagnet, which consist of iron or iron alloy. Slits are formed on the pole-faces, of the core, which face to each other.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The deflection electromagnet is used for generating magnetic field in the high vacuum duct of the synchrotron radiation ray generator. The generator can be made compact. Particles which move round the duct can be made stable for long time to continue the movement. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
100 pts. wt. of polyolefin is mixed with 50-300 pts. wt. of pelletised metal hydroxide of 1-10 mm in dia. and 0.1-5 kg in compression strength. The mixt. is kneaded with a single kneader or biaxial kneader, a layer coated on the wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of flame resistant wire and cable which does not generate halogen gas on combustion. The wire having good dispersion of metal hydroxide is prepd. at low cost. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
100 pts. wt. of polyolefin is mixed with 50-300 pts. wt. of pelletised metal hydroxide of 1-10 mm in dia. and 0.1-5 kg in compression strength. The mixt. is kneaded with a single kneader or biaxial kneader, a layer coated on the wire.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for prepn. of flame resistant wire and cable which does not generate halogen gas on combustion. The wire having good dispersion of metal hydroxide is prepd. at low cost. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/2)
Hydrogen storage alloy electrode comprises hydrogen storage alloy powder, as a main constitution material having a metal diffused layer formed on the surfaces by mechanical alloying method.    USE -   Used for anodes of metal-hydrogen alkali storage batteries, capable of preventing self-discharging without redn. of capacity.
Appts. for producing the most uniform possible temp. distribution on the surface of a ceramic plate of a high temp. fuel cell involves regulating, on at least one side, the streams of gaseous media (O2; CH4) impinging on both sides. This is achieved by placing a distributor element on at least one side between the electrodes and the sepg. plate sepg. the compartments for the gaseous media (O2; CH4), so that the total electrode surface is supplied with streams of media (O2; CH4) with as uniform a temp. as possible.    The distributor element is a plate placed obliquely between the entry edge on the electrode side and outlet edge on the sepg. plate side with openings, the side of which, progressing in the flow direction, is such that all side streams of the gaseous medium used for cooling the electrode surface have the most uniform temp. possible. It is pref. to use 2 diagonal plates forming a wedge. The distributor element and the current collector on both sides can be combined to a single structure, pref. consisting of an oxide dispersion-hardened noble metal alloy based on Au and/or a Pt metal or an oxide dispersion-hardened Ni alloy.    ADVANTAGE -   The appts. is very simple and can be incorporated in a stack of fuel cells. It is esp. suitable for fuel cells arranged like a filter press and can be integrated with other components, e.g. current collectors and sepg. plates. @(17pp Dwg.No.1/8)@?
(A) In a fuel cell element comprising a combination of two porous metallic electrodes (1,3) and a gastight oxidic electrolyte layer (2), the electrode (1) also serves as support for the active cell elements (12, 2, 3) and part (14) of the frame structure required for assembling a battery from several individual cell elements. The electrode (1) has a thickness satisfying mechanical requirements and providing sufficient transverse electrical conductivity to allow uniform electrochemical reaction over the electrolyte surface.    In the active cell region, the electrode (1) has a thick porous structure (12) of the same material as the rest of the electrode. A mechanical decoupling region (13) is incorporated between the active cell portion (12,2,3) and the frame portion (14) to keep thermally induced stresses in the frame structure away from the active region of the electrode (1). (B) A fuel cell battery; assembled from several such cell elements (A), is also claimed.    ADVANTAGE -   The high temp solid electrolyte fuel cell is simple and inexpensive to mfr, can be individually tested before series connection and can be assembled in a cell stack, without problems of mechanical stresses during long term operation. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Molten carbonate fuel cell power plant includes: a thermally insulating enclosure; a molten carbonate fuel cell in the enclosure; and hydrocarbon fuel stream reformer within the enclosure, so that heat generated by the cell is transferred to the reformer to drive the hydrocarbon conversion.    ADVANTAGE -   Interconnecting piping lengths are minimised and efficiency of the system is improved since heat losses are reduced and pressure drops in piping are minimised. The plant may be shipped as a complete prefabricated unit. @(16pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
Catalytic reactor for gas phase chemical reactions comprises (a) a housing extending along an axis from an enclosed first end to an enclosed second end, and having a continuous interior surface, the first end defining an inlet opening for allowing introduction of a gaseous reactant stream to the housing and the second end defining an outlet opening for allowing a gaseous product stream to exit the housing; (b) a bed of catalyst particles disposed within the housing the catalyst particles being catalytically active in the gas phase chemical reaction; (c) a porous support for supporting the bed of catalyst particles within the housing; and (d) a filter, extending across the housing in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the housing and between the catalyst bed and the outlet opening of the housing, for preventing transport of the catalyst particles from the housing in the gaseous product stream.    ADVANTAGE -   The reactor filter pad provides a large fitler surface area relative to the cross sectional area of the reactor, is able to trap a relatively large quantity of particulate debris without clogging and is therefore unlikely to impose a large pressure drop across the reactor. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The battery is connected in the circuit of the vehicle so that at least one terminal of the battery is not earthed to the structure of the vehicle under normal conditions. The circuit breaker is provided as a separate modular unit which is mountable to the external posts of the battery. The circuit breaker has an impact resistant housing for shielding the ungrounded terminal of the battery from electrical contact with the structure of the vehicle. A fust link is provided for interrupting the flow of electrical current from the battery to the vehicle circuit in response to an increase in the electrical current flowing through the fuse link.    The non-earthed terminal of the battery is electrically connected to a first side of the fuse link. The impact resistant housing shields the connector from electrical contact with the structure of the vehicle. A switch is provided for electrically connecting the second side of the fuse link to earth in response to perturbation of the vehicle by an accident. Accordingly, in respose to perturbation of the vehicle by an accident, the switch electrically connects the second side of the fuse link to earth to increase the flow of current through the fuse link, so that the fuse link blows and thus interrupts the circuit.    USE -   Vehicle safety switch, disconnecting battery in event of accident. @(12pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
A fuel cell has means for passing air and fuel streams through the cell, and means for cooling the cell. The cooling means comprises: a first reactive material, capable of undergoing an endothermic reaction within the fuel cell; means for supplying the reactive gas to the fuel cell, the reactive material reacting endothermically within the fuel cell to absorb heat and form reactive prods.; means for removing the reactive prods. from the fuel cell and means for reacting the reaction prods. in an exothermic reaction to discharge the heat absorbed within the cell. Pref.: (i) the reactive material is CH4, (ii) the first reactive prods. are H2 and CO2, (iii) the means for reacting the reactive prods. is a methanator.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Fuel cell cooling using materials which undergo an endothermic reaction within the fuel cell, i.e. to use the heat of reaction to absorb heat within the fuel cell to provide cooling. @(7pp Dwg.No.2/3)@
A die-formed monolithic honeycomb body to separate or concentrate O2 from air or other gas mixts. is mfd. from an O-ion conductive ceramic and comprises parallel channels which have an electrically conductive coating. The individual channels are hermetically sealed at either the gas inlet face of the monolith or the outlet face to form parallel alternating rows which are sepd. from each other. Voltages are applied separately to the channels connected to the inlet and outlet faces and the gas mixt. is introduced to the openings of the inlet face and O2 is collected from the openings at the outlet face.    Opt. a manifold is connected to each row of channels in the outlet face to collect the O2 and to provide the hermetic seals for channels open at the inlet face; the manifolds are pref. integral with the body. The material of mfr. for the body and the manifold is pref. stabilised zirconia, beta-alumina, mullite and thoria or is pref. stabilised zirconia. The gas is pref. pumped to the inlet and O2 is collected under vacuum. The body pref. operates at over 600 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The ceramic honeycomb design is a more readily portable oxygen concentrator for home use than stacked plate electric cell structures. The entire cell can be mfd. from a single ceramic material to avoid the cracking which occurs when sealing plates at 800 deg.C. Also useful as a fuel cell. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Fluorescent lamp has fluorescent membrane contg.; a) 1st fluorescent material having max. emission wavelength of 440-460 nm, and wavelength range half width of which is 43-80 nm and shown by the formula (Sri-a-b-c-dCaaBabMgc)18(PO4)6Cl2: Eud where a is 0.20-0.40 b is 0.05-0.35, c is 0-0.03, d is 0-0.3 particle chromaticity in CIE chromaticity coordinate satisfying the relation of x is 0.150-0.160 and y is 0.100-0.200, b) 2nd. fluorescent material having max. emission wavelength of 540-560 nm, and c) 3rd. fluorescent material having max. emission wavelength of 600-620 nm, average colour rendering index of the fluorescent lamp in CIE 2nd. edition being 82 or higher.    Pref. b) is LaPO4: Ce, Tb or MgAl(11)O(19): Ce, Tb c) is Y2O3: Eu or Y(PV)O4: Eu.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   When colour rendering index shows 83-92, lumen maintenance factor is 96-99, relative initial luminous flux is 89-93 and colour shift is 0.005-0.0014. Fluorescent lamp is low in price. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
The conductive compsn. comprises: (I) 100 pts wt. of base rubber of (a) 95-50 wt.% of sulphur vulcanisable solid rubber, and (b) 5-50 wt.% of liq. rubber, (II) 20-70 pts.wt. of ketschen black EC, and (III) 30-15 pts.wt. of leaf-like graphite.    Pref. (Ia) is NR, BR, EPDR, IR, SBR, nitrile rubber and polybutadiene rubber. Pref. (Ib) is BR, EPDR, IR, SBR, nitrile rubber, polybutadiene rubber, epoxidised natural and maleinated EPDR. Pref. (III) is a granulated prod. of expanded graphite.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Compsn. shows high conductivity. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The conductive compsn. comprises: (I) 100 pts wt. of base rubber of (a) 95-50 wt.% of sulphur vulcanisable solid rubber, and (b) 5-50 wt.% of liq. rubber, (II) 20-70 pts.wt. of ketschen black EC, and (III) 30-15 pts.wt. of leaf-like graphite.    Pref. (Ia) is NR, BR, EPDR, IR, SBR, nitrile rubber and polybutadiene rubber. Pref. (Ib) is BR, EPDR, IR, SBR, nitrile rubber, polybutadiene rubber, epoxidised natural and maleinated EPDR. Pref. (III) is a granulated prod. of expanded graphite.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Compsn. shows high conductivity. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The conductive compsn. comprises: (I) 100 pts wt. of base rubber of (a) 95-50 wt.% of sulphur vulcanisable solid rubber, and (b) 5-50 wt.% of liq. rubber, (II) 20-70 pts.wt. of ketschen black EC, and (III) 30-15 pts.wt. of leaf-like graphite.    Pref. (Ia) is NR, BR, EPDR, IR, SBR, nitrile rubber and polybutadiene rubber. Pref. (Ib) is BR, EPDR, IR, SBR, nitrile rubber, polybutadiene rubber, epoxidised natural and maleinated EPDR. Pref. (III) is a granulated prod. of expanded graphite.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Compsn. shows high conductivity.
the on and off states of an engine associated with the automobile are detected. A predetermined period of time that a timing circuit will remain closed after the engine has been detected in the off status is set. A fluid stream is generated in response to the temp. being below a predetermined temperature and the timing circuit being closed.    The temperature in the vicinity of the battery is detected. The stream is terminated upon the detection of the temp. in the vicinity of the battry being below the predetermined temp. or the predetermined period of time expiring.    USE -   For controlling the time averaged temp. of a temp. sensitive automotive battery in a battery box disposed in an area of an automobile which is subject to wide temperature variations. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
System for controlling the tyre air-pressure during run, detects the vertical acceleration applied on the vehicle body by the vertical acceleration sensor, judges the degree of road irregularity from the frequency of acceleration values larger than a specified value, and controls the tyre air-pressure in accordance with the judged degree.    When the controller judges a road as an irregular road, it computes the compensation value PB according to the degree of irregularity, then computes the target pressure PS by using PS = PIN + PB, where PIN is the basic pressure, which may be stored in the memory in advance or may be set according to the vehicle speed. Based on the target pressure PS, the controller adjusts the pressure monitoring the pressure sensors, by controlling the air-charge valve (12), air-release valve (8), and control valves (40 to 43).    ADVANTAGE -   This system can enhance the ride comfort quality as well as the running performance on irregular roads. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/8)
System for controlling the tyre air-pressure during run, detects the vertical acceleration applied on the vehicle body by the vertical acceleration sensor, judges the degree of road irregularity from the frequency of acceleration values larger than a specified value, and controls the tyre air-pressure in accordance with the judged degree.    When the controller judges a road as an irregular road, it computes the compensation value PB according to the degree of irregularity, then computes the target pressure PS by using PS = PIN + PB, where PIN is the basic pressure, which may be stored in the memory in advance or may be set according to the vehicle speed. Based on the target pressure PS, the controller adjusts the pressure monitoring the pressure sensors, by controlling the air-charge valve (12), air-release valve (8), and control valves (40 to 43).    ADVANTAGE -   This system can enhance the ride comfort quality as well as the running performance on irregular roads. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/8)
Prepn. of Cd oxide powders comprises evaporating molten Cd ingot, having 99.9 wt.% purity and an avoidable impurity, in a furnace, blowing generated Cd vapour into the oxidn. chamber via a nozzle to form Cd oxide, having 1.7-1.9 m2/g of specific surface area and 0.60-0.70 micron of average particle size. The blowing speed of the Cd vapour is 6.5-12.2 m/sec.    ADVANTAGE -   The powder has improved coating property and deg. of activity. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Prepn. of Cd oxide powders comprises evaporating molten Cd ingot, having 99.9 wt.% purity and an avoidable impurity, in a furnace, blowing generated Cd vapour into the oxidn. chamber via a nozzle to form Cd oxide, having 1.7-1.9 m2/g of specific surface area and 0.60-0.70 micron of average particle size. The blowing speed of the Cd vapour is 6.5-12.2 m/sec.    ADVANTAGE -   The powder has improved coating property and deg. of activity. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Prepn. of Cd oxide powders comprises evaporating molten Cd ingot, having 99.9 wt.% purity and an avoidable impurity, in a furnace, blowing generated Cd vapour into the oxidn. chamber via a nozzle to form Cd oxide, having 1.7-1.9 m2/g of specific surface area and 0.60-0.70 micron of average particle size. The blowing speed of the Cd vapour is 6.5-12.2 m/sec.    ADVANTAGE -   The powder has improved coating property and deg. of activity. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/1)
Metallic ion liq. source comprises an alloy compsn. consisting of Nb and opt. two elements of Au, Cu, Ge and Ni. The metallic ion source is for obtaining Nb ion beam, using the focused ion beam equipment comprising ion accelerating means, mass spectrometry means, and ion beam focusing means, which generates focused ion beam at required energy of the required ion seed by selectively focussing and accelerating the required ion from the ion source.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The metallic ion liq. source is used for the focused ion beam equipment (FIB equipment) to prepare a Nb system super-conductor device. Nb ion can be directly deposited on the substrate. Nb deposition of up to 0.1 micron can be done with good reproducibility. @(4pp Dwg.No.4/4)@
Metallic ion liq. source comprises an alloy compsn. consisting of Nb and opt. two elements of Au, Cu, Ge and Ni. The metallic ion source is for obtaining Nb ion beam, using the focused ion beam equipment comprising ion accelerating means, mass spectrometry means, and ion beam focusing means, which generates focused ion beam at required energy of the required ion seed by selectively focussing and accelerating the required ion from the ion source.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The metallic ion liq. source is used for the focused ion beam equipment (FIB equipment) to prepare a Nb system super-conductor device. Nb ion can be directly deposited on the substrate. Nb deposition of up to 0.1 micron can be done with good reproducibility.
Solid membrane comprises a mixed metal oxide of perovskite structure comprising: a lanthanide and/or Y; alkaline earth metal(s); Fe; and Ti or TiCr. Mn and/or Co may also be present.    A pref. oxide material contains La, Sr, Fe, Cr and Co; an example is (La)0.2(Sr)0.8(Fe)0.8 (Cr)0.1(Co)0.1(O)x. Cell element comprises O-ion conducting membrane with a (catalytic) conductive coating on one or both surfaces. A specific catalyst used is an S-reducing catalyst.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used in fuel cells, hydrocarbon conversion cells, aromatic substitution cells and cells for removal of pollutant gases in which O2 is required to be transported across a membrane from an O2-contg. gas to an O2-consuming gas (claimed). Membrane provides enhanced O-ion transport efficiency and improved cell efficiency and conversion rates. @(49pp Dwg.No.1/13)@
The fuel cell may employ a liq. and/or solid fuel, e.g. petrol, diesel fuel, fuel oil, lower alkoxides or coal dust. Pref. the fuel cell is a hydrogen/oxygen fuel cell.    The accumulator is pref. a sodium/sulphur accumulator with a short term power density of at least 100W/kg and an energy density after one hour discharge of at least 60W/kg.    ADVANTAGE -   Reactions take place over entire surface of electrodes, resulting in higher current densities so that, for a specified motor power, a fuel cell of considerably smaller total volume and wt. can be used. Energy densities of more than 200 (pref. more than 300, and esp. more than 500) W.hr./kg. can be attained. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The electrochemical fuel cell (10), having anode (11) and cathode (12) set in electrolytic liquid using a gaseous mixture, comprises an 0.5% oxygen, 99.5% nitrogen gas mix by volume, to purge the cathode during off-power conditions, limiting the cathode potential to elow 0.8 volts. During shutdown pressurised nitrogen gas from tanks (20A-D) is fed to junction 'T' and hence to fuel processor (31) and anode (11) purging and preventing the formation of nickel carbonyl.    In the ejector (21) line, filtered air at ambient pressure is introduced in the 0.5% proportion to yield the purging mix for the cathode (12).    ADVANTAGE -   Enhances fuel cell electrical potential control preventing electrode damage. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The battery has a casing which includes two enclosure members, the second enclosure member including several cells. An electrolytic fluid is provided which is initially disposed within the first enclosure member. Several electrode plates are mounted within the second enclosure member, at least one of the electrode plates mounted within each of the cells. A partition selectively separates the electrolytic fluid from the electrodes, the partition including a valve for selectively, fluidly connecting the enclosure members.    The valve includes a valve member, a valve body and ramping member for vertically displacing the valve member from the valve body. A dispersing member distributes the electrolytic fluid equally between the cells when the valve fluidly connects the enclosure members. @(12pp Dwg.No.5/15)@
The clamp has two movably mounted jaws having opposed gripping faces which define a gap for receiving the terminal. At least one of the gripping faces has an electrical conductor portion for establishing electrical contact with the terminal. The first jaw has a gear rack which is engaged by a pinion gear which is rotatably mounted to the second jaw. A worm wheel is mounted coaxially to the pinion gear, and is engaged by a drive worm. A handwheel is provided for manual rotation of the drive worm. The resulting movement of the first jaw relative to the second jaw adjusts the gap so that the battery terminal can be received and gripped. The clamp may have a bore which penetrates into the electrical conductor portion of the jaw for receiving an end of the jumper cable in electrical contact and a setscrew for securing the end of the jumper cable in the bore.    The clamp may be provided with a female connector member which receives a male conductor member on the cable end. The female member has a metal receptacle with a spherical recess, which receives a spherical protuberance of the male member, so that the clamp is free to rotate about connection, thus avoiding bending of the cable. The spherical protuberance is formed of an elastomeric ball having metal contact fingers arranged about the surface. @(14pp Dwg.No.1/10)@
Ionically conductive solid electrolyte is prepd. by hardening (A) acryloyl-modified polyalkylene oxide; (B) block copolymer contg. polyalkylene glycol and PVC; and (C) inorganic ionic salt; and opt. (D) polyalkylene glycol of formula R'O(CH2CHRO)n-R", R, R' and R" are each independently H-atom or lower alkyl and n is 3-30.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Electrolyte has higher ionic conductivity than conventional electrolytes, high moulding workability and mechanical properties, esp. tensile strength. Used as electrolytes for prim., sec. or fuel-cells, electrochromic display elements or ionically conductive membranes for ultra-thin Li cells. @(6pp Dwg.No.0/0)
An ionically conductive solid electrolyte compsn. comprises a block copolymer contg. an alkylene glycol and polyvinyl chloride and an inorganic ionic salt.    The compsn. is blended opt. with a polyalkylene glycol of formula R'O(CH2CHRO)n-R" where R, R' and R" are each independently H-atom, a lower alkyl gp. and n is an integer=3-30. The block copolymer is prepd. e.g., by radically polymerising vinyl chloride monomer in the presence of an initiator prepd. by polycondensn. reacting polyethylene glycol with azobiscyanopentanoic acid chloride. The inorganic ionic salt is e.g., LiClO4, LiSCN, LiBF4, LiAsF6, LiCF3SO3, LiPF6, NaI, NaSCN, NaBr, KI, CsSCN, AgNO3, CuCl2, Mg(ClO4)2, etc. It is used in a mol. ratio/alkylene oxide unit=0.05-50%.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The compsn. has higher ionic conductivity than conventional electrolyte compsns. and high moulding workability and mechanical properties, tensile strength. It is used as electrolytes for prim. cells, sec. cells, fuel cells and electrochromic display elements or as an ionically conductive membranes for ultra-thin Li cells. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The anode active material comprises Zn-amalgam powder having true specific density of at least 6.8 before amalgamation.    USE -   Used for anode active material for alkali cells, reducing hydrogen gas evolution in the cells, having high discharge characteristics. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The anode active material comprises Zn-amalgam powder having true specific density of at least 6.8 before amalgamation.    USE -   Used for anode active material for alkali cells, reducing hydrogen gas evolution in the cells, having high discharge characteristics. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The fuel cell has a cell reaction region with a fuel electrode, an oxidation electrode and an electrolyte matrix between thw two. A fuel gas (7) (e.g. hydrogen) is supplied to the fuel electrode. An oxidation gas (9) (e.g. air), is supplied to the oxidation electrode. A reforming reaction region allows raw fuel gas (6) (e.g. methane) to reform into fuel gas (7).    The direction in which the reforming reaction takes place opposes the direction in which the oxidation gas (9) flows in the cell reaction region. The reforming reaction flow may be at right angles to the fuel gas flow in the cell reaction region. A gas distribution region (20) alters the flow direction of the raw fuel gas (6).    ADVANTAGE -   Reduction in temp. difference and greater stability. @(17pp Dwg.No.1/12)@
For direct conversion of heat (150-300 deg.C) into electrical energy, heat from a solar collector (14) is used to drive out H2 from a H store (10), which passes into a high pressure chamber (6), bounded by a proton-conducting solid electrolyte (4), coated with metal foils as electrodes. The H+ diffuses through the metal foils and the electrolyte and recombines with electrons in the low pressure chamber. Electrical voltage is produced between the electrodes. The H2 passes to a second store (13) from which it can be recovered by heat.    ADVANTAGE -   Low temp. system can use solar energy. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
A polymer matrix comprises a hydrogel polymer which retains a reactant by forming round the reactant molecules sufficiently intimately to replicate the reactant's molecular shape, without the reactant being chemically attached to, or embedded in, the hydrogel.    Also claimed is a matrix from which the reactant mols. have been removed to leave behind phantom shapes capable of retaining reactant mols. of the same shape.    Retaining a reactant in a polymer matrix comprises (i) combining a reactant, hydrogen monomer and a quenching surrogate in a solvent such that solvation of the reactant and monomer is reduced; and (ii) polymerising the monomer to form a matrix.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The matrix retaining one or more reactant can be used to effect localised reactions and the matrix contg. phantom shapes can be used to separate out a target molecule having the same shape as the phantom shape from mixts. of different types of mols. Suggested areas of applications are batteries, fuel cells, photographic film emulsions, etc.. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Self-fusible magnet wire is obtd. by providing on a conductor an inner fusing layer through a solderable polyester insulating layer having heat resistance classification of F kind or higher and with a heat softening temp. of 250 deg.C. or higher by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtd. by solubilising in an organic solvent a compsn. of: (a) 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin contg. 10-35 wt.% of Br and having a mol. wt. of 10,000 or higher, (b) 25-100 pts. wt. of phenoxy resin having a mol. wt. of 30000-50000, and (c) 10-25 pts. wt. of thermoplastic polyurethane resin, and then providing an exterior fusing layer by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtained by dispersing 5-20 pts. wt. of inorganic cpd. in an organic solvent soln. of a compsn. of: (d) 100 pts. wt. of multicomponent polyamide copolymer having 12 nylon monomer component, (e) 10-40 pts. wt. of phenol resin, and (f) aliphatic polyester resin contg. sulphur and having a mol. wt. of 500-1,500.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Wire is used as winding of deflecting yoke coil. Wire shows a good heat distortion, moisture distortion resistance and dimensional stability. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Self-fusible magnet wire is obtd. by providing on a conductor an inner fusing layer through a solderable polyester insulating layer having heat resistance classification of F kind or higher and with a heat softening temp. of 250 deg.C. or higher by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtd. by solubilising in an organic solvent a compsn. of: (a) 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin contg. 10-35 wt.% of Br and having a mol. wt. of 10,000 or higher, (b) 25-100 pts. wt. of phenoxy resin having a mol. wt. of 30000-50000, and (c) 10-25 pts. wt. of thermoplastic polyurethane resin, and then providing an exterior fusing layer by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtained by dispersing 5-20 pts. wt. of inorganic cpd. in an organic solvent soln. of a compsn. of: (d) 100 pts. wt. of multicomponent polyamide copolymer having 12 nylon monomer component, (e) 10-40 pts. wt. of phenol resin, and (f) aliphatic polyester resin contg. sulphur and having a mol. wt. of 500-1,500.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Wire is used as winding of deflecting yoke coil. Wire shows a good heat distortion, moisture distortion resistance and dimensional stability. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Self-fusible magnet wire is obtd. by providing on a conductor an inner fusing layer through a solderable polyester insulating layer having heat resistance classification of F kind or higher and with a heat softening temp. of 250 deg.C. or higher by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtd. by solubilising in an organic solvent a compsn. of: (a) 100 pts. wt. of epoxy resin contg. 10-35 wt.% of Br and having a mol. wt. of 10,000 or higher, (b) 25-100 pts. wt. of phenoxy resin having a mol. wt. of 30000-50000, and (c) 10-25 pts. wt. of thermoplastic polyurethane resin, and then providing an exterior fusing layer by coating and baking a fusible coating material obtained by dispersing 5-20 pts. wt. of inorganic cpd. in an organic solvent soln. of a compsn. of: (d) 100 pts. wt. of multicomponent polyamide copolymer having 12 nylon monomer component, (e) 10-40 pts. wt. of phenol resin, and (f) aliphatic polyester resin contg. sulphur and having a mol. wt. of 500-1,500.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Wire is used as winding of deflecting yoke coil. Wire shows a good heat distortion, moisture distortion resistance and dimensional stability. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The device includes an aperture to adjust the amt. of ion beam generated and is equipped with a section for supplying fluid for forming fluid layer of low volatility at opening of the aperture.    ADVANTAGE -   Size of opening of the aperture can be reduced without damage to the aperture. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/4)
The device includes an aperture to adjust the amt. of ion beam generated and is equipped with a section for supplying fluid for forming fluid layer of low volatility at opening of the aperture.    ADVANTAGE -   Size of opening of the aperture can be reduced without damage to the aperture. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/4)
The rotationally symmetrical (e.g. circular or polygonal) cells stacked and connected in series between special termination elements (3, 4) are supplied with gas and air via feeder elements (2), each incorporating an air heat exchanger (10) which divides the gas space (11) from the air space (12).    Electrochemically active plates (6) are shared between neighbouring cells, with air and gas flowing in the same direction on opposite sides through electron-conductive structures (5).    ADVANTAGE -   Air and gas spaces are mutually sealed with single rings (20) and can be fed in paralle. Stresses due to differential thermal expansion are slight. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
The battery terminal clamp comprises a conductive sliding clip movably secured to a terminal clamp at one side by a screw. The conductive sliding clip has an opening at the front end for retaining a battery terminal, an elongated sliding slot being longitudinally disposed at a lower end through which the screw is inserted to secure the sliding clip to the terminal clamp. Two opposite edges at two opposite sides are bent downward through 90 deg. angle to retain the terminal clamp at two opposite sides and protect the sliding clip against a torsional force.    The sliding clip can be pushed out to protrude beyond the top edge of the terminal clamp and stopped, at a clamping position for clamping on a battery terminal, by a side projection made on the terminal clamp at one side. The sliding clip further comprises two opposite, hooked portions at the front end.    USE -   Battery terminal clamp e.g. for vehicle emergency 'jump lead' connection. @(8pp Dwg.No.2/6)@
Source powder of oxide superconductor is calcined at low O2 partial pressure, ground, filled in metal tube, extended to 0.001-1.0 mm thickness, heated upto T1 where calcined powder is partially melted, cooled down at 0.01-100 deg.C/min. and thermally treated at 20-150 deg.C below T1 to form an oxide superconductor.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Oxide superconductor with high Jc is efficiently mfd. by this method.    In an example, Bi2O3, SrO, CaO and CuO are mixed at Bi:Sr:Ca:Cu=2:2:1:2, calcined at 850 deg.C for 3 hrs. at 1.2 x 10 power(-1) torr of O2 partial pressure, ground to 8 microns, filled in Ag tube, extended, heated up to T1 held at the temp. for 30 mins. and cooled down to room temp. to form an oxide superconductor with Tc of 93K and 1.4 A/cm2 of Jc. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Source powder of oxide superconductor is calcined at low O2 partial pressure, ground, filled in metal tube, extended to 0.001-1.0 mm thickness, heated upto T1 where calcined powder is partially melted, cooled down at 0.01-100 deg.C/min. and thermally treated at 20-150 deg.C below T1 to form an oxide superconductor.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Oxide superconductor with high Jc is efficiently mfd. by this method.    In an example, Bi2O3, SrO, CaO and CuO are mixed at Bi:Sr:Ca:Cu=2:2:1:2, calcined at 850 deg.C for 3 hrs. at 1.2 x 10 power(-1) torr of O2 partial pressure, ground to 8 microns, filled in Ag tube, extended, heated up to T1 held at the temp. for 30 mins. and cooled down to room temp. to form an oxide superconductor with Tc of 93K and 1.4 A/cm2 of Jc. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Carbon powder after hydrophilic treatment is immersed in mixt. soln. contg. H2PtCl6, colloid coagulation protector and reducing agent with aldehyde gp. to deposit Pt on carbon using ultra pure water as solvent and washing. Ultra pure water is obtd. by distn., ion exchange and filtration using membrane filter.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Ultra fine Pt particles are dispersed on carbon using ultra pure water.    In an example, 9g of acetylene black is mixed with 400 ml of 10 wt.% HNO3 soln., stirred for 2 hrs. at 50 deg.C filtered, washed with ultra pure water, dispersed in 400 ml of water, added by H2PtCl6 contg. 1g of Pt, O.1M of Na2CO3 and 10 ml of 30 wt.% H2O2, added by O.1M of HCOOH soln., filtered and washed. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
Frame with push button panel prepd. by integral injection moulding of (a) a push button panel point having a solid push button point and (b) an injection moulded rigid frame point. Pref., a skirt point of the button is thin wall, using a thermo elastomer resin at the integral moulding, and the button is made by pressure injection moulding of thermo elastomer resin with muffle painting.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The frame is suitable for TV etc. with improved click property and duration time by integral moulding using thermo elastomer resin and made by simple process.    In an example an index pattern was screen printed on a side of 38 microns thick PET film, a polyester resin binder layer is formed on it and dried to form a transfer sheet. A frame was prepd. by integral injection moulding, a frame pt. by injection moulder having the first injection portion with die using ABS resin at 220 deg.C, and a push button panel pt. by injection moulder having the second injection portion with die using a polyester gp. thermo elastomer resin at 200 deg.C to form a frame with push button panel. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The fuel cell comprises an electrolyte membrane sandwiched between two electrode sheets. The first electrode sheet is divided into a number of parallel subareas, in which any second subarea being provided in alternating order with at least an inlet channel and an outlet channel for a first reactant gas through the sheet and with a first electrode active porous layer intermediate to those channels, and any interjacent subarea, in alternating order with at least an inlet channel and at least an outlet channel for a second reactant gas through the sheet and with the first electrode active porous layer intermediate to those channels.    The second electrode sheet is divided into a number of parallel subareas in the same way as the first electrode. The electrolyte membrane is provided with inlet and outlet channels corresp. with compatible channels through the two electrode sheets.    ADVANTAGE -   It is possible to connect many fuel cells, each producing voltage of 1 volt, to obtain voltages for practical purpose. @(7pp Dwg.No.3/4)@
The single block piece has a hollow parallepiped configuration the hollow region having an ellipsoidal shape where the battery terminals are housed. The front end of the single block piece expands upwards, the expanded region being cross-sectionally hollow. The lower region of the front face of the single block piece has a hole with a threaded inner surface where a screw or the like is threadably inserted. A semicircular plate is fixed to the tip of the screw. The plate slides through the hollow region in the single block as the screw is being threaded in and the plate will exert pressure on the battery terminal.    The expanded region of the front end of the single block piece has on its upper end a hole with a threaded inner surface where a screw is threadably inserted, thus exerting pressure on a cable or the like and thereby the cable will be housed in the hollow region of the expanded portion of the single block piece front end. The fixing system affords the user the advantage of being able to integrate, or not, the single block piece comprising the vehicle battery terminal.    USE -   Single block for fixing electroconductor cables to vehicle battery terminals.
The liq. lifting method, for use in e.g. pump construction, consists of periodically reacting pressure oscillations in an airlift mixing chamber, at a frequency corresponding to that of the airlift. The airlift contains a power supply (1) and an electrolyser (2) which separate chambers. The pressure oscillations are created in its mixing chamber by periodically feeding into it the oxygen and hydrogen produced by electrolysis.    The oxygen and hydrogen are then collected separately in chambers (5,6) and fed to an energy converter (7), e.g. in the form of fuel elements. These convert the hydrogen and oxygen into electrical energy, which is fed back to the power supply.    ADVANTAGE -   Gives higher efficiency and more reliable opreation. Bul.41/7.11.90
Partially oxidised alicyclic cpds. (I) (alicyclic alcohol or ketone derivs.) are prepd. by oxidn. of the corresp. alicyclic cpds. (II) with O2 and H2 using a fuel cell system in which metal and/or metallic cpds. are used with conductive materials as a catalyst electrode.    The metal is from gp. IA-VIIIA and/or IB-VIB. The metal cpds. are the halide, nitrate, sulphonate, oxide, hydroxide, phosphate and ammonium cpds.; the mol. ratio of (II)/O2=0.01-100; mol. ratio of H2/(II)=0.01-100; voltage between the electrodes is +10 to -10 V; and reaction temp.=-20 to 200 deg.C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   (I) is given in high selectivity in simple and mild operation and at the same time electrical energy is produced. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Mn dioxide for lithium prim. cell is produced by (1) neutralising gamma Mn dioxide produced by an electrolytic process or Mn dioxide produced by chemical synthesis process with an aq. soln. contg. Li hydroxide and Li nitrate, (2) heat treating, and then (3) treating with an acid, or by (1') heating gamma Mn dioxide produced by an electrolytic process in an acid soln. in slurry state to obtain beta Mn dioxide, (2') neutralising with an aq. soln. contg. Li hydroxide and Li nitrate, (3') heat treating, and then (4') treating with an acid.    The heat treatment in the step (2) or (3') is pref. effected at 350-450 deg.C for 3-4 hrs. the acid treatment in the step (3) or (4') is effected using sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid or nitric acid for 1-5 days.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The Mn dioxide has good anodic activity, and a Li prim. cell having an improved discharge voltage, and a long discharging time can be obtd.. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
(JP3122971-A)      Mn dioxide for lithium prim. cell is produced by (1) neutralising gamma Mn dioxide produced by an electrolytic process or Mn dioxide produced by chemical synthesis process with an aq. soln. contg. Li hydroxide and Li nitrate, (2) heat treating, and then (3) treating with an acid, or by (1') heating gamma Mn dioxide produced by an electrolytic process in an acid soln. in slurry state to obtain beta Mn dioxide, (2') neutralising with an aq. soln. contg. Li hydroxide and Li nitrate, (3') heat treating, and then (4') treating with an acid.    The heat treatment in the step (2) or (3') is pref. effected at 350-450 deg.C for 3-4 hrs. the acid treatment in the step (3) or (4') is effected using sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid or nitric acid for 1-5 days.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The Mn dioxide has good anodic activity, and a Li prim. cell having an improved discharge voltage, and a long discharging time can be obtd.. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Reactor includes a number endothermic reaction units in adiabatic vessel. Reacting chamber is defined between inner and intermediate concentric cylinders of reactor vessel, and space is defined between intermediate and outer concentric cylinders. Space is communicated with raw gas inlet side and reaction prod. gas outlet side of catalyst-filled reactor chamber in reaction unit. Space is axially divided into two sections by flanged partition plate to define raw gas preheating chamber and regenerating chamber communicating with inlet and outlet sides, respectively. Bottom-provided lid covers combustion chamber from side opposite to burner, and defines combustion gas path on outer peripheral side of preheating chamber. Raw gas passing preheating chamber is heated to given temp. with thermal energy of combustion gas passing combustion gas path.    ADVANTAGE -   Heat energy of combustion gas can be fully utilised. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The non-conductive block of PVC had threaded stud inserts (3, 6) screwed into threads in the block which connect a chamber (2) that is filled with mercury (4). A stud (6) is fixed to a battery post clamp (7), that attaches to a vehicle battery. The other stud (3) connects to a connector strip (9) and the main electrical feed to the vehicle.    A passage at right angles to (2) is hermetically sealed with paraffin oil. In normal operation, this prevents oxidation of the mercury. When the vehicle is greater than 40 percent tilted or is overturned, it also lets the mercury out in an emergency.    ADVANTAGE -   To avoid fire or explosion due to overturn of vehicle and especially its petrol tank. @(3pp Dwg.No.1a/1)@
Producing raw materials for a reformer by cracking and desulphurising petroleum fuels in a desulphuriser, in a fuel cell electricity generation process, comprises cracking and desulphurising the fuel at 300-600 deg.C, 1-10 kg/sq.cm pressure, H2/oil ratio 500-2000, and SV of 0.5-4/hr., using a zeolite or metallosilicate catalyst as desulphurising catalyst.    Pref. the system comprises a desulphuriser, an adsorber, a reformer, a converter or gas sepn. membrane, and a cell.    ADVANTAGE -   The load for the reforming catalyst is reduced by using a desulphurising catalyst having a cracking function, so that a greater variety of raw material fuels may be used. Content is reduced to 1 ppm or less and cracking rate is 10-70%. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
System includes a desulphuriser, an adsorber, a reformer and a fuel cell, reformed gas from the reformer being treated with a non-porous gas sepn. membrane comprising a polymer in place of a conventional shift converter, at a temp. of 50-150 deg.C and pressure 2-10 kg/sq.cm. to separate CO contained in the reformed gas. The membrane is pref. a polyimide.    The fuel used is methanol, natural gas, kerosene, naphtha or LPG. It is desulphurised using a desulphuriser catalyst at 400 deg.C or lower and pressure 10 kg/sq.cm. or lower to reduce S content to 1 ppm or lower. The reformer operates at 700-850 deg.C, pressure up to 10 kg/sq.cm., and mol ratio H2O/C of at least 2 and a space velocity of 0.5-4.0 per hr. The gas produced in the reformer comprises (in vol.%): 65-80% H2, 5-20% CO and 5-25% CO2.    ADVANTAGE -   Need for high and low temp. shift converters and their control systems is avoided. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
A method for converting methane to acetylene, ethylene and H2 is claimed, comprisees introducing methane into a reaction zone contg. at least one elongated plasma initiator capable of initiating an electric discharge in an electromagnetic field, and subjecting the methane and plasma initiator to microwave radiation for a sufficient time to convert at least a portion of the methane.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Provides a means of converting methane to higher mol.wt. hydrocarbons and H2, in partic. to acetylene and ethylene. The formation of aromatic cpds. such as benzene, alkyl benzenes, xylenes, etc. is also contemplated. The invention can be practised at any convenient temp. and pressure, including ambient conditions. @(14pp Dwg.No.1/6)@
A stack of ceramic fuel cells (14) in a double-walled enclosure (3) is supplied with methane (4) and air (1) via preheaters (6,2) built at different levels around the vertical exhaust pipe (12).    Oxygen ion migration is promoted by warm-up using piezoelectric ignition (10) of the gaseous mixt. in the afterburner (9), aided by suction into the chimney (11) through natural convection. A temp. of 600 deg.C is attained within about 7 min, and the full 900 deg.C in 20 min.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   With ZrO2-based ionic condn. electrolytes. Start-up is effected easily without input of energy from external sources and complex control loops. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
The digitised and modulated assembly to store and deliver solar energy, using hydrogen-oxygen fuel cells, has a display wall with plug modules to carry the four main elements at right angles to the wall for electrolysis, gas storage, fuel cells and output and the remote units for a conference hall auditorium without additional wiring, giving clear monitoring and simple deployment in the plug module structure. The leading wall carries only the gas guide tubes as connections between the electrolysers, gas storage and fuel cells. The digital meters are integrated into the leading wall above their units with 13mm digital displays which can be read into the leading wall above their units with 13nm digital displays which can be read at a distance of 15m. The rear wall contains the total wiring for the meters, LEDs, supply current for the electrolysers/fuel cells/motors and a solar generator to supply the digital meters. The assembly provides solar cell module generators for the photo-voltage current supply for the electrolysers and LEDs, LED light as the gas path indicator, electro-motor consumption simulators, digital meters powered by separate solar generators, and a digesting assembly.    As a pilot project for precise measurement and studies of the photo-voltage oxygen storage and current flow resumption processes, for forecasts and budgets for solar energy projects, as future model power stations with environmental damage, for presentations in exhibitions, conferences and in education.    ADVANTAGE -   The mobile wall assembly converts light falling on the solar cells directly into current to break water down into its oxygen and hydrogen constituents for storage, and the chemical energy in the stored hydrogen is used for current through the hydrogen fuel cells. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
A tab (2) connects to a cable (20). A gripping sleeve (25) is in two parts. One sleeve half (1) carries the tab (2) and has two tangential arms (3,4) extending towards the tab (2) and has two tangential sleeve half (6) has arms (7,8) which pass along either side of the tab (2) and are set in a holder (9) which extends along the sides of the arms (7,8) back to the rod (5) and bends around near the rod (5) to grip rails (10,11).    The rails (10,11) and the rod (5) are fastened to a lever (12) which covers the half sleeves (1,6) in a locking position.    ADVANTAGE -   Can clamp to battery terminal without use of screws and without reducing fastening security or connection resistance. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
The first clamp is in the form of a U-shaped member (13) having two opposed legs (14,15). Towards the free ends of the legs holes (16) are defined for receiving a bolt (17). The latter and a co-operating nut (18) serve to draw the legs towards one another to clamp a battery pole terminal. A battery polarity sign (19) is embossed on an elongate body (11) of conductive material, e.g. copper alloy.    The second clamp comprises a reversible member (27). The latter is removably mountable on a transverse formation (20) by screws (28,29) co-operating with threads in the holes (21,22) in the transverse formation. A transverse groove (30) is defined in one face. On the opposite face projections (31) are provided. When a relatively thicker cable is to be connected to the assembly, the reversible member is mounted on the transverse member with one face facing the transverse member so that the cable extending into socket (23) is received in the registering grooves (26,30).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Easily and effectively connectable to range of cables of different cross-sectional dimensions. Suitable for car battery. @(Provisional basic advised week 91/21)@ @(12pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The electric storage battery has a container with a cell element therein connected to an external axially offset terminal by means of a connector extending through an opening in an upper wall of the container. The terminal includes a base portion which lies contiguous the upper surface of the container wall and, at one end, is joined to the cell element connector and, at the other end has an upstanding post axially offset from the connector for connecting the battery to an external electrical load (e.g., cranking system of a vehicle). The device prevents damage to the terminal of the type discussed above and includes: an aperture through the base of the terminal adjacent the post; a projection integral with the container wall and extending through the aperture; and a cap secured onto the distal end of the projection and engaging the upper surface of the base surrounding the aperture.    The cap will preferably comprise a deformed (e.g., headed over) portion of the distal end of the projecting extending through the aperture. The shank of the projection engaging the aperture prevents rotation of the terminal about the axis of the internal connector while the cap atop the projection prevents lifting of the terminal away from the upper wall. @(4pp Dwg.No.3/3)@
A sec. battery (pref. substantially recyclable in excess of about 100 times) comprises an anode means, a cathode means and an electrolyte and opt. a buffer means to maintain the pH and opt. conductivity enhancing material (pref. carbon), the anode means being stable in the electrolyte, the cathode means comprising an aniline polymer, the electrolyte being maintained at a pH of 2-11 (pref. 3.2-5).    Specifically the anode comprises a material having a redn. potential of less than about +0.64 volts, pref. a metal or an aniline polymer. The anode and cathode may form portions of a unitary mass of material, pref. which is impregnated with the electrolyte. The aniline polymer is pref. opt. susbtd. polyaniline, more pref. polyaniline 2A or a mixt. of polyaniline 1A and 2A, pref. on a current collector, pref. in the form of a film. It may cycle between forms 1A and 2A upon cycling the battery, or it may cycle between 1 or more (pref. 5) forms of polyaniline.    ADVANTAGE -   These sec. batteries have improved reversibility, stability, energy density, columbic efficiency and other beneficial factors. They may be charged and discharged for many cycles, pref. in excess of 100 cycles. They may be formulated at reduced cost compared to presently available sec. batteries.
The adhesive comprises a polysilazane type polymer as ceramics precursor and an inorganic filler of at least submicron size.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The adhesive does not fuse even at 1000 deg.C and is used in sealing material esp. for solid electrolyte type fuel cell.    In an example 1 pts. wt. of resinous perhydropolysilazane synthesized from dichlorsilane and pyridine in xylene, 4.5 pts.wt. of Al2O3 of 0.3 microns dia. were mixed and dispersed by ultrasonic wave to prepare the adhesive. The adhesive was brushed and baked at 600 deg.C for 2 hr on an alumina board. The adhesive was not fused at 1000 deg.C and the adhered layer was observed to be an amorphous silicon nitride. Between piled unit cells and a manifold and between a zirconia solid electrolyte and collector electrode were sealed with the adhesive to change to ceramics at 600 deg.C as above anda the cell was operated at 1000 deg.C without gas leakage.
The window to take emitted rays out comprises the Be diaphragm to transmit rays generated in the electron accumulating ring of the synchroton and remove from electron accumulating ring. Surface of the diaphragm is finished to have roughness of up to 0.1 micron.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The window to take emitted rays out is used for the synchrotron. X rays can be taken out of the electron accumulating ring without inequality of intensity. Resist on the semiconductor wafer can be uniformly exposed to X rays.    In an example, the window was composed of stainless steel disk of which the opening was formed in the centre, and the Be diaphragm soldered to the opening with Ag solder. The surface of the Be diaphragm was preliminarily polished with fine powder of Ce oxide to have roughness of up to 0.1 micron. The window was mounted to the end of the beam line through the rubber ring with fixing bolt so as to transmit the emitted rays vertically through the diaphragm. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
In a reforming device, a bypass piping is connected to the piping on the delivery side of an ejector and the piping on the raw fuel inlet side of the ejector. The bypass piping causes a part of mixt. gas of steam and raw fuel to bypass to the piping on the raw fuel inlet side.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The degree of a negative pressure of a pressure on the suction side of an ejector can be reduced. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Reaction cell comprising Cell 1 and Cell 2 sepd by a thin film of Fe3O4 is used at a temp. of 100 - 400 deg.C CO2 is passed through Cell 2 at a constant velocity, and air and H2 are alternately passed through Cell 1 at a constant interval, while an electric current is taken from Cell 1 during passing of air through Cell 1.    Also claimed is the appts. which has graphite cloth electrodes having Pt terminals on both sides of the Fe3O4 thin film to lead out electric current.    The Fe3O4 thin film is pref prepd by the ferrite plating method. H2 and air are passed at an interval of 5 - 30 mins.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for decomposition of CO2 for protecting the global environment and simultaneously producing an electric current. The generated electricity may be used for electrolysis of water to obtain H2. The C deposited on the electrodes may be burnt as a fuel. Fossil fuels may be replaced with the recycled C.    @(5pp Dwg.No.1,2/4)@
The Bi-oxide filled superconducting wire is made by compression moulding Bi-Pb-Sr-Ca-Cu-O oxide powder, firing the obtd. compression mouldings, recompression moulding the fired body, filling the recompression mouldings into a Ag-pipe, wire drawing the pipe, and sintering the obtd. composite core wire in air or in oxygen atmos.    ADVANTAGE -   For making Bi-oxide filled superconducting wire having high critical current density with good workability and good yield. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A green ceramic honeycomb is prepd. having two faces between which extend multiple parallel open channels. To each face there is applied a green ceramic plate to form an integral and cap sealing the channel openings, after which the openings of selected channels are exposed through one end face while the openings of the remaining channels are exposed through the opposite end face. Finally the whole body is fired.    Pref. the honeycomb body and end plates are prepd. from the same material, esp. zirconia, alumina, cordierite, mullite or titania, and the body includes 100-400 channels/m2 of end face. Imaging analysis may be used to expose the appropriate holes. An electrically conductive coating may be applied to the walls of those channels exposed through one end face to form a first electrode surface, and a further conductive coating applied to the channels opened at the other face to produce a second electrode surface.    USE -   Fluid filters; particulate traps; separating operations; solid electrolyte medium for fuel cells; oxygen concn.. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
A molten carbonate fuel cell start-up process, which prevents premature oxidn. of the cathode, comprises providing a metallic cathode and anode with green tapes comprising electrolyte matrix and carbonate between the, and heating the anode to 250-350 deg. C in the presence of an O-contg. gas. Heating is continued to temps. above the m.pt. of the carbonate in the presence of inert gas and 0.5-10 mol.% H2 and the temp. is maintained to allow the carbonate to distribute itself. Oxidant gas then contacts the cathode and fuel gas and anode to start operation.    Also claimed is a process as above comprising heating from 250-350 deg. C to above the m.pt. of the carbonate under the inert gas and H2 as above, with the cell operating temp. being 600-700 deg. C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   A start-up process for a molten carbonate fuel cell (claimed) is provided which prevents premature oxidn. of the cathode and ensures good conductivity and faster binder removal. More stable long term cell operation is also obtd.. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A method of applying a continuous, pinhole-free coating of thermoplastic polymer (I) to a porous metal surface in a single coating step, comprises: (a) spraying all of (I) in the form of particles, required to produce the coating in a desired thickness, from a thermal gun at a temp. which will soften only the particles passing through such thaat they adhere but do not completely fuse onto the metal surface, creating a semi-fused, highly porous coating; and (b) heating the porous surface to fuse the coating into an adherent, continuous film.    Prior to step (a), opt. the porous metal surface is coated with a primer (II). (I) is applied in a thickness of about 1-25 mils pref. 5-20 mils and is thermally sprayed at 700-750 deg.F; the spray gun is supplied with a H fuel. The coated metal surface is heated to 750-800 deg.F to fuse the coating.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The process is quick, involving min. labour. It provides corrosion protection for metals and also reduces friction between sliding metal pts. The coating is esp. suitable for a fuel cell manifold. @(6pp)@
A cable connection assembly which includes a screw or bolt member threadably receiving a nut member prior to insertion through the aperture of the battery cable and into the threaded aperture of the battery terminal. The nut member is withdrawn to a point adjacent the head of the bolt member. The bolt member is then passed through the cable aperture and hand tightened into the terminal aperture. Thereafter, in one embodiment, a first tool engages the bolt head and a second tool engages the nut, whereupon the nut is tightened against the washer cable end.    In the process, the torsional force on the battery terminal is substantially eliminated, with the tightening of the nut, while maintaining the position of the bolt, placing a slight axial force on the terminal during connection. For disconnection, both tools are attached to the respective parts, and the nut is loosened while the bolt is maintained in position, resulting in no torsional force on the terminal. Alternatively, either or both of the nut member and bolt head may include wing members for enabling manual operation.    ADVANTAGE -   Protects terminal once cable is attached. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The device (30) consists of an elongated first element (32), a second element (34) and a grip lever (88). The second element is pivoted to one side of the first element. The first element has an elongated grip portion extending between a first end and the pivot receiving portion. The second pivotal element has a relatively short portion between the first end and the pivot receiving portion. The grip lever has first and second ends and a grip portion between the ends.    The second end is pivotally secured to the first end of the second element by a pivot (94) and the other end of the grip lever is interconnected with the first end of the first element by a pin and slot connection. A spring (80) normally biases the two grip portions away from each other.    ADVANTAGE -   Has uncomplicated construction and is effective in operation. @(6pp Dwg.No.3/6)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
To mfr. anti-corrosive current conductive member for an electroplating process, a clad pipe composed of an electroconductive inside pipe and a anti-corrosive outside pipe is formed by hydroisostatic process. Press work is applied to the cladded pipe to produce partial portions having flattened form and also to produce partial portion having desired curved form.    ADVANTAGE -   Various applications for electroconductive system of some electroplating process are expected. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
When processing a grid used for generating plasma in dilute gas and for extracting ions from gas polishing, ion irradiation, sand blasting and/or laser beam irradiation are performed.    ADVANTAGE -   The grid thus formed can provide more than double density of ion current to improve etching efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
When processing a grid used for generating plasma in dilute gas and for extracting ions from gas polishing, ion irradiation, sand blasting and/or laser beam irradiation are performed.    ADVANTAGE -   The grid thus formed can provide more than double density of ion current to improve etching efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
When processing a grid used for generating plasma in dilute gas and for extracting ions from gas polishing, ion irradiation, sand blasting and/or laser beam irradiation are performed.    ADVANTAGE -   The grid thus formed can provide more than double density of ion current to improve etching efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
When processing a grid used for generating plasma in dilute gas and for extracting ions from gas polishing, ion irradiation, sand blasting and/or laser beam irradiation are performed.    ADVANTAGE -   The grid thus formed can provide more than double density of ion current to improve etching efficiency. @(4pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Fuel reformer has bottom-closed reaction tube through which fuel gas is flowed, flowing pipe with tip opening inserted into bottom portion of reacting tube, and pellet-like catalyst filled around flowing pipe inside reacting tube. Surface combustion burner is extended around reacting tube in longitudinal direction.    ADVANTAGE -   Pellet-like catalyst can be uniformly and rapidly heated. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/9)
Fuel reformer has honeycomb porous body with first flow path comprising numerous independent through channels surrounded by partition walls, second flow path isolated from first flow path by partition walls and defined by connection walls connecting adjacent partition walls, reforming catalyst carried on one of inner walls of first and second flow paths, and contacting combustion catalyst other inner wall of first and second flow paths.    ADVANTAGE -   Fuel gas can be reformed to reformed gas. ' @(7pp Dwg.No.1/9)
An anti-skin device consists of non-metallic ladder-type treads to be placed on a tyre at equal intervals, the ladder-type treads being composed of: (1) a pair of belts which are placed at equal intervals and parallel to each other and of which the both ends can be connected with side ropes, (2) centre tread which is secured in the centre portion of the belt and over the belt pair, and (3) a pair of corner treads which can be secured on both sides of the centre tread and over the belt pair. And the corner treads can be adjusted in belt-lengthwise position.    ADVANTAGE -   Because the belts, centre tread, and corner treads can be used in common regardless of tread width, fewer moulding models are needed, the prodn. cost being reduced. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/15)
Aluminium cell comprises aluminium cathode, electrolyte, and anode. The electrolyte contains chemical seed to form aluminium ion, and complex cpd.. The chemical seed to form Al ion and complex cpd. comprises at least one of oxalic acid, 2,4-pentanedione, 8-hydroxyquinoline, ethylene diamine tetraacetate. (2) The electrolyte comprises organic cpd. which is in liq. state at ambient temp.. Chemical seed to form Al ion and complex cpd. is dissoved in the electrolyte.    The chemical seed comprises at least one of 2,4-pentanedione, 8-hydroxyquinoline, ethylene diamine tetraacetate. The electolyte comprises at least one of benzene, chloroform, toluene, propylene carbonate, and acetonitrile.    ADVANTAGE -   Stable aluminium cell with improved volume energy density is obtd.. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Aluminium cell comprises aluminium cathode, electrolyte, and anode. The electrolyte contains chemical seed to form aluminium ion, and complex cpd.. The chemical seed to form Al ion and complex cpd. comprises at least one of oxalic acid, 2,4-pentanedione, 8-hydroxyquinoline, ethylene diamine tetraacetate. (2) The electrolyte comprises organic cpd. which is in liq. state at ambient temp.. Chemical seed to form Al ion and complex cpd. is dissoved in the electrolyte.    The chemical seed comprises at least one of 2,4-pentanedione, 8-hydroxyquinoline, ethylene diamine tetraacetate. The electolyte comprises at least one of benzene, chloroform, toluene, propylene carbonate, and acetonitrile.    ADVANTAGE -   Stable aluminium cell with improved volume energy density is obtd.. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Aluminium cell comprises aluminium cathode, electrolyte, and anode. The electrolyte contains chemical seed to form aluminium ion, and complex cpd.. The chemical seed to form Al ion and complex cpd. comprises at least one of oxalic acid, 2,4-pentanedione, 8-hydroxyquinoline, ethylene diamine tetraacetate. (2) The electrolyte comprises organic cpd. which is in liq. state at ambient temp.. Chemical seed to form Al ion and complex cpd. is dissoved in the electrolyte.    The chemical seed comprises at least one of 2,4-pentanedione, 8-hydroxyquinoline, ethylene diamine tetraacetate. The electolyte comprises at least one of benzene, chloroform, toluene, propylene carbonate, and acetonitrile.    ADVANTAGE -   Stable aluminium cell with improved volume energy density is obtd.. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Aluminium cell comprises aluminium cathode, electrolyte, and anode. The electrolyte contains chemical seed to form aluminium ion, and complex cpd.. The chemical seed to form Al ion and complex cpd. comprises at least one of oxalic acid, 2,4-pentanedione, 8-hydroxyquinoline, ethylene diamine tetraacetate. (2) The electrolyte comprises organic cpd. which is in liq. state at ambient temp.. Chemical seed to form Al ion and complex cpd. is dissoved in the electrolyte.    The chemical seed comprises at least one of 2,4-pentanedione, 8-hydroxyquinoline, ethylene diamine tetraacetate. The electolyte comprises at least one of benzene, chloroform, toluene, propylene carbonate, and acetonitrile.    ADVANTAGE -   Stable aluminium cell with improved volume energy density is obtd.. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
A component arrangement for current transfer between adjacent flat, level, stacked high temp. fuel cells with a doped stabilised zirconia solid electrolyte (1) is claimed, the oxygen electrode (2) of one cell being electrically connected to the fuel electrode (3) of the next cell and the interspace between the electrodes (2,3) being subdivided into two spaces for fuel (CH4) and oxygen source (O2) passage respectively by a gastight electrically conductive separator plate (7).    The separator plate is a flat smooth plate (7) provided on both sides with current collectors (5,10) which are solidly anchored in the oxygen and fuel electrodes (2,3), at least the current collector at one side being able to slide freely on the separator plate (7) in a direction laterally parallel to the plate plane.    ADVANTAGE -   The arrangement provides good electrical contact to the cell electrodes and other components at up to 1000 deg.C, has satisfactory long term stability, can be produced inexpensively, reproducibly and exchangeably and allows rapid and problem-free disassembly. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
The cable system consists of a coiled cable above three metres in length which has a 'cigarette lighter' connector plug on each end. One plug may be inserted into the cigarette lighter of a functioning electrically charged automobile. The other end is inserted into the cigarette lighter of a disabled automobile which needs a boost for starting.    To eliminate the problem of overcharging the circuitry, the booster cable of the invention incorporates a time delay relay and fuse box system which allows the user to boost the disabled vehicle in preferably about ten second bursts with a cooling period between boosts of preferably about twenty seconds. This approach protects the vehicle's on board electrical system, circumvents a computer, if on board, and controls the electrical charge flow.    ADVANTAGE -   Prevents circuitry damage due to overcharging. @(7pp DWg.No.1/3)@
The fuel cell system comprises a source of fuel, a reformer for reforming fuel from the source through the application of heated air thereto, and valve for selectively supplying the heated air exhausted from the reformer to an air port of the fuel cell for rapid start up or unheated air to the air port of the fuel cell for normal operation thereof.    A blower delivers the air to the fuel cell. The blower is positioned in the system for drawing air through an exhaust pipe of the reformer between the reformer exhaust pipe and the air port of the fuel cell.    USE -   Generates electrical power from reaction of reformed fuel with air in fuel cell. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP3105865-A)      Thin film comprises a laminate of oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material.    Pref. the laminated film comprises two- or multi-layered structure formed by laminating the oxide superconductor and oxide magnetic material alternately. Pref. the oxide magnetic material has ferro-magnetism, or anti-ferro-magnetism and is composed of La, Ca, Mn, and O, esp. crystals of La(1-x)CaxMnO3, where x = 0.05-0.95 with the perovskite structure. The oxide superconductor is pref. Y or rare-earths, Ba, Cu, and O, or Bi, Pb, Sr, Ca, Cu, and O.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The laminate is used as superconductive material having improved Tc. The material has an interface which is less reactive and steep. @(5pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The fuel-cell (10) contains at least one electrolyte chamber (24) filled with a proton conducting liquid electrolyte which is separated by metal membranes from at least 2 electrode chambers filled with electrode material. The feature is that the membranes (12,14,16) consist of hydrogen permeable material through which both ions and electrons are conducted.    The metal membranes consist of pref. of V, Ti or Ta. At least one of the electrodes contains a Li-Na alloy, at least one other electrode contains H2-electrode material. One or both of the electrode types contain pref. also an additive in the form of a LiJ-KJ eutectic mixture. The H2-electrode chamber pref. contains a catalyst such as VH0.2+X, UH3, TiH2 or ZrH2. The electrolyte in the chamber (24) between the electrodes is pref. a mixture of LiCl, KCl and LiH.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The use of the H2 permeable membranes prevents operating problems which exist with conventional cells such as shorting of the electrodes by dissolved Li-ions. The cells become rechargeable by decompsn. of the LiH formed with heat and returning the Li and H2 to the opposite electrode chambers. The conversion efficiency of the cell is high at 70%. The cells can be used to convert solar energy. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Reforming catalyst in methanol reformer is heated, supplied with steam and methanol and reduced with H2 produced by methanol decomposition. The methanol feed is controlled within the heat-resistant temp. of the catalyst, using temp. sensors at several places. The reducing operation is shut down when the catalyst temp. at the outlet of the reformer falls below its burning temp..    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Reducing temp. is properly controlled by temp. sensors. @(4pp Dwg.No.1,2/2)@
The insulated wire comprises polyamideimide ester resin which is applied on a conductor directly or through the other insulating layer, and baked.    The polyamideimide ester resin comprises a mixt. of; (A) (a) polycarboxylic acid consisting of aromatic tribasic acid or its deriv. which contains at least 5 mol% of dibasic acid or its deriv., and 0.5-5 mol% of monobasic acid or its deriv., to the total acid content, (b) resin component formed by reaction of polyisocyanate or its deriv. in phenol solvent in presence of polyamide resin at the equiv. ratio of approx. 1:1; (B) aromatic polyisocyanate masked with phenols; and (C) tris(2-hydroxylethyl) isocyanurate modified polyesterimide resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyamideimide ester resin and insulated wire with it are used for a coolant-resistant motor. Coolant oil resistance (resistance to blister generation) of the wire is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The insulated wire comprises polyamideimide ester resin which is applied on a conductor directly or through the other insulating layer, and baked.    The polyamideimide ester resin comprises a mixt. of; (A) (a) polycarboxylic acid consisting of aromatic tribasic acid or its deriv. which contains at least 5 mol% of dibasic acid or its deriv., and 0.5-5 mol% of monobasic acid or its deriv., to the total acid content, (b) resin component formed by reaction of polyisocyanate or its deriv. in phenol solvent in presence of polyamide resin at the equiv. ratio of approx. 1:1; (B) aromatic polyisocyanate masked with phenols; and (C) tris(2-hydroxylethyl) isocyanurate modified polyesterimide resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyamideimide ester resin and insulated wire with it are used for a coolant-resistant motor. Coolant oil resistance (resistance to blister generation) of the wire is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The insulated wire comprises polyamideimide ester resin which is applied on a conductor directly or through the other insulating layer, and baked.    The polyamideimide ester resin comprises a mixt. of; (A) (a) polycarboxylic acid consisting of aromatic tribasic acid or its deriv. which contains at least 5 mol% of dibasic acid or its deriv., and 0.5-5 mol% of monobasic acid or its deriv., to the total acid content, (b) resin component formed by reaction of polyisocyanate or its deriv. in phenol solvent in presence of polyamide resin at the equiv. ratio of approx. 1:1; (B) aromatic polyisocyanate masked with phenols; and (C) tris(2-hydroxylethyl) isocyanurate modified polyesterimide resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyamideimide ester resin and insulated wire with it are used for a coolant-resistant motor. Coolant oil resistance (resistance to blister generation) of the wire is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The insulated wire comprises polyamideimide ester resin which is applied on a conductor directly or through the other insulating layer, and baked.    The polyamideimide ester resin comprises a mixt. of; (A) (a) polycarboxylic acid consisting of aromatic tribasic acid or its deriv. which contains at least 5 mol% of dibasic acid or its deriv., and 0.5-5 mol% of monobasic acid or its deriv., to the total acid content, (b) resin component formed by reaction of polyisocyanate or its deriv. in phenol solvent in presence of polyamide resin at the equiv. ratio of approx. 1:1; (B) aromatic polyisocyanate masked with phenols; and (C) tris(2-hydroxylethyl) isocyanurate modified polyesterimide resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyamideimide ester resin and insulated wire with it are used for a coolant-resistant motor. Coolant oil resistance (resistance to blister generation) of the wire is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The insulated wire comprises polyamideimide ester resin which is applied on a conductor directly or through the other insulating layer, and baked.    The polyamideimide ester resin comprises a mixt. of; (A) (a) polycarboxylic acid consisting of aromatic tribasic acid or its deriv. which contains at least 5 mol% of dibasic acid or its deriv., and 0.5-5 mol% of monobasic acid or its deriv., to the total acid content, (b) resin component formed by reaction of polyisocyanate or its deriv. in phenol solvent in presence of polyamide resin at the equiv. ratio of approx. 1:1; (B) aromatic polyisocyanate masked with phenols; and (C) tris(2-hydroxylethyl) isocyanurate modified polyesterimide resin.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polyamideimide ester resin and insulated wire with it are used for a coolant-resistant motor. Coolant oil resistance (resistance to blister generation) of the wire is improved. @(8pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
(JP3101058-A)      The stabilising material comprises a composite material of high-purity Al in which ceramics whiskers are dispersed.    The stabilising material is made by setting a preform comprising one or more of Al2O3 whiskers, SiC whiskers, and TiB2 whiskers in a die for forging molten metal, for metal melt forging high-purity Al of at least 99.99% purity.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Used for superconducting wire, having high strength, high residual resistance ratio, and light wt.. @(2pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Plate type reformer assembly is for reforming hydrocarbons such as methane in the presence of steam composed of stacked plate-type reformers. The reformer assembly comprises (a) masking frames integrally mounted on peripheries of plate members to define a fuel introduction plate (fuel feeding plate); (b) a combustion chamber plate filled with combustion catalyst; and (c) a reforming chamber plate filled with reforming catalyst; in which (d) fuel feed ports are formed in the masking frame of the fuel introduction plate; (e) several dispersion openings are formed in the plate member of the combustion chamber plate; (f) an air feeding port and an exhaust gas discharging port are formed in the masking frame of the combustion chamber plate; (g) a raw material gas feed port and a reformed gas discharge port are formed in the masking frame of the reforming chamber plate; and (h) these plates are stacked in turn and the peripheries of the plates are welded to each other thereby defining a multi-layer unit; and (i) manifolds for the gas feeding and discharging ports are aligned and mounted on lateral faces of the multi-layer unit.    ADVANTAGE -   The plate-type reformer assembly has gas feeding and discharging ports which are simple and require only simple sealing. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
Fuel cell power plant comprises: an H2/C oxide-consuming fuel cell (2) with an anode compartment (2a) and cathode compartment (Zc); feed gas supply (8,10,12) to the anode; compressor (41) for supplying the cathode with compressed oxidant (44); system (46,50, 42) for recycling fuel cell exhaust to the cathode; a methanation unit (9) for the H2/C oxide supply (4); reforming catalyst (13) for reforming the methanated gas to anode process gas (14) by absorbing waste heat from the cell.    ADVANTAGE -   System reduces cooling demands on the fuel cell and simplifies the cathode gas supply loop. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Fuel cell power system comprises a stack of molten carbonate fuel cells with separators and cooling plates, the latter contg. passages for raw material gas for reformation (which also acts as cooling gas), the passages contg. reforming catalyst. External reformer (37) includes combustion section (39) and reforming section (38). Stack cooling gas line (45) is connected to cooling plate passages. A line (50) feeds raw material gas to reforming section (36). An anode gas feed line (52) feeds reformed gas from the passages and from the reforming section (38); and anode gas exit line (53) supplies the combustion section (39). A cathode gas feed line (55) supplies exhaust from combustion section (39) and air (A); and cathode exit line (56) discharges the cathode gas.    ADVANTAGE -   System is internally reforming but does not allow the reforming catalyst to contact the carbonate; easy control of stack temp. is facilitated and power generating efficiency is high. @(19pp Dwg.No.0/1)
The spring flange battery tray system is composed of a rectangular one piece plastic tray having two snap locking flanges located along the outer edges of the length of the tray. There are three ribs in each of the snap-locking flanges, one at either end and one in the middle. These snap locking flanges elastically separate when wedged apart by the downward pressure of the base of the battery allowing the battery to slip in between them and be secured.    From symmetrically located rectangular depressions on the top of the tray each with three fastening slots are used to secure the tray to the vehicle with bolts or rivets.    ADVANTAGE -   Tray system with snap-locking flanges eliminates need for holding down fittings. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/8)@
The battery has a number of cells (2) that are connected together in series. The end cell (3) has two quasi-parallel elements with a connector directly to a positive pole (4) and an indirect connection to a second pole. The indirect connection is made via a detection and regulation circuit (6).    The connections are made to two groups of cells (91, 92). The arrangement allows long term consumption loads, such as lighting to be supplied off the one group (91) until a discharged condition results. The part cell (92) separate from the regulator ensures that sufficient power is available for starting.    ADVANTAGE -   Controls battery discharge to ensure that adequate power is available for starting. @(16pp Dwg.No.1/9)@
The shipping and display cap for an electric storage battery terminal includes a base permanently secured about a root of the terminal and a separable tower adapted for ready separation from the base when the battery is put in service.    The electric storage battery has a cap for a battery terminal whose external terminal post is axially offset from the battery's internal cell element post including common appts. for both securing the cap's base about the terminal root and preventing accidental lifting or rotation of the terminal with respect to the cell element post.    ADVANTAGE -   Less susceptible to damage.
Composite metal wire has a metal plating layer of 0.03-0.3 mmicrons thickness that is sparingly diffusible into a molten solder comprising Fe or Fe-Ni alloy formed on Cu or Cu alloy very fine dia. conductor, and on the outer periphery, a metal layer of at least 0.03 microns thickness, having good wettability to solder.    USE -   For use as a chip coils, or watch coils, preventing diffusion and elution of the conductor into a molten solder. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite metal wire has a metal plating layer of 0.03-0.3 mmicrons thickness that is sparingly diffusible into a molten solder comprising Fe or Fe-Ni alloy formed on Cu or Cu alloy very fine dia. conductor, and on the outer periphery, a metal layer of at least 0.03 microns thickness, having good wettability to solder.    USE -   For use as a chip coils, or watch coils, preventing diffusion and elution of the conductor into a molten solder. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite metal wire has a metal plating layer of 0.03-0.3 mmicrons thickness that is sparingly diffusible into a molten solder comprising Fe or Fe-Ni alloy formed on Cu or Cu alloy very fine dia. conductor, and on the outer periphery, a metal layer of at least 0.03 microns thickness, having good wettability to solder.    USE -   For use as a chip coils, or watch coils, preventing diffusion and elution of the conductor into a molten solder. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite metal wire has a metal plating layer of 0.03-0.3 mmicrons thickness that is sparingly diffusible into a molten solder comprising Fe or Fe-Ni alloy formed on Cu or Cu alloy very fine dia. conductor, and on the outer periphery, a metal layer of at least 0.03 microns thickness, having good wettability to solder.    USE -   For use as a chip coils, or watch coils, preventing diffusion and elution of the conductor into a molten solder. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Fuel reformer includes burner (2), cylindrical partition wall (4), reforming pipe (13) with catalyst layer (14), burner cylinder (21), and burning cylinder (22) erected from bottom of kiln vessel (1).    ADVANTAGE -   Even when flame from burner is long, flame is prevented from going out from path for combustion gas path. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
(JP3095869-A)      Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material.
(JP3095868-A)      Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material.
Material powder mixt. consists of Ca, Ba, Cu, O and R where R is at least one of Y and lanthanide and is filled in sheath material, and extended. The material is treated under hot-static hydraulic pressure at 850-1100 deg.C in the mixed atmos. of inert gas and 02 gas to form the oxide superconductor contg. the oxide of the following formula (R1-xCa)Ba2Cu408 where x = 0.001-0.5. Then the superconductor is sintered.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The method is used for prepn. of oxide superconductor wire. Superconductor wire having Tc which is higher than the temp. of liquid N2 can be obtd. Up to 850 deg.C 02 does not come off the material. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
CRT panel comprises a glass substrate, and an optical multi-layer film formed on the surface of the glass substrate. The outermost surface of the multilayer film has a pattern coating comprising continuous linear translucent conductor in strips or network form, and transparent conductor formed at the portion where the transparent conductor is not formed. @(5pp Dwg.No. 0/8)
CRT panel comprises a glass substrate, and an optical multi-layer film formed on the surface of the glass substrate. The outermost surface of the multilayer film has a pattern coating comprising continuous linear translucent conductor in strips or network form, and transparent conductor formed at the portion where the transparent conductor is not formed. @(5pp Dwg.No. 0/8)
The part (4) has to conduct current between 2 adjacent solid electrolyte, high temp., fuel-cells which have a flat shape and are arranged in a stack. The fuel cells consist of a solid electrolyte membrane (1), an oxygen electrode (2) and a fuel-electrode (3). The part (4) connects dissimilar electrodes of 2 adjacent cells, forming a conductive hermetic, separating wall (5) between flows of the fuel and of the oxygen medium. The feature is that the part (4) consists of a single sheet of metal which has been folded more than once in such a way that the central part forms the separating wall (5) and the other parts are springy current collectors (6,7) with multiple contacts on the electrodes due to the presence of folds and raised dents.    The collectors pref. extend over the entire electrode surface. They may be of any form, i.e. triangular, square, rectangular, interdigitated and consist of 2 parts which butt onto each other above each electrode and each cover half the electrode area.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The part (4) can be formed in a simple operation, gives a good electrical contact at a temp. of up to 1000 deg. C and has a high conductivity. It can be used both in reducing and in oxidising ambients. The part has a low cost, can be made reproducibly and can be easily exchanged. @(16pp Dwg.No.1/14)@
Fuel cell system in which the cell potential is controlled within a max. limit comprises: anode section; cathode section having a max. allowed voltage limit; electrolyte; and a gas supply to the cathode purging it during off-power conditions, causing its potential to be limited below the max. limit. The gas includes a minor (I) and a major (II) component and is supplied by a fixed area ejector injecting (I) into a stream of (II).    Pref. (I) is O2 and (II) is N2.    ADVANTAGE -   Simple, efficient arrangement protects the cell during off-power or non-operating modes. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
In a lithium battery consisting of a positive pole composed of a positive polar active substance, e.g., MnO2, etc. a negative pole composed of Li, etc., a separator, and an electrolyte; a three-dimensional network structure material contg. a polyalkylene oxide is used as the separator.    The three-dimensional structure material is pref. a copolymer or resin blend of polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, etc., contg. 50% or less other polymer such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The lithium sec. does not have growth of dendrite and has good heat resistance, mechanical strength, liq. holding capacity, repeating charging-discharging characteristic, and durability. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
In a lithium battery consisting of a positive pole composed of a positive polar active substance, e.g., MnO2, etc. a negative pole composed of Li, etc., a separator, and an electrolyte; a three-dimensional network structure material contg. a polyalkylene oxide is used as the separator.    The three-dimensional structure material is pref. a copolymer or resin blend of polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, etc., contg. 50% or less other polymer such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The lithium sec. does not have growth of dendrite and has good heat resistance, mechanical strength, liq. holding capacity, repeating charging-discharging characteristic, and durability. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
In a lithium battery consisting of a positive pole composed of a positive polar active substance, e.g., MnO2, etc. a negative pole composed of Li, etc., a separator, and an electrolyte; a three-dimensional network structure material contg. a polyalkylene oxide is used as the separator.    The three-dimensional structure material is pref. a copolymer or resin blend of polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, etc., contg. 50% or less other polymer such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The lithium sec. does not have growth of dendrite and has good heat resistance, mechanical strength, liq. holding capacity, repeating charging-discharging characteristic, and durability. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
In a lithium battery consisting of a positive pole composed of a positive polar active substance, e.g., MnO2, etc. a negative pole composed of Li, etc., a separator, and an electrolyte; a three-dimensional network structure material contg. a polyalkylene oxide is used as the separator.    The three-dimensional structure material is pref. a copolymer or resin blend of polyalkylene oxide such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, etc., contg. 50% or less other polymer such as polyolefin, polyester, polyamide, etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The lithium sec. does not have growth of dendrite and has good heat resistance, mechanical strength, liq. holding capacity, repeating charging-discharging characteristic, and durability. @(6pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
When joining film of high polymer electrolyte to electrode the film is held to electrode and inserted into enclosed space. The film is joined to the electrode by hot pressure, and water is supplied to the space.    ADVANTAGE -   Since film is joined to electrode in swelled condition improved joining is achieved, and resistance of the film is reduced and can be used as stabilised cell. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
When joining film of high polymer electrolyte to electrode the film is held to electrode and inserted into enclosed space. The film is joined to the electrode by hot pressure, and water is supplied to the space.    ADVANTAGE -   Since film is joined to electrode in swelled condition improved joining is achieved, and resistance of the film is reduced and can be used as stabilised cell. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Transparent conductor film is treated by heating a Zn-oxide transparent conductor film formed by vapour phase epitaxial method in an inert atmos at 200-350 deg C.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For making oxide transparent conductor film low resistivity. @(3pp Dwg.No.0/0)
A battery tester includes an automatic battery loading device including a carbon pile having a shaft through and a stepper motor engaged with the shaft for effecting rotation. A compression nut is threadedly engaged with the shaft for movement into and out of engagement with the carbon pile in response to rotation of the shaft for varying the compression of the pile and, thereby, the impedance.    A feedback resistor is connected in series with the carbon pile across the battery and a control circuit compares the voltage across the feedback resistor with a voltage corresponding to a predetermined load current for controlling the operation of the motor to maintain the predetermined load current. Suitable meters indicate battery voltage, actual load current and predetermined load current.    ADVANTAGE -   Automatically maintains load current. @(22pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Full cell assembly comprises: a cell stack (12) with a flexible conductive membrane (16) at each end in contact with an electrode (50, 58) at multiple spaced locations parallel to the cells; a pressure pad (22, 26) at each end of the stack in contact with the respective membrane; a compressive force (20) acting on the stack via the pads which maintains the membranes in contact with the electrodes at multiple locations; and a bus bar (42, 44) connected to a box-like wall structure (28) integral with each membrane and of greater thickness than each membrane and extending axially of the stack at the outer periphery of the membrane.    Pref. the stack also includes fuel manifolds (32) and air manifolds (35). Each box-like wall has an outward extending flange (40) for reinforcement and sealing. A heater (24) at each end is interposed between the first portion (22) and the second portion (26) of the pressure pad.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Esp. as a molten carbonate fuel cell. (claimed). Structure ensures uniform loading across the plane of the cells during normal operation and transients despite thermal distortions of the pressure plates (20). @(8pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Fuel cell current is sensed (30) and during a transient, a feed forward demand signal (50) sent to a fuel flow regulator (58). A nominal desired reformer temperature is established for the new fuel cell current. This desired temperature signal (62) is dynamically compensated (64) to establish the operating temperature set point (72).    A predominantly lead compensation (66) is achieved for a desired temperature increase and a predominantly lag compensation (68) for a desired temperature decrease. Increased reliance on the temperature as a result of the system input reduces reliance on the accuracy of fuel flow measurement and on the consistency of fuel heating value.    ADVANTAGE -   Excessive decreases in fuel flow are avoided. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Composite superconductor is made by: inserting composite wire stocks comprising different kinds of metals in an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be prim. composite wire; inserting the prim. composite wires into an outer tube; cold working it; removing the outer tube to be 2nd composite wire; repeating the cycles to obtain n-th composite wire covered with an outer tube; heating it for alloying them into the composite superconductor, in which the ratio of T(section of the outer tube for the prim. composite wire) over S (total section of the composite wire stocks for the prim composite wire) is made it to be 0.5-2, furthermore, these composite wire stocks are covered with single or multilayer metal foil having thickness under 1/10 times equivalent dia. of the composite wire stocks to have the coating thickness under the equivalent thickness; and by inserting the covered stock wire into the outer tube.    USE -   For making composite superconductors without breaking wire stocks and cracking outer tube in wire drawing. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
Fuel reformer includes catalyst layer in which catalyst having activity at low temps. and high density catalyst having heat resistance are filled at inlet and outlet portions, respectively, where mixed gas of raw gas and steam is converted to gas abundant with hydrogen during passage through catalyst layer.    ADVANTAGE -   Outlet portion of catalyst layer tolerates high temp.. @(5pp Dwg.No.3/3)@
In the solid high polymer electrolytic film appts. applicable for fuel cells, an ozone generator or a water electrolysis appts., a porous anode and a porous cathode are disposed against both side surfaces of the solid high polymer electrolytic film respectively, and for each porous pole surface, a current collector pole is disposed.    ADVANTAGE -   Highly cost saving appts. is gained as the solid high polymer electrolytic film appts. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Ion source has a mechanism for generating plasma by ionisation of a starting gas having fed into a vacuum chamber by DC discharging, and electrodes for drawing out ions from the plasma, in which the anode material for DC discharging is composed of one of Si, metal silicide, or a metal material coated with Si-film., and pref., has a mechanism for cleaning the vacuum chamber by generating H2, F2, or inert gas plasma in the chamber, furthermore, pref. the inner wall of the chamber is an anode for discharging.    USE -   For thin film transistors for liq. crystal display, and thin film magnetic heads, enabling stable actions even in long and continuous operation. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Ion source has a mechanism for generating plasma by ionisation of a starting gas having fed into a vacuum chamber by DC discharging, and electrodes for drawing out ions from the plasma, in which the anode material for DC discharging is composed of one of Si, metal silicide, or a metal material coated with Si-film., and pref., has a mechanism for cleaning the vacuum chamber by generating H2, F2, or inert gas plasma in the chamber, furthermore, pref. the inner wall of the chamber is an anode for discharging.    USE -   For thin film transistors for liq. crystal display, and thin film magnetic heads, enabling stable actions even in long and continuous operation. @(5pp Dwg.No.1/4)@
Analogues of beta''alumina (i.e. of formula Na2O.5Al2O3) with layered spinel type structure where at least some of the Na+ ions in Na+ ion layers sepd. by layers of Al3+ and O ions are replaced by cations of a mono, di and/or trivalent metal (I) are obtd. by (i) dispensing an oxide of metal (I) or its prescursor in a boehmite (II) then (ii) heating to convert at least some of the mixt. obtd. to analogue prod. Boehmite (II) is defined as having an average crystal size of 100 Angstroms at least, average basal plane spacing of 6.8 Angstroms, mass loss on heating from 20 to 700 deg.C of below 20wt.% with max. loss above 400 deg.C. Spinel stabilisers may be added in (i) e.g. Li2O or MgO. (I) is e.g. Li, K, Be, Mg, Ga, As or Bi etc.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Prods. can be formed as artefacts for use as separators in electrochemical cells or as solid electrolytes (III) when heating in (ii) is at 1610-1620 deg.C. (III) are used in fuel cells or gas sensors e.g. for vehicle exhaust gases. Powder or particulate prods. are mfd. when in (ii) is to 1200 deg.C.
The lead-acid battery with gas-recombination consists of multiple cells with at least one negative (8) and one positive (6) electrode each sepd by a porous material (10) which has been impregnated with acid. The feature is that the separator (10) has pores with a dia of 10-50 micron, pref 10-30 micron, and that the acid content is such that all pores are filled with acid. The cells also contain porous membranes, with a pore size of 2-10 micron, between the ends of the separators and the walls of the battery. The separators are pref made of a felt consisting of plastic fibres of the type : polyethylene, polyester, polyterephthalate and polyvinyl-resin. The metal electrodes used are an Sb-free alloy of Pb, featuring a Ag-content of 0.005-0.02 wt% or Co with a content of 0.005-0.03 wt%. The electrolyte pref contains dissolved metal salts or a mixt from the gp : Ag, Co, Sb, Ni in a concn of 0.055-0.03 wt%.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The battery can function with a lower gas recombination efficiency because it spends a small part of its operational life, from 2-3% to 20-40%, being charged up. For the rest of the time the battery generates only small amts of gas. The batteries can be made with simpler lid construction without requiring a liquid trap and thinner walls, because the gas-pressure is lower. The replacement of glass-fibres by plastic fibres also reduces cost.
Appts. comprises a sample changer chamber connected to a vacuum chamber through an exhaust pipe having a valve, which is opened to preliminarily exhaust a gas from the sample changer chamber, using an evacuator attached to the vacuum chamber.    USE -   For X-ray microanalysers. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
Appts. comprises a sample changer chamber connected to a vacuum chamber through an exhaust pipe having a valve, which is opened to preliminarily exhaust a gas from the sample changer chamber, using an evacuator attached to the vacuum chamber.    USE -   For X-ray microanalysers. @(3pp Dwg.No.1,2/3)@
In a polymer cell using as a positive pole active substance polypyrrole formed directly on a positive polar electrode by electrolytic polymerisation, the cross-sectional area of the polypyrrole laminated on the electrode as a positive pole active substance should have R value of 1.2 or more; R = (max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/-20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face vertically to the face of electrode)/(Max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/- 20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face in parallel with the face of electrode).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polar sec. cell has excellent output characteristics and lightweight. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
In a polymer cell using as a positive pole active substance polypyrrole formed directly on a positive polar electrode by electrolytic polymerisation, the cross-sectional area of the polypyrrole laminated on the electrode as a positive pole active substance should have R value of 1.2 or more; R = (max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/-20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face vertically to the face of electrode)/(Max. peak intensity of spectrum in waves region of 1580 +/- 20 cm-1 obtd. by incidence of laser beam polarised face in parallel with the face of electrode).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The polar sec. cell has excellent output characteristics and lightweight. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/1)@
Zinc alkaline secondary cell comprises cathode active substance of Zn, and electrolyte of alkaline aq. soln. As corrosion preventive agent for the cathode active substance, polyoxyethylene fatty acid amide of the formula (I) is used. In (I) R = alkyl or unsatd. fatty acid; n = polymerisation deg. of oxyethylene.    ADVANTAGE -   Amt. of Hg for amalgamation of the Zn cathode of the zinc alkaline cell can be reduced. Corrosion resistance of the Zn cathode is improved.    In an example, the Zn cathode was prepd. as follows: Amalgamated Zn alloy powder of 20-200 mesh, contg. 0.02% of In, 0.05% of Pb and 0.05% of Al, was gelatinised with polyacrylic acid in 40 wt% KOH aq. soln. 0.5 wt% to the Zn wt. of polyoxy-ethylene fatty acid amide was added to the Zn cathode, as the corrosion preventive agent. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Zinc alkaline secondary cell comprises cathode active substance of Zn, and electrolyte of alkaline aq. soln. As corrosion preventive agent for the cathode active substance, polyoxyethylene fatty acid amide of the formula (I) is used. In (I) R = alkyl or unsatd. fatty acid; n = polymerisation deg. of oxyethylene.    ADVANTAGE -   Amt. of Hg for amalgamation of the Zn cathode of the zinc alkaline cell can be reduced. Corrosion resistance of the Zn cathode is improved.    In an example, the Zn cathode was prepd. as follows: Amalgamated Zn alloy powder of 20-200 mesh, contg. 0.02% of In, 0.05% of Pb and 0.05% of Al, was gelatinised with polyacrylic acid in 40 wt% KOH aq. soln. 0.5 wt% to the Zn wt. of polyoxy-ethylene fatty acid amide was added to the Zn cathode, as the corrosion preventive agent. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Zinc alkaline secondary cell comprises cathode active substance of Zn, and electrolyte of alkaline aq. soln. As corrosion preventive agent for the cathode active substance, polyoxyethylene fatty acid amide of the formula (I) is used. In (I) R = alkyl or unsatd. fatty acid; n = polymerisation deg. of oxyethylene.    ADVANTAGE -   Amt. of Hg for amalgamation of the Zn cathode of the zinc alkaline cell can be reduced. Corrosion resistance of the Zn cathode is improved.    In an example, the Zn cathode was prepd. as follows: Amalgamated Zn alloy powder of 20-200 mesh, contg. 0.02% of In, 0.05% of Pb and 0.05% of Al, was gelatinised with polyacrylic acid in 40 wt% KOH aq. soln. 0.5 wt% to the Zn wt. of polyoxy-ethylene fatty acid amide was added to the Zn cathode, as the corrosion preventive agent. @(6pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
A solid electrolyte high temp. fuel cell module (1) has several in series connected, flat, solid electrolyte high temp. fuel cells lying on top of one another. Between neighbouring cells there are bipolar wafers (12) contg. a structural element and ensuring gas distribution by means of open channels (14). Bewtwen each wafer is situated a solid electrolyte element treated on one the side with cathodic material and on the other side with anodic material. There are congnient openings on the element (26).    ADVANTAGE -   Module has minimal electrical internal resistance and at the same time is mechanically stable. @(17pp Dwg.No.1-3/12)@
The output voltage of the fuel cell (1) is monitored by a transformer (12) connected to a pair of comparators (14a,14B) potential with voltage limits set by variable resistors (31,32).    A controller (17) energises a trip coil (11A) to open a switch (SW1) and cut off a transistor (Q1) to block the short-circuit current before another trip coil (11B) opens a two-pole switch (SW2) protecting both lines to the inverter (4).    USE/ADVANTAGE -   In power supplies rated at e.g. 5 or 10 MW. switch can be used reliably to protect wither single or combined supplies subject to inverter faults.@(16pp Dwg.No.5/11)@
Square elements are stacked between upper and lower bipolar cover plates in which eight circular holes for introduction of gaseous fuel and air or O2 are distributed around the edges.    Each solid electrolyte element comprises four rectangular plates (28) of e.g. Y-stabilised ZrO2 with electrodes (32, 33, 34, 35) on both sides. The cathodes may be of RSrMnO3 ceramic, and the anodes of Ni-ZrO2 cermet. Electrically insulating frames (36) of ZrO2 contain slots and are soldered (50) to adjacent window foils.    ADVANTAGE -   Individual cells are held together securely with min. internal electric resistance, sufficient mechanical stability and gastightness.
The fuel cell includes a generating layer, an interconnector layer, and a support layer disposed between the generating layer and the interconnector. The generating layer is a solid electrolyte sandwiched between a fuel pole and an oxygen pole. The interconnector layer comprises a fuel electrode and an interconnector material and an oxygen electrode. The support layer forms a fuel passage and an oxidiser passage above and below the generating layer. Supporting rods for gas sealing are disposed at both ends of the support layer. A sealing film is cemented to the contact surfaces of the supporting rod between the connection portions of the generating layer and the interconnector. The sealing film becomes soft or half melted during the operation of the fuel cell. @(36pp Dwg.No.1,2/18)@
Electrochemical test cell structure comprises a body having an electrolyte chamber (26) extending between side faces and in communication with a reservoir (32). Reactant blocks (14, 16) with chambers (34) and passages (36) for passing reactant in and out are in communication with the chamber (36) via the side faces. Demountable planar electrodes (42) in frames are sealingly mounted between the body and reactant blocks.    The reactant material is pref. gas and the electrolyte. The blocks and body are pref. of transparent plastic material e.g. cast or machined epoxy or acrylic resins or mouldable high impact polystyrene or polypropylene. Pref. the electrode mounts are made of compressible closed-cell foam plastic and sealed by O-rings.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Fuel cell technology. The test cell is easily assembled and disassembled for changing, inspection, etc of the elctrodes, electrolyte or reactant.
The fuel reformer comprises a gas impermeable plate, a flow path for raw material to be reformed, a reforming catalyst in the flow path on one side of gas impermeable plate, and a flow path for a heat medium to heat raw material. The length of the raw material flow path is greater than that of the heat medium flow path.    ADVANTAGE -   Temp. distribution of catalyst is made uniform to shorten time necessary for raising temp. at start. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/11)@
The fuel reforming system comprises a fuel reforming unit with a reforming pipe and a combustor. A gas sampling member is provided in the combustion gas flow path extending from the combustor to the outer periphery of the reforming pipe and above an observation window or sensor window provided in the reforming vessel. The gas sampling member is connected to an oxygen densitometer to measure oxygen concn. in the combustion gas at an intermediate location of the combustion gas flow path.    ADVANTAGE -   Concn. of oxygen in gas and excess amt. of air can be accurately measured. @(4pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
Mn oxide such as MnO2, Mn2O3 and Mn3O4 is mixed with LiNO3 pref. as water soln., sintered in air atmos. at 430-470 deg. C for MnO2, 450-530 deg. C for Mn2O3 and 450-500 deg. C for Mn3O4 to form composite oxides contg. Li and Mn at Li:Mn=0.30:0.70-0.35.0.65 and used is anode for Li battery.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Li sec. battery with high energy density is obtd. by this method. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
Mn oxide such as MnO2, Mn2O3 and Mn3O4 is mixed with LiNO3 pref. as water soln., sintered in air atmos. at 430-470 deg. C for MnO2, 450-530 deg. C for Mn2O3 and 450-500 deg. C for Mn3O4 to form composite oxides contg. Li and Mn at Li:Mn=0.30:0.70-0.35.0.65 and used is anode for Li battery.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   Li sec. battery with high energy density is obtd. by this method. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/7)@
Prepn. of a polymerised toner comprises suspension-polymerising monomer compsn. which contains at least a polymerising monomer and a colouring agent with a modified starch, pref. an etherified starch or an esterified starch, as a suspension stabiliser.    The modified starch is used with a surfactant. After the polymerisation the suspension is treated with an amylolytic enzyme. The polymerising monomer is, e.g., styrenes, monoolefins, vinyl halides, organic acid vinylesters, (meth)acrylic acids vinylethers or vinylketones. The amt. of the modified starch is 0.1-40, pref. 1-20% in the continuous phase.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The toner is useful for electrophotography. The modified starch stably maintains the polymerisation system. The toner has suitable particle size, good frictional charging properties and good moisture resistance. Images produced with the toner have high image density and are stable. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Prepn. of a polymerised toner comprises suspension-polymerising monomer compsn. which contains at least a polymerising monomer and a colouring agent with a modified starch, pref. an etherified starch or an esterified starch, as a suspension stabiliser.    The modified starch is used with a surfactant. After the polymerisation the suspension is treated with an amylolytic enzyme. The polymerising monomer is, e.g., styrenes, monoolefins, vinyl halides, organic acid vinylesters, (meth)acrylic acids vinylethers or vinylketones. The amt. of the modified starch is 0.1-40, pref. 1-20% in the continuous phase.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The toner is useful for electrophotography. The modified starch stably maintains the polymerisation system. The toner has suitable particle size, good frictional charging properties and good moisture resistance. Images produced with the toner have high image density and are stable. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Prepn. of a polymerised toner comprises suspension-polymerising monomer compsn. which contains at least a polymerising monomer and a colouring agent with a modified starch, pref. an etherified starch or an esterified starch, as a suspension stabiliser.    The modified starch is used with a surfactant. After the polymerisation the suspension is treated with an amylolytic enzyme. The polymerising monomer is, e.g., styrenes, monoolefins, vinyl halides, organic acid vinylesters, (meth)acrylic acids vinylethers or vinylketones. The amt. of the modified starch is 0.1-40, pref. 1-20% in the continuous phase.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The toner is useful for electrophotography. The modified starch stably maintains the polymerisation system. The toner has suitable particle size, good frictional charging properties and good moisture resistance. Images produced with the toner have high image density and are stable. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Prepn. of a polymerised toner comprises suspension-polymerising monomer compsn. which contains at least a polymerising monomer and a colouring agent with a modified starch, pref. an etherified starch or an esterified starch, as a suspension stabiliser.    The modified starch is used with a surfactant. After the polymerisation the suspension is treated with an amylolytic enzyme. The polymerising monomer is, e.g., styrenes, monoolefins, vinyl halides, organic acid vinylesters, (meth)acrylic acids vinylethers or vinylketones. The amt. of the modified starch is 0.1-40, pref. 1-20% in the continuous phase.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The toner is useful for electrophotography. The modified starch stably maintains the polymerisation system. The toner has suitable particle size, good frictional charging properties and good moisture resistance. Images produced with the toner have high image density and are stable. @(7pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Current transfer element has a solid electrically conducting electrolyte (1), based on doped, stabilised Zr oxide, with an O electrode (2) and a fuel electrode (3). A sepg. plate (4) is located between electrodes (2) and (3), which is gas-tight and can conduct electricity.    The fuel side of the plate (4), the plate is plated with a precious metal (6) and on the other side is a Ni plating layer of oxide dispersion of a Ni/Cr alloy. A current collector is situated on both sides of the plate (4), and comprises a carrier (7) and (10) in a geometric form. On the contact surfaces there are porous or impervious surface layers comprising Au or Pt or an alloy of the two. Layer (8) between carriers (7) and (10) and precious metal layers (9,12) comprises CrO3 which is both an oxidant and anti-diffusion agent.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The element is used to conduct a current between ceramic high temp. fuel cells, in which a good electrical contact to the electrodes of the cell and also to the usual components at up to 500 deg.C is guaranteed. A high metallic electrical conductibility is also achieved. @(11pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The current feed uses electrically conductive separation plates (4) fitted between the O2 electrode (2) for one fuel cell and the fuel electrode (3) of the adjacent fuel cell in a fuel cell stack, dividing the gap between these electrodes (2,3) into a gaseous fuel medium space and an O2 carrier space.    The separation plate has rigidly anchored current collectors (5,8) on opposite sides, the current collector (5) on the fuel side being rigid and that on the O2 side is flexible, both current collectors (5,8) being freely movable parallel to the plane of the separation plate relative to the adjacent electrode.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   High temp. electrochemical fuel cell stack. Components can be economically reproducibly and exchangeably mfd. @(8pp Dwg.No.1/2)@
The fuel cells consist of at least one single cell (2Z) with an oxygen conducting solid electrolyte (3E), pref. impermeable to gas, 0.05-0.15mm thick and made of ZrO2 with 10 mole.% Y2O3, which has an anode layer (3A) on one surface and a cathode layer (3K) on the other. The 3 layers are formed as a planar multiple layer ceramic foil. The anode layer is pref. a porous Ni/ZrO2 or NiO/ZrO2 cermet and the cathode a porous layer of La(Sr)MnO3 or La(Sr)MnO3/ZrO2. Both layers are 0.1-0.4mm thick.    A structure (4), placed on the cathode layer (3K), consists of several layers (4A), 0.3-0.8 mm thick each, and parallel channels (7), 5-20 mm wide and 1.5-5 mm high, sepd. by walls (7S), 1-4mm thick, for air or oxygen transport. They are open at both ends. They are closed by the layers (6) and (3K). The material used is La(Sr)MnO3 and Y or Ca-doped ZrO2.    On the anode there are channels (8), for fuel transport, which run at a right angle to those in layer (4). This foil also consists of multiple layers 0.3-0.5mm thick each, and made of Ni/ZrO2 cermet and 20-80% of Y- or Ca-oxide stabilised ZrO2. The channels are sepd. by walls (8S) 1-4mm thick and open to layer (3A). Each cell has electrically conducting foils (6), placed on the layers (4 and 5). An array of multiple cells can be built by adding layers or by adding separately built foils (3,4,5,6). The array is bonded together by a heat-treatment.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The cells are easily mfd. and interconnected and then result in a strong structure. By adding sufficient cells the output-voltage can be defined freely. By defining increased areas of the cells the power available can be increased to give high outputs, e.g. a cell of 5x5x5 ccm yields 100 watts, one of 30x30x 30 ccm yields 25 kW and MW-levels can be achieved. @(8pp Dwg.No.2/2)@
Fuel reforming system involves differential pressure detector, flow rate regulating valve, and differential pressure controller. Differential pressure detector detects difference between internal and exterman pressures of reforming pipes.    Flow rate regulating valve is either first flow rate regulating valve in branch from exhaust gas line for combustion gas or second flow rate regulating valve in branch from reforming gas line on inlet or outlet side of reforming pipe.    Controller compares differential pressure signal with standard differential pressure signal, and outputs valve open degree signal to first or second flow rate regulating valve based on deviation level.    ADVANTAGE -   Reforming pipe with good followability to load is realised irrespective of difference in pressure between inside and outside of reforming pipe.
(JP3062460-A)      Ammonium thiomolybdate salt is reacted with copper halide in a dimethyl formamide medium to grow a precursor. The dimethyl formamide is evapd. and removed. The resulting precursor solid is heated and reduced under hydrogen gas atmos. to produce a copper molybdenum sulphide. The battery electrode is formulated around the copper molybdenum sulphide.    Pref. ammonium thiomolybdate salt comprises ammonium dioxodithiomolybdate, ammonium tetraoxotrithiodimolybdate, or ammonium tetrathiomolybdate. The ammonium tetrathiomolybdate is pref. in terms of no oxygen mixt. The copper halide comprises cuprous fluoride, cupric fluoride, cuprous chloride, cupric chloride, cuprous bromide, cupric bromide, cuprous iodide, or cupric iodide.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   The electrode is used for sec. battery. The prodn. method has no danger and is suitable for mass prodn.
The audio cable is made by wire drawing a conductor comprising high-purity Cu having up to 100 deg.C complete softening temp., to a core wire having at least 30 kgf/mm2 tensile strength, followed by applying insulating coatings around the core wire.    USE -   For lead wire or cores of audio equipment. Smooth surface and excellent tonal quality. @(4pp Dwg.No.0/0)
Fuel cell power plant reformer in which (a) catalyst tubes (16) in the reformer (2) have their upper ends at staggered elevations so as to be capable of having their temps. individually monitored by infrared temp. sensors; (b) the catalyst tubes (16) are mounted on a floating support within the reformer housing (4) so as to be free to undergo expansion and contraction during periods of internal temp. variation as the reformer (2) is operated; in which (c) the floating support is preferably formed from fuel manifolds suspended in the reformer housing (4).    The reformer is designed for use with a large fuel cell power plant capable of producing megawatts of power, such as would be used by a public utility.    ADVANTAGE -   Thus continuous monitoring of the catalyst temps. and heat distribution is more accurately accomplished as compared with measuring the temp. of the interior of the housing itself.
(A) A current collector, for current passage between adjacent flat stacked ceramic high temp. fuel cells with a doped stabilised zirconia-based solid electrolyte, comprises (i) a support (1) of electrically conductive, oxidn. resistant, oxide dispersion-hardened Ni base superalloy contg. (by wt) at least 20 % Cr, max. 0.1% C max, 0.5% Al and max. 0.8% Ti, (ii) a porous or impervious surface layer (2) which is provided only at the contact regions and which consists of Au, Pt gp. metal or their alloys, and (iii) a (dis)continuous interlayer (3) between the support (1) and the surface layer (2), and/or filter layer (9) filling the pores of the surface layer (2) consisting of semiconductive Cr203 acting both as oxidn. protection and as a diffusion barrier, the Cr203 particles being electrically conductively and solidly bonded to the support material and to the precious metal particles.    (B) Process for prodn. of the current collector are also claimed.    ADVANTAGE -   The current collector ensures good electrical contact to the fuel cell electrodes and other components at up to 900 deg.C has high metallic conductivity, is not subject to migration processes (e.g. diffusion) or material loss (e.g. by evapn.) in reducing, neutral or oxidising atmospheres, has long term stability and can be mfd. inexpensively reproducibly and interchangeably. @(10pp Dwg.No.1/3)@
The necessary 6V DC supply is provided by five Ni-Cd batteries (8) concealed in the saddle support (1) below its junction with the crossbar (2) and rear fork. A metallic inner tube (7) is closed with a cover (6) and sleeve (5) pressed, bonded or pinned to the base (3) of the saddle.    The positive terminal of the pile is wired to a socket (9) from which a plug (10) and cable (11) lead through an eyelet (12) to an external connector (13).    ADVANTAGE -   Batteries are protected mechanically and against theft, take up no additional space and require no earthing wire. @(3pp Dwg.no.1/1)@
Solar energy is converted continuously in high-temp. heat of a fluid which is stored and transformed electrical energy. The reaction partner of a methanem reforming process is heated to produce a gas which is stored with a high energy density and is directed to a fuel cell for electrical energy generation.    Pref. solar energy(SE) received by a radiation collector(1) is transferred to a gas (G), e.g. air or CO2 which passes through a pipe(2) to a reformer(3) with cracking tubes(4) and back via a cooler(6) and compressor(7). The cracking tubes receive CH4 and H2O from a heat exchanger in which the gas produced(PG), which is high in H2, is cooled. A shift converter(9) raises the H2 share and a pressure vessel(10) eluates further CO2 shares. The H is passed to a fuel cell(11) together with air or O2.    ADVANTAGE -   This minimises the vol. required for storage and achieves a better efficiency. @(4pp DwgNo.1/1)@
The load lifting block arrangement of the type used to transport loads, such as vehicle batteries, is supported at the end of a chain (12). The load is coupled to a bolt (8) at the lower end. A distance piece (6) on a slide (4) can be fixed in a selection position.    The side of a link (1) has grooves that engage with a latch pin (11) that can be moved between released and locked position by swinging a lever (5a) through an arc.    ADVANTAGE -   Simplifies setting of lifting block. @(6pp Dwg. No.1/4)@
Wire material is coated by delivering wire material from the centre of an extruding die for the hollow material of a ceramics material, simultaneously extruding the hollow material of a ceramic material from die synchronously with delivery of the wire material, to form a coating layer of the ceramics material on the periphery of the wire material, forming grooves on the outer periphery of the coating layer, followed by forming bead-like ceramics coating on the wire material by firing the groove formed Wirg mlgril.    USE -   For applying insulating coating using ceramics material or synthetic resin material on shape memory alloys or on heating elements. @(7pp Dwg.No.1/5)@
Electrochemical semi system (electrode), for use in galvanic high temp. fuel elements, has an electrolyte of carbonate melt to which carbon is added, and is galvanically combusted.    The improvement is that a) as sec. fuel, a metal which is liq. at the operating temp. and has a significantly smaller affinity (free reaction enthalpy) to O, relative to C or CO; b) the metal melt and the carbonate melt are in a heatable crucible, in direct contact with one another; c) the metal melt is connected to a current shunt electrode d) on current floW metal from the metal melt is transformed into ionic form in the carbonate melt, whereby the metal/metal ion transfer is the potential determining the current-providing step; and e) to the carbonate melt, solid C is added, as prim. fuel, in such amt. that, on current flow, the amts. and concn. of participants in the potential-and current-providing reaction, by a fuel conversion step, remain unchanged, by re-forming amts. of elemental metal, consumed by the metal/metal ions transition, by a reverse transition of metal ions/metal, by chemical redn. of the metal ions in the melt by the added C.    ADVANTAGE -   New system combines the high utilization level of fuel elements operating with solid C, with good current-carrying capacity.
The cable connector is provided for the attachment of terminals on both side and top mounted batteries. The body member has two legs which are mounted pivotally with spring biasing. Insulating members are provided on the legs for contact with the human hand, and the conductive portions of the legs are used for connection to battery terminals.    The conductive portions of the legs have, on one side, a circular opening with which to attach to side terminals of side mounted terminal batteries. The opposite side of the conductive portions have several teeth with which to attach to top terminals of top mounted terminal batteries.    USE/ADVANTAGE -   For automobile. Prevents battery cable from slipping from terminal of a side mounted terminal battery once it is in place. @(9pp Dwg.No.8/8)@